JP2016209707A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of suppressing a decrease in interest by allowing a decorative body to perform a variety of movements by one drive motor to delight a player.SOLUTION: A Pachinko machine includes: a unit base 3321 of a back left performance unit 3300; an actuation gear 3325 rotated by a back left drive motor mounted to the unit base 3321; an actuation groove 3321d linearly extending up to a close end point from the center of the actuation gear 3325 after arcuately extending from a start point with the actuation gear 3325 as a center; an actuation member 3327 that includes an actuation pin 3327b sliding along the actuation groove 3321d at a lower end side, includes a rack gear 3327a engaged with the actuation gear 3325 at a side close to the end point of the actuation groove 3321d on a side face, and can be slide longitudinally and is rotatable with the actuation gear 3325 as a center; and a back left movable decorative body 3310 mounted to an upper end side of the actuation member 3327.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 180

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachinko machine”) or a spinning-type gaming machine (generally also referred to as a “pachislot machine”).

  Conventionally, in a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, a lot of obstacle nails are provided in a predetermined gauge arrangement in a gaming area where, for example, a gaming ball is driven as a gaming medium, and at an appropriate position in the gaming area. Is provided with a plurality of winning openings for paying out a predetermined number of game media when the game media are received. Among these winning openings, there are provided start openings for performing lotteries by accepting game media. Advantages advantageous to the player according to the special lottery results obtained by accepting game media to the start openings. Those that generate a gaming state are also known.

  This type of gaming machine has a decorative body that rotates and slides linearly in accordance with a gaming state (for example, a special lottery result) that changes when a gaming medium is driven into the gaming area. Has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1). Thereby, since the decorative body moves in two stages, it is possible to suggest the arrival of a chance or the like by the movement of the decorative body, so that the player can be entertained and the expectation for the game can be enhanced.

  However, in the conventional gaming machine as disclosed in Patent Document 1, since the rotation of the decorative body and the linear slide are driven by separate drive motors, the mechanism for moving the decorative body is enlarged and the decorative body is increased. There is a problem that the degree of freedom of arrangement is limited. In addition, the decorative body is moved by a plurality of drive motors, and the control of each drive motor becomes complicated, so the load on the control (for example, the peripheral control unit) becomes high and affects the control of other effects. There is a possibility that the production will be delayed due to the influence, and the player will feel uncomfortable and the interest may be lowered.

  Therefore, in view of the above circumstances, the present invention has an object to provide a gaming machine capable of delighting a player and suppressing a decrease in interest by making a decorative body perform various movements with a single drive motor. It is what.

Mean 1: In the gaming machine,
“A game area where game media is driven by the player's operation,
A plate-like game panel that partitions the rear end of the game area;
A unit base supported by the gaming panel;
A drive motor attached to the unit base and having a rotating shaft that rotates in accordance with a gaming state that changes when a gaming medium is driven into the gaming area;
A spur gear-like operating gear that is rotated by the drive motor and whose rotation axis faces the front-rear direction;
As it rotates from the predetermined starting point to one side around the operating gear, the distance from the center of the operating gear does not go away without extending away from the starting point to the end point closer to the operating gear and supported by the unit base A guided portion,
A guided portion guided along the guiding portion, a rod-shaped main body portion provided with the guided portion on one end side, and formed near the end of the guiding portion with respect to the operating gear formed on the side surface of the main body portion An actuating member having a rack gear meshing on the side, slidable in the extending direction of the main body by the unit base, and rotatable about the actuating gear;
And a decorative body that is attached to the other end of the main body portion of the operating member and has a predetermined decoration formed thereon.

  Here, “game panel” includes “transparent plate”, “opaque plate”, etc., and materials include “plywood (for example, plywood)”, “glued wood”, “metal plate”, “acrylic” Resin plate ”,“ polycarbonate resin plate ”,“ ABS resin plate ”,“ polypropylene plate ”,“ polyarylate resin plate ”,“ methacrylic resin plate ”,“ glass plate ”, and the like.

  In addition, “according to the gaming state” means “accepting entrances arranged in the gaming area (for example, a general winning opening, a starting winning opening (starting opening), a big winning opening, an accessory winning opening, a V winning opening, "According to the acceptance of the game medium to" etc. "," In response to the game medium that has been put into (entered in) the game area has passed a specific area (eg, gate, warp passage, stage, etc.) ”,“ According to the result of a special lottery drawn by accepting game media at the entrance (for example, the start port) ”,“ according to the rotation of a plurality of rotating bodies that are triggered by the introduction of game media ”, “Depending on the combination of symbols displayed on the stopped rotating body in sequence, when a plurality of rotating bodies that have been rotated triggered by the insertion of game media are stopped sequentially”, “Determined by the result of special lottery by receiving game media at the start opening “According to the type of production”, “ Depending on the implantation amount of game media to be written ", depending on the length of hammering the blank of game media, which are discharged to the" game area ", and the like.

  Examples of the “operation gear” include “a gear that rotates through at least a drive gear fixed to the rotation shaft of the drive motor”, “a gear that rotates while being fixed to the rotation shaft of the drive motor”, and the like.

  Furthermore, the “guide portion” is formed as “a groove formed in a groove recessed in the front-rear direction”, “formed in a protrusion protruding in the front-rear direction”, or “a slit formed penetrating in the front-rear direction”. And the like "," one formed in a rail shape having a predetermined cross-sectional shape such as an I-shape ", and the like. In addition, the extended shape of the guiding portion is “extending from a starting point into an arc shape around the operating gear and then extending linearly to an ending point that is closer to the operating gear center than the starting point”, “operating "Extending in an arc shape centered at a position different from the center of the gear", "Extended in a straight line", "Extended in a free curve", "Extended in a crank shape", "Zigzag shape" Or “extending in a wavy shape”, “combining a plurality of arcs and straight lines having different radii”, and the like.

  Examples of the “guided portion” include “thing guided by sliding”, “thing guided by rolling”, and the like.

  In addition, the “decorative body” only needs to have a three-dimensional predetermined decoration that conforms to the concept of the gaming machine. “Those imitating a predetermined character according to the concept of the gaming machine”, “what imitating a predetermined item according to the concept of the gaming machine”, and the like. Moreover, you may equip a decorative body with light emission means, such as LED.

  According to the configuration of the means 1, a game area into which a game medium is driven by a player's operation on the gaming machine, a plate-like game panel that defines a rear end of the game area, and a unit base supported by the game panel A drive motor that is attached to the unit base and whose rotating shaft rotates in accordance with a gaming state that is changed when a game medium is driven into the game area, and a spur gear that is rotated by the driving motor and the rotating shaft faces the front-rear direction , And the unit base extends to the end point closer to the end of the operating gear than the starting point without rotating away from the center of the operating gear as it rotates from the predetermined starting point to the one side around the operating gear. Guided portion, guided portion guided along the guiding portion, rod-shaped main body portion having the guided portion on one end side, and end point of the guiding portion with respect to the operating gear formed on the side surface of the main body portion A rack gear that meshes on the near side, an operating member that is slidable in the extending direction of the main body by the unit base and that can rotate around the operating gear, and an other end of the main body of the operating member And a decorative body on which a predetermined decoration is formed.

  Accordingly, when the operating gear is rotated to one side by the drive motor in accordance with the gaming state that is changed by driving the game medium into the gaming area, the operating member is extended by the rack gear meshed with the operating gear. In this direction, a force is applied that causes one end side to slide toward the operating gear. In addition, the operating member is rotatable about the operating gear, and the rack gear meshes with the operating gear on the side close to the end point of the guiding portion rotated to one side, so the operating gear passes through the rack gear. A force for rotating the operating member in one direction around the operating gear is applied. Then, by these forces, the guided portion provided on one end side of the operating member is guided from the starting point to the ending point of the guiding portion, and is operated according to the positional relationship between the guided portion and the center of the operating gear. The member rotates to one side around the operating gear and slides in the extending direction, and the decorative body attached to the other end side of the operating member moves together with the rotation and sliding. In this way, a complex motion corresponding to the extended shape of the guiding portion that rotates and slides the decorative body by a single drive motor can be performed, so that the game can be played by a decorative body that has a variety of movements that has never been seen before. A player can be entertained, and it can suppress that the interest in a game falls.

  In addition, since the decorative body that moves in a complicated manner is driven by a single drive motor, the mechanism for moving the decorative body can be prevented from increasing in size, and the degree of freedom of arrangement of the decorative body can be increased, and the game Differentiating from other gaming machines can be achieved by placing a decorative body at an effective position in the area. In addition, since the decorative body can be moved in a complicated manner by one drive motor, it is possible to suppress an increase in the load on the control of the drive motor (movable effect of the decorative body), and other controls (for example, It is possible to avoid influencing the movable effect, the light emission effect, and the display of the effect image. Therefore, since the desired effect can be surely performed, the desired effect can be surely enjoyed by the player, and the player's interest can be prevented from being lowered.

  Further, as described above, since the mechanism for moving the decorative body can be prevented from increasing in size, the decorative body can be relatively enlarged, and the player can be increased by the large decorative body that moves in a complicated manner. It is possible to strongly attract the interest of the user and to depress the interest by delighting the movement of the decorative body.

  The operating member may be slidably supported in the extending direction of the main body, and may be provided with a rotating base that is supported by the unit base so as to be rotatable around the operating gear. Since both the slide and the slide can be stabilized, the decorative body can be surely moved through the actuating member in accordance with the extended shape of the guiding portion, and the above-described operational effects can be realized with certainty. be able to.

  In addition, the guide portion may have a shape that extends in a circular arc shape centering on the operating gear as it rotates from the predetermined starting point to the one side around the operating gear, and then extends linearly to the end point. In the part extending in the arc shape, the decoration body moves through the actuating member, and in the part extending in the straight line to the end point, the decoration body slides (extends) through the actuating member. Will be. Therefore, the movement similar to the decoration body of a conventional gaming machine such as Patent Document 1 that slides after the decoration body rotates can be realized by one drive motor, and the same effect as described above can be achieved. be able to. In this case, the linearly extending portion of the guiding portion extends parallel to the direction (sliding direction) in which the main body portion of the operating member extends when the guided portion is guided at the portion. It is desirable to form in this, Thereby, after rotating a decoration body via an action | operation member, it can be made to slide linearly.

  Furthermore, the guide portion may be formed in a groove shape recessed in the front-rear direction, and the guided portion may be slid in the groove-shaped guide portion, thereby simplifying the configuration of the guide portion and the guided portion. Therefore, it is possible to reliably realize a gaming machine that exhibits the above-described effects.

  In addition, a frame-shaped center accessory is provided in the game area on the front surface of the game panel, and a decorative body is arranged on the rear side of the center bonus. It may be moved or moved from the outside of the frame into the frame, so that the decorative body moves within the frame of the center actor or moves (appears) within the frame, thereby increasing the player's interest. It can be strongly attracted to the decorative body, and it is possible to suppress the interest from deteriorating by making the player enjoy the movement of the decorative body. At this time, as described above, the decorative body is moved by a single drive motor, and the degree of freedom of arrangement can be increased by reducing the mechanism for movement. Also, a decorative body or the like can be arranged.

  Furthermore, after providing an effect display means such as a liquid crystal display device attached to the rear side of the game panel and capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, a decorative body or the like is disposed between the game panel and the effect display means, The decorative body may be moved to the front side of the effect display means, and thereby, the effect image displayed on the effect display means can be blocked by the decorative body, thereby making the decorative body stand out from the player. It is possible to make the player enjoy the movement of the decorative body that makes a complicated movement, and the interest can be lowered. As described above, the decoration body is moved by one drive motor, and the mechanism for movement can be made smaller than before, so there is a problem with the decoration body between the game panel and the effect display means. It can arrange | position without being able to show | play the effect mentioned above reliably.

Means 2: In the constitution of means 1,
“The operation member is further slidably supported in the extending direction of the main body, and further includes a rotation base supported by the unit base so as to be rotatable about the operation gear”. And

  By the way, for example, a slit having a long hole extending in the extending direction of the main body is formed in the operating member, and the operating member is slid by inserting a pin coaxial with the operating gear into the slit. It is conceivable to support it so that it can be rotated, but in this case, since it is slid with one slit and one pin, there is a problem that the sliding direction tends to become unstable, and the rotation is also possible. Since a long hole-like slit is inserted into the center pin, the position of the pin and the slit is not fixed, and there is a problem that the rotation becomes unstable.

  According to the structure of the means 2, the game machine is further provided with a rotation base that is slidably supported in the direction in which the main body portion extends, and is further supported by the unit base so as to be rotatable about the operation gear. It is a thing.

  Thereby, since the operation member is supported by the rotation base that rotates about the operation gear so as to be slidable in the direction in which the main body portion extends, both the rotation and the slide of the operation member can be stabilized. it can. Accordingly, the decorative body can be surely moved through the operating member in accordance with the shape of the guiding portion extending, and the above-described operational effects can be realized with certainty.

Means 3: In the constitution of means 1 or means 2,
"The guiding part is
As it rotates from the predetermined starting point to the one side about the operating gear, it extends in an arc shape centering on the operating gear and then extends linearly to the end point ”.

  According to the configuration of the means 3, the guide portion has a shape that extends in a circular arc shape around the operating gear as it rotates from the predetermined starting point to the one side around the operating gear, and then extends linearly to the end point. is there.

  As a result, the decorative body moves in a circular arc shape from the starting point through the actuating member, and the decorative body slides through the actuating member in the subsequent linear portion extending to the end point ( (Elongation) will move. Therefore, the movement similar to the decoration body of a conventional gaming machine such as Patent Document 1 that slides after the decoration body rotates can be realized by one drive motor, and the same effect as described above can be achieved. be able to.

  The linearly extending portion of the guide portion is formed so as to extend parallel to the direction (sliding direction) in which the main body portion of the operating member extends when the guided portion is guided at that portion. It is desirable that the decorative body can be slid linearly after being rotated via the operating member.

Means 4: In any one configuration from means 1 to means 3,
"The guiding part is
Formed in a groove shape recessed in the front-rear direction, and
The induced part is
It slides in the groove-shaped guide part ”.

  According to the configuration of the means 4, the guiding portion is formed in a groove shape recessed in the front-rear direction, and the guided portion is slid within the groove-shaped guiding portion.

  Thereby, the structure of a guidance | induction part and a to-be-guided part can be simplified, and the game machine which show | plays the effect mentioned above can be implemented reliably. In addition, you may make it a to-be-guided part roll within a groove-shaped guide part, the resistance concerning the movement of a to-be-guided part can be reduced, and a decoration body can be moved smoothly via an operation member.

Mean 5: In the gaming machine,
“A game area where game media is driven by the player's operation,
A plate-like game panel that partitions the rear end of the game area;
A unit base supported by the gaming panel;
A drive motor attached to the unit base and having a rotating shaft that rotates in accordance with a gaming state that changes when a gaming medium is driven into the gaming area;
A spur gear-like operating gear that is rotated by the drive motor and whose rotation axis faces the front-rear direction;
The distance from the center of the operating gear does not increase as the center rotates from the predetermined starting point about the operating gear, and the arc extends from the center of the operating gear without increasing the distance from the center of the operating gear. The guide portion is formed in a groove shape that extends linearly to the end point where the distance is near and is recessed in the front-rear direction, and is supported by the unit base,
A guided portion that is guided by sliding in the guiding portion, a rod-shaped main body portion having the guided portion on one end side, and an end point of the guiding portion with respect to the operating gear formed on a side surface of the main body portion An actuating member having a rack gear meshing on the side close to
A rotating base that supports the operating member so as to be slidable in the extending direction of the main body, and is rotatably supported by the unit base about the operating gear;
And a decorative body that is attached to the other end of the main body portion of the operating member supported by the rotation base and has a predetermined decoration formed thereon.

  According to the configuration of the means 5, a game area into which a game medium is driven by a player's operation on the gaming machine, a plate-like game panel that defines the rear end of the game area, and a unit base supported by the game panel A drive motor that is attached to the unit base and whose rotating shaft rotates in accordance with a gaming state that is changed when a game medium is driven into the game area, and a spur gear that is rotated by the driving motor and the rotating shaft faces the front-rear direction And the center of the working gear beyond the starting point after extending in an arc shape around the working gear without increasing the distance from the center of the working gear as it rotates to the one side from the predetermined starting point around the working gear The guide portion is formed in a groove shape that extends linearly to a near end point and is recessed in the front-rear direction. The guide portion is supported by the unit base, and the guided portion is guided by sliding in the guide portion. An actuating member having a rod-like main body provided with a guide portion on one end side, a rack gear formed on a side surface of the main body portion and meshing on the side close to the end point of the guide portion with respect to the actuating gear; It is supported on the other end of the main body of the rotating base supported by the unit base so as to be rotatable about the operating gear and the operating member supported by the rotating base. And a decorative body on which a predetermined decoration is formed.

  Accordingly, when the operating gear is rotated to one side by the drive motor in accordance with the gaming state that is changed by driving the game medium into the gaming area, the main body portion is extended by the rotation base by the rack gear meshed with the operating gear. A force for sliding one end side of the main body portion in a direction approaching the operating gear acts on the operating member supported so as to be slidable in the opposite direction and rotatably supported around the operating gear. Further, the operating member is supported by the rotation base so as to be rotatable about the operating gear, and the rack gear meshes with the operating gear on the side close to the end point of the guiding portion rotated to one side. A force that rotates the working member in one direction around the working gear acts on the working member via the rack gear. Then, by these forces, the guided portion provided on one end side of the operating member is guided in an arc shape by a portion extending in an arc shape from the starting point of the groove-shaped guiding portion, and then extends linearly to the end point. It is guided linearly to the end point by the part, and slides linearly after the actuating member rotates, and moves after the decorative body attached to the other end side of the actuating member rotates. In this way, since the decorative body can be moved in a circular arc shape by a single drive motor, a complicated movement corresponding to the extended shape of the guiding portion that slides linearly can be performed. It is possible to entertain the player and to suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

  In addition, since the decorative body that slides after being rotated is driven by a single drive motor, the mechanism for moving the decorative body can be prevented from increasing in size, increasing the degree of freedom of arrangement of the decorative body, Differentiating from other gaming machines can be achieved by arranging a decorative body at an effective position in the gaming area. In addition, since the decorative body can be moved in a complicated manner by one drive motor, it is possible to suppress an increase in the load on the control of the drive motor (movable effect of the decorative body), and other controls (for example, It is possible to avoid influencing the movable effect, the light emission effect, and the display of the effect image. Therefore, since the desired effect can be surely performed, the desired effect can be surely enjoyed by the player, and the player's interest can be prevented from being lowered.

  Further, as described above, since the mechanism for moving the decorative body can be prevented from increasing in size, the decorative body can be relatively enlarged, and the player can be increased by the large decorative body that moves in a complicated manner. It is possible to strongly attract the interest of the user and to depress the interest by delighting the movement of the decorative body.

  Further, since the operation member is supported by the rotation base that rotates about the operation gear so as to be slidable in the direction in which the main body portion extends, both rotation and slide of the operation member can be stabilized. . Accordingly, the decorative body can be surely moved through the operating member in accordance with the shape of the guiding portion extending, and the above-described operational effects can be realized with certainty.

  In addition, since the guiding portion is formed in a groove shape recessed in the front-rear direction, and the guided portion is slid within the groove-shaped guiding portion, the configuration of the guiding portion and the guided portion is simplified. Therefore, it is possible to reliably realize the gaming machine that exhibits the above-described effects.

Means 6: In any one gaming machine of means 1 to means 5,
It is a pachinko machine.
Here, the pachinko machine is a gaming machine in which an input medium that is a medium that a player inputs into the gaming machine and a game medium that is a medium used for a substantial game performed by the player are the same. This is a type of gaming machine in which a game is played using a medium such as a game ball inserted. Specifically, “a launching device that launches a game ball in response to the operation of the operation handle, and appropriate equipment such as a number of obstacle nails, accessories, display means, etc. , A game area provided with appropriate entrances for game balls such as passing holes and arrival holes, a rail for guiding the game balls from the launcher to the game area, and entrance of the game balls guided to the game area It has a payout means for paying out a predetermined number of game balls as prize balls according to the entrance to the ball entrance or according to the entrance mode of the game balls to the plurality of entrances.

  In addition, there are various types of pachinko machines, which are generally represented by what is referred to as a “digipachi machine”, “entrance state detection means for detecting the entrance state to the entrance (game state detection And a special lottery means for performing a predetermined lottery when the incoming ball is detected by the incoming ball state detecting means, and a special symbol for varying the special symbol according to the lottery result of the lottery means and stopping the fluctuation. "With a symbol display means" or "Additionally, during special symbol fluctuations, a symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is displayed in a variable manner, and the symbols are stopped in the symbol string, and characters, various articles, etc. Further comprising an effect display means for displaying an appropriate display by drawing the display object and operating the display object, etc. " Game ball distribution Therefore, one game is played with a predetermined number of game balls, such as 16 that are equipped with lottery means for performing a lottery, and generally called “aletachi machines”. For example, “a payout of a predetermined number of game balls according to the manner in which the game balls enter the ball opening” can be exemplified.

  According to the structure of the means 6, in the pachinko machine, the effect of any of the above-described means can be achieved.

Means 7: In any one gaming machine from means 1 to means 5,
It is a pachislot machine.
Here, the pachislot machine inserts a medal as an insertion medium, and rotates a plurality of reels each having a plurality of symbols drawn thereon by operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever) after the medal is inserted. Then, the player can perform a game such that the symbol sequence constituted by each reel is variably displayed, and thereafter the variation display of each symbol sequence is stopped in accordance with the operation of the stop operation means (for example, stop button). Is to be done. In other words, it can be understood as a slot machine with a stop operation function. If the stop operating means is not operated even after the predetermined time has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol sequence may be stopped when the predetermined time has elapsed. And, when the variable display of each symbol row is stopped, the displayed single symbol is a specific symbol, the combination of symbols displayed in each symbol row is a specific combination, etc. When the condition is satisfied, a predetermined number of medals are paid out according to the satisfied condition, or a special advantageous state advantageous to the player who can acquire a large amount of medals is generated.

  According to the configuration of the means 7, any effect of the above-described means can be achieved in the pachislot machine.

Means 8: In any one gaming machine from means 1 to means 5,
It is characterized by combining a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine.
Here, “a game machine in which a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine are fused” means that a plurality of (for example, five) game balls are used as one unit of input medium, and after the input medium is input, the starting operation means A symbol string composed of a plurality of symbols is variably displayed in response to an operation of the operation lever (for example, an operation lever), and thereafter, the variation of the symbol string is stopped in response to an operation of a stop operation means (for example, a stop button). If the stop operating means is not operated even after the predetermined time has elapsed, the variable display of the symbol sequence may be stopped when the predetermined time has elapsed. And, when the variable display of each symbol row is stopped, the displayed single symbol is a specific symbol, the combination of symbols displayed in each symbol row is a specific combination, etc. When the condition is satisfied, a predetermined number of medals are paid out according to the satisfied condition, or a special advantageous state advantageous to the player who can acquire a large amount of medals is generated.

  According to the configuration of the means 8, in the gaming machine obtained by fusing the pachinko machine and the pachislot machine, the operational effect of any of the means described above can be achieved.

  As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can entertain a player and suppress a decrease in interest by making the decorative body perform various movements with a single drive motor. it can.

It is a perspective view which shows the state which open | released the main body frame with respect to the outer frame of the pachinko machine which concerns on embodiment, and opened the door frame with respect to the main body frame. It is a front view of a pachinko machine. It is a right view of a pachinko machine. It is a top view of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame which comprise a pachinko machine. It is a front perspective view of an outer frame. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of an outer frame. It is a front view of an outer frame. It is a back perspective view of an outer frame. It is a right view of an outer frame. It is a perspective view for demonstrating the attachment or detachment structure of the upper-axis support metal fitting of a main body frame, and the upper support metal fitting of an outer frame. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which shows the attachment state of the lock member provided in the back surface of the upper support metal fitting of an outer frame, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the figure of (A) from the downward direction. It is a reverse view of the upper support metal fitting part for demonstrating the relationship between a pivot pin and a locking member. It is a reverse view of the upper metal fitting part for demonstrating the effect | action of a locking member. It is a front view of a door frame. It is a rear view of a door frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame from the left front. It is the perspective view seen from the right rear of a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the door frame from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which looked at the door frame from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame base unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the door frame base unit and was seen from the back. It is the perspective view which looked at the door frame base board cover and wiring holding member in a door frame base unit from back. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the mode of the wiring which electrically connects a door frame and a main body frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right side decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the right side decoration unit and was seen from the back. (A) is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the left side decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the left side decoration unit and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing of a left side decoration unit. It is explanatory drawing which shows the light emission aspect of a left side decoration unit with a photograph. It is a front perspective view of the upper decoration unit in a door frame. It is a back perspective view of the upper decoration unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper decoration unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the upper decoration unit and was seen from the back. It is a front perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is a back perspective view of the dish unit in a door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the dish unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the dish unit and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing cut | disconnected in the site | part of the ball rental unit of the tray unit in a door frame. (A) is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, and (B) is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the operation unit and was seen from the upper right front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the operation unit and was seen from the lower right front. It is sectional drawing of an operation unit. It is sectional drawing shown in the state which pressed the press operation part in the operation unit. (A) is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the handle apparatus in a door frame and was seen from the front, (B) was the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the handle apparatus and was seen from the back. (A) It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the foul cover unit in a door frame and was seen from the front, (B) was the disassembled perspective view which disassembled the foul cover unit and was seen from the back. It is a front view shown in the state where a front cover of a foul cover unit was removed. (A) is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the door frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit. It is a rear view of a ball feeding unit. (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the front, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear after removing the rear case. (A) is a top view of the tamper-proof member in the ball feeding unit, (B) is a front view of the tamper-proof member, (C) is a perspective view of the tamper-proof member viewed from the front, (D) These are explanatory drawings which show the effect | action of a fraud prevention member. It is sectional drawing which cuts and shows a door frame in the up-down direction approximate center. It is a front view which shows arrangement | positioning of LED for the light emission decoration in a door frame. It is a front view which shows the system | strain of the LED for light emission decoration in a door frame. It is a front view of a main body frame. It is a rear view of a main body frame. It is a front perspective view of a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of a body frame. It is a left view of a main body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame and was seen from before. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body frame and was seen from the back. It is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the main body frame base in a main body frame. It is a front perspective view of the hitting ball launcher in the main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the hitting ball launcher in the main body frame. It is a front perspective view of a prize ball unit in a body frame. It is a back perspective view of a prize ball unit in a main part frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball unit and was seen afterwards. It is a disassembled perspective view which decomposes | disassembles and shows the relationship between the prize ball tank and tank rail unit in a prize ball unit. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the prize ball apparatus in a prize ball unit, and was seen afterwards. It is a rear view which shows the relationship between the payout path, the payout motor, and the payout rotating body in the prize ball device. It is sectional drawing which shows the distribution | circulation passage of the ball | bowl in a prize ball unit. It is a front perspective view of the ball exit opening and closing unit in the main body frame. It is a back perspective view of the ball exit opening and closing unit in the main body frame. It is explanatory drawing which shows the relationship between the ball | bowl exit opening / closing unit in a main body frame, and the foul cover unit in a door frame. It is a front perspective view of the board | substrate unit in a main body frame. It is a back perspective view of a substrate unit in a main body frame. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the board | substrate unit and was seen from before. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the board | substrate unit and was seen from the back. It is a perspective view explaining the effect | action of the standing wall part of the power supply board box in a board | substrate unit. (A) is sectional drawing of the terminal board box in a board | substrate unit, (B) is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the terminal board box in a board unit, and was seen from the front. (A) is a front view of a launch power supply board box, (B) is a sectional view of an AA line shown in (A). (A) is a front perspective view of the back cover in a main body frame, (B) is a rear perspective view of the back cover in a main body frame. It is sectional drawing which expands and shows the site | part of the fastening mechanism in a back cover. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the fastening mechanism in a back cover and was seen from the rear side. (A) is the left view of the locking device in a main body frame, (B) is the perspective view which looked at the locking device in a main body frame from the front. (A) is a rear perspective view of the lock device, and (B) is a rear perspective view showing a door frame slide rod and a body frame slide rod provided slidably inside the U-shaped base of the lock device. It is a figure and (C) is a front perspective view of (B). It is the disassembled perspective view which looked after disassembling the locking device. It is explanatory drawing which shows operation | movement of the sliding rod for door frames and the sliding rod for main body frames in a locking device. It is explanatory drawing which shows operation | movement of the fraud prevention member in a locking device. It is a front view which shows the game board attached to the main body frame in the state which removed the door frame of the pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the game board and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the game board and was seen from the back. (A) is the front view which expands and shows the function display unit in a game board in the state attached to the pachinko machine, (B) is a front view which shows the other form of a function display unit. FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective view of a gaming board using a gaming panel of an embodiment different from the example of FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the game board which looked at FIG. 103 from back. FIG. 110 is a cross-sectional view of the gaming panel in the gaming board in FIG. 103 cut in the vertical direction. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the game board using the front structural member of embodiment different from examples, such as FIG. 103, and was seen from the front. FIG. 106 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as seen from the rear in FIG. 106. It is a fragmentary sectional view which shows the crime prevention structure in the shaft support side of a pachinko machine. It is the perspective view seen from the back in the state which accommodated the game board in the main body frame. It is a front view of the game board in a pachinko machine. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally right front. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from diagonally left front. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board from back. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled for every main member which comprises a game board, and was seen from diagonally forward. It is the perspective view which decomposed | disassembled for every main member which comprises a game board, and was seen from diagonally behind. It is the perspective view which looked at the front unit in a game board from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the front unit in a game board from back. It is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the attacker unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the attacker unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the attacker unit and was seen afterwards. It is the perspective view which looked at the 1st attacker unit in an attacker unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the 1st attacker unit in an attacker unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the 1st attacker unit of the attacker unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the 2nd attacker unit of the attacker unit and was seen from the back. It is a front view of the center character of a front unit. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the center accessory from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the center accessory for every main member and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the center accessory for every main member and was seen from the back. It is sectional drawing which shows the right game channel | path in a center accessory. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the 2nd starting port unit of the center accessory from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the 2nd starting port unit of the center accessory from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the 2nd starting port unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the 2nd start opening unit and was seen afterwards. It is the perspective view which looked at the 2nd attacker unit of the center accessory from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the 2nd attacker unit of the center actor from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the 2nd attacker unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the 2nd attacker unit and was seen afterwards. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the front right direction production unit of the center role from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the front right direction unit of the center role from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front right production | presentation unit for every main member, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front right production | presentation unit for every main member, and was seen afterwards. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front right movable decoration body unit of the front right effect unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front right movable decoration body unit of the front right effect unit, and was seen afterwards. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body unit of the front right production | presentation unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the main body unit of the front right production | presentation unit, and was seen afterwards. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front right decoration unit of the front right effect unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front right decoration unit of the front right effect unit, and was seen afterwards. It is explanatory drawing which shows the motion of a front right production | presentation unit. It is the perspective view which looked at the production | presentation unit on the surface of a center actor from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the production | presentation unit on the surface of a center actor from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front middle production | generation unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the production | presentation unit on the table | surface and was seen from the back. It is explanatory drawing which shows the movement seeing a production | presentation unit on the table from the left side. It is the perspective view which looked at the front upper left production unit and front upper right production unit of the center actor from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the front upper left production unit and front upper right production unit of a center actor from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the table upper left production | presentation unit and the table upper right production | presentation unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the table upper left production | presentation unit and the table upper right production | generation unit, and was seen afterwards. It is explanatory drawing which shows a motion of a table top left production | production unit and a table top right production unit. It is the perspective view which looked at the sub liquid crystal display device of the center role from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the sub liquid crystal display device of the center role from the back. It is a front view of a back unit. It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the back unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back unit for every main member and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back unit for every main member and was seen from the back. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the back front unit of the back unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the back front unit of the back unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back front unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the front back unit and was seen from the back. It is the perspective view which looked at the back lower direction production unit of the back unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the back lower direction production unit of the back unit from back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back lower direction production unit for every main member, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back lower direction production unit for every main member, and was seen afterwards. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back lower movable decorative body unit of the back lower direction production unit, and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back lower movable decorative body unit of the back lower direction production unit, and was seen afterwards. It is explanatory drawing which shows the raising / lowering of the back lower movable decorative body unit in a back lower direction production unit from the front. It is explanatory drawing which shows raising / lowering of the back lower movable decorative body in a back lower direction production unit from a right side surface. (A) is the perspective view which looked at the back left direction unit of the back unit from the front, (b) is the perspective view which looked at the back left direction unit of the back unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back left production | presentation unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the back left production | presentation unit and was seen from the back. It is a front view which shows roughly the drive mechanism of a back left production | presentation unit. It is explanatory drawing which shows schematically the motion of a back left production | presentation unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the back middle production unit of the back unit from the front. It is the perspective view which looked at the production unit in the back of the back unit from the back. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the inside production | presentation unit and was seen from the front. It is the disassembled perspective view which decomposed | disassembled the inside production effect unit and was seen afterwards. It is explanatory drawing which shows the motion of a back direction production unit from the front. It is explanatory drawing which expands the drive mechanism of an inside production | presentation unit and shows a motion from the front. It is a front view which shows the state which the front right movable decoration body unit of the front right effect unit moved to the appearance position. It is a front view which shows the state which enabled visual recognition from the player side of the sub liquid crystal display device. It is a front view which shows the state which the back lower movable decoration body of the back lower direction production unit rose. It is a front view which shows the state which moved the back left movable decoration body of the back left production | presentation unit to the 1st appearance position. It is a front view which shows the state which moved the back left movable decoration body of the back left production | presentation unit to the 2nd appearance position. It is a front view which shows the state which concealed the main liquid crystal display device from the player side by the back middle production | presentation unit. It is a block diagram which shows roughly the control structure of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows the functional structure in a main control board.

[1. Overall structure of pachinko machine]
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings. First, the entire pachinko machine according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7. FIG. 1 is a perspective view illustrating a state in which a main body frame is opened with respect to an outer frame of the pachinko machine according to the embodiment and a door frame is opened with respect to the main body frame. FIG. 2 is a front view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 3 is a right side view of the pachinko machine. 4 is a plan view of the pachinko machine, and FIG. 5 is a rear view of the pachinko machine. 6 is an exploded perspective view of the outer frame, main body frame, game board, and door frame constituting the pachinko machine, and FIG. 7 is an outer frame, main body frame, game board constituting the pachinko machine. It is the disassembled perspective view seen from the front of the door frame.

  1 to 7, a pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment has an outer frame 2 installed in an island facility (not shown) of a game hall, and is pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable. A game board 4 having a box-shaped main body frame 3, a game area 1100 in which a game ball as a game medium is inserted and fixed to the main body frame 3 from the front side, and a front face of the main body frame 3 and the game board 4 A door frame 5 that is pivotally supported to be openable and closable with respect to the main body frame 3 so as to be closed from the side. The door frame 5 of the pachinko machine 1 stores a game window 101 formed so that the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be viewed from the player side, and a game ball placed below the game window 101 and storing game balls. A dish-shaped upper plate 301 and lower plate 302, and a handle device 500 operated by the player to drive the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 into the game area 1100 of the game board 5, are provided.

  As shown in the figure, the pachinko machine 1 of the present example is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape in which the outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 extend in the vertical direction when viewed from the front. The horizontal width of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are slightly shorter than the outer frame 2 in the vertical width dimension. A decorative cover 23 is attached to the front surface of the outer frame 2 at a position below the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5, and the front surface of the outer frame 2 is completely closed by the door frame 5 and the decorative cover 23. It has become so. The outer frame 2, the main body frame 3, and the door frame 5 are arranged so that their upper ends are substantially aligned, and the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be rotated at a position on the left end front side of the outer frame 2. The right end of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 moves to the front side with respect to the outer frame 2 so as to be in an open state.

  The pachinko machine 1 has a game area 1100 into which a game ball is driven through a substantially circular game window 101 when viewed from the front, and protrudes forward to the lower side of the game window 101. Two upper plates 301 and lower plates 302 are arranged one above the other. In addition, a handle device 500 for the player to operate is disposed at the lower right corner of the front surface of the door frame 5. When the rotation operation is performed, the game ball in the upper plate 301 is driven into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with a hitting strength corresponding to the rotation angle, and a game can be played.

  Although the details will be described later, the game window 101 of the door frame 5 is closed by a transparent glass unit 590, and the player can visually recognize the inside of the game area 1100. However, the player can recognize the inside of the game area 1100. A hand or the like is inserted so that a game ball or obstacle nail (not shown) in the game area 1100, various winning holes, or an accessory cannot be touched. In addition, various control boards are provided on the rear side of the main body frame 3, and a back cover 900 that closes the back of the game board 4 is provided.

[1-1. Outer frame]
The outer frame 2 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 8 is a front perspective view of the outer frame, FIG. 9 is an exploded perspective view seen from the front of the outer frame, and FIG. 10 is a front view of the outer frame. FIG. 11 is a rear perspective view of the outer frame, and FIG. 12 is a right side view of the outer frame. Further, FIG. 13 is a perspective view for explaining a detaching structure between the upper shaft support fitting of the main body frame and the upper support fitting of the outer frame. 14A is an exploded perspective view showing a mounting state of the lock member provided on the back surface of the upper support fitting of the outer frame, and FIG. 14B is a perspective view of the view of FIG. . FIG. 15 is a rear view of the upper support metal part for explaining the relationship between the pivot pin and the lock member. Further, FIG. 16 is a rear view of the upper support metal part for explaining the operation of the lock member.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the outer frame 2 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes upper and lower upper and lower frame plates 10 and 11 that extend in the horizontal direction, and left and right sides that extend in the vertical (vertical) direction. Frame plates 12 and 13, and four connecting members 14 that connect the end portions of the respective frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, and each of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, 13 is connected by the connecting member 14. They are assembled into a vertically long rectangular shape (square shape) by connecting them together. The upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 in the outer frame 2 of the present example are formed of a solid material (for example, wood, plywood, etc.) having a predetermined thickness, And an engagement notch 15 that is recessed toward the center in the left-right direction. A mounting step 10a that is recessed from the other general surface is formed on the upper surface and the front surface of the left end portion of the upper frame plate 10, and an upper support fitting 20 described later is attached to the mounting step 10a. It is like that.

  On the other hand, the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of a lightweight metal mold (for example, aluminum alloy) having a constant cross-sectional shape, the outer side surface is a substantially flat surface, and the inner side surface protrudes inward at the rear end. The protrusion 16 having a cavity penetrating in the vertical direction (extrusion direction) is provided, and the strength rigidity is enhanced (see FIGS. 9 and 108). In addition, a plurality of grooves extending in the vertical direction are formed on the outer side surface and the inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13, and when installing the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility of the game hall, etc. While being able to hold the pachinko machine 1 easily as a finger hook, the design of the appearance can be enhanced. For convenience, there is also a drawing in which a plurality of grooves formed on the side surfaces of the side frame plates 12 and 13 are omitted.

  The connecting member 14 in the outer frame 2 of this example is formed by bending and plastically deforming a metal plate having a predetermined thickness by press molding or the like, and is fixed to the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11 in the horizontal direction. The plate-like horizontal piece 17 extending to the side, the plate-like vertical piece 18 extending from the outer end of the horizontal piece 17 to one side in the vertical direction and fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13, and the vertical piece 18 are opposite to each other A plate-like engagement piece 19 that extends in the direction and can be inserted and engaged in the engagement notch 15 of the upper frame plate 10 or the lower frame plate 11. In this example, the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 that connects the upper frame plate 10 and the right side frame plate 13 are asymmetrical to each other. The vertical piece 18 is divided into front and rear parts. On the other hand, the connecting member 14 for connecting the lower frame plate 11 and the left side frame plate 12 and the connecting member 14 for connecting the lower frame plate 11 and the right side frame plate 13 are formed in symmetrical shapes, respectively. Has been.

  In the connecting member 14, the upper surface and the lower surface of the horizontal piece 17 are in contact with the lower surface and the upper surface of the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and the engagement piece 19 is an engagement notch between the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11. In a state of being inserted and engaged in the portion 15, a predetermined screw passes through the horizontal piece 17 and the engagement piece 19 and is screwed into the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, so that the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame It is fixed to the plate 11. The connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 passes through the side frame plates 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state where the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the upper side inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18 so that the upper frame plate 10 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected. The rear vertical piece 18 of the connecting member 14 fixed to the upper frame plate 10 is fixed to the side frame plates 12 and 13 while being inserted into the protruding portions 16 of the side frame plates 12 and 13. It is like that. Further, the connecting member 14 fixed to the lower frame plate 11 passes through the side frame plates 12 and 13 with a predetermined screw in a state where the vertical piece 18 is in contact with the lower side inner side surface of the side frame plates 12 and 13. Is screwed into the vertical piece 18 so that the lower frame plate 11 and the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be connected to each other, and the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 are connected by the four connecting members 14. The side frame plates 12 and 13 can be assembled into a frame shape.

  The outer frame 2 of the present example is fixed to a predetermined position inside the lower portion of the left side frame plate 12 that is disposed so as to face the upper support bracket 20 and the upper support bracket 20 that is fixed to the upper surface of the left end of the upper frame plate 10. Fixed to the lower support bracket 21, the reinforcing bracket 22 arranged to support the lower surface of the lower support bracket 21 and fixed to connect the left and right side frame plates 12, 13, and fixed to the front surface of the reinforcement bracket 22. The decorative cover 23 is provided. The upper support bracket 20 and the lower support bracket 21 are for pivotally supporting the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 so that they can be opened and closed.

  First, the upper support fitting 20 includes a plate-like fixed piece 20a fixed to the upper frame plate 10, a support protruding piece 20b protruding forward from the front end of the fixed piece 20a to the front end of the upper frame plate 10, and a support protrusion. The support side wall 20c formed by being cut out so as to bend toward the center of the tip from the right end near the front end of the piece 20b, and the left side frame depending on the left end of the fixed piece 20a and the support protruding piece 20b. A plate-shaped hanging fixing piece 20d (see FIG. 14A) that contacts the outer side surface of the plate 12, and a hanging wall 20e that continues to the hanging fixing piece 20d and hangs along the outer edge of the support protruding piece 20b (see FIG. 14). 14) and a stop drooping portion 20f (see FIG. 15) that is continuous with the drooping wall 20e and is inclined inward at the entrance end of the supporting saddle hole 20c. A shaft support pin 633 (see FIG. 63) of an upper shaft support bracket 630 in the main body frame 3 to be described later is detachably engaged with the support hole 20c in the upper support bracket 20. Further, the upper support bracket 20 can connect the upper frame plate 10 and the left side frame plate 12 by a fixing piece 20a and a hanging fixing piece 20d.

  The strength of the support protrusion 20b is enhanced by a hanging wall 20e depending from the outer edge of the support protrusion 20b. The details of the upper support metal 20 will be described later. The lock member 27 arranged on the back surface of the player can be concealed so that it cannot be seen from the player side, and the appearance can be improved. Further, the support hole 20c formed in the support protruding piece 20b has a shape bent in a square shape so as to be inclined from the opposite side (right side) where the hanging wall 20e is not formed toward the center of the tip. In addition, the width of the support hole 20c is slightly larger than the diameter of the pivot pin 633.

  On the other hand, the lower support bracket 21 includes a horizontal fixing piece 21a that is placed and fixed on the reinforcing metal fitting 22, and a vertical fixing piece that rises upward from the left end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a and is fixed to the inner side surface of the left side frame plate 12. 21b, a plate-like support projecting piece 21c projecting forward from the front end of the horizontal fixing piece 21a to the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, and a pin shape projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the support projecting piece 21c Support projections 21d. A main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) formed in a main body frame shaft support bracket 644 (see FIG. 66 and the like) of the main body frame 3 described later is inserted into the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal fitting 21. After the support protrusion 21d of the lower support bracket 21 is inserted into the body frame shaft support hole of the body frame shaft support bracket 644 in the body frame 3, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 of the body frame 3 is inserted. The main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported so that it can be freely opened and closed by locking it to the support hole 20c.

  In addition, as shown in the figure, the outer frame 2 of this example has two closing plates 24 and 25 that are disposed at a predetermined distance apart in the vertical direction inside the right side frame plate 13. The closing plates 24 and 25 are formed in a substantially L shape in a plan view, and the closing plate 25 disposed on the lower side has a rectangular opening 25a penetrating in the front-rear direction (see FIG. 9). The closing plates 24 and 25 are hook portions 1054 and 1065 (see FIG. 93) of the locking device 1000 that are attached along the open side of the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2. As will be described in detail later, the hooks 1054 and 1065 are disengaged from the closing plates 24 and 25 by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010 of the locking device 1000 and turning it to one side. Thus, the main body frame 3 can be opened with respect to the outer frame 2.

  Furthermore, the outer frame 2 of this example further includes a guide plate 26 fixed to the upper surface of the right end of the reinforcing metal fitting 22. This guide plate 26 is used to smoothly guide the main body frame 3 when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, and is mounted and fixed in a replaceable manner.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 14 and the like, the outer frame 2 of the present example further includes a lock member 27 supported on the back surface of the support projecting piece 20b in the upper support metal fitting 20, and the support projecting piece 20b is supported by a rivet 28. On the other hand, it is pivotally supported. The lock member 27 is made of synthetic resin, and has a stopper portion 27a that protrudes forward from a position that is pivotally supported by the rivet 28, and is shorter than the stopper portion 27a rightward from the position that is pivotally supported by the rivet 28. The protruding operation part 27b, the elastic piece 27c protruding from the opposite side of the position supported by the rivet 28 with respect to the operation part 27b, and the front end of the stopper part 27a are formed to bulge forward. An arcuate tip surface 27d. As shown in the figure, the lock member 27 is formed in a substantially L shape by a stopper portion 27a and an operation portion 27b. Further, the elastic portion 27c of the lock member 27 is formed to have a narrower width than the stopper portion 27a and the operation portion 27b, and is formed to extend forward as the distance from the stopper portion 27a increases.

  As shown in FIGS. 14B and 15, the lock member 27 is configured such that the tip contact portion of the elastic piece 27 c is the hanging wall when supported by the support protrusion piece 20 b of the upper support fitting 20 (normal state). 20e is in contact with the inner side surface of the stopper 20a, and the stopper portion 27a is configured to block a part of the support hole 20c bent into a square shape, and the distal end portion of the stopper part 27a is deepest in the support hole 20c. The part is not closed, and a space is formed in which the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support 630 of the main body frame 3 can be inserted in the deepest part of the support rod hole 20c.

  The support mechanism for the shaft support pin 633 using the upper support fitting 20 and the lock member 27 in this example is such that the shaft support pin 633 is inserted into the deepest portion of the support bore 20c and the distal end side of the stopper portion 27a is at the entrance end. In this state (in this state, there is a slight gap between the side of the tip of the stopper portion 27a and the stop drooping portion 20f and no contact is made). In the shaft support state, the centers of the shaft support pin 633 and the tip end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a located at the deepest portion of the support hole 20c formed by bending are in a state of facing each other while being shifted in an oblique direction. ing. In this normal shaft support state, the shaft support pin 633 supporting the heavy body frame 3 is in contact with the tip end portion of the support saddle hole 20c. Since almost no load is applied to the distal end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not loaded. In addition, since the arcuate tip end surface 27d is provided at the tip of the stopper portion 27a, the lock member 27 is smoothly rotated when the operation portion 27b is rotated to rotate the lock member 27. It has become. In the drawing, the center of the arc of the tip surface 27d is the center of the rivet 28 (the rotation center of the lock member 27).

  Therefore, when the acting force F is applied in the direction in which the shaft support pin 633 is pulled out along the inclination of the support hole 20c formed in a square shape and comes into contact with the arcuate tip surface 27d, the acting force F is The component force F1 (in the normal direction of the arc of the tip end surface 27d) acting on the contact portion between the support pin 633 and the arc-shaped tip end surface 27d, and the contact between the shaft support pin 633 and one side inner surface of the support collar hole 20c. When divided into the component force F2 acting on the contact portion, the direction of the component force F1 faces the center of the rivet 28 (the rotation center of the lock member 27), so that the tip of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 is supported. A moment to rotate in a direction away from the protruding piece 20b (clockwise in the figure) does not act, and the shaft support pin 633 is sandwiched between the tip of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 and the inner surface of one side of the support hole 20c. Hold the state. Therefore, the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 is not always loaded even in a normal shaft support state or in a state where the acting force of the shaft support pin 633 is applied to the lock member 27, and is an elastic formed integrally with synthetic resin. It is possible to prevent plastic deformation due to creep of the piece 27c and to prevent the pivot pin 633 from coming off from the support hole 20c over a long period of time. Even if an excessive force is applied and the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27 is rotated in a direction away from the support projecting piece 20b (clockwise in the figure), one side of the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a. Does not rotate in a direction in which it comes into contact with the stop drooping portion 20f and disengages any further, so that the lock member 27 does not protrude beyond the support protruding piece 20b.

  Even if the shape of the distal end surface 27d of the stopper portion 27a is not an arc, the position where the rotational moment does not occur due to the action of the component force F1 or the distal end portion of the lock member 27 faces the outside of the support protruding piece 20b. By positioning the rotation center of the lock member 27 (the axis fixed by the rivet 28) at a position where a rotational moment to rotate is generated, no load is applied to the elastic piece 27c of the lock member 27 at all times. Since the one side of the tip end of the stopper portion 27a only abuts against the stop drooping portion 20f even when the member 27 rotates, the present applicant points out that the lock member 27 does not protrude outside the support protruding piece 20b. I have confirmed.

  The action of the lock member 27 of this example will be specifically described with reference to FIG. As a premise that the main body frame 3 is pivotally supported on the outer frame 2 so as to be freely opened and closed, a lower support bracket is mounted on a main body frame pivot support hole (not shown) formed in a main body frame pivot support bracket 644 (see FIG. 63). 21 support protrusions 21d need to be inserted. Under such a premise, as shown in FIG. 16A, the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support fitting 630 of the main body frame 3 is pressed against the side surface of the stopper portion 27a of the lock member 27, thereby pushing As shown in FIG. 16B, the lock member 27 rotates counterclockwise while deforming the elastic piece 27c, so that the shaft support pin 633 can be inserted into the support rod hole 20c. When the shaft support pin 633 reaches the deepest portion of the support saddle hole 20c, as shown in FIG. 16C, the shaft support pin 633 and the tip side surface of the stopper portion 27a do not come into contact with each other, so that the lock member 27 is elastic. The stopper 27a of the lock member 27 returns to the normal state again and closes the inlet portion of the support hole 20c at the same time as it is biased by the elastic force of the piece 27c. The shaft support pin 633 faces the shaft support pin 633 so that the shaft support pin 633 does not fall out of the support hole 20c.

  This state is maintained even when the main body frame 3 is completely closed or during the normal opening / closing operation of the main body frame 3 as shown in FIG. Next, in order to remove the pivot pin 633 from the support saddle hole 20c, as shown in FIG. 16E, the finger is inserted into the back surface of the support protrusion piece 20b, and the operation portion 27b of the lock member 27 is turned counterclockwise. By rotating, the lock member 27 rotates against the elastic force of the elastic piece 27c, and the distal end portion of the stopper portion 27a is retracted from the support rod hole 20c, so that the shaft support pin 633 is supported. It can be taken out from the hole 20c. Thereafter, the main body frame 3 is lifted, and the main body frame 3 is detached from the outer frame 2 by releasing the engagement between the main body frame shaft support hole formed in the main body frame shaft support metal 644 and the support protrusion 21d of the lower support metal 21. It can be removed from.

  As described above, in the outer frame 2 of this example, the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 constituting the outline of the outer frame 2 are made of wood, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of a lightweight metal ( For example, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in an island facility lined up in a game hall, it is necessary to perform an operation of fixing it at a predetermined angle with respect to the vertical plane of the island. However, since such an operation is performed by nailing nails to the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11 and the island, the nails can be easily nailed, and the pachinko machine 1 can be used without problems in existing island facilities. It can be installed. In addition, since the side frame plates 12 and 13 are made of lightweight metal (for example, aluminum alloy) extrusion mold material, it becomes possible to form a thin wall while maintaining strength as compared with a conventional wooden outer frame. The left and right widths when viewed from the front of the peripheral wall portion 605 (see FIG. 63, etc.) of the main body frame 3 adjacent to the inside of the side frame plates 12 and 13 can be widened, and the game board 4 has a large horizontal dimension. Can be mounted on the main body frame 3, and at the same time, the game area 1100 of the game board 4 can be formed large.

  Further, the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12, 13 constituting the outline of the outer frame 2 are connected by a connecting member 14, and the connecting member 14 is connected to the side frame plates 12, 13. Since it is fixed in close contact with the inner surface and the connecting member 14 is engaged with the upper frame plate 10 and the lower frame plate 11, the assembly strength of the outer frame 2 can be increased, and it is sturdy. It can be made into a rectangular frame. Further, after the upper frame plate 10, the lower frame plate 11, and the side frame plates 12 and 13 are connected by the connecting member 14, when the upper support fitting 20 is attached at a predetermined position, as shown in FIG. Since there is no member projecting outward from the outer surface (outer peripheral surface) of the frame plates 10, 11, 12, and 13, when the pachinko machine 1 is installed in an island facility of a game hall (not shown), an adjacent device (for example, It can be attached in close contact with the adjacent ball lending machine.

[1-2. Overall structure of door frame]
Next, the door frame 5 that can be freely opened and closed on the front side of the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 23. 17 is a front view of the door frame, FIG. 18 is a rear view of the door frame, and FIG. 19 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the right front. FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the left front, and FIG. 21 is a perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the right rear. 22 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the front, and FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame as viewed from the back.

  The door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes a gaming frame 101 having a gaming window 101 whose outer shape is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and whose inner peripheral shape is a slightly vertically long circular shape (elliptical shape) as shown in the figure. The base unit 100, the right side decoration unit 200 attached to the right outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, and the left side of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 facing the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 attached to the outer periphery, and the upper decoration unit 280 attached to the upper outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100 are provided.

  Further, the door frame 5 passes through the tray unit 300, the tray unit 300 attached to the lower part of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base unit 100, the operation unit 400 attached to the upper center of the dish unit 300, and the door. A handle device 500 that is attached to the lower right corner of the frame base unit 100 for driving a game ball and a rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 that is disposed on the rear side of the dish unit 300 with the door frame base unit 100 interposed therebetween. A foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear side, a ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 on the right side of the foul cover unit 540, and a game window 101 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100 so as to be closed. The glass unit 590 is provided.

[1-2A. Door frame base unit]
Next, the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 24A is a front perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame, and FIG. 24B is a rear perspective view of the door frame base unit in the door frame. FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame base unit as seen from the front and FIG. 26 is an exploded perspective view of the door frame base unit as seen from the rear. Further, FIG. 27 is a perspective view of the door frame base substrate cover and the wiring holding member in the door frame base unit as seen from the rear, and FIG. 28 shows the wiring state for electrically connecting the door frame and the main body frame. It is a perspective view which expands and shows.

  As shown in the figure, the door frame base unit 100 of the present example is a door having a gaming window 101 whose outer shape is formed in a vertically long rectangular shape and penetrated in the front-rear direction and whose inner periphery is formed in a substantially elliptical shape having a vertically long shape. A frame base body 110, a pair of side speakers 130 disposed on the left and right sides of the lower end of the gaming window 101 on the front surface of the door frame base body 110, and a speaker for fixing the side speakers 130 to the door frame base body 110 A bracket 132 and a handle bracket 140 for supporting the handle device 500 attached to the lower right corner when viewed from the front on the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 are provided.

  The door frame base unit 100 covers the side surface of the side speaker 130 and the front side of the wiring (not shown) connected to the right side decoration unit 200 and the like outside the right side speaker 130 in front view. A cover member 134 attached to the front surface of the door frame base main body 110 is further provided. The cover member 134 can guide the wiring along the outer periphery of the speaker mounting portion 111 and can hold the wiring so that the wiring does not get in the way when the side speaker 130 is attached or removed. It has become.

  Further, the door frame base unit 100 is configured so that the metal frame-shaped reinforcing unit 150 fixed to the rear side of the door frame base body 110 and the lower surface of the gaming window 101 are covered with the rear surface of the door frame base body 110. A security cover 180 to be attached, a glass unit locking member 190 rotatably attached to a predetermined position on the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 on the rear surface of the door frame base main body 110, and a left side (open side) from the center in the left-right direction in a rear view. ) And a launch cover 191 attached to the rear face of the door frame base body 110 along the lower end of the gaming window 101, and a rotational position of the handle device 500 attached to the rear face of the door frame base body 110 below the launch cover 191. The handle device relay board 192 that relays the connection between the detection sensor 512 and the main control board 4100 and the rear side of the handle device relay board 192 are covered. The door frame is disposed on the opposite side of the middle device relay board cover 193 and the launch cover 191 and the handle device relay board 192 with the center in the left-right direction (right side of the left-right center (back side) in the rear view). A door frame base substrate 194 attached to the rear surface of the base body 110, a door frame base substrate cover 195 covering the rear side of the door frame base substrate 194, and a pivotally supported on the rear surface of the door frame base substrate cover 195. And a wiring holding member 197 that holds a part of a wiring cord 196 (see FIG. 28) that connects the door frame 5 side and the main body frame 3 side.

  The door frame base unit 100 of the present example has an overall rigidity increased by fixing a reinforcing unit 150 in which metal sheet metal is assembled with rivets or the like to the rear side of a rectangular door frame base body 110 made of synthetic resin. In addition, it has a strength capable of sufficiently supporting the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like.

  The door frame base board 194 in the door frame base unit 100 is connected to the side speakers 130 and the upper speakers 222 and 262 of the left and right side decoration units 200 and 240, and a peripheral control unit provided in the game board 4 to be described later. 4, and an amplification circuit that amplifies the acoustic signal sent from the peripheral control unit 4140 and outputs the amplified signal to the speakers 130, 222, and 262. In this example, each decoration unit 200, 240, 280, each decorative board 430, 432 provided in the dish unit 300 or the operation unit 400, dial driving motor 414 or sensor 432a, 432b provided in the operation unit 400, 432c, the handle device relay board 192, the ball rental unit 360 of the dish unit 300, and the wiring cord 196 that connects the payout control board 4110, the peripheral control unit 4140, etc. As will be described in detail later, the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate of the main body frame 3 are extended to the rear by being held by the wiring holding member 197. 882 (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

  The door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100 of this example is formed in a vertically long frame shape with a synthetic resin as shown in FIGS. The game window 101 having a substantially elliptical shape is formed so as to be offset upward as a whole. As shown in the figure, the gaming window 101 is formed in a smooth curved shape in which the left and right side and upper inner peripheral edges are continuous, whereas the lower inner peripheral edge is formed in a straight line extending to the left and right. ing. In addition, a rectangular notch 101a through which the first ball outlet 544a of the foul cover unit 540 can be inserted on the shaft support side (left side in a front view) is provided on the inner peripheral edge of the lower side of the gaming window 101 in the door frame base body 110. Is formed. The door frame base body 110 has an upper side formed by the game window 101 and widths on the left and right sides of an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151, a pivot supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152, and an open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of a reinforcing unit 150 described later. The gaming window 101 is formed as large as possible with respect to the size of the door frame base body 110 in a front view. Accordingly, a wider range of the game board 4 arranged on the rear side of the door frame 5 can be viewed from the player side, and a game area 1100 wider than the conventional pachinko machine can be easily formed. It is like that.

  In addition to the gaming window 101, the door frame base body 110 is disposed on both the left and right outer sides of the lower side of the gaming window 101, and attaches and fixes the ball feeding unit 580 and the speaker mounting portion 111 for mounting and fixing the side speaker 130. A ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 (see FIG. 26) and a game ball penetrating in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position of the ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 and stored in the upper plate 301 of the tray unit 300 to the ball feeding unit 580. A ball feed opening 113 for supply and a handle attachment for attaching the handle bracket 140 inclined obliquely so that the right side (open side) end of the front surface which is arranged in the lower right corner portion and bulges forward in the front view is retracted Part 114, a wiring passage port 115 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a predetermined position of the handle attachment part 114 and allows the wiring from the handle device 500 to pass through, Cylinder lock 1010 to be described later is formed in a cylindrical shape extending short toward the front in the upper Le mounting portion 114 is provided with a Joana 116, which can be inserted.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 26, the door frame base main body 110 includes a relay board mounting portion 117 for mounting the handle device relay board 192 on the lower side of the ball feed unit mounting recess 112 and a door frame base main body 110 in a rear view. Board mounting portion 118 for mounting the door frame base substrate 194 disposed on the lower right side (shaft support side) of the game window, and the placement closer to the center than the speaker mounting portion 111 on the left side (open side) in the rear view of the lower end of the game window 101 A security cover mounting portion 119 for projecting rearward from the rear and mounting a mounting elastic piece 185 of the security cover 180. In addition, the door frame base main body 110 has a glass unit support step 110a that is recessed forward along the inner periphery of the gaming window 101 and the front outer peripheral edge of the glass unit 590 on the rear side, and the gaming window 101. Two locking member mounting portions 110b that protrude rearward from a predetermined position on the outer periphery and rotatably support the glass unit locking member 190 are further provided.

  Further, the rear side of the door frame base body 110 is provided with a door frame protruding piece 110c protruding a predetermined amount rearward from the lower side thereof, and the door frame protruding piece 110c is an engagement groove 603 of the main body frame 3 described later. It is designed to be inserted inside. As a result, the door frame 5 can be positioned and locked with respect to the main body frame 3, and an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire is inserted into the pachinko machine 1 from the gap between the lower side of the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3. Even so, the door frame protrusion 110c engaged with the engagement groove 603 can prevent the tool from entering, and the security function of the pachinko machine 1 is enhanced. The rear side of the door frame base body 110 is provided with a positioning projection 110d that protrudes rearward from a position slightly lower right than the lock hole 116 in rear view and engages with the fitting groove 612 of the body frame 3. The positioning projection 110d is fitted into the fitting groove 612 so that the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 are positioned at correct positions.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 25, the door frame base main body 110 is provided with a plurality of mounting bosses 110e projecting forward for fixing the decoration units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300, and the like. In addition, a large number of attachment holes for attaching the handle bracket 140 and the like are formed at appropriate positions. Further, the door frame base main body 110 has an attachment portion 110g for attaching the speaker bracket 132 for attaching the side speaker 130 and an attachment hole 110h (see FIG. 18 etc.) for attaching the side speaker cover 338 at appropriate positions. Is formed.

  In addition, the door frame base main body 110 includes a lower dish ball supply port 310g and a foul cover unit 540 in the dish unit base 310 of the dish unit 300, which will be described later, between the ball feeding unit mounting recess 112 and the substrate mounting part 118. A rectangular ball passage opening 110f penetrating in the front-rear direction is provided at a position corresponding to the two-ball outlet 544b.

  Furthermore, the door frame base main body 110 is formed on the front side above the left and right speaker mounting portions 111 and includes a shallow dish-shaped crime prevention recess 120 that is recessed substantially backward in a triangular shape. A security member 121 formed in a shallow box shape is inserted into the security recess 120 from the front side. The security member 121 is formed in a shallow box shape whose front side is opened by bending a metal plate. Thereby, in order to perform an illegal act with respect to the inside of the pachinko machine 1, for example, it is made of a metal that can be drilled with a thin drill or the like from the joint portion between the side decoration units 200, 240 and the dish unit 300. It can be blocked by the crime prevention member 121 and can prevent an illegal act.

  The pair of side speakers 130 in the door frame base unit 100 is not shown in detail, but the intersection of the central axes is a predetermined distance from the center of the game area 1100 to the front in front view (for example, 0.2 m to 1). .5 m), the sound is delivered most efficiently to the player seated in front of the pachinko machine 1. In addition, the side speaker 130 mainly outputs middle and high range sounds, and is disposed at a position as far away from the pachinko machine 1 as possible in the left-right direction. By outputting different related sounds from the side speaker 130, it is possible to output a sound with a high stereo feeling.

  The outer periphery of these side speakers 130 is sandwiched between a substantially annular speaker bracket 132 disposed on the front side and a speaker mounting portion 111 of the door frame base body 110 disposed on the rear side, so that the door frame It can be attached to the base body 110. The speaker bracket 132 is attached to the attachment portion 110g of the door frame base body 110 from the front side with a predetermined screw.

  The door frame base substrate cover 195 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a thin box shape with the front side open as shown in FIGS. A step portion 195a that is recessed forward is provided at a position slightly below the center. A wiring holding member 197 is rotatably attached to the step portion 195a of the door frame base substrate cover 195.

  On the other hand, the wiring holding member 197 in the door frame base unit 100 is formed in a plate shape extending in the horizontal direction and having an I-shaped cross section as shown in FIGS. It is formed of a relatively hard synthetic resin. Further, as shown in the figure, the wiring holding member 197 includes a plurality of holding holes 197a (three in the upper and lower parts in this example) at predetermined intervals along the longitudinal direction at both upper and lower ends. The wiring holding member 197 has an end portion on the side where the door frame 5 is pivotally supported by the main body frame 3 in a state where the door frame 5 is assembled, and a step 195 a on the rear surface of the door frame base substrate cover 195 in the vertical direction. Although the detailed illustration is omitted, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 rotates to the door frame base substrate cover 195 side, so that the wiring holding member 197 is rotated. The door frame base substrate cover 195 can be accommodated in the stepped portion 195a.

  This wiring holding member 197 has a predetermined bundling in a holding hole 197a which is paired up and down with the wiring cord 196 for electrically connecting the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 along the rear surface side. By inserting the band 198 and tightening the wiring cord 196 together with the wiring holding member 197 by the binding band 198, the wiring cord 196 can be held (see FIGS. 1 and 28).

  When the wiring holding member 197 of this example is rotated in the direction in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 extends from the free end side of the wiring cord 196 to the main body frame 3. It will be pushed forward by the part and will turn in the direction approaching the door frame base substrate cover 195 side. Thereby, as the door frame 5 is closed, the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 approaches the door frame base substrate cover 195, and the wiring cord 196 extending from the free end of the wiring holding member 197 to the main body frame 3 side is free. The bend becomes large (sharp) near the edge. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the wiring cord 196 is folded in two laterally on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197.

  On the other hand, when the door frame 5 closed with respect to the main body frame 3 is opened, the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 are relatively distant from each other, so that wiring is performed by the wiring cord 196 connected to the main body frame 3 side. The free end side of the holding member 197 is pulled rearward, and the wiring holding member 197 rotates smoothly so that the free end side moves in a direction away from the door frame base substrate cover 195 (direction of the main body frame 3). Thus, the wiring cord 196 folded on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197 is unfolded so as to extend straight, and the door frame 5 can be opened without being obstructed by the wiring cord 196.

  As described above, according to this example, the end of the wiring frame holding member 197 on the same side as the side on which the door frame 5 is pivotally supported, the door frame base substrate cover 195 is moved so that the free end side moves to the main body frame 3 side. Since it is pivotally supported on the rear surface and a part of the wiring cord 196 that electrically connects the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is held so as not to move in the vertical direction, the main body frame 3 When the door frame 5 is opened and closed, the wiring cord 196 can be folded or unfolded laterally on the free end side of the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring cord 196 is caught when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of malfunctions (such as disconnection of the wiring cord 196, disconnection of the connection connector, etc.) due to pinching.

  Further, according to this example, since the wiring holding member 197 is formed of a relatively hard and highly rigid synthetic resin, even when a force acts through the wiring cord 196 when the door frame 5 is opened and closed, It is possible to prevent blurring in the vertical direction, and the wiring cord 196 can be reliably folded in the horizontal direction to prevent occurrence of problems.

  Further, as described above, when the door frame 5 is opened and closed with respect to the main body frame 3, a bridge is hung between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 by the wiring holding member 197. Is partly bridged by the wiring holding member 197, so that it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 196 from hanging even when the door frame 5 is opened and closed, and the wiring cord 196 hangs down to other members. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems such as being disconnected due to being caught or being unable to close the door frame 5, such as a main control board 4100, a peripheral control unit 4140, a payout control board 4110, etc. And decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, speakers 130, 222, 262 as door side electric devices, rental Unit 360, the handle device 500, etc., capital can provide pachinko machine 1 capable of defective wiring cord 196 to be connected to reduce the occurrence as much as possible.

  In addition, a part of the wiring cord 196 is held by a rotatable wiring holding member 197. Even when the wiring cord 196 is forcibly pulled when the door frame 5 is opened, the wiring holding member 197 is rotated. Since the force can be released, the wiring cord 196 can be prevented from being pulled, and the wiring cord 196 can be pulled and disconnected, and the connection connector can be disconnected. Can be prevented. Further, a part of the wiring cord 196 is held by the wiring holding member 197, and the wiring cord 196 is merely partially bent as the wiring holding member 197 is rotated. The wiring cord 196 does not slide as in the case of Japanese Patent No. -213675), and it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 196 from being rubbed and causing problems such as leakage and disconnection.

  Further, in the wiring holding member 197, the binding band 198 is inserted into the holding holes 197a that are disposed in a plurality at predetermined intervals in the longitudinal direction, and the wiring cord 196 is held by the binding band 198. It is possible to prevent the binding band 198 holding 196 from moving (sliding) in the longitudinal direction of the wiring holding member 197 by the holding hole 197a, and the wiring cord 196 is dropped together with the binding band 198 from the wiring holding member 197. It can be surely prevented.

  Even if the position where the wiring cord 196 extends from the main body frame 3 or the door frame 5 is arranged at a position away from the side where the door frame 5 is pivotally supported, the wiring cord is held by the wiring holding member 197 as described above. Since the wiring cord 196 can be satisfactorily prevented from hanging down when the door frame 5 is opened and closed by guiding the guide 196, the strength and rigidity of the side-supported side of the door frame 5 is increased. It can be set as the main body frame 3 or the door frame 5, and it can be set as the pachinko machine 1 with high crime prevention with respect to a fraudulent act.

  Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with ridges that protrude at least from the both ends in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction to the side along which the wiring cord 196 lies, the pair of ridges and the plate surface of the wiring holding member 197 are used. The three sides of the wiring cord 196 can be surrounded, and the wiring cord 196 can be easily held along the wiring holding member 197. Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided with a protrusion, the bending rigidity of the plate-like wiring holding member 197 can be increased, and the wiring holding member 197 is prevented from being bent when the door frame 5 is opened and closed. Thus, the door frame 5 can be opened and closed in a good state.

  Further, the length from the base end to the tip end of the wiring holding member 197 is substantially the same as the distance from the axis center of the door frame 5 to the base axis, and the extension of the main body frame 3 in the wiring cord 196 is performed. The predetermined position is set to a position closer to the axial center side of the door frame 5 than the front end of the wiring holding member 197 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is opened and closed, a pantograph-like link is formed by the axis of the member 197, the tip of the wiring holding member 197, and the position where the wiring cord 196 extends in the main body frame 3. The wiring holding member 197 and the wiring cord 196 can be moved smoothly, making it easy to perform opening and closing operations, and reducing excessive force on the wiring cord 196 etc. To prevent problems from occurring Can. Further, a pantograph-like link is formed, and when the door frame 5 is closed, the portion of the wiring cord 196 that extends from the tip of the wiring holding member 197 is folded back on the tip side so as to be along the wiring holding member 197. Therefore, when the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring cord 196 can be folded and gathered compactly, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring cord 196 can be reduced.

  In addition, the door frame base substrate cover 195 of the door frame 5 that pivotally supports the wiring holding member 197 is recessed so as to open toward the main body frame 3 with the door frame 5 being closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the step 195 a that can store the wiring holding member 197 is provided, and the wiring frame holding member 197 is provided on the door frame base substrate cover 195. Since it is housed in the portion 195a, the protrusion of the wiring holding member 197 from the door frame 5 side to the main body frame 3 side can be almost eliminated, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the wiring holding member 197 or The wiring cords 196 can be gathered in a compact manner, and the wiring cord 196 can be prevented from being caught by other members, thereby preventing problems from occurring.

  Further, the wiring cord 196 is held along the surface of the wiring holding member 197 facing the main body frame 3 side with the door frame 5 being closed with respect to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed, the wiring holding member 197 can be brought as close as possible to the door frame 5 side (door frame base substrate cover 195 side). The protrusion of the wiring holding member 197 can be reduced, the door frame 5 can be easily closed, and the space related to the wiring holding member 197 and the wiring cord 196 can be made as small as possible.

  Further, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided on the side of the door frame 5 that moves (opens and closes), the wiring holding member 197 can be easily rotated by an inertial force or an impact force that opens and closes the door frame 5. It is possible to reliably achieve the function and effect. Moreover, since the wiring holding member 197 is provided in the door frame 5 and it is not necessary to secure a space for providing the wiring holding member 197 in the main body frame 3, a space for relatively holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3. The pachinko machine 1 which can hold the game board 4 having a larger game area 1100 by enlarging the game area 1 and can attract the player's interest strongly by having the large game board 4 is provided. it can.

  Further, the handle bracket 140 in the door frame base unit 100 includes a cylindrical tube portion 141 extending in the front-rear direction and a shaft of the tube portion 141 from the rear end of the tube portion 141 as shown in FIGS. An annular flange portion 142 extending outward in a right angle direction, and a plurality of (three in this example) ridges protruding into the cylindrical portion 141 and arranged at unequal intervals with respect to the circumferential direction of the cylindrical portion 141. 143, and a plurality of reinforcing ribs 144 that connect the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical portion 141 and the front surface of the flange portion 142 with respect to the circumferential direction of the cylindrical portion 141. The handle bracket 140 is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 with a predetermined screw in a state in which the rear surface of the flange portion 142 is in contact with the front surface of the handle attachment portion 114 in the door frame base body 110. Although not shown in the drawings, the axis of the cylindrical portion 141 is substantially coincident with the wiring passage opening 115 in a state of being attached to the handle attachment portion 114.

  The handle bracket 140 is provided with one protrusion 143 on the upper side and two protrusions 143 on the lower side in the cylinder part 141, and these protrusions 143 are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical part of the handle base 502 in the handle device 500. The three grooves 502a are arranged and formed at positions corresponding to the three grooves 502a. The cylindrical portion of the handle device 500 can be inserted into the cylindrical portion 141 only when the three protrusions 143 of the handle bracket 140 and the three groove portions 502a of the handle device 500 coincide with each other. Yes. Therefore, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 inserted and supported by the handle bracket 140 is supported in a state in which it cannot rotate relative to the handle bracket 140.

  The handle bracket 140 is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 that is inclined obliquely so that the shaft of the cylinder portion 141 extends toward the right side (open side) toward the front in a front view. Similarly, the shaft of the handle device 500 supported by the handle bracket 140 is also inclined obliquely.

  Subsequently, the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100 includes an upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 attached along the rear side of the upper side of the door frame base main body 110, and a door frame base main body, as mainly shown in FIGS. 110, a pivot-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 attached along the pivot-side side part back surface, an open-side reinforcing sheet metal 153 attached along the open-side side part back surface of the door frame base body 110, and the door frame base body 110. And a lower reinforcing metal plate 154 attached along the lower back surface of the gaming window 101, which are fastened to each other with screws, rivets or the like to form a square shape.

  As shown in FIG. 25, the reinforcing unit 150 includes an upper shaft supporting portion 156 having shaft pins 155 provided on the upper and lower ends of the shaft supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction on the upper surface, and a lower surface thereof. And a lower shaft support portion 158 having a shaft pin 157 (see FIG. 18). The upper and lower shaft pins 155 and 157 are pivotally supported by the upper shaft bracket 630 and the lower shaft bracket 640 formed on the upper and lower sides of the body frame 3, so that the door frame 5 is attached to the body frame 3. So that it can be freely opened and closed.

  In addition, the lower reinforcing metal plate 154 of the reinforcing unit 150 has a predetermined width and is formed to have a length substantially the same as the horizontal width dimension of the door frame base main body 110, and the lower long side end edge of both long side edges thereof. A lower bent protrusion piece 159 bent toward the front (see FIG. 25), and an upper bent protrusion piece 160 bent forward toward the front right side (open side) of the upper long edge. And a vertical bent projecting piece 161 that is bent rearward at the central portion of the upper long edge and is extended in the vertical direction. The strength of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is increased by the lower bent protrusion piece 159, the upper bent protrusion piece 160, and the like. Further, the vertical bent projecting piece 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 is formed so as to be engaged and locked with a locking piece 592b formed at the lower end of a unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 described later. When the unit 590 is fixed to the back side of the door frame 5, the vertical bent protruding piece 161 is locked to the locking piece 592 b of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590, so that the lower end of the glass unit 590 is moved in the horizontal direction and It is possible to restrict movement to the rear. The lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 has a notch 162 substantially corresponding to the notch 101a of the door frame base body 110.

  Further, the open side reinforcing sheet metal 153 of the reinforcing unit 150 includes an open side outward bent protrusion 163 bent toward the rear on both sides of the long side between the upper side reinforcing sheet metal 151 and the lower side reinforcing sheet metal 154, As shown in the figure, the open side inner bent projecting piece 164 is formed so as to extend rearward longer than the open side outer bent projecting piece 163. ing. In addition, a hook cover 165 that comes into contact with a door frame hook portion 1041 of the lock device 1000 to be described later is provided at the lower rear side of the open-side reinforcing sheet metal 153. Further, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is provided with a U-shaped shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166 that extends rearward to the outer end of the long side and opens to the outside of the shaft support side (see FIG. 108). Further, the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 is provided with bent protrusions 167 bent rearward on both sides of the long side.

  The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the reinforcing unit 150 is attached and supported only at the upper and lower points of the upper shaft support portion 156 and the lower shaft support portion 158 with respect to the main body frame 3. If an unauthorized tool such as a screwdriver or a bar is inserted between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is increased. Although there is a possibility that an action may be easily performed, the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the present example includes the shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166, so that the strength of the shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further increased. The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. Further, the shaft-supporting side U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the shaft-supporting side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is configured such that a front end piece 952b of a side surface security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 described later is inserted into the U-shape (see FIG. 108), the insertion of the tool can be prevented, and only the pivot-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 can be prevented from bending, so that the crime prevention function of the pachinko machine 1 can be enhanced.

  Next, the security cover 180 of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26. This crime prevention cover 180 is provided with a crime prevention function that covers the lower back surface of the glass unit 590 and prevents the intrusion of unauthorized tools into the game board 4. Are formed in a flat plate shape so as to cover the lower portion of the glass unit 590 disposed between the reinforcing metal plates 152 and 153, and the upper side thereof is formed in an arc shape substantially along the lower arc surface of the inner rail 1112 of the game board 4 A formed contact recess 181 and a post-crime prevention protrusion 182 protruding rearward along the upper end of the contact recess 181 are provided. In addition, the left and right ends of the crime prevention cover 180 are respectively provided with crime prevention rear end protrusions 183 that protrude rearward along the shape of the ends. Note that the right (axial support side) crime prevention rear end protrusion 183 in a rear view is longer than the opposite (open side) crime prevention rear end projection 183. On the other hand, on the front surface of the crime prevention cover 180, the crime prevention projection piece 184 projecting along the lower shape of the unit frame 592 in the glass unit 590 with the crime prevention cover 180 attached, And a U-shaped mounting elastic piece 185 projecting forward at the lower end.

  The security cover 180 has a mounting elastic piece 185 on the right side (open side) attached to the security cover mounting portion 119 of the door frame base unit 100 in front view and a mounting elastic piece 185 on the opposite side (shaft support side). By attaching to the security cover attaching part 364 of the unit 300, it can be detachably attached to the back side of the door frame 5. In a state where the security cover 180 is attached to the door frame 5, detailed illustration is omitted, but the pre-crime projection piece 184 is fitted to the lower outer periphery of the unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590, The rear surface of the lower end portion of the unit frame 592 is in contact with the vertical bent protruding piece 161. Further, when the door frame 5 is closed, the post-crime protruding protrusion 182 protruding rearward is inserted into the lower surface of the inner rail 1112 fixed to the game board 4 and the half on the open side is front. The component 1110 is inserted into the rail security groove 1118 of the inner rail 1112. As a result, even if an unauthorized tool enters the game area 1100 of the game board 4, the intrusion can be prevented by the post-crime projecting piece 182 inserted below the inner rail 1112. .

  The crime prevention cover 180 can cover the lower part of the front surface of the guide path of the hit ball formed by the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 with the door frame 5 closed by the back surface thereof. In addition, it is possible to prevent the hitting ball that flies or reversely feeds the guide passage portion from colliding with the glass plate 594.

  Accordingly, in this example, the crime prevention cover 180 covers the rear lower outer periphery of the glass unit 590 (the gaming window 101) in the door frame 5, so that the gaming window 101, the glass unit 590 and the like from the front side of the door frame 5 Even if a highly flexible tool is inserted between the pachinko machine 1 (in the game area 1100) and a fraudulent act is attempted, the crime prevention cover 180 can prevent the tool from entering, Thus, the pachinko machine 1 with higher safety can be provided.

  Subsequently, the four glass unit locking members 190 in the door frame base unit 100 are fitted with fitting portions 190a that are rotatably fitted to locking member mounting portions 110b that protrude rearward from the door frame base main body 110. And a locking piece 190b that extends in a direction perpendicular to the axial direction of the fitting portion 190a and locks the locking piece 592a of the glass unit 590. The glass unit locking member 190 has a retaining screw fixed to the tip of the locking member mounting portion 110b in a state where the locking member mounting portion 110b of the door frame base body 110 penetrates the fitting portion 190a. By doing so, it is pivotally supported with respect to the locking member attaching part 110b.

  The locking piece 190b of the glass unit locking member 190 has a protrusion protruding rearward on the rear side, although the detailed illustration is omitted, and this protrusion rotates when the glass unit 590 is attached or detached. It is a finger hook when operating.

  Further, the launch cover 191 in the door frame base unit 100 is fixed to the rear side of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150. Further, the handle device relay board cover 193 and the door frame base board cover 195 are fixed at predetermined positions on the rear side of the door frame base 110, respectively. In addition, when the launch cover 191, the handle device relay board cover 193, and the ball feed unit 580 are attached to the door frame unit base 100, the rear surfaces thereof are substantially in the same plane. The front surface of the ball striking device 650 attached to the main body frame 3 can be covered.

[1-2B. Right side decoration unit]
Next, the right side decoration unit 200 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 29 to 31. FIG. 29A is a front perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame, and FIG. 29B is a rear perspective view of the right side decoration unit in the door frame. FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of the right side decoration unit as seen from the front side. Further, FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the right side decoration unit as seen from the exploded side.

  The right side decoration unit 200 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the right half of the front outer periphery of the gaming window 101 excluding the lower part in front view, as shown in the figure, and the inside is the gaming window 101. The outer side of the door frame base unit 100 is linearly formed along the outer periphery of the door frame base unit 100. The right side decoration unit 200 includes a side lens 210 that forms the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200 and has a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, a side inner lens 212 disposed on the rear side of the side lens 210, The right side upper decorative substrate 214, which is arranged on the rear side of the side inner lens 212 from approximately the center in the vertical direction and has a plurality of LEDs 214a (full color LEDs) and 214b (white LEDs) mounted thereon, and the side inner on the lower side A right side lower decorative board 216 having a plurality of LEDs 216a (full color LEDs) and 216b (white LEDs) mounted on the surface thereof, and a rear side of the right side upper decorative board 214. The right side attached to the side inner lens 212 so as to sandwich the right side upper decorative substrate 214. An upper decorative board cover 218, and a right side lower decorative board cover 220 that covers the rear side of the right side lower decorative board 216 and is attached to the side lens 210 and the side decorative frame 202 so as to sandwich the right side lower decorative board 216. ing.

  Further, the right side decoration unit 200 is disposed at a predetermined interval in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101 while being disposed at a front surface of the side lens 210 and in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, while being attached to the upper right corner of the side lens 210. A plurality of side flash lenses 204 extending radially from the center, a side upper inner lens 206 disposed between the upper left portion of the side inner lens 212 and the side lens 210, and the side upper inner lens 206 as a side inner lens. An inner lens bracket 208 to be attached to 212 and an upper right speaker 222 to be attached to the side upper inner lens 206 are provided.

  In the right side decoration unit 200, a side outer cover 202, a side flash lens 204, a side upper inner lens 205, an inner lens bracket 208, a side lens 210, and a side inner lens 212 are formed of a translucent member. The side outer cover 202, the side upper inner lens 205, the inner lens bracket 208, the side lens 210, and the side inner lens 212 are substantially colorless and transparent, and the side flash lens 204 is colored and transparent (red in this example).

  Although not shown in detail, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the surfaces of the side inner lens 212 and the side upper inner lens 206 so that light can be irregularly refracted. Therefore, the LEDs 214a, 214b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 disposed on the rear side of the side lens 210, the side inner lens 212, and the side upper inner lens 206, 216a, 216b, etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side. The front surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 are white, and the right side decorative unit 200 is efficiently decorated with light by the light from the mounted LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a, 216b, and the like. The decorative boards 214 and 216 are not conspicuous when the LEDs 214a, 214b, 216a and 216b are not lit. The right side upper decorative board 214 and the right side lower decorative board 216 are connected to the peripheral control unit 4140, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a is driven by a drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control unit 4140. , 216b can appropriately emit light so that the right side decoration unit 200 can be illuminated.

  The side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 of this example has a right end and an upper end formed in a straight line along the outer periphery of the door frame base body 110 in a front view, and a left end at the gaming window 101 as shown in the figure. It is formed in a curved shape along the right outer periphery. The side lens 210 includes a peripheral lens portion 210a composed of a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, a plurality of peripheral lens portions 210a divided into a plurality in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and a plurality extending substantially concentrically with the gaming window 101. A radiating lens portion 210b having a prism surface. As shown in the figure, the plurality of radiating lens portions 210b in the side lens 210 are formed so as to extend on the radiation centered on the lower central portion of the game window 101 when viewed from the front, and from the front surface of the peripheral lens portion 210a. Is also formed so as to be recessed backward, and the side flash lens 204 is inserted into the recess.

  Further, the side lens 210 includes, on the right side surface, a side diffusing lens portion 210c that extends in the front-rear direction and is arranged in the vertical direction. By the side diffusion lens portion 210c, light from the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 can be diffused widely in the right direction and the vertical direction of the pachinko machine 1. Although not shown in detail, a plurality of through holes are formed in a portion corresponding to the lower side of the upper right speaker 222 in the side lens 210, and the sound from the upper right speaker 222 is sent to the player side. It can be transmitted well.

  The side inner lens 212 is substantially colorless and transparent, and is inserted and fitted into the side lens 210 from the rear side. As shown in the drawing, a portion corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a in the side lens 210 is formed in a wrinkle shape. In addition, a portion corresponding to the radiation lens portion 210b is formed in a flat surface shape. Although not shown in detail, the side inner lens 212 is formed with a plurality of small-diameter lenses at the peak portion protruding forward in a wrinkled portion corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210 a of the side lens 210. The side inner lens 212 can diffuse and refract light by a wrinkle-shaped portion and a plurality of small-diameter lenses. As well as letting you see it, you can make it look strange.

  The right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 of the right side decorative unit 200 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface, and are disposed at positions corresponding to the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210. The LEDs 214a and 216a have a relatively wide irradiation angle (for example, 60 ° to 180 °). Those having a narrow angle (for example, 15 ° to 60 °) are used. Note that the LEDs 214c of the upper decorative board 214 on the right side are red and green LEDs in this example.

  Like the side speaker 130, the upper right speaker 222 of the right side decoration unit 200 outputs a mid-high range sound, and is attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the side upper inner lens 206. ing. The upper side inner lens 206 that supports the upper right speaker 222 includes a cylindrical horn portion that extends diagonally forward and downward at the center of the left and right sides of the pachinko machine 1 when viewed from the front. The upper right speaker 222 is fixed so that the upper right speaker 222 cannot be seen from the player side in front view.

  The upper right speaker 222 in this example is emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the lower player by the horn part of the side upper inner lens 206, and this causes noise to other pachinko machines. It has become difficult. The side upper inner lens 206 also has a wrinkle-like front surface as in the side inner lens 212, and a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the crest-like projecting portion of the wrinkled portion. In addition, the light can be irregularly refracted and diffusely reflected by the wrinkled portion and the plurality of small diameter lenses.

  The side flash lens 204 of the right side decoration unit 200 is arranged to be inserted in front of the radiating lens portion 210b that is recessed to the rear of the side lens 210, and imitates a rocky surface that is rugged by a plurality of spindle-shaped curved surfaces. The side lens 210 thus made can be accented. Further, the side flash lens 204 can perform a radial light emission effect by emitting light from the LEDs 214b and 216a of the right side upper decorative substrate 214 and the right side lower decorative substrate 216 arranged on the rear side, and the peripheral lens portion 210a. Can be divided in the circumferential direction of the game window 101 to emphasize each of them.

[1-2C. Left side decoration unit]
Next, the left side decoration unit 240 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 32 to 36. FIG. 32A is a front perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame, and FIG. 32B is a rear perspective view of the left side decoration unit in the door frame. FIG. 33 is an exploded perspective view of the left side decoration unit as seen from the front side. Further, FIG. 34 is an exploded perspective view of the left side decoration unit as seen from the exploded side. FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional view of the left side decoration unit, and FIG. 36 is an explanatory view showing a light emission mode of the left side decoration unit with a photograph.

  The left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 in the present embodiment decorates the left half of the front outer periphery of the gaming window 101 excluding the lower part in front view, as shown in the drawing, and the right side is the gaming window 101. The left side and the upper side are formed in a straight line along the outer periphery of the door frame base unit 100, and are formed asymmetrically with the right side decoration unit 200. The left side decoration unit 240 has a substantially same width as the right side decoration unit 200 and extends in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and an oval shape disposed between the large window frames 242a. A frame-shaped side lower decorative frame 242 having a small window frame 242b, two large window frames 244a that are continuous with the upper side of the side lower decorative frame 242 and extend in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101, and a large And a frame-shaped side upper decorative frame 244 having one elliptical small window frame 244b disposed between the window frames 244a.

  The left side decoration unit 240 has a side flash lens 246 fitted from the rear side to the small window frames 242b and 244b of the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, and the side flash lens 246 on the rear side. A transparent side lens 250 having a plurality of peripheral lens portions 250a fitted from the rear side to the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244, and the side lens 250 An inner decorative member 251 provided with a plurality of slits 251a disposed on the rear side of the peripheral lens portion 250a and extending in the circumferential direction of the gaming window 101 and having a plated layer having a metallic luster on the surface, and the rear side of the inner decorative member 251 A plurality of bands extending in a radial pattern centered on the lower left and right center of the gaming window 101 A side inner lens 252 having a diffusing portion 252a formed by the lens, and a.

  The left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 from the substantially vertical center to the upper side, and the left side upper decoration in which a plurality of LEDs 254a (full color LEDs) and 254b (white LEDs) are mounted on the surface. A substrate 254, and a left side lower decorative substrate 256, which is disposed on the lower side from a substantially center in the vertical direction of the side inner lens 252 and has a plurality of LEDs 256a (full color LEDs) and 256b (white LEDs) mounted on the surface. A left side upper decorative substrate cover 258 that covers the rear side of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and is attached to the side inner lens 252 so as to sandwich the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and a left side that covers the rear side of the left side lower decorative substrate 256 Left side lower decorative board cover attached to the side lens 250 so as to sandwich the lower decorative board 256 It is provided with a 60, a.

  Furthermore, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a left upper speaker 262 disposed on the front side of the side inner lens 252 and on the upper right portion of the front view, and a transparent upper portion that supports the upper left speaker 262 and is attached to the upper right portion of the front surface of the side inner lens 252. The upper speaker bracket 264 and a diffusion part formed by a plurality of band-like lenses attached to the front surface of the upper speaker bracket 264 and inserted from the rear side into the inner decorative member 251 at the upper right of the front view and extending radially centered on the lower left and right centers And an upper right inner lens 266 having 266a. The upper left speaker 262 is attached to the upper speaker bracket 264 so as to sandwich a protective plate 268 made of a metal plate capable of transmitting sound.

  In the left side decoration unit 240, a side lower decoration frame 242, a side upper decoration frame 244, a left side upper decoration board cover 258, and a left side lower decoration board cover 260 are formed of a light-impermeable member. The surface of the decorative member 251 is provided with a plating layer of a predetermined color (in this example, silver). Further, the side flash lens 246 has translucency and is entirely made of a milky white synthetic resin. Further, the side lens 250, the side inner lens 252, the upper speaker bracket 264, and the upper right inner lens 266 are formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin.

  In this example, both sides of the small window frames 242b and 244b in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 (the small windows with respect to the radial axial direction centering on the lower left and right central lower portions of the gaming window 101). On both sides of the frames 242b and 244b, there are formed opening frames 242c and 244c that pass through the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 in a state of being cut out, and the small window frames 242b and 244b and The opening frames 242c and 244c on both sides are closed by the side flash lens 246 from the rear side. Therefore, from the player side, the rear side of the small window frames 242b and 244b and the opening frames 242c and 244c in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 cannot be visually recognized by the milky white side flash lens 246. .

  On the other hand, the large window frames 242a and 244a in the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 are closed by inserting the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 from the rear side. An inner decorative member 251 disposed on the rear side through 250a is visible from the player side. A diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 is located on the rear side of the inner decoration member 251, and light is irregularly refracted by the diffusion portion 252a so that the rear of the side inner lens 252 passes through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251. The side cannot be clearly seen. That is, the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, and 256b mounted on the surface (front surface) of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251. Etc. cannot be clearly seen from the player side.

  Further, the front surfaces of the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 are white, and the left side decorative unit 240 is efficiently decorated with light emission by the light of the mounted LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, and the like. The decorative boards 254, 256 are not conspicuous when the LEDs 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are not lit. The left side upper decorative board 254 and the left side lower decorative board 256 are connected to the peripheral control unit 4140, and each LED 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b is driven by a drive signal (light emission drive signal) from the peripheral control unit 4140. The left side decoration unit 240 can be decorated with light emission by appropriately emitting light.

  The lower side decorative frame 242 in the left side decorative unit 240 of the present example has a shape extending in the vertical direction along the left outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and is formed in a U-shaped cross section with the rear side open. The side lower decorative frame 242 is arranged between a plurality of large window frames 242a extending along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a substantially elliptical small frame disposed between the large window frames 242a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. A window frame 242b, and an opening frame 242c that is disposed on both sides of the small window frame 242b (the game window 101 side and the outside of the pachinko machine 1) and penetrates in the front-rear direction and is cut out to the side surface. Is formed.

  The side lower decorative frame 242 is configured such that the corresponding peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 242a from the rear side, and the side flash lens 246 corresponding to the small window frame 242b and the opening frame 242c. Is fitted from the rear side. That is, the side lower decorative frame 242 can form a peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and an outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively.

  Further, the side upper decoration frame 244 in the left side decoration unit 240 is continuous with the upper end of the side lower decoration frame 242 and extends from the upper left outer periphery to the upper outer periphery of the gaming window 101 in a substantially triangular shape. It is formed in a U-shaped cross-section with the side opened. The side upper decoration frame 244 includes two large window frames 244a extending along the game window 101 and penetrating in the front-rear direction, and a substantially elliptical small window frame disposed between the large window frames 244a and penetrating in the front-rear direction. 244b and an opening frame 244c that is disposed on both sides of the small window frame 244b (the game window 101 side and the outside of the pachinko machine 1) and penetrates in the front-rear direction and is cut out to the side surface, and is formed of a synthetic resin. ing.

  The side upper decorative frame 244 is configured such that the peripheral lens portion 250a corresponding to the side lens 250 is fitted into the large window frame 244a from the rear side, and the side flash lens corresponding to the small window frame 244b and the opening frame 244c. 246 is fitted from the rear side. That is, the side upper decorative frame 244 can form the peripheral lens portion 250a of the corresponding side lens 250 and the outer peripheral frame of the side flash lens 246, respectively. The side upper decorative frame 244 forms a design that is continuous with the side lower decorative frame 242 when assembled as the left side decorative unit 240.

  In this example, the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 are colored black, and the side lenses facing the large window frames 242a and 244a, the small window frames 242b and 244b, and the opening frames 242c and 244c. 250 and the side flash lens 246 are highlighted.

  Further, the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 has a size that combines the side lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, and has a size that extends from the center to the left side of the left and upper sides of the game window 101. Yes. The side lens 250 has a configuration in which the peripheral lens portion 250a fitted into the large window frames 242a and 244a of the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 is recessed from the rear side, and is recessed rearward between the peripheral lens portions 250a. And a radiation lens portion 250b in which a side flash lens 246 is disposed on the front side. The side lens 250 is formed by one curved surface in which the peripheral lens portion 250a is smoothly curved, and the radiation lens portion 250b is formed by a substantially flat surface. The side lens 250 is made of a transparent synthetic resin so that the rear side can be visually recognized.

  Further, the inner decorative member 251 in the left side decorative unit 240 includes a plurality of slits 251 a that are arranged on the rear side of each peripheral lens portion 250 a in the side lens 250 and extend along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 and penetrate in the front-rear direction. ing. As shown in the drawing, the inner decorative member 251 has a plurality of slits 251a extending along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and is concentric with the center of the gaming window 101 as a center. Several are provided. In addition, the inner decorative member 251 has a front surface in which a plurality of slits 251 a are formed in a curved shape substantially along the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250 a of the side lens 250. Note that the inner decorative member 251 of this example has a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface, and is visible from the player side through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250. .

  In addition, the side inner lens 252 in the left side decoration unit 240 is disposed on the rear side of the inner decoration member 251 and has substantially the same size and outer shape as the side lens 250, and is formed of a substantially colorless and transparent synthetic resin. Yes. The side inner lens 252 is formed with a diffusion portion 252a that bulges forward so that a portion corresponding to the inner decorative member 251 is inserted into the inner decorative member 251 from the rear side. The diffusion part 252a of the side inner lens 252 is formed with a plurality of band-like lenses extending radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the gaming window 101 on the front surface, and the extending direction of the band-like lens is arranged on the front side. The decorative member 251 intersects (substantially orthogonal) with the direction in which the slit 251a extends.

  In the side inner lens 252, the diffusion part 252 a can be seen from the player side through the slit 251 a of the inner decorative member 251. The rear side cannot be clearly seen through the portion 252a. Further, as shown in the drawing, the side inner lens 252 has a substantially flat surface between the diffusion portions 252a, and light from the left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side. Can be transmitted forward without being diffused or refracted.

  The left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 of the left side decorative unit 240 have a plurality of high-brightness color LEDs mounted on the surface, and are larger than the side lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244. The LEDs 254a and 256a arranged at positions corresponding to the window frames 242a and 244a (the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250) have a relatively wide irradiation angle (for example, 60 ° to 180 °). LEDs 254b disposed at positions corresponding to the small window frames 242b and 244b and the opening frames 242c and 244c (the emission lens portion 250b of the side lens 250, that is, the side flash lens 246) of the lower decoration frame 242 and the side upper decoration frame 244, 256b has a relatively narrow irradiation angle (for example, 15 ° to 6 °). °) is used.

  Similar to the side speaker 130, the upper left speaker 262 of the left side decoration unit 240 outputs a mid-high range sound and is attached to a predetermined position in a predetermined direction by the upper speaker bracket 264. Yes. The upper speaker bracket 264 that supports the upper left speaker 262 includes a cylindrical horn portion (not shown) that protrudes obliquely forward and downward at the center of the left and right of the pachinko machine 1 in a front view. The upper left speaker 262 is fixed to the back of the upper end of the horn portion of the upper speaker bracket 264 via a protective plate 268 so that the upper left speaker 262 cannot be seen from the player side in a front view. It has become. Further, the protection plate 268 made of a metal plate can prevent the mischief of the left upper speaker 262 or the breaking of the cone of the upper left speaker 262 to insert an unauthorized tool into the pachinko machine 1. It has become. The upper left speaker 262 in this example is emitted from the upper part of the pachinko machine 1 toward the player below and is less likely to be noisy with respect to other pachinko machines.

  Next, a characteristic light emission effect in the left side decoration unit 240 of this example will be described. As described above, the left side decoration unit 240 includes a side lens 250 including a transparent peripheral lens portion 250a that forms and curved the outer surface of the left side decoration unit 240, and is disposed on the rear surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a. An inner decorative member 251 having a metallic gloss plating layer and provided with a plurality of slits 251a penetrating in the front-rear direction, and disposed in the rear side of the inner decorative member 251 and extending in a direction intersecting the extending direction of the slit 251a. The left side upper decorative substrate 254 and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 on which a plurality of LEDs 254a and 256a are mounted on the rear side of the side inner lens 252 and a side inner lens 252 having a diffusion portion 252a composed of a plurality of band-shaped lenses. (See FIG. 35 and the like). Accordingly, in the left side decoration unit 240, when the LEDs 254a and 256a are caused to emit light, the light irradiated forward is diffused by the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 and then passes through the slit 251a of the inner decoration member 251. It is irradiated from the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 toward the player side, and the peripheral lens portion 250a of the left side decoration unit 240 can be illuminated and decorated.

  By the way, a part of the light irradiated forward (side lens 250 side) through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is transmitted to the player side through the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250. At the same time, the remaining light is reflected by the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a to irradiate the front surface of the inner decorative member 251. And since the inner decoration member 251 is provided with a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface, the light reflected toward the inner decoration member 251 by the inner surface of the peripheral lens portion 250a is the surface of the inner decoration member 251. The light is reflected toward the peripheral lens portion 250a at the (front surface), and a part of the light reflected from the surface of the inner decorative member 251 passes through the peripheral lens portion 250a and is irradiated to the player side.

  At this time, in this example, as shown in FIG. 35, the circumferential lens portion 250a, the front surface of the inner decorative member 251 and the diffusion portion 252a of the side inner lens 252 are smoothly curved, so The light reflected on the rear surface side converges and the light reflected on the outer surface side (front surface side) diffuses, and the peripheral lens portion 250a has a direct light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 and a peripheral light. The indirect light reflected by the front surface of the lens part 250a and the inner decorative member 251 is irradiated to the shifted positions. Further, the light passing through the slit 251a of the inner decorative member 251 is diffused in a stripe shape and intersected by the diffusion portion 252a formed by the plurality of band-like lenses in the side inner lens 252. It diffuses in the direction of (substantially orthogonal). Accordingly, the peripheral lens portion 250a of the side lens 250 is irradiated (projected) with a plurality of striped lights having different shades extending in a direction that is longer than the width of the slit 251a and intersecting the direction in which the slit 251a extends. As a result, a fantastic luminous decoration with a sense of perspective can be made (see FIG. 36).

[1-2D. Upper decoration unit]
Next, the upper decoration unit 280 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 37 is a front perspective view of the upper decorative unit in the door frame, and FIG. 38 is a rear perspective view of the upper decorative unit in the door frame. FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of the upper decorative unit as seen from the rear.

  The upper decoration unit 280 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is, as shown in FIG. It is installed between and decorates between them. As shown in the drawing, the upper decoration unit 280 includes an annular central frame 281a penetrating in the front-rear direction, a frame-shaped upper extended frame 281b that extends from the upper part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becomes thinner toward the tip, and A front decoration member 281 having a frame-like lower extension frame 281c extending from the lower part of the central frame 281a to the left and right and becoming thinner toward the tip, and an upper extension frame 281b and a lower part arranged on the rear side of the front decoration member 281 A translucent upper lens 282 having a through hole 282a having a diameter smaller than the inner diameter of the central frame 281a and a cylindrical shape that is inserted into the through hole 282a of the upper lens 282 while closing the inside of the extension frame 281c. A central sleeve 283, an upper central lens 284 inserted into the central sleeve 283 and bulging forward, and a surface disposed on the rear side of the upper central lens 284 A plate-like diffusion lens 285 having a plurality of fine prisms formed thereon, an annular lens support member 286 that holds the outer periphery of the diffusion lens 285 and supported on the rear side of the upper lens 282, and the rear side of the lens support member 286 A light shielding member 287 having a cylindrical portion 287a having a diameter substantially the same as the inner diameter of the lens support member 286, and a position corresponding to the inside of the cylindrical portion 287a of the light shielding member 287 disposed on the rear side of the light shielding member 287. A plurality of LEDs 288a, and an upper central decorative substrate 288 on which a plurality of LEDs 288b arranged at positions corresponding to the outside of the tube portion 287a are mounted on the front surface.

  The upper decoration unit 280 includes a unit base 289 that supports the front decoration member 281, the upper lens 282, the light shielding member 287, and the upper central decoration substrate 288 from the rear side, and a plurality of front decoration units 280 disposed on the rear side of the unit base 289. The upper side decorative board 290 on which the LED 290a is mounted, the board cover 291 that covers the rear surface of the upper side decorative board 290 and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 289, and is attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the board cover 291 and extends backward. A mounting bracket 292, an upper lower cover 293 attached to the lower side of the mounting bracket 292 and extending rearward from the lower rear end of the front decorative member 281; An upper lower decorative cover 294 shaped into a shape.

  Further, the upper decoration unit 280 is attached to the substrate cover 291 and extends rearward from the upper rear end of the front decoration member 281 in a plate shape, and has a notch 295a having a rear end opened at the center in the left-right direction. A cover 295; a plate-like lid member 296 that closes the notch 295a of the upper upper cover 295; and a decorative member 297 that is attached to the right side surface of the unit base 289 when viewed from the front and shaped into a predetermined shape. .

  In the upper decorative unit 280 of this example, a plated layer having a silver metallic luster is formed on the surface of the front decorative member 281 so that the front decorative member 281 glitters with light from the outside. The upper lens 282 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin, and a central ring lens portion 282b facing the center frame 281a of the front decorative member 281 on the outer periphery of the through hole 282a, and an upper extension of the front decorative member 281. And an extended frame lens portion 282c facing the inside of the frame 281b and the lower extended frame 281c. In the upper lens 282, a plurality of band-like lenses extending radially are arranged in the circumferential direction on the rear surface of the central ring lens portion 282b, and the axis of the through hole 282a is centered on the front surface of the extended frame lens portion 282c. A plurality of concentrically extending prisms are formed. As a result, the plurality of prisms and belt-like lenses of the upper lens 282 can diffuse light, so that the rear side of the upper lens 282 cannot be clearly seen.

  The upper central lens 284 of the upper decorative unit 280 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper central lens 284 has a smooth spindle shape on the front side, whereas a plurality of concentric lenses are formed on the rear side, so that light can be irregularly refracted. Is invisible.

  In addition, the upper central decorative board 288 of the upper decorative unit 280 has a plurality of LEDs 288a and 288b mounted on the front surface as full-color LEDs, and within the frame of the central frame 281a of the upper central lens 284 and the front decorative member 281. The outer periphery of the upper central lens 284 can be separately decorated with light emission. Furthermore, the upper side decorative board 290 of the upper decorative unit 280 has a plurality of LEDs 290a mounted on the front surface as full color LEDs, and these LEDs 290a are the upper extending frame 281b and the lower extending frame 281c in the front decorative member 281. Are arranged at positions corresponding to the inside of the frame. The upper side decorative board 290 can make the upper extended frame 281b and the lower extended frame 281c of the front decorative member 281 have a light emission decoration by appropriately causing the LED 290a to emit light.

[1-2E. Dish unit]
Next, the dish unit 300 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 41 to 45. 41 is a front perspective view of the dish unit in the door frame, and FIG. 42 is a rear perspective view of the dish unit in the door frame. FIG. 43 is an exploded perspective view of the dish unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 44 is an exploded perspective view of the dish unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view taken along a portion of the ball rental unit of the tray unit in the door frame.

  The tray unit 300 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment includes an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing game balls paid out from a prize ball device 740 to be described later, and games stored in the upper plate 301. The ball can be supplied to a ball hitting device 650 described later via the ball feeding unit 580. As shown in FIGS. 43 and 44, the dish unit 300 of the present example includes a substantially plate-shaped dish unit base 310 that is fixed to the lower front surface of the door frame base unit 100 and that extends in the left-right direction. A dish-shaped upper plate body 312 that is fixed at the approximate center of the front surface, opened upward and rearward, and has a large left side (axial support side) in front view and bulges forward. Upper plate upper panel 314 formed in a curved shape so that the center in the left-right direction is projected forward, upper plate front decoration member 316 attached to the upper front edge of upper plate upper panel 314, and upper plate front part The upper plate upper inner decorative member 318 disposed between the decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper panel 314 is continuous with the right portion of the upper plate front decorative member 316 and is located on the right upper side of the upper plate upper panel 314. A dish upper right decorative member 319 on the cover, and a.

  In addition, the dish unit 300 is attached to the lower side of the upper dish upper panel 314 from the right and left center to the lower surface on the right side, and is attached to the lower side of the board mounting base 320 and a plate-like board mounting base 320 having a plurality of fine prisms formed on the surface. And an upper plate decorative substrate 322 having a plurality of LEDs 322a mounted thereon. A part of the upper dish front decoration member 316 and the upper dish upper right decoration member 319 can be illuminated by decorating the LED 322a of the upper dish decoration substrate 322 as appropriate.

  Further, the dish unit 300 is fixed to the front surface of the dish unit base 310 at the lower side of the upper dish body 312 and opened upward and rearward, and the center in the left-right direction bulges forward in front view and the front end toward the center in the left-right direction. A dish-shaped lower dish body 324 formed to become lower toward the front, and fixed to the upper part of the lower dish body 324, and in the front view, the center in the left-right direction bulges forward in the same manner as the lower dish body 324. A plate-like lower plate top plate 326 that is curved so as to become higher toward the center, and a cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 to be described later are provided at a portion that covers the lower end front end of the lower plate body 324 and extends to the right side in front view. A lower plate cover 328 having a lock hole 328a facing it, and an upper opening formed coaxially with the lock hole 328a of the lower plate cover 328 by decorating the right side from the position of the lower left and right center left sides of the lower plate cover 328 A lower tray right side cover 330 provided with a lower opening 330b of the handle 500 is inserted from the open front below the 330a and the upper opening 330a, and a.

  Also, the dish unit 300 is disposed at the lower end of the lower dish upper left side cover 332 and the lower dish upper left side cover 332 that are obliquely extended to cover the left side front end of the lower dish body 324 and the left front end of the lower dish top plate 326, and the front and rear. A lower plate lower left side cover 334 having an opening 334a penetrating in the direction, a protective cover 336 made of a metal plate that allows the sound to be transmitted by closing the opening 334a of the lower plate lower left side cover 334 from the rear side, and protection A frame-shaped holding member 337 that holds the outer periphery of the cover 336 and is attached to the rear surface of the lower pan lower left side cover 334. The right front end of the lower dish top plate 326 is covered with an upper dish front decorative member 316.

  The dish unit 300 is attached to the upper left and right ends of the dish unit base 310, and the lower ends of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 and the upper ends of the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish upper left cover 332 are designed. A side speaker cover 338 formed in a continuous shape and having an opening 338a penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the side speaker 130 attached to the door frame base unit 100, and an opening of the side speaker cover 338 A cover body 339 having a plurality of holes in the shape of a disk that is loosely curved so as to close 338a from the rear side and bulge to the front side.

  In this example, since the cover body 339 is formed of a predetermined punching metal, it is difficult to be deformed even if it is pushed or hit from the front side, and the side speaker 130 is possible. As long as it can be protected. The side speaker cover 338 has a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. The cover body 339 is colored black.

  Further, the dish unit 300 includes an upper dish ball removing mechanism 340 for removing game balls attached to the dish unit base 310 and the upper dish body 312 and stored in the upper dish 301 to the lower dish 302, and a lower dish body 324. A lower tray ball removing mechanism 350 for pulling downward the game balls attached to the lower surface and stored in the lower tray 302, and installed on the upper left side in front view of the tray unit base 310 and installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1. A ball rental unit 360 that operates a ball rental machine (also referred to as a CR unit, not shown).

  The dish unit 300 of this example constitutes an upper dish 301 that can store game balls by a part of the dish unit base 310, the upper dish body 312, the upper dish upper panel 314, and the like. Further, the dish unit 300 constitutes a lower dish 302 that can store game balls by a part of the dish unit base 310, the lower dish body 324, the lower dish top plate 326, the lower dish cover 328, and the like.

  As shown in FIG. 43, the dish unit base 310 in the dish unit 300 is formed in a substantially plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a decorative portion 310a having a predetermined shape is formed on the upper end edge extending in the left-right direction. Is provided. A ball rental unit attachment portion 310b for penetrating in the front-rear direction and attaching the ball rental unit 360 is formed at the left end of the decorative portion 310a. The dish unit base 310 is disposed on the lower side (near the upper left corner when viewed from the front) of the ball lending unit mounting part 310b, and has a horizontally long rectangular shape that passes through in the front-rear direction. An upper plate ball discharge port 310d extending in the front-rear direction and extending in the vertical direction below the right end of the decorative portion 310a on the lower side of the mouth 310c (substantially in the height direction of the plate unit base 310), and the upper plate And a pair of lower tray support portions 310e that are disposed directly below the ball discharge port 310d and the upper tray ball supply port 310c, protrude forward, and have the same upper surface. The upper dish ball discharge port 310d is continuously formed up to an intermediate position in the front-rear direction on the upper surface of the lower dish support part 310e arranged immediately below.

  The dish unit 300 is disposed between the pair of lower dish support portions 310e and is fitted to the rear ends of the lower dish body 324 and the lower dish top plate 326, and is formed in a horizontally long rectangular ring in front view. A groove 310f and a rectangular lower dish ball supply port 310g that is disposed in the lower right portion of the center surrounded by the lower dish support groove 310f and penetrates in the front-rear direction are provided. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 44, the dish unit base 310 includes a lower dish ball supply bowl 310h that extends rearward in a cylindrical shape so as to be continuous with the lower dish bowl supply port 310g, and an open side of the lower dish bowl supply bowl 310h. A notch 310i formed on a side surface and having a size through which a game ball can pass.

  The upper tray ball supply port 310c of the dish unit base 310 is a foul cover attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit via the door frame base main body 110 and the cutout portions 101a and 162 of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame base unit 100. The unit 540 communicates with the first ball outlet 544a. At the front end of the upper bowl supply port 310c, there is provided a guide recess 310j that extends in the right direction when viewed from the front and is recessed backward. The guide recess 310j is inclined so that the right end side when viewed from the front is slightly lower with respect to the left-right direction, and is inclined so that the front end side is lower with respect to the front-rear direction. As a result, the difference in height between the front end of the guide recess 310j and the bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 increases toward the right end of the guide recess 310j. The height difference is slightly higher than the outer diameter of the game ball.

  Therefore, in this example, when the front side of the upper plate ball supply port 310c is closed by the game balls stored in the upper plate 301, the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 via the foul cover unit 540 are: Since it becomes impossible to go straight into the front upper plate 301 from the upper plate ball supply port 310c, the paid-out game ball comes into contact with the game ball whose front side is closed and rolls. The direction is changed, and is guided to roll rightward in the guide recess 310j, and is released from the vicinity of the right end of the guide recess 310j to the upper side of the game ball stored in the upper plate 301. Become. As a result, the game balls can be automatically stored in the upper and lower stages in the upper plate 301, so that when the game ball blocks the front of the upper plate ball supply port 310c, the player does not bring the game ball by hand. However, it is possible to continue to supply (release) the game balls that have been paid out into the upper plate 301, and to prevent the player from feeling troublesome about the storage of the game balls in the upper plate 301. , By dedicating the player to the game ball driving operation and the game using the game ball that has been driven in, it is possible to suppress the interest in the game from being reduced, and to increase the storage amount of the game ball in the upper plate 301 Can be done.

  The upper dish ball outlet 310d of the dish unit base 310 includes an opening 344a of the upper dish ball removal base 344 in the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 and a ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. Via the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100. Further, in the lower dish ball supply port 310g, a lower dish ball supply rod 310h extending rearward from the rear side extends rearward through the ball passage opening 110f of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The cutout portion 310i of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h is connected to the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540 attached to the rear side of the door frame base unit 100, and the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 It is connected to the ball passage 344c of the upper dish ball removal base 344.

  In this example, as shown in the drawing, the front end of the lower dish ball supply port 310g is provided with an enlarged portion 310k that spreads leftward in a front view, and the lower dish ball supply port is provided by the enlarged portion 310k. The front end of 310g is in a state of spreading in the left-right direction. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging at the lower plate ball supply port 310g at an early stage due to the game balls in the lower plate 302 accumulated on the front side of the lower plate ball supply port 310g, and more games The sphere can be supplied into the lower plate 302.

  The upper plate body 312 of the plate unit 300 is formed so that the left side (the shaft support side) bulges forward from the center in the front view, and the bottom surface is entirely lowered at the left end side (open side) and the rear end side. Yes. The bottom surface of the upper plate body 312 has a rear end on the pivot support side near the bottom of the upper plate ball supply port 310 c in the plate unit base 310, and a rear end on the open side of the upper plate ball discharge port 310 d in the plate unit base 310. The game balls are formed so as to be located in the vicinity of the middle position in the vertical direction, and the game balls supplied from the upper plate ball supply port 310c to the upper plate body 312 (upper plate 301) are guided to the upper plate ball discharge port 310d. It has become so.

  The upper plate body 312 is provided with a metal upper plate rail 313 that can come into contact with the game ball from the center in the left-right direction to the open side at the rear end of the bottom surface. Although not shown, the upper plate rail 313 is electrically grounded (grounded) so that static electricity charged on the game ball can be removed.

  The upper dish upper panel 314 of the dish unit 300 extends in a curved shape from the upper end of the upper dish body 312 so that the center in the left-right direction of the door frame 5 protrudes forward, and is outside the open side of the upper dish body 312. A mounting hole 314a is formed which penetrates in the vertical direction to which an upper dish ball removal mechanism 340, which will be described later, is attached. The upper plate upper panel 314 is formed in a step shape at the front end that is one step lower than the upper front end of the upper plate main body 312, and a decorative attachment portion 314 b for attaching the upper plate front decorative member 316 and the upper plate upper inner decorative member 318. And an operation unit mounting portion 314c that is formed in a step shape that is further lower than the decorative mounting portion 314b at a position in front of the upper plate body 312 at the center in the left-right direction and for mounting an operation unit 400 to be described later. Yes.

  The upper dish front decoration member 316 is formed of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin in a shape extending in a curved shape in the left-right direction along the front end of the upper dish upper panel 314. The upper dish front decorative member 316 is formed with a plurality of curved surfaces curved in a spindle shape on the right side, while the left side is formed in a smooth shape from a position right to the center in the left-right direction. It is formed in such a rugged shape. Although the detailed illustration of the upper dish front decoration member 316 is omitted, a plurality of small-diameter lenses are formed on the rear surface on the right side formed by a plurality of curved surfaces, and light can be irregularly refracted. The rear side is not clearly visible from the player side. The upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 is disposed on the rear side of the left smoothly formed portion of the upper dish front decorative member 316, and is provided with a plated layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. ing. As a result, the upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 can be clearly seen from the player side through the left side of the upper dish front decorative member 316 in the assembled state, whereas the upper dish upper inner decorative member 318 has a right side of the upper dish front decorative member 316. The part that can be seen through is unclear from the player side, and it seems that the sense of distance is not fixed.

  The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 is made of a colorless and transparent synthetic resin. The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 is formed of a plurality of curved surfaces whose surfaces are curved in a spindle shape, similar to the right part of the upper dish front decorative member 316. The upper right end side is formed so as to decorate the outer periphery of the upper dish ball removal button 341 which will be described later. Further, the upper dish upper right decorative member 319 has a plurality of small-diameter lenses formed on the back surface (lower surface), can diffuse light refractingly, and the lower side cannot be clearly seen from the player side. Yes. An upper plate decoration board 322 is disposed on the rear side of the right portion of the upper plate front decoration member 316 and on the lower side of the upper plate upper right decoration member 319, and the LED 322a of the upper plate decoration board 322 is connected to By appropriately emitting light, the upper dish front decorative member 316 and the upper dish upper right decorative member 319 can emit light appropriately.

  The lower plate body 324 of the plate unit 300 has a bottom plate 324a that extends in a fan shape forward in a plan view and has a rear end that is formed in a straight line in the left-right direction and has a substantially lower center on the upper surface, and a center of the bottom plate 324a. And a side plate 324c that rises upward from the front end and side end excluding the rear end of the bottom plate 324a. The side plate 324c of the lower plate main body 324 is formed in a curved shape so that the upper end rising upward from the side end of the bottom plate 324a is the lowest on the front side and becomes higher toward the rear side. The upper end rising upward from the side end is formed in a straight line, and the left and right ends of the lower dish top plate 326 are placed and connected to the linear part of the upper end.

  The lower plate body 324 is configured such that the rear ends of the bottom plate 324 a and the side plate 324 c are inserted and supported in a lower plate support groove 310 f formed on the front surface of the plate unit base 310. Further, the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324 is closed by an opening / closing shutter 352 of a lower dish ball removal mechanism 350 disposed on the back side of the bottom plate 324a.

  The lower dish cover 328 is made of a black synthetic resin. On the other hand, the lower dish side cover 330 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and provided with a plated layer having a silvery metallic appearance (matte state such as a sandblast treatment instead of a mirror surface) on the surface. The lower dish side cover 330 includes a plate-like portion that extends rearward from the lower end and forms a part of the bottom surface of the dish unit 300. The lock hole 328 a of the lower plate cover 328 and the upper opening 330 a of the lower plate side cover 330 are formed at positions corresponding to the cylinder lock 1010 of the lock device 1000 attached to the main body frame 3. When the door frame 5 is closed, the lock hole of the cylinder lock 1010 faces the lock hole 328a and the upper opening 330a.

  The lower pan upper left cover 332 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a silver metallic luster on the surface. The lower pan lower left cover 334 is formed of a predetermined synthetic resin and has a plating layer having a red metallic luster on the surface, and extends rearward from the lower end to a part of the bottom surface of the pan unit 300. The plate-shaped part which forms is provided. An opening 334a of the lower left lower cover 334 is formed at a position corresponding to the front surface of a speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3 to be described later, so that sound from the speaker 821 can be transmitted to the player side. It has become. The protective cover 336 that closes the opening 334a of the lower pan left lower cover 334 is a punching metal in which a plurality of holes are formed in a metal plate, and prevents an unauthorized tool from being inserted therein.

  The dish unit 300 of this example is configured such that the bottom surface except the center in the left-right direction is closed by the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish left lower cover 334, and the lower dish side cover 330, the lower dish lower left cover 334, Is closed by a lower dish ball removing mechanism 340 described later.

  The upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 in the dish unit 300 is provided for the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341 that is attached to the attachment hole 314a of the upper dish upper panel 314 so as to be movable back and forth, and the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341. The upper plate ball release button 341 is moved up and down more than the vertical movement of the upper plate ball 341 and is supported on the front side of the plate unit base 310. The operation piece 342 is supported so as to be operable (turnable), and the plate unit base 310 is supported. And a contact piece that slides up and down by the vertical movement of the operating piece 342 supported by the mounting base 346 and comes into contact with an operating rod 583c of a ball removing member 583 in a ball feed unit 580 described later. And an upper dish ball removal slider 343 disposed on the rear side of the dish unit base 310, and an upper dish ball removal slider 34. The an upper pan ball vent base 344 attached to the rear side of the vertical direction slidably supported to be countersunk unit base 310, and a.

  Although the detailed illustration of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 is omitted, an operating piece 342 that moves up and down together with the upper dish ball removal button 341 is arranged so that the upper dish ball removal button 341 is positioned at the upper moving end. The coil spring is urged upward. The upper dish ball removal slider 343 is biased upward by a coil spring provided between the upper dish ball removal base 344.

  The upper dish ball removal base 344 of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 closes the upper dish ball discharge port 310d of the dish unit base 310 and simultaneously communicates with the upper plate ball discharge port 310d to open forward 344a (see FIG. 43), and a ball guiding channel 344b that communicates with the opening 344a on the back side of the upper dish ball removing base 344 and guides the game ball that has passed through the opening 344a downward and then guided backward (FIGS. 42 and 44) and after extending downward from the lower side of the ball guiding channel 344b, it extends toward the right side (axial support side) end portion in rear view substantially along the lower side of the upper dish ball removing base 344. And a ball passage 344c through which game balls can be distributed.

  In the upper dish ball removal base 344, the opening 344a communicates with the upper dish ball discharge port 310d, and the lower end of the ball guide channel 344b communicated with the opening 344a is the ball of the door frame base main body 110 in the door frame base unit 100. The game ball stored in the upper plate 301 is transferred to the ball feed unit 580 so as to communicate with the entrance 581a of the ball feed unit 580 attached to the rear side of the door frame base body 110 through the feed opening 113. Can be supplied to.

  Further, the upper end adjacent to the ball guiding channel 344b of the upper plate ball removing base 344 communicates with the ball outlet 581b of the ball feeding unit 580 through the ball feeding opening 113 of the door frame base body 110. In addition, the lower end extending to the shaft support side communicates with the notch 310i of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h in the dish unit base 310, and the game balls discharged from the ball outlet 581b of the ball feed unit 580 are It can be guided to the lower plate 302. The rear end lower portion of the bulb passage 344c is closed by an upper dish bulb passage cover 345.

  When the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 presses the upper dish ball removal button 341 downward against the biasing force of the coil spring, the upper dish ball removal slider 343 slides downward and the contact piece 343a protruding rearward is also provided. Move down. Then, the operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 in the ball feeding unit 580 that contacts the upper surface of the contact piece 343a moves the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 in a predetermined direction by moving the contact piece 343a downward. The partition between the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b partitioned by the partition portion 583a is released, and the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b communicate with each other. As a result, the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 are transferred from the upper plate ball discharge port 310d to the entrance 581a of the ball feeding unit 580 via the opening 344a and the ball guide channel 344b of the upper plate ball removal base 344. After entering, it is discharged from the ball outlet 581b to the ball outlet channel 344c of the upper dish ball base 344, and from the lower dish ball supply port 310g through the lower dish ball supply port 310h through the lower dish ball supply rod 310h. Can be discharged.

  Note that the ball removal member 583 of the ball feeding unit 580 is in contact with the upper surface of the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 whose operating rod 583c is biased upward by the coil spring. Even if the game ball is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the upper plate ball removal slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball removal member 583 and the like can be absorbed. It is possible to prevent breakage and to prevent the game ball from bouncing off at the partition portion 583a.

  The lower dish ball removing mechanism 350 in the dish unit 300 is arranged between the lower dish side cover 330 and the lower dish lower left cover 334 on the lower side of the lower dish body 324 and forms a bottom center part of the dish unit 300. A punching base 351, a plate-like opening / closing shutter 352 pivotally supported on the upper surface of the lower dish ball removal base 351 and capable of opening and closing the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324, and the opening / closing shutter 352 are rotated. A lower dish ball removal slider 353 supported on the upper surface of the lower dish ball removal base 351 so as to be slidable in the front-rear direction, and a lower dish ball removal button 354 attached to the front end of the lower dish ball removal slider 353. Yes.

  The lower dish ball removal base 351 includes a base ball removal hole 351a penetrating in the vertical direction at a position facing the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324. The open / close shutter 352 includes a closing portion 352a capable of closing the lower dish ball extraction hole 324b, and a shutter ball extraction hole which is disposed on the front side of the closing portion 352a and penetrates in the vertical direction and can substantially coincide with the lower dish ball extraction hole 324b. 352b, and the closing portion 352a is biased by the coil spring 356 between the lower dish ball removal base 351 and the lower dish ball removal hole 324b and the base ball removal hole 351a. .

  Although not shown in detail, the open / close shutter 352 includes a contact pin that can come into contact with the lower dish ball removal slider 353, and the contact pin comes into contact with the lower dish ball removal slider 353. The lower plate ball removal slider 353 is rotated so that the closing portion 352a and the shutter ball removal hole 352b move rearward, or the lower plate ball removal slider 353 is slid forward by the biasing force of the coil spring 356. Be able to.

  Further, the lower dish ball removing mechanism 350 is configured such that the shutter ball removal hole 352b of the opening / closing shutter 352 substantially coincides with the lower dish ball removal hole 324b of the lower dish body 324 and the base ball removal hole 351a of the lower dish ball removal base 351. In order to hold in the moving position, a holding mechanism 355 for holding the lower dish ball removal slider 353 in a predetermined position is further provided.

  The lower dish ball removal mechanism 350 is in a closed state in which the lower dish ball removal button 354 is moved to the front end when the surface shape of the lower dish ball removal button 354 is continuous with the surface shape of the lower dish cover 328 or the like. Yes, the lower plate ball removal hole 324b of the lower plate body 324 is closed by the closing portion 352a of the opening / closing shutter 352. In this state, the game ball can be stored in the lower plate body 324 (the lower plate 302). When the lower dish ball removal button 354 in the closed state is pushed rearward, the lower dish ball removal button 354 and the lower dish ball removal slider 353 slide rearward and are opened and closed by sliding the lower dish ball removal slider 353 backward. The shutter 352 rotates against the urging force of the coil spring 356 so that the closing portion 352a and the shutter ball hole 352b move backward.

  Then, as the opening / closing shutter 352 rotates rearward, the shutter ball hole 352b overlaps the lower plate ball hole 324b and the base ball hole 351a, and eventually the shutter ball hole 352b and the lower plate ball hole are formed. 324b matches, and the game balls stored in the lower dish 302 can be discharged to the lower side of the dish unit 300 through the lower dish ball removal hole 324b. When the lower dish ball removal slider 353 moves rearward to a position where the shutter ball removal hole 352b and the lower dish ball removal hole 324b substantially coincide with each other, the lower dish ball removal slider 353 is held by the holding mechanism 355. When the slide of the lower dish ball removal slider 353 is locked (held), the lower dish ball removal button 354 is left in the opened state, and the shutter ball removal hole 352b is provided in the lower dish ball. The game balls stored in the lower plate 302 can be discharged downward even if the lower plate ball removal button 354 is not kept depressed, while being held in a state where it matches the hole 3324b.

  On the other hand, when closing the lower dish ball removal hole 324b, when the retracted lower dish ball removal button 354 is further pushed backward, the holding mechanism 355 releases the lower dish ball removal slide 353, and the lower dish The ball slide 353 can be slid, and the open / close shutter 352 urged by the coil spring in the direction to close the lower plate ball removal hole 324b by the coil spring, the closing portion 352a is moved to the lower plate by the urging force. It will rotate in the direction of moving in the direction (forward) of the ball removal hole 324b. Then, as the opening / closing shutter 352 rotates forward, the lower dish ball removal slide 353 slides forward, the lower dish ball removal hole 324b is closed by the closing portion 352a, and the lower dish ball removal button 354 is lowered. It returns to the position of the closed state substantially coincident with the front surface of the dish cover 328 and the like, and the game ball can be stored in the lower dish 302.

  Note that the holding mechanism 355 of the lower dish ball removing mechanism 350 uses a known technique having the above-described function, and a detailed description of the detailed mechanism is omitted.

  The lending unit 360 in the dish unit 300 includes a lending button 361 and a return button 362 that can be pressed backward, and a lending remaining display portion 363 between the lending button 361 and the return button 362. When the ball lending unit 360 is pushed into the ball lending machine provided adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and then pushes the ball lending button 361, a predetermined number of game balls are transferred to the dish unit 300. It can be lent out (paid out) into the upper plate 301, and when the return button 362 is pressed, the balance of the loaned portion is drawn and the cash balance or prepaid card that has been inserted is returned. Yes. In addition, the remaining lending display section 363 displays the number of cash or prepaid cards remaining in the ball lending machine.

  The ball rental unit 360 is attached from the rear side to a ball rental unit mounting portion 310b formed on the decorative portion 310a at the upper end of the dish unit base 310. The ball lending unit 360 includes a security cover mounting portion 364 that protrudes rearward from the rear surface and mounts and locks the mounting elastic piece 185 on the shaft support side (left side in front view) of the security cover 180.

  More specifically, the lending unit 360 includes a transparent front cover 365 that covers the front side of the lending remaining display portion 363, a lending remaining display portion 363 that is disposed on the rear side of the front cover 365, and a lending button 361. And a ball rental unit board 366 (see FIG. 45) to which a switch operated by operating the return button 362 is attached, and the rear side of the ball rental unit mounting part 310b of the tray unit base 310 covering the rear side of the ball rental unit board 366. A rear cover 367 attached to the rear cover. The security cover mounting portion 364 is provided on the rear surface of the rear cover 364.

  The ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the dish unit base 310 to which the ball rental unit 360 is mounted is formed between the circular button opening 310m facing the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362 and the button openings 310m. A transparent front cover 365 that closes the display opening 310n is provided with a rectangular display opening 310n that is closed by the cover 365, and a protrusion 310o that is formed on the outer periphery of the two button openings 310m and protrudes forward. The rental remaining display part 363 arranged on the rear side through the player can be seen from the player side. Moreover, as shown in FIG. 45, the protrusion 310o of the dish unit base 310 has a round front end.

  As shown in the figure, the ball rental unit 360 of the present example has a ball rental unit mounting portion 310b of the plate unit base 310 disposed above the upper plate 301 and directly above the upper plate ball supply port 310c. It is arranged to face. In the rental unit 360, the return button 362 is disposed at a position closer to the center in the left-right direction than the rental button 361. In this example, the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362 are colored differently from the plate unit base 310 (ball rental unit mounting portion 310b). This makes it easier for the player to recognize the lending button 361 and the return button 362.

  The ball rental unit 360 also includes a protruding portion 310o that protrudes forward (player side) from the outer periphery of the ball rental button 361 and the return button 362, and when the player inserts a hand into the upper plate 301. Since the hand touches the protruding portion 310o before the hand touches the lending button 361 or the return button 362, the player can be aware of the presence of the lending button 361 or the return button 362. It is possible to prevent erroneous operation of 361, the return button 362, and the like.

  The dish unit 300 of the present example includes an upper dish 301 and a lower dish 302, and can be a pachinko machine 1 having the same feeling as a conventional pachinko machine having two storage dishes. The pachinko machine 1 can be reminiscent, and even with the new pachinko machine 1 (new pachinko machine), it is possible to make the pachinko machine 1 easy to select as a pachinko machine to play by reducing anxiety given to the player. It has become.

[1-2F. Operation unit]
Next, the operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 46 to 50. 46A is a front perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame, and FIG. 46B is a rear perspective view of the operation unit in the door frame. FIG. 47 is an exploded perspective view of the operating unit as seen from the upper right front, and FIG. 48 is an exploded perspective view of the operating unit as seen from the lower right front. Further, FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view of the operation unit, and FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the pressing operation unit is pressed in the operation unit.

  The operation unit 400 in the door frame 5 of the present embodiment is disposed on the front surface of the upper plate 301 at a substantially center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. An operation unit 405, which can accept a player's operation or move the dial operation unit 401 in accordance with the gaming state, and not only a game ball driving operation for the player It is intended to be able to participate in production during the game.

  The operation unit 400 includes an annular dial operation unit 401, a columnar pressing operation unit 405 inserted into the ring of the dial operation unit 401, and an annular follower coupled to the lower end of the dial operation unit 405. A gear 410, a disc-shaped drive gear 412 that meshes with the driven gear 410, a dial drive motor 414 that is fixed to the rotating shaft of the drive gear 412, an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and An operation unit holding member 416 having a cylindrical button support tube 416b that supports the pressing operation unit 405 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction, and the press operation unit 405 disposed in the button support tube 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 are arranged. A spring 418 that biases upward, and an opening 420a through which the gear rail 416a and the button support cylinder 416b of the operation unit holding member 416 can pass are provided. A base member 420 to which the operation portion holding member 416 and the dial drive motor 414 are fixed to the lower surface, and an upper cover 422 that covers the upper surface of the base member 420 and has an opening 422a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 can pass. And a lower cover 424 that is attached so as to sandwich the base member 420 under the upper cover 422 and covers the lower surface of the base member 420 and the dial drive motor 414.

  In addition, the operation unit 400 is fixed to the base member 420 so as to cover the upper side of the upper cover 422, and the opening 426a through which the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation unit 401 can pass, and extends outward from both the left and right sides of the opening 426a. A cover body 426 having a fixing portion 426b for fixing to the operation unit mounting portion 314c in the dish unit 300, and a plating which is disposed on the upper side of the cover body 426 and has a predetermined shape and has a silver metallic luster on the surface. An inner cover 427 provided with a layer and a transparent surface cover 428 covering the upper surface of the inner cover 427 are provided. The inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 are formed with circular openings through which the outer cylinder portion 401c of the dial operation portion 401 can pass.

  Further, the operation unit 400 has an opening 430 a that is attached to the upper surface of the base member 420 and through which the button support cylinder 416 b of the operation section holding member 416 and the inner cylinder section 401 a of the dial operation section 401 can pass. A dial decoration board 430 on which a plurality of color LEDs 430b are mounted at positions corresponding to the ring of the ring, and a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a that are fixed to the lower side of the operation unit holding member 416 and detect the rotation of the dial operation unit 401. 432b, a press detection sensor 432c for detecting the operation of the pressing operation unit 405, and a button decoration substrate 432 having a color LED 432d mounted on the upper surface immediately below the pressing operation unit 405. The button decoration substrate 432 is latched and held on the lower surface of the operation unit holding member 416 by a substrate holding claw 416g of the operation unit holding member 416.

  The dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 of this example is formed of a material having translucency, and has a cylindrical inner cylinder part 401a extending in the vertical direction and outward from the upper end of the inner cylinder part 401a. An annular top plate portion 401b having a predetermined decoration on the extended surface, an outer tube portion 401c that extends downward from the outer peripheral end of the top plate portion 401b in a cylindrical shape, and is shorter than the inner tube portion 401a, and an outer tube And a flange portion 401d extending in an annular shape outward from the lower end of the portion 401c. The outer diameter of the flange 401 d in the dial operation unit 401 is larger than the inner diameter of the opening 422 a in the upper cover 422. Further, the dial operation unit 401 includes a connection locking portion 401e (see FIG. 48) at the lower end of the inner cylinder portion 401a, and the connection locking claw 410b of the driven gear 410 is locked. The part 401 and the driven gear 410 can be connected.

  Furthermore, the dial operation unit 401 further includes a protruding portion 401f that protrudes in the center direction from the inner wall of the inner cylinder portion 401a at a position that is lower than the upper end by a predetermined distance. The protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401 is formed in an annular shape along the inner periphery of the inner cylinder portion 401a. As will be described in detail later, the protruding portion 401 f can come into contact with the step portion 407 a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation portion 405, and the step portion 407 a of the button cap 407 protrudes from the dial operation portion 401. By abutting on the portion 401f, the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) can be prevented from being further immersed into the inner cylinder portion 401a (see FIG. 50).

  In addition, as shown in the figure, the protrusion 401 f of the dial operation unit 401 and the stepped portion 407 a of the button cap 407 in the pressing operation unit 405 are arranged such that their contact surfaces become lower toward the center of the dial operation unit 401. In this case, the contact area is increased when they are in contact with each other. As a result, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be more dispersed (released) to the dial operation unit 401 side, and vibration from the dial operation unit 401 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side. It has become.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 is formed in a cylindrical shape whose upper end is closed, a bottomed cylindrical button body 406, a button cap 407 for closing the upper end of the button body 406, and a button cap. A cap inner 408 disposed inside the button body 407 and sandwiched between the upper end of the button main body 406 and the button cap 407. The button main body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 has a truncated cone shape whose bottom surface is narrowed downward, and the upper end of a coiled spring 418 is inserted into the truncated cone-shaped bottom surface. In addition, a through-hole 406a penetrating in the vertical direction is provided at the center of the lower end surface of the truncated cone shape. It is like that.

  The button main body 406 has a pair of locking claws 406 b that extend downward from the lower outer periphery and protrude outward in the direction perpendicular to the axis. By engaging with a locking projection 416f (see FIGS. 49 and 50) formed in the button support cylinder 416b, the upward movement end is prevented so that the button body 406 does not come out of the button support 416b. It can be regulated. Although not shown in detail, the button support tube 416b of the operation portion holding member 416 includes a contact portion that prevents the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 from moving in the circumferential direction. The button main body 406 (the pressing operation unit 405) is prevented from rotating within the button support cylinder 416b. A predetermined amount of gap is formed in the circumferential direction between the locking claw 406b of the button main body 406 and the contact portion in the button support cylinder 416b, and the button main body 406 has a predetermined angle by the gap. It can be rotated within the range.

  Further, the button main body 406 includes a pressing detection piece 406c that extends downward from a different position on the outer peripheral lower part of the locking claw 406b and can be detected by the pressing detection sensor 432c of the button decorative substrate 432. The press detection piece 406c is detected by the press detection sensor 432c when the button body 406 (press operation unit 405) moves downward against the biasing force of the spring 418.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the button cap 407 of the pressing operation unit 405 has an outer diameter lower than a substantially center in the vertical direction smaller than the upper side, and a stepped portion 407a between the upper side and the lower side. Is formed. The button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) has a lower side than the step portion 407a smaller than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401, and an upper side than the step portion 407a is a dial operation portion. The inner cylindrical portion 401a 401 has a smaller diameter than the inner diameter of the protruding portion 401f. As a result, when the button cap 407 (pressing operation portion 405) is inserted into the inner cylinder portion 401a from the upper side of the dial operation portion 401, the step portion 407a of the button cap 407 contacts the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401. The button cap 407 (pressing operation unit 405) cannot be further immersed into the inner tube 401a (see FIG. 50).

  Further, the button cap 407 and the cap inner 408 of the pressing operation unit 405 are formed of a material having a translucent ring. A character “Push” is displayed on the upper surface of the cap inner 408, and the character can be visually recognized from the outside through the button cap 407.

  The driven gear 410 in the operation unit 400 includes a plurality of gear teeth that mesh with the drive gear 412 on an annular outer periphery. The driven gear 410 has an inner diameter that is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the button support cylinder 416b in the operation portion holding member 416, and an annular slide that contacts the gear rail 416a of the operation portion holding member 416 on the lower surface. A moving surface 410a is provided. By inserting the sliding gear 410 into the button support cylinder 416b and bringing the sliding surface 410a into contact with the gear rail 416a, the sliding gear 410 can slide and rotate substantially concentrically with the button support cylinder 416b. It can be done.

  Further, the driven gear 410 includes a pair of connection locking claws 410 b that extend upward from a position at which the upper ends are opposed to each other and project inward. The driven gear 410 and the dial operation unit 401 are connected to each other so as to be integrally rotatable by being locked with the connection locking portion 401e of the inner cylinder portion 401a.

  The driven gear 410 includes a plurality of rotation detection pieces 410c that protrude downward from the lower end and are arranged at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. These rotation detection pieces 410c are detected by a pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b attached to the button decoration substrate 432, and slits formed between the rotation detection pieces 410c and the rotation detection pieces 410c. By 410d, the rotation direction of the driven gear 410, that is, the dial operation unit 401 can be detected by the detection pattern of each of the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b with respect to the rotation detection piece 410c. In this example, the circumferential lengths of the rotation detection piece 410c and the slit 410d are substantially the same.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the drive gear 412 in the operation unit 400 is a spur gear that meshes with the driven gear 410 and is fixed so as to be integrally rotatable with the rotary shaft of the dial drive motor 414. The dial drive motor 414 is a known stepping motor capable of arbitrarily controlling the rotation direction, rotation speed, and rotation angle, and the drive gear 412 is driven to rotate by the dial drive motor 414 via the rotation shaft. Thus, the dial operation unit 401 can be rotated via the driven gear 410. In addition, the dial operation unit 401 can be vibrated by repeating the forward / reverse rotation of the drive gear 412 (rotating shaft) in small increments by the dial drive motor 414. In addition, the rotation of the dial drive motor 414 is stopped for a predetermined rotation angle for a short period of time based on detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b. A feeling can be given.

  Further, the operation unit holding member 416 in the operation unit 400 includes an annular gear rail 416a that rotatably supports the driven gear 410, and a button body 406 of the pressing operation unit 405 that protrudes in a cylindrical shape upward from the inside of the gear rail 416a. Button support cylinder 416b that slidably moves in the vertical direction, and a locking projection 416f that is formed on the inner peripheral surface near the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and can be locked with the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 ( 49 and FIG. 50), and a through hole 416c that transmits light from the LED 432d that passes through the center of the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and is mounted on the button decoration board 432 to the button support cylinder 416b (press operation unit 405). And a rotation detection sensor 4 attached to the button decoration board 432 through the bottom portion outside the button support cylinder 416b in the vertical direction. 2a and 432b, an opening 416d through which the bottom of the button support tube 416b passes in the vertical direction, and an opening 416e attached to the button decoration board 432 from the upper side. A pair of board holding claws 416g for locking and holding the extended button decorative board 432.

  Although not shown in detail, the operation portion holding member 416 is disposed in the button support tube 416b, and forms a predetermined amount of clearance in the circumferential direction with respect to the locking claw 406b of the button body 406 and is locked. A plurality of abutting portions that can abut against the claw 406b are further provided. By this contact portion, the button main body 406 (the pressing operation portion 405) can be rotated within a predetermined angle range, and is not rotated in the button support cylinder 416b. Further, although the detailed description of the operation unit holding member 416 is omitted, screw holes for fixing to the base member 420, positioning bosses for positioning the base member 420 and the button decoration board 432, and the like are appropriately positioned. Is provided.

  The operation portion holding member 416 slides the driven gear 410 (dial operation portion 401) about a predetermined rotation axis by inserting the driven gear 410 through the outer periphery of the button support cylinder 416b and placing it on the gear rail 416a. It can be supported so as to be rotatable. Further, by inserting the button main body 406 of the pressing operation portion 405 into the button support cylinder 416b, the pressing operation portion 405 can be slidably supported in the vertical direction via the button main body 406. . A coiled spring 418 is arranged between the bottom of the button support cylinder 416b and the truncated cone-shaped lower surface of the button main body 406, and the button main body 406 (pressing operation portion) is arranged by the spring 418. 405) is biased upward.

  The base member 420 in the operation unit 400 is formed of a metal such as an aluminum alloy, and the operation unit 400 is not easily damaged even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is hit strongly. The base member 420 has a lower concave portion 420b that can be fitted to the outer periphery of the operation holding member 416 and is recessed upward, and a bottom portion (ceiling portion) of the lower concave portion 420b that vertically penetrates the operation holding member 416. An opening 420a having an inner shape through which the gear rail 416a can pass, and an upper recess 420c that is disposed on the opposite side of the lower recess 420b across the opening 420a and that is recessed downwardly so as to accommodate at least the driven gear 410. I have. In addition, as shown in FIG. 48, the base member 420 is opened downward to the outside of the lower recess 420b and is attached to the motor mounting portion 420d for attaching the dial drive motor 414, and downward from the outside of the lower recess 420b. A plurality of (four in this example) leg portions 420e projecting by a predetermined amount, and positioning holes 420f opening downward at the lower ends of the leg portions 420e are provided.

  Further, the base member 420 includes a plurality of cover fixing portions 420g for fixing the cover body 426 disposed on the outer side of the upper concave portion 420c, and the cover fixing portion 420g is located upward from a different position outside the upper concave portion 420c. And a plurality of board mounting bosses 420h for mounting the dial decoration board 430. Further, although detailed description is omitted, the base member 420 is formed with positioning bosses and mounting holes for positioning each member at appropriate positions on the upper and lower surfaces thereof.

  The base member 420 is inserted into the lower recess 420b so that the button support cylinder 416b and the gear rail 416a pass from the lower side with respect to the central opening 420a. Is screwed into the operation portion holding member 416 from the upper side through the ceiling portion of the lower recessed portion 420b, so that the operation portion holding member 416 can be supported. Although the detailed illustration of the base member 420 is omitted, the upper end of the gear rail 416a is slightly above the top surface of the ceiling of the lower recess 420b, that is, the bottom surface of the upper recess 420c when the operation unit holding member 416 is supported. The driven gear 410 placed on the gear rail 416a can slide and rotate within the upper recess 420c without any problem.

  Further, the leg portion 420e of the base member 420 has a positioning hole 420f formed at the lower end thereof fitted to a positioning protrusion 424a formed on the upper surface of the bottom portion of the lower cover 424 described later. 420 and the lower cover 424 can be positioned at predetermined positions. Further, the board mounting boss 420h of the base member 420 protrudes to a position above the driven gear 410 accommodated in the upper recess 420c, and the dial decoration board 430 mounted on the board mounting boss 420h is driven. It does not come into contact with the gear 410.

  Further, the base member 420 comes into contact with the upper surface of the dial drive motor 414 by attaching the dial drive motor 414 to the motor mounting portion 420d, and heat from the dial drive motor 414 is transferred to the base member 420 side. Thus, the heat of the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated by the base member 420. As a result, overheating of the dial drive motor 414 can be suppressed, and it is possible to prevent a problem from occurring in the dial drive motor 414 and the like due to overheating.

  The upper cover 422 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with an open bottom, and includes an opening 422a having an inner diameter through which the outer cylinder portion 401c of the dial operation portion 401 can pass and the flange portion 401d cannot pass. ing. The upper cover 422 has a long direction (horizontal direction in the pachinko machine 1) connecting the axis of the pressing operation unit 405 (driven gear 410) and the axis of the dial drive motor 414 (drive gear 412) in plan view. The engaging claw 422b that protrudes downward is provided at both ends in the major axis direction, and the engaging claw 422b is engaged with the engaging portion 424b of the lower cover 424. The cover 422 and the lower cover 424 can be assembled.

  Further, the upper cover 422 extends downward from the outer periphery of one side (front side in the pachinko machine 1) in the short axis direction (front and rear direction in the pachinko machine 1), and has a claw-like locking piece 422c whose lower end protrudes outward. It has. The locking piece 422c can be locked to the upper dish front decoration member 316 in the dish unit 300, and by locking the locking piece 422c to the upper dish front decoration member 316, The operation unit 400 can be prevented from coming out upward from the operation unit mounting portion 314c.

  The upper cover 422 is configured such that the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the base member 420 from the lower side with respect to the opening 422a with the operation unit holding member 416, the driven gear 410, the dial decoration board 430, the dial member 401, and the like attached thereto. By covering the upper part of the base member 420 so as to pass, it is possible to prevent the dial operation unit 401 from being pulled upward by the opening 422a.

  On the other hand, the lower cover 424 of the operation unit 400 has a box shape with the upper part opened, and has an outer peripheral shape substantially coincident with the outer periphery of the upper cover 422. A positioning protrusion 424a that can be fitted into the positioning hole 420f at the lower end of 420d is provided. The lower cover 424 is provided with engaging portions 424b that can be engaged with the engaging claws 422b of the upper cover 422 at both upper portions in the major axis direction (left and right direction in the pachinko machine 1). The upper cover 422 can be attached to the lower cover 424 by engaging the engaging claws 422b.

  As shown in the figure, the cover main body 426 in the operation unit 400 has an opening 426a that passes through the center in the vertical direction and through which the upper cover 422 can pass, and extends outward from the left and right sides of the opening 426a. A fixing portion 426b fixed to the portion 314c, and a fixing boss 426c extending downward from the lower surface of the outer periphery of the opening 426a and fixed to the cover fixing portion 420g of the base member 420.

  The operation unit 400 of this example is attached to the dish unit 300 via the fixing part 426b of the cover main body 426. Although not shown in detail, the operation unit 400 is attached to the operation unit attachment part 314c of the dish unit 300. In the state, the operation unit 400 (lower cover 424) is attached in a state where the lower surface of the operation unit 400 (lower cover 424) is slightly lifted from the upper surface of the operation unit attachment portion 314c (for example, 0.5 mm to 2.0 mm). The cover body 426 can be elastically deformed to reduce the impact when it is pressed or hit.

  In the operation unit 400, with the inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 removed, the fixing portion 426b of the cover body 426 is attached with a predetermined screw to the operation unit attachment portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and then The inner cover 427 and the front cover 428 are attached to the upper surface of the cover main body 426.

  In the operation unit 400 of the present embodiment, the rotation detection piece 410c of the driven gear 410 that rotates together with the dial operation unit 401 has a circumferential length in the slit between the adjacent rotation detection pieces 410c and the circumference of the rotation detection piece 410c. The length in the direction is the same length. In addition, the pair of rotation detection sensors 432 a and 432 b attached to the button decoration board 432 has an interval in the circumferential direction corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 that is 2.5 times the length in the circumferential direction of the rotation detection piece 410. It is said that. Accordingly, when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, a time lag occurs in detection / non-detection of the rotation detection piece 410c by the pair of rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b, and rotation by the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b. In which direction the dial operation unit 401 rotates can be detected from the detection pattern of the detection piece 410c.

  In addition, the operation unit 400 of this example can rotate the dial operation unit 401 in the clockwise direction or the counterclockwise direction by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414. Further, the operation unit 400 rotates the dial operation unit 401 step by step by the driving force of the dial drive motor 414 using a stepping motor, or when the player rotates the dial operation unit 401, Rotation can be assisted, it can be prevented from turning on purpose, or a click can be added to the rotation. Further, the operation unit 400 can vibrate the dial operation unit 401 by repeatedly rotating the dial drive motor 414 forward and backward in small increments.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 50, in the operation unit 400 of this example, when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed downward, the stepped portion 407 a of the button cap 407 comes into contact with the protruding portion 401 f of the dial operating unit 401, and the button cap Since 407 (press operation part 405) cannot be further immersed into the inner cylinder part 401a, the load applied to the press operation part 405 is dialed via the step part 407a and the protrusion part 401f. The operation unit 401 can be dispersed, and the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400) is not easily broken.

  Further, the operation unit 400 of this example presses the pressing operation unit 405 so that the dial drive motor 414 is adjusted in small increments while the stepped portion 407a of the button cap 407 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operating unit 401 are in contact with each other. By repeatedly rotating and reversing, the pressing operation unit 405 can be vibrated together with the dial operation unit 401, and the player can be surprised by the vibration of the pressing operation unit 405 so that the game and production can be enjoyed. It has become.

  According to the operation unit 400 of this example, the dial operation unit 401 that can be rotated by the player and the pressing operation unit 405 that can be pressed are supported by the metal base member 420. Since the strength can be increased, it is possible to prevent the operation unit 400 from being damaged even if a player or the like hits the operation units 401 and 405 strongly, and the operation units 401 and 405 can be freely attached to the player. In addition to being able to operate, it is possible to improve the operability of the operation units 401 and 405, and to prevent the player's interest in the game from deteriorating by enjoying the effects using the operation units 401 and 405. it can.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is arranged at the center of the annular dial operation unit 401. If the pressing operation unit 405 is struck strongly, the dial operation unit 401 is also struck, The force of hitting 401 and 405 can be distributed to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, and it is possible to prevent the hitting impact from being concentrated and prevent the operation unit 400 and the dish unit 300 from being damaged. Therefore, the operation units 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 can be made to withstand strong hits, and the player can freely operate the operation units 401 and 405. It is possible to improve the operability of 405 and to entertain the performance using the operation units 401 and 405 and to suppress the decrease in interest for the game. Door can be.

  Further, the base member 420 and the like of the operation unit 400 are accommodated in the recessed operation unit mounting portion 314c of the dish unit 300, and a predetermined amount of gap is formed between the lower end of the base member 420 and the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. As shown, when the cover main body 426 attached to the base member 420 is fixed to the upper surface of the dish unit 300 and the operation parts 401 and 405 of the operation unit 400 are hit to give an impact or a load is applied, Until the lower end of the operation unit 400 comes into contact with the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c, the cover body 426 can absorb an impact and a load by elastic deformation, and the lower end of the operation unit 400 is connected to the bottom surface of the operation unit mounting portion 314c. After the contact, an impact is caused by the bottom of the operation unit mounting portion 314c (the dish unit 300). Since the load can be received, the impacts from the operation units 401 and 405 can be dispersed and the impacts can be prevented from being concentrated. Can be increased.

  Furthermore, the base member 420 is provided with a plurality of legs 420e protruding downward from positions where the operation parts 401 and 405 are supported, and the legs 420e of the base member 420 are the operation units in the dish unit 300. Even when the impact from the operation portions 401 and 405 is applied to the base member 420 by contacting the bottom surface of the mounting portion 314c, the leg portions 420e are not arranged immediately below the impact, so the operation portions 401 and 405 in the base member 420 are not provided. The portion that supports the base plate is bent by the impact, and the base member 420 is bent (elastically deformed), so that the shock from the operation units 401 and 405 can be absorbed to some extent, and the base member 420 is applied to the dish unit 300. It is possible to reduce the impact and prevent the dish unit 300 from being damaged.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 is held by the operation unit holding member 416 attached to the base member 420 from below so that a part of the dial operation unit 401 overlaps the base member 420 in plan view. Even when the operation unit holding member 416 that holds the dial operation unit 401 moves away from the base member 420 when the operation unit 401 is struck from the upper side, the dial operation unit 401 comes into contact with the upper surface of the base member 420. The base member 420 can restrict the downward movement of the dial operation unit 401 and can satisfactorily prevent the dial operation unit 401 from falling.

  Furthermore, since the dial operation unit 401 having the pressing operation unit 405 disposed at the center is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 according to the gaming state, the dial operation unit 401 rotates freely (rotation drive including vibration). Thus, the player can be surprised and attention can be paid to the effects produced by the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can be entertained. The effects using the 401 (press operation unit 405) can be made more difficult to get tired of, and it is possible to suppress the player's interest in games from being reduced.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 is rotated by the dial drive motor 414 via the driven gear 410 and the drive gear 412, and the position of the rotation axis of the dial drive motor 414 is, as a matter of course, the dial operation unit 401 (driven gear). 410), even if the dial operation unit 401 or the pressing operation unit 405 is strongly struck, the impact is transmitted via the rotation axis of the dial operation unit 401. Direct dial drive motor 414 can be avoided and damage to dial drive motor 414 (operation unit 400) can be prevented.

  Furthermore, since the opening 420a of the base member 420 has a smaller diameter than the dial operation unit 401, the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the gear rail 416a of the operation unit holding member 416 through the opening 420a. Even if the gear rail 416a (operation unit holding member 416) moves downward due to an impact or load from 401, the dial operation unit 401 can abut on the upper surface of the opening 420a of the base member 420, and the dial operation unit 401 becomes the base member. It is possible to reliably prevent a drop from 420. Further, since the dial operation unit 401 is supported by the annular gear rail 416a, the contact area between the dial operation unit 401 and the operation unit holding member 416 (gear rail 416a) can be increased. It is possible to prevent the operation portion holding member 416 from being damaged by dispersing the impact and load from the operation.

  Further, since the dial drive motor 414 for rotating the dial operation unit 401 is attached to the metal base member 420, the dial operation unit 401 is frequently rotated by the dial drive motor 414, or the dial drive motor 414 is driven. Although the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 is forcibly stopped by the player despite being driven by the rotation, even if the amount of heat generated due to excessive load on the dial drive motor 414 increases, The heat generated from the dial drive motor 414 can be dissipated and radiated satisfactorily through the base member 420, and it is possible to prevent the dial drive means 414 from being defective due to overheating. That can withstand high loads. Can be sufficiently embody the effect of the dial operation unit 401 using a dial driving means 414 as described above, can be pachinko machine 1 to be entertained player.

  Furthermore, rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b that detect the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 and a press detection sensor 432c that detects the press of the press operation unit 405 are provided. The dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 are provided. Rotation operation and pressing operation can be detected, so that it is possible to produce an effect according to the player's operation based on the detection signal, and it is more effective for the player who operates the operation units 401 and 405. It is possible to provide an experience with a bodily sensation, and to suppress the interest of the game from deteriorating by making the player entertained. In addition, a dial decoration board 430 and a button decoration board 432 for decorating the operation parts 401 and 405 are provided, and the operation parts 401 and 405 can be decorated with light emission, so that the operation parts 401 and 405 emit light. Thus, the player's interest can be attracted to the operation units 401 and 405, and the player can easily operate the operation units 401 and 405.

  Further, when the pressing operation portion 405 in the operation unit 400 is pressed, the step portion 407a of the pressing operation portion 405 and the protruding portion 401f of the dial operation portion 401 are in contact with each other, so that the player can press the pressing operation portion 405. When the dial is pressed, the dial operation unit 401 is vibrated by repeating forward and reverse rotations within a predetermined angle range by the dial drive motor 414, thereby allowing the dial operation unit 401 to contact the projecting portion 401f of the dial operation unit 401 via the step 407a. The pressing operation unit 405 can also be vibrated. Therefore, since it is possible to give the player a feeling of operation with respect to the pressing operation 405 without separately providing a vibrator or the like for vibrating the pressing operation unit 405, an effect using the operation unit 400 can be enjoyed. It can suppress that the interest with respect to a game falls. Further, since the pressing operation unit 405 vibrates when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the player can be greatly surprised by the movement of the pressing operation unit 405 that the user thought would not move. It is possible to make it seem that there is something, and it is possible to increase the sense of expectation for the game and suppress the interest from deteriorating. Therefore, unlike the conventional operation unit, the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 move freely, so that the player's interest can be strongly attracted to the operation unit 400, and the player can participate in the production using the operation unit 400. It is possible to facilitate the operation of the operation unit 400 to the player, and the enjoyment of the game by reducing the operation of the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 is reduced. Can be suppressed.

  Further, when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 are in contact with each other, so that the force from the pressing operation unit 405 can be transmitted to the dial operation unit 401 side. Even when the pressing operation unit 405 is struck, the load and impact applied to the pressing operation unit 405 can be dispersed also on the dial operation unit 401 side, and load resistance and impact resistance against the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed. Can be increased. Therefore, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is struck, it is possible to prevent the pressing operation unit 405 from being damaged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game from being interrupted due to damage to the pressing operation unit 405 (operation unit 400). It is possible to prevent a player's interest in games from being reduced due to the interruption of the game.

  Further, the pressing operation unit 405 is supported so as to be rotatable only within a predetermined angle range with respect to the axial center extending in the vertical direction. When the player presses the pressing operation unit 405, the dial is driven. Even if the dial operation unit 401 is driven to rotate by the motor 414, the pressing operation unit 405 can be prevented from rotating together with the dial operation unit 401, so that the player can perform the dial operation in the operation unit 400. The role of each of the unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 can be surely recognized, and the player can easily enjoy the performance using the operation unit 400, and is guided to the upper surface of the pressing operation unit 405. The “PUSH” characters that have been played can be easily read from the player side without turning or tilting greatly, It is possible to reliably recognize that the part 405 is intended to pressing.

  In addition, the dial operation unit 401 includes a protruding portion 401f that protrudes from the inner periphery of the inner tube portion 401a toward the axial center, and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation portion 405 has a smaller diameter than a predetermined position in the vertical direction. Since the step portion 407a is formed at the upper end of the operation unit 400, the inner peripheral surface of the inner cylinder portion 401a of the dial operation portion 401 and the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation portion 405 can be brought as close as possible. It is possible to improve the appearance by reducing the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 as much as possible, and the inside of the operation unit 400 through the gap between the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405. It is possible to make it difficult for foreign matter such as dust and dust to enter, and it is difficult for the dial operation unit 401 to rotate due to the entry of foreign matter, and it is difficult to press the pressing operation unit 405. The occurrence of a problem it is possible to prevent that or Tsu.

  Further, the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is formed in an annular shape, and when the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed, which part of the circumferential direction with respect to the dial operation unit 401 is selected. Since the contact can be made even at a position, even if the pressing operation unit 405 is pressed with a feeling that it is tilted (a position that is biased toward the outer periphery from the center of the pressing operation unit 405), the dial operation unit 401 is reliably contacted. Therefore, the rotational drive from the dial drive motor 414 can be reliably transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 via the dial operation unit 401. In addition, since the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 are annularly contacted, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be widely distributed to the dial operation unit 401 side. Impact resistance can be further increased.

  Further, since the contact portion between the pressing operation unit 405 and the dial operation unit 401 in the operation unit 400 is inclined so as to become lower toward the direction of the rotation axis of the dial operation unit 401, In comparison, the contact area can be relatively increased, and the driving force from the dial drive motor 414 can be easily transmitted to the pressing operation unit 405 side via the dial operation unit 401. In addition, the load from the pressing operation unit 405 can be distributed radially outward in a direction perpendicular to the direction in which the rotation axis extends, and the load is prevented from being concentrated. The loadability and impact resistance can be reliably increased, the durability of the operation unit 400 can be increased, and the occurrence of problems during the game can be reduced as much as possible to reduce the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, since the dial drive motor 414 of the operation unit 400 is a stepping motor capable of forward / reverse rotation, the dial operation unit 401 is not simply rotated, but can be easily stopped at a predetermined position, or forward / reverse. The operation unit 400 (pachinko machine 1) that can be easily vibrated by repetition and that exhibits the above-described effects can be reliably realized.

  Further, since the operation unit 400 is supported by the dish unit 300 having the upper tray 301 for storing the game balls, the strength and rigidity of the dish unit 300 is high in order to store a large number of game balls. Thus, it is possible to sufficiently cope with a smashing of the operation unit 400 (pressing operation unit 405), and it is possible to easily entertain using the operation unit 400.

[1-2G. Handle device]
Next, the handle device 500 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 51A is an exploded perspective view of the handle device in the door frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 51B is an exploded perspective view of the handle device as seen from the back. As shown in the figure, the handle device 500 of the present embodiment is attached to the handle bracket 140 attached to the front surface of the door frame base body 110 in the door frame base unit 100 through the lower opening 330b of the lower plate side cover 330 in the plate unit 300. A handle base 502 that is fixed and cylindrical and has a front end that bulges out in a direction perpendicular to the axis, a handle body 504 that is disposed on the front side of the handle base 502 so as to be rotatable relative to the handle base 502, and a front surface of the handle body 504 A front end cover 506 disposed and fixed to the handle base 502 and rotatably supporting the handle body 504 in cooperation with the handle base 502.

  In addition, the handle device 500 has a rear end and a front end rotatably supported by an inner base 508 attached to the front surface of the handle base 502 on the rear side of the handle main body 504, and the inner base 508 and the front end cover 506. A shaft member 510 that can rotate integrally with the shaft 504 and has a drive gear portion 510a on the outer periphery, a transmission gear 511 that meshes with the drive gear portion 510a of the shaft member 510, and a detection shaft portion 512a that can rotate integrally with the transmission gear 511. And a rotational position detection sensor 512 sandwiched between the inner base 508 and the handle base 502.

  Furthermore, the handle device 500 has one end attached to the inner base 508 and the other end attached to the transmission gear 511, and the detection shaft portion 512a of the rotational position detection sensor 512 is rotated clockwise in front view via the transmission gear 511. Auxiliary spring 514 for biasing, a touch sensor 516 attached to the rear side of the inner base 508, a firing stop switch 518 attached to a different position on the rear surface of the inner base 508, and the inner base 508 A single-shot button 520 that is pivotally supported and operates a firing stop switch 518, and one end side is attached to the handle base 502 and the other end side is attached to the handle body 504 so that the handle body 504 is in an initial rotation position (counterclockwise in front view). Energized to return to the rotation end in the direction of A handle return spring 522 that includes a.

  As shown in the drawing, the handle base 502 of the handle device 500 of the present example is configured to have a rear end portion that is open at the front side and has a rear end portion that extends in a cylindrical shape rearward from a front end portion that bulges rearwardly. Three groove portions 502a extending in the axial direction are formed on the outer periphery of the cylindrical shape. The three groove portions 502a of the handle base 502 have one on the upper side, two on the lower side, and unequal intervals with respect to the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the three protrusions 143 in the cylindrical portion 141 of the handle bracket 140. Has been placed. The handle base 502 is supported in a non-rotatable state by being inserted into the tube portion 141 of the handle bracket 140 so that the groove portion 502a is fitted to the protrusion 143.

  In the handle device 500, an arcuate slit 504a concentrically arranged with the rotation shaft is formed in the handle main body 504, and three attachment bosses 506a projecting rearward are formed in the front end cover 506. These mounting bosses 506 a are fixed to the front surface of the handle base 502 through the slits 504 a of the handle body 504. Accordingly, the rotational range of the handle body 504 is restricted by the circumferential end of the slit 504a in the handle body 504 coming into contact with the mounting boss 506a of the front end cover 506.

  Further, in the handle device 500, a locking projection 504b protruding rearward is formed on the handle main body 504, and the other end side (front end side) of the coiled handle return spring 522 is formed on the locking projection 504b. By being locked, the handle main body 504 is biased so as to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the front by a handle return spring 522 attached to the handle base 502 at one end side.

  The handle device 500 of this example is attached to the handle attachment portion 114 of the door frame base main body 110 via the handle bracket 140. The handle mounting portion 114 of the door frame base body 110 is inclined so that its mounting surface faces the outside (open side) in a plan view as viewed from above. The device 500 is also tilted outward in plan view (in other words, the front end of the pachinko machine 1 is tilted so as to face the outside of the pachinko machine 1 with respect to a line perpendicular to the front vertical plane of the pachinko machine 1). 5 to be fixedly attached. Thereby, it is easy for a player to grasp the handle device 500, and there is no sense of incongruity in the rotation operation, and it is easy to perform the rotation operation.

  Further, in the handle device 500, the rotational position detection sensor 512 is a variable resistor. When the handle main body 504 (the handle device 500) is rotated, the rotational position detection sensor 512 is connected via the shaft member 510 and the transmission gear 511. The detection shaft portion 512a rotates. Then, the internal resistance of the rotational position detection sensor 512 changes according to the rotation angle of the detection shaft portion 512a, and the driving force of the firing solenoid 654 in the ball hitting device 650 described later changes according to the internal resistance of the rotational position detection sensor 512. Thus, the game ball is driven into the game area 1100 with a strength corresponding to the rotation angle of the handle device 500.

  The outer peripheral surfaces of the handle main body 504 and the front end cover 508 are conductively plated, and the touch sensor 516 detects contact when the player touches the handle main body 504 or the like. Then, when the touch sensor 516 detects a player's contact, if the handle body 504 rotates, the rotation drive of the firing solenoid 654 is controlled with the strength according to the rotation, and a game ball is driven. Can be done. That is, even if the player tries to drive the game ball by rotating the handle device 500 in some way without touching the handle device 500, the firing solenoid 654 is not driven and the game ball cannot be driven, The player can be prevented from playing a game different from the original, and the load (burden) associated with the game hall in which the pachinko machine 1 is installed can be reduced.

  Further, when the player presses the single button 520 while rotating the handle device 500, the firing stop switch 518 detects the operation of the single button 520, and the firing control unit 4120 (see FIG. 194) controls the firing solenoid 654. The rotational drive can be stopped. Thereby, even if it does not return rotation operation of the handle apparatus 500, while launching of a game ball can be stopped temporarily, before operating the single button 520 by operating the single button 520 release operation. A game ball can be launched with a driving strength.

  In the handle device 500 of this example, the rotation operation of the handle body 504 is electrically detected by the rotation position detection sensor 512, and then the launch control unit 4120 detects the rotation position from the rotation position detection sensor 512. Since the rotational driving strength of the launch solenoid 654 is controlled, the handle device 500 provided in the door frame 5 and the hitting ball launch device 650 provided in the main body frame 3 are connected to the door as in a conventional pachinko machine. It is not necessary to provide a mechanical (for example, joint unit) mechanism so that the frames 5 are linked to each other when the frame 5 is closed and the linkage is released when the door frame 5 is opened, and the configuration related to the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified. It is possible to eliminate the occurrence of defects in the joint unit, and to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating due to game ball driving defects It has to be able to bet.

[1-2H. Foul cover unit]
Next, the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 52 and 53. FIG. 52A is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit in the door frame as seen from the front, and FIG. 52B is an exploded perspective view of the foul cover unit as seen from the back. FIG. 53 is a front view of the foul cover unit with the front cover removed.

  A foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is attached to a rear surface below the game window 101 in the door frame base unit 100 and is fired by a game ball paid out from a prize ball unit 700 to be described later, or a ball hitting device 650. Nevertheless, the game balls (foul balls) that have not reached the game area 1100 are guided to the upper plate 301 and the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300. The foul cover unit 540 of this example includes a cover base 542 having a front side opened and having a plurality of game ball passages therein, and a front cover 544 closing the front end of the cover base 542.

  As shown in FIG. 52 (B), the cover base 542 of the foul cover unit 540 includes a first sphere inlet 542a that is disposed in the upper right corner in the rear view and penetrates in the front-rear direction, and a cover that communicates with the first sphere inlet 542a. A first sphere passage 542b that expands to the right when viewed from the front side toward the front end of the base 542, and a second sphere inlet 542c that is disposed outside the first sphere inlet 542a (on the right side when viewed from the rear) and is larger than the first sphere inlet 542a. And a second sphere passage 542d that communicates with the second sphere inlet 542c and extends downward and slopes downward toward the lower right corner when viewed from the front. The first ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c are the normal ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 of the full tank branching unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 in a state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3. Are formed at positions facing each other. As shown in the drawing, the second ball passage 542d in the cover base 542 has a height of a portion extending in the left-right direction along the lower end, which is about three times the outer diameter of the game ball. An accommodation space 546 that can accommodate a predetermined amount of game balls is formed.

  Further, the cover base 542 can be guided to the upper part in the vicinity of the downstream of the foul ball inlet 542e and the foul ball inlet 542e, which is disposed at a substantially central upper part in the left-right direction and opens upward, and communicates with the foul ball inlet 542e. A foul ball passage 542f. The cover base 542 includes an opening / closing operation piece 542g for operating the opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the lower rear surface of the second ball inlet 542c. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the opening / closing operation piece 542g contacts the spherical contact portion 793d of the opening / closing crank 793 in the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790, thereby rotating the opening / closing crank 793. The open / close shutter 792 can be opened.

  The front cover 544 of the foul cover unit 540 is formed in a substantially plate shape that closes the front surface of the cover base 540, and is disposed in the upper left corner of the front view and communicates with the first spherical passage 542b of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first sphere outlet 544a and the second sphere outlet 544b that is disposed in the lower right corner of the front view and communicates with the downstream end of the second sphere passage of the cover base 540 and penetrates in the front-rear direction. The first ball outlet 544 a of the front cover 544 is connected to the upper plate ball supply port 310 c of the plate unit 300 through the notch 101 a of the door frame base unit 100. Further, the rear end of the lower dish ball supply rod 310h in the dish unit 300 is connected to the second ball outlet 544b through the ball passage opening 110f of the door frame base body 110.

  The foul cover unit 540 of the present example uses the first ball outlet to pass the game ball supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branching unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the first ball inlet 542a. From 544a, the plate unit 300 can be supplied to the upper plate 301 through the upper plate ball supply port 310c. Further, the foul cover unit 540 passes the game ball supplied from the full ball outlet 776 of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 to the second ball inlet 542c through the second ball passage 542d. 544b can be supplied to the lower plate 302 via the lower plate ball supply bowl 310h and the lower plate ball supply port 310g of the plate unit 300 (see FIG. 82).

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 will be described in detail later, but when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e is positioned below the foul space 626 of the main body frame 3. When the game ball fired by the hit ball launching device 650 does not reach the game area 1100 and becomes a foul ball and falls in the foul space 626, it is received by the foul ball inlet 542e. Then, the foul cover unit 540 discharges (supply) the game balls received at the foul ball inlet 542e from the second ball outlet 544b to the lower plate 302 of the dish unit 300 through the foul ball passage 542f and the second ball passage 542d. ) Can be.

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 of the present example forms a side surface on the upstream side (left side in front view) of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d, and can swing by a game ball stored in the accommodation space 546. A swing member 548 pivotally supported by the shaft, a full tank detection sensor 550 that detects the swing of the swing member 548, and a spring that biases the swing member 548 in a non-detection state by the full tank detection sensor 550. 552. As shown in FIG. 53, the swinging member 548 is pivotally supported at the lower end with respect to the cover base 542, and the upper end is turned to the left when viewed from the front. In this state, the left side wall of the accommodation space 546 is formed. Further, the swinging member 548 is biased by the spring 552 to a position where the swinging member 548 is in a substantially vertical state. Further, the swinging member 548 is formed with a detection piece 548a protruding outward on the side surface opposite to the accommodation space 546 side, and this detection piece 548a is detected by a full tank detection sensor 550. .

  Further, the foul cover unit 540 includes an earth rail 554 disposed at the bottom of the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d, and a plate-like earth metal fitting 556 that covers the right end and the left end in the rear view of the cover base 542, respectively. , And can remove static electricity generated by rolling resistance caused by circulation of game balls.

  In this example, the game balls paid out from the prize ball unit 700 are supplied from the normal ball outlet 774 of the full tank branch unit 770 to the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 via the foul cover unit 540. When the game ball is further paid out from the prize ball unit 700 in a state where the upper plate 301 is full, the game ball stagnates in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540, and further the normal ball outlet 774 in the full tank branch unit 770. When the normal passage 773 upstream of the full tank branch unit 770 becomes full, the game ball flows to the full tank passage 775 side via the branch space 772 of the full tank branch unit 770 (see FIG. 79). From the full ball outlet 776 to the second ball inlet 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball outlet 5 of the foul cover unit 540. It comes to be supplied to the lower tray 302 of tray unit 300 via 4b.

  When the inside of the lower plate 302 of the tray unit 300 is filled with game balls, the game balls can no longer come out from the second ball outlet 544b of the foul cover unit 540, and are stuck in the accommodation space 546 in the second ball passage 542d. Game balls will be stored. Further, as the game balls are paid out from the prize ball unit 700 and more game balls are stored in the accommodation space 546, the storage pressure of the game balls acts on the swinging member 548 and resists the biasing force of the spring 552. The upper end of the swing member 548 will move to the left. When the detection piece 548a of the swinging member 548 is detected by the full tank detection sensor 550, the payout control board 4110 (see FIG. 194) stops the payout of the game ball from the prize ball unit 700, and the game A notification for urging a person to discharge the game ball in the dish unit 300 to the outside is provided.

  When the game ball in the storage space 546 (the lower plate 302) is discharged and the swinging member 548 is returned to a substantially vertical state by the biasing force of the spring 552, the full detection sensor 550 detects the detection piece 548a. The non-detection is made, and the payout of game balls from the prize ball unit 700 is resumed.

[1-2I. Ball feed unit]
Next, the ball feeding unit 580 in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 to 57. 54A is a front perspective view of the ball feeding unit in the door frame, and FIG. 54B is a rear perspective view of the ball feeding unit. FIG. 55 is a rear view of the ball feeding unit. FIG. 56 (A) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 56 (B) is an exploded perspective view of the ball feeding unit as seen from the rear after removing the rear case. Further, FIG. 57A is a plan view of the tamper-proof member in the ball feeding unit, FIG. 57B is a front view of the tamper-proof member, and FIG. 57C is a perspective view of the tamper-proof member viewed from the front. (D) is explanatory drawing which shows the effect | action of a fraud prevention member. The ball feeding unit 580 in the door frame 5 can supply the game balls supplied from the upper plate 301 in the tray unit 300 one by one to the hitting ball launcher 650, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 301. The upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 can be pulled out to the lower dish 302 by operating the upper dish ball removal button 341.

  In this ball feed unit 580, game balls stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 are supplied through the upper plate ball discharge port 310d of the plate unit base 310 and the ball feed opening 113 of the door frame base body 110 in the front-rear direction. A box-shaped front cover 581 that has a penetrating entrance 581a and a ball outlet 581b that opens to the lower side of the entrance 581a and is opened at the rear, and the rear end of the front cover 581 is closed and the front is opened. A rear cover 582 having a hitting ball supply port 582a for supplying a game ball that has penetrated in the front-rear direction and entered from the entrance 581a of the front cover 581 to the hitting ball launcher 650, and the rear cover 582 and the front cover. A partition 58 that is pivotally supported around an axis extending in the front-rear direction between 581 and partitions between the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b on the rear side of the front cover 581. a ball-extracting member 583 having a, and game balls on the partitioning portion 583a of the ball-extracting member 583 are sent one by one to the hitting supply port 582a of the rear cover and extend vertically between the front cover 581 and the rear cover 582. A ball feeding member 584 supported so as to be rotatable around the axis, and a ball feeding solenoid 585 for rotating the ball feeding member 584. In this example, as shown in the figure, the ball feeding member 584 is arranged on the right side of the entrance 581a in front view, and the ball removing member 583 is on the left side of the ball feeding member 584, and the ball feeding solenoid 585 is on the right side. Has been placed.

  The front cover 581 of the ball feeding unit 580 includes an arc-shaped slit 581c formed concentrically with the rotation center of the ball removing member 583 on the left side of the ball outlet 581b when viewed from the front. An operating rod 583c of a ball punching member 583, which will be described later, extends from 581c to the front. Further, the front cover 581 extends upward from the upper edge of the entrance 581a. When the front cover 581 is assembled to the door frame base unit 100, the rear end opening of the ball guide channel 344b in the upper dish ball removal base 344 is assembled. Is formed to close.

  Further, the ball removing member 583 has a partition portion 583a and a partition portion 583a, which partition the entrance 581a and the ball exit 581b below the entrance 581a and the upper surface becomes lower toward the ball feed member 584. A shaft extending from the end opposite to the ball feed member 584 to the lower side, bent from the middle in the vertical direction toward the lower center of the ball outlet 581b, and bent at the lower end in the front-rear direction A pivot collar portion 583b that is pivotally supported by the pivot rod section 583b, a rod-shaped actuation collar 583c that projects forward from the upper end of the pivot collar section 583b, and a pivot collar section 583b below the actuation collar 583c. A weight portion 583d protruding from the side surface to the opposite side of the partition portion 583a. An operating rod 583c of the ball removing member 583 is formed so as to protrude forward through an arc-shaped slit 581c formed in the front cover 581 (see FIG. 54), and a ball feed opening of the door frame base body 110 The upper tray ball removal mechanism 340 of the dish unit 300 is in contact with the upper end of the contact piece 343 a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 via the 113.

  Further, the ball feeding member 584 has a fan-shaped blocking portion 584a and a blocking portion 584a in plan view with the rotation axis extending in the vertical direction facing the entrance 581a and the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removing member 583. A sphere holding portion 584b that is recessed in an arc shape from the rear end to the rotation axis side, and a rod-like flange portion 584c that extends downward from the rear end of the sphere holding portion 584b are provided. The blocking portion 584a and the ball holding portion 584b in the ball feeding member 54 are formed within an angle range of about 90 ° around the rotation axis. Further, the ball holding portion 584b of the ball feeding member 584 is sized to hold one game ball. The ball feed member 584 rotates about the rotation axis when the flange 584c arranged at a position eccentric from the rotation axis is moved in the left-right direction by driving the ball feeding solenoid 585. ing.

  In the ball feeding member 584, the blocking portion 584a faces the direction of the partition portion 583a, and at the same time, the ball holding portion 584b faces the direction in which it communicates with the hitting ball supply port 582a, and the ball holding portion 584b moves in the direction of the partition portion 583a. It is designed to rotate between the holding positions that face it. When the ball feeding member 584 is in the supply position, the game ball held by the ball holding portion 584b is supplied from the hit ball supply port 582a to the hit ball launching device 650 and enters the partition portion 583a from the advance port 581a. The ball is blocked from moving toward the ball holding portion 584b (hit ball supply port 582a) by the blocking portion 584a and stays on the partition portion 583a. On the other hand, when the ball feeding member 584 rotates to the holding position, the ball holding portion 584b faces the partition portion 583a, and the end of the ball holding portion 584b on the flange portion 584c side closes the hitting ball supply port 582a. Only one game ball on the partition portion 583a is held in the ball holding portion 584b.

  Further, the ball feed unit 580 is moved back and forth by the ball feed operation rod 586 whose tip is swung vertically by driving (energizing) the ball feed solenoid 585 and the movement of the tip of the ball feed operation rod 586 which is swung vertically. And a ball feed crank 587 that rotates around an axis extending in the direction and rotates the ball feed member 584 around an axis extending in the vertical direction. The ball feed crank 587 is engageable with the vertically moving tip of the ball feed operation rod 586 and extends in the left-right direction, and the side of the engagement portion 587a that engages with the ball feed operation rod 586. Is disposed on the opposite side and is supported between a front cover 581 and a rear cover 582 so as to be pivotable about a shaft extending in the front-rear direction, and a ball feed member 584 extending upward from the shaft 587b. And a transmission portion 587c that engages with a rod-shaped flange portion 584c (see FIG. 56) that protrudes downward from a position that is eccentric with respect to the rotation center.

  The ball feed unit 580 of this example transmits the movement of the ball feed actuating rod 586 that swings by the driving of the ball feed solenoid 585 that moves forward and backward by the ball feed actuating rod 586 and the ball feed crank 587. 584 can be rotated. When the ball feed solenoid 585 is not driven (normal time), the tip of the ball feed operating rod 586 swinging away from the lower end of the ball feed solenoid 585 is positioned downward. In this state, the ball feeding member 584 is located at the supply position. Further, when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is driven, the ball feeding operation rod 586 is attracted to the lower end of the ball feeding solenoid 585 and the tip of the swing is positioned upward, so that the ball feeding member 584 rotates to the holding position. It has become. That is, when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is driven (ON state), the ball feeding member 584 receives one game ball, and when the ball feeding solenoid 585 is released (OFF state), the ball feeding member 584 receives the game ball. The game ball is sent (supplied) to the hitting ball launching device 650 side. The driving of the ball feeding solenoid 585 in the ball feeding unit 580 is controlled by the firing control unit 4120 in synchronization with the drive control of the firing solenoid 654.

  Further, the ball removing member 583 that is pivotally supported in the ball feeding unit 580 of the present example is configured to apply a moment that rotates counterclockwise by the weight portion 583c. The operation rod 583c protruding forward comes into contact with the upper end of the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 in the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 of the dish unit 300, so that its rotation is restricted. In a normal state, the partitioning portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 partitions the entrance 581a and the ball removal port 581b so that the game ball does not enter the ball removal port 581b side. Then, when the player presses the upper dish ball removal button 341 of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340 in the dish unit 300 downward, the upper dish ball removal slider 343 slides downward together with the contact piece 343a and comes into contact. As the piece 343a moves downward, the operating rod 583c also moves relatively downward.

  In this way, when the operating rod 583c moves downward together with the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340, the ball removal member 583 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, and the entrance by the partition portion 583a. The partition between the ball outlet 381a and the ball outlet 381b is released, and the game ball that has entered from the entrance 381a is discharged from the ball outlet 381b to the ball outlet passage 344c of the upper dish ball outlet base 344 of the dish unit 300. Then, it is discharged (supplied) to the lower plate 302.

  Since the contact piece 343a of the upper dish ball removal slider 343 against which the operating rod 583c of the ball removal member 583 abuts is biased upward by a coil spring, the game ball is vigorously supplied onto the partition portion 581a. However, the impact can be absorbed by the coil spring that urges the upper dish ball removal slider 343 via the operating rod 583c, and the ball removal member 583 and the like can be prevented from being damaged. It is possible to prevent the partition portion 583a from bouncing back.

  In addition, the ball feeding unit 580 of the present example is formed with a rectangular mounting recess 582b (see FIG. 56B, etc.) that is recessed forward in the upper right in the rear view of the hitting ball supply port 582a in the rear cover 582. At the same time, a tamper-proof member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b. The fraud prevention member 588 of the ball feeding unit 580 is formed of a hard metal plate such as tool steel or stainless steel, and is attached to the inside of the mounting recess 582a of the rear cover 582 so as to be detachable from the rear side. As shown in FIG. 55 and the like, the fraud prevention member 588 is formed in a horizontally-oriented rectangular shape in the rear view, and is located on the opposite side from the substantially vertical center at the tip which is the left side in the rear view. The upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c, which are divided vertically with a dividing line 588a extending a predetermined length toward the base end side (right side), and the tips of the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c are mutually connected. A V-shape formed between the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c by bending the base end side of the upper piece portion 588b in the vertical direction (rearward) with respect to the general surface of the fraud prevention member 588 so as to move away And a sloped portion 588e formed at the tips of the upper piece portion 588b and the lower piece portion 588c and inclined toward the cut portion 588d.

  As shown in the figure, the fraud prevention member 588 is formed by bending the base end side of the upper piece portion 588b so that the distal end (left end side in the rear view) of the upper piece portion 588b moves backward, so that the cutting portion 588d is It is formed in a V shape in plan view, and a wire rod Iw attached to an illegal game ball I is inserted into the V shape. The cutting part 588d of the fraud prevention member 588 has a state in which the lower side of the upper piece part 588b and the upper side of the lower piece part 588c intersect each other at a predetermined angle in plan view, and the gap becomes narrower toward the base end side. It is formed as follows.

  Further, the inclined portion 588e of the fraud preventing member 588 is formed at the tip of the cutting portion 588d, and the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be guided and guided into the cutting portion 588d by the inclined portion 588e. It is like that. In the ball feeding unit 580 of this example, as shown in the figure, a tamper-proof member 588 is mounted in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582 from the rear side, and a cutting portion 588d in the mounting recess 582b of the rear cover 582 A portion corresponding to the portion where the is formed penetrates in the front-rear direction and at the same time communicates with the hit ball supply port 582a. In other words, the rear cover 582 is formed in a shape in which the hit ball supply port 582a extends into the mounting recess 582b.

  According to the fraud prevention member 588, the illegal game ball I attached with the wire Iw is supplied from the ball feeding unit 580 to the hit ball launching device 650, and the hit ball launching device 650 sends the illegal game ball I to the game area of the game board 4. When the player hits the inside 1100, the illegal game ball I launched by the hitting ball launcher 650 moves obliquely to the upper left along the launch rail 660 in the front view, and moves between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. An attempt is made to enter the game area 1100 through the game. At this time, the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I is pulled by the momentum of the game ball I hit, and the wire Iw is different from the movement trajectory of the illegal game ball I, and the path of the game ball It moves along the route connecting at the shortest distance. Accordingly, the wire Iw extending from the dish unit 300 through the hitting supply port 582a of the ball feeding unit 580 to the hitting ball launcher 650 moves the game ball I in the upper left direction in the front view (upper right direction in the rear view). Thus, the ball is pulled toward the upper right corner of the hitting ball supply port 582a so as to move to the shortest route, and moves into the mounting recess 582b formed at the upper right of the hitting ball supply port 582a in the rear view. The wire Iw that has moved to the portion (inside the mounting recess 582b) that extends rightward in the rear view of the hitting ball supply port 582a is cut by the pair of inclined portions 588e of the anti-fraud member 588 disposed at the position. After being guided into 588d, it is further pulled to the right in the rear view by the force of the illegal game ball I.

  As a result, the wire Iw attached to the unauthorized game ball I is pulled by the unauthorized game ball I in the cutting direction 588d of the fraud prevention member 588 in a direction in which the gap is narrowed (leftward in front view). In this state, friction and shearing force are applied by the cutting portion 588d, and the wire Iw is cut (see FIG. 57D). At this time, since the momentum of the illegal game ball I attached with the wire Iw is attenuated by friction or the like acting on the wire Iw, it does not enter the game area 1100 between the outer rail 1111 and the launch rail 660. Will be discharged through.

  Therefore, the wire rod Iw attached to the illegal game ball I can be cut by the cutting portion 588d of the anti-fraud member 588. Can be prevented. Even if an illegal game ball I enters the game area 1100, as described above, the wire rod Iw can be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, so that it is impossible to perform an illegal act. Even if the wire rod Iw could not be cut by the fraud prevention member 588, the wire rod Iw bites into the V-shaped cut portion 588d, thereby reducing the momentum of the illegal game ball I and playing area 1100. It is possible to prevent intrusion, so that it is possible to prevent illegal acts.

  As described above, according to the present example, the game ball is stored in the upper plate 301 and the game ball is supplied to the ball feeding unit 580, and then the player holds the handle device 500 provided on the front surface of the door frame 5. When operated, the game ball is sent to the ball hitting device 650 by driving the ball feed solenoid 585 of the ball feed unit 580, and the game ball is driven into the game area 1100 by the ball hitting device 650, thereby playing the game window 101 of the door frame 5. A game is played in the game area 1100 that can be viewed via the player, so that the player can be entertained, and a feed mechanism (ball feed member 584 or ball feed solenoid 585 is provided on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100. Etc.) and a discharge mechanism (ball removal member 583) are disposed, so that only the ball feed member 584 and the ball removal member 583 are provided. The ball feeding member 584 and the ball hitting device 650 are also brought as close as possible, and when the game ball in the upper plate 301 is discharged by operating the upper plate ball removing button 341, it remains on the ball feeding member 584 side. It is possible to reduce the number of game balls as much as possible, and to prevent the player from feeling lost, and to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 provided with the ball removing member 583 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100, the capacity of the upper plate 301 in the plate unit 300 can be increased, and the game ball can be thrown in. It is possible to prevent the game balls in the upper plate 301 from disappearing early or the game balls in the upper plate 301 from being filled up early due to the operation. It is possible to reduce the player's feeling of annoyance and suppress the interest, and the dish unit 300 can be downsized while maintaining the capacity of the upper dish 301, so that the game The area 1100 can be enlarged (widened) to provide a pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention.

  Further, since the ball feed unit 580 is provided with the ball feed member 583, the ball feed member 580 is simply attached to the ball feed member 580 as compared with the ball feed member 584 and the ball feed member 583 separately. 584 and the ball punching member 583 can be attached, the labor involved in the assembly can be simplified, the feeding unit 580 can be easily replaced, and a defect occurs in the ball feeding member 584 and the ball punching member 583. Even so, the problem can be easily solved by replacing the ball feeding unit 580.

  Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is arranged on the rear surface of the door frame base unit 100 in the door frame 5, the upper plate ball is compared with the ball feeding unit 580 provided on the main body frame 3 side. There is no need to configure the transmission mechanism (the upper dish ball removal mechanism 340) that transmits the operation of the removal button 341 to the ball removal member 584 of the ball feeding unit 580 so as to straddle the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 that can be opened and closed. The configuration related to the transmission mechanism can be simplified. Further, since the ball feeding unit 580 is provided on the door frame 5 side, the transmission mechanism (when the door frame 5 is opened, as compared with the case where the ball feeding unit 580 is provided on the main body frame 3 side). By shutting off the upper bowl removing mechanism 340), it is possible to avoid the possibility that the transmission mechanism will be consumed at an early stage, causing malfunction or damage, and reliability for the operation of the transmission mechanism, the ball feeding unit 580, etc. And durability can be increased.

  Further, since the upper plate ball removal button 341 is pressed downward, the game ball can be discharged from the upper plate 301 to the lower plate 302 or the upper plate 301 by simply pressing the upper plate ball removal button 341 downward. Can be stopped, and the player can easily perform the ball removal operation in the upper plate 301 by the upper plate ball removal button 341.

  The partition 583a of the ball removal member 583 is moved by the movement of the upper plate ball removal slider 343 that slides in the vertical direction in accordance with the operation of the upper plate ball removal button 341, and the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is moved. At the same time, the partition portion 583a is also movable in the vertical direction, so that the horizontal movement range of the upper plate ball removal slider 343 and the partition portion 583a can be made as small as possible. The unit 580 can be reduced in size, and the pachinko machine 1 that can reliably achieve the above-described effects can be obtained.

  Further, the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is urged upward, and the partition portion 583a of the ball removal member 583 communicates the entrance 581a and the hit ball supply port 582a when the upper plate ball removal slider 343 is in the raised position. Therefore, even if the game ball from the upper plate 301 vigorously comes into contact with the partition portion 583a, the impact can be reduced by the urging force acting on the upper plate ball removal slider 343, and the partition portion 583a (ball removal member) 583) can be improved. Further, since the impact applied to the partition portion 583a can be reduced by the urging force acting on the upper dish ball removal slider 343, it is possible to make it difficult to repel even when the game ball collides with the partition portion 583a. As a result, it is possible to prevent the ball feeding unit 580 and the like from being damaged and causing problems.

  Further, since the partition portion 583a is rotated, compared to the case where the partition portion 583a is slid, it relates to the movement of the partition portion 583a when a load of a game ball is applied to the partition portion 583a. The friction loss can be reduced, and the operability can be improved by lightening the operation of the upper dish ball removal button 341, and the moving range of the partitioning portion 583a can be reduced in the planar projection. The effect of this can be achieved.

  In addition, since the partition portion 583a is rotated by its own weight in a direction in which the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b communicate with each other, the partition portion Is rotated by its own weight so that the entrance 581a and the ball outlet 581b are in communication with each other, and the game ball in the upper plate 301 is hit by a ball even though the upper plate ball release button 341 is not operated. Since it is discharged to the player side without being sent to the device 650 side, the player can be made aware that a defect has occurred in the pachinko machine 1, and to the pachinko machine 1 having no defect. It is possible to suppress the interest from deteriorating by moving.

  Further, since the ball removing member 583 is rotated via the rotating hook part 583b bent, the rotating hook part bent when the game ball collides with the divider 583a. It is possible to prevent the impact from being linearly transmitted to the rotating shaft by dispersing it by 583b or by absorbing it by bending of the rotating collar portion 583b, and to improve the durability of the ball removing member 583. Can be increased.

  Further, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged directly below the entrance 581a communicating with the upper plate 301 side, when the game ball in the upper plate 301 is discharged, the right and left of the game ball in the ball feeding unit 580 are The movement of the direction can be minimized, and the game ball can be discharged well by improving the passage of the game ball in the ball feeding unit 580. Further, since the ball outlet 581b is arranged immediately below the entrance 581a, the discharge path of the game balls in the ball feed unit 580 can be shortened as much as possible, and the ball feed unit 580 can serve as a discharge mechanism. Even if the ball removing member 583 is provided, the ball feeding unit 580 can be prevented from being unnecessarily enlarged.

  Further, the fraud prevention member 588 is attached to the mounting recess 582b on the rear side of the rear cover 582, and the fraud prevention member 588 (cutting portion 588d) is disposed as close as possible to the ball hitting device 650. Therefore, the wire Iw adhering to the illegal game ball I in the fastest (momentary) state immediately after being fired by the ball hitting device 650 comes into contact with the cutting portion 588d, and the cutting portion 588d. As the wire Iw is pulled quickly (strongly), the wire Iw can be surely cut, and the force of the illegal game ball I is attenuated to prevent entry into the game area 1100. It is possible to reliably prevent an illegal act from being performed by the illegal game ball I.

  Further, since the tamper-proof member 588 having the cutting portion 588d is mounted in the mounting recess 582b that is recessed forward from the rear surface of the rear cover 582, the V-shaped cutting portion 588d is formed. The upper piece 588b bent rearward can be prevented from projecting rearward from the rear end surface of the rear cover 582, and the upper piece 588b of the anti-fraud member 588 is injured by an operator during assembly. Can be prevented.

  Further, in the anti-fraud member 588 capable of cutting the wire Iw attached to the illegal game ball I, the upper upper piece 588b is bent backward with the dividing line 588a extending from the right end of the metal plate material interposed therebetween. Thus, since the V-shaped cutting part 588d is formed, the cutting part 588d capable of exerting a shearing force can be easily formed (processed), and the cost associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced. The increase can be suppressed.

[1-2J. Glass unit]
Next, the glass unit 590 in the door frame 5 is demonstrated mainly with reference to FIG.22 and FIG.23. This glass unit 590 has an opening of approximately the same size as the gaming window 101 and has an annular, vertically long octagonal unit frame 592 and two sheets for closing the front and rear ends of the opening of the unit frame 592. A transparent glass plate 594 (see FIG. 108). The unit frame 592 of the glass unit 590 has two stopper pieces 592a disposed on the upper sides of the left and right sides and extending outward in a plate shape, and a plate-like engagement extending in the left-right direction along the lower end and extending downward. Stop piece 592b.

  The glass unit 590 locks the locking piece 592b at the lower end to engage with the vertical bent protrusion 161 of the lower reinforcing sheet metal 154 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame base unit 100 from the rear upper side. After that, the outer peripheral edge of the unit frame 592 is fitted into the glass unit support step 110a of the door frame base main body 110, and the stop piece 592a of the unit frame 592 is locked by the glass unit locking member 190. The base unit 100 is detachably attached (see FIG. 21 and the like).

[1-2K. Molding decoration on door frame]
Next, modeling decoration in the door frame 5, that is, shape decoration, will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 17, 19, 20, and 58. FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing the door frame cut at a substantially vertical center. The door frame 5 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has an upper plate 301 and a lower plate 302 for storing game balls arranged vertically below the vertically long oval gaming window 101 as shown in the figure. In order to drive the game balls stored in the upper plate 301 into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 disposed on the rear side of the transparent glass unit 590 that closes the game window 101 on the right side of the lower plate 302 in front view. A handle device 500 is arranged. The door frame 5 includes a right side decoration unit 200, a left side decoration unit 240, and an upper decoration unit 280 so as to surround the left and right sides and the upper side of the gaming window 101, and surrounds the lower side of the gaming window 101. Thus, the dish unit 300 is arranged.

  The door frame 5 is greatly different in appearance on both sides across the gaming window 101, and the right side has a natural rock-like appearance crumpled by the side lens 210 that forms the outer surface of the right side decoration unit 200. On the other hand, the left lower decorative frame 242 and the side upper decorative frame 244 that are visible on the left side from the peripheral lens portion 250a of the transparent side lens 250 of the left side decorative unit 240 give a metallic sharp and artificial appearance. ing.

  58, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 have different amounts of forward projection, as shown in FIG. 58, and the right side decoration unit 200 has a left side decoration unit. It protrudes forward larger than 240. In addition, the front end of the right side decoration unit 200 is formed in a shape that is pointed forward, whereas the front end of the left side decoration unit 240 is formed in a gently curved flat shape.

  Thereby, when the door frame 5 of this example is seen from the front right side, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 look similar to each other (see FIG. 19), whereas the left front part When viewed from above, the right side decoration unit 200 appears larger than the left side decoration unit 240, and the decoration of the left side decoration unit 240 becomes almost invisible, and a different impression can be given depending on the player's standing position with respect to the pachinko machine 1. It is like that. That is, since the appearance of the pachinko machine 1 changes depending on the position of the player with respect to the pachinko machine 1 and can be given an illusion like a pachinko machine of a different model, a player who is selecting a pachinko machine to play, etc. Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention can be obtained.

  In addition, since the front appearance of the door frame 5 is asymmetrical left and right, for example, when the pachinko machine 1 is arranged in a plurality of rows in the left and right direction in an island facility of a game hall, the overall appearance of the island facility is a solid feeling. The appearance (atmosphere) that gives the player a rhythmic impression and excites the player by alternately arranging the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 in different forms. It is possible to increase the appeal to the player and attract the player's interest strongly.

  Further, the door frame 5 emits LEDs mounted on the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322 and the like provided in the units 200, 240, 280, 300 so that the gaming window 101 can emit light. It is possible to decorate the light emission with an arbitrary light emission color so as to surround. Of the LEDs mounted on the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, and 256 provided in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240, the LEDs 214b and 216b disposed on the rear side of the side flash lenses 204 and 246, respectively. , 254b, 256 are turned on and off to change the mode of the light-emitting decoration surrounding the game window 101.

[1-2L. Luminous decoration on door frame]
Next, the light emission decoration in the door frame 5 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 59 and 60. FIG. 59 is a front view showing the arrangement of the LEDs for light emission decoration in the door frame. FIG. 60 is a front view showing a system of LEDs for light emission decoration in the door frame. The door frame 5 of the present embodiment has a substantially annular outer periphery of the game window 101 substantially corresponding to the game area 1100 of the game board 4 by the right side decoration unit 200, the left side decoration unit 240, the upper decoration unit 280, and the dish unit 300. It is formed to surround. Each of these units 200, 240, 280, 300 is provided with decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322 on which LEDs are mounted. The outer periphery can be decorated with light emission.

  As described above, the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 of the door frame 5 are formed so as to surround most of the outer periphery excluding the lower side of the game window 101, and a plurality of peripherals in the side lenses 210 and 250. The lens portions 210 a and 250 a are arranged along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101, and the side flash lenses 204 and 246 extend along a radial axis centered around the lower portion of the gaming window 101 at the center in the left-right direction. Is disposed between the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a adjacent to each other.

  In the door frame 5 of this example, the peripheral lens portion 210a of the side lens 210 in the right side decoration unit 200 is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, whereas the side lens 250 in the left side decoration unit 240 is. The peripheral lens portion 250a is formed by one smooth loose curved surface. In the door frame 5, side inner lenses 212 and 252 capable of diffusing light are disposed on the rear side of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240. In the left side decoration unit 240, an inner decoration member 251 having a plurality of slits 251a is disposed between the peripheral lens portion 250a and the side inner lens 252 in the side lens 250.

  Further, the door frame 5 has a right side upper decorative substrate 214, a right side lower decorative substrate 216, and a left side upper decorative substrate 254 on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 in the right side decorative unit 200 and the left side decorative unit 240. , And a lower left side decorative board 256 are arranged, and a plurality of LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b are mounted on the front surface of each of the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256. ing.

  The right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 disposed on the rear side of the side inner lenses 212 and 252 are provided with peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a arranged at corresponding positions, and LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b arranged at positions corresponding to the radiation lens portions 210b, 250b (side flash lenses 204, 246) are provided. . In this example, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a corresponding to the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a are full-color LEDs, and the LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b corresponding to the radiating lens portions 210b, 250b are relatively high in luminance. LED. The two LEDs 214c arranged at the upper right end of the upper decorative board 214 on the right side are a green LED and a red LED.

  In this example, the surfaces of the right side upper decorative substrate 214, the right side lower decorative substrate 216, the left side upper decorative substrate 254, and the left side lower decorative substrate 256 are white photoresist, white printing (for example, silk printing). ), White paint, etc. As a result, the reflectance of the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, 256 can be increased, so that the lights from the player side are reflected by the decoration boards 214, 216, 254, 256 when the LEDs 210a, 210b, etc. are not lit. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the side lenses 210 and 250 from becoming too dark and deteriorating in appearance, and by reflecting the light from each of the LEDs 210a and 210b that emit light to the player side by the substrate, The lenses 210 and 250 can be brightly decorated.

  As described above, the upper decoration unit 280 of the door frame 5 connects between the ends of the upper side of the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 facing the center side in the left-right direction of the door frame 5. It is formed and decorates the upper center of the game window 101. The upper decorative unit 280 includes an upper central lens 284 disposed at the center in the left-right direction, an annular central annular lens portion 282b disposed on the outer periphery of the upper central lens 284, and outward outward from the central annular lens portion 282b. And four extending frame lens portions 282c extending to the right. The front surface of the extended frame lens portion 282c on the lower right side in front view is covered with an upper lower decorative cover 294.

  The upper decorative unit 280 includes an upper central decorative substrate 288 disposed on the rear side of the central ring lens portion 282b of the upper central lens 284 and the upper lens 282, and the upper lens 282 extending in the left-right direction from the upper central decorative substrate 288. And an upper side decorative substrate 290 disposed on the rear side of the upper central decorative substrate 288. On the upper central decorative substrate 288, a plurality of LEDs 288a corresponding to the upper central lens 284 and a plurality of LEDs 288b corresponding to the central annular lens portion 282b are mounted on the front surface, and the upper central lens 284 and the central annular lens portion 282b are mounted. And can be individually decorated with light emission. In addition, a plurality of LEDs 290a corresponding to the extended frame lens portions 282c are mounted on the front surface of the upper side decorative substrate 290, and each extended frame lens portion 282c can be decorated with light emission. . The LEDs 288a, 288b, and 290a on the upper central decorative board 288 and the upper side decorative board 290 are full-color LEDs.

  Subsequently, in the dish unit 300, the outer surface is formed by a plurality of substantially spindle-shaped curved surfaces, and the appearance is continuous with the appearance of the right side decoration unit 200. In this dish unit 300, an upper dish decoration board 322 is disposed on the rear side of the upper dish decoration element 316, and a plurality of LEDs 322 a mounted on the upper dish decoration board 322 are used in the upper dish decoration element 316. The upper dish upper right decorative member 319 that decorates the right part and the front outer periphery of the upper dish ball removal button 341 can be decorated with light emission. In this example, the LED 322a of the upper plate decorative substrate 322 is a full color LED.

  Next, the operation unit 400 attached to the dish unit 300 includes a ring-shaped dial operation unit 401 having translucency and a columnar pressing operation unit having translucency disposed inside the dial operation unit 401. 405, and a dial decoration board 430 and a button decoration board 432 are disposed below the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405, respectively. The dial decoration board 430 is provided with a plurality of (four in this example) LEDs 430 b arranged in the circumferential direction so as to correspond to the dial operation unit 401. Further, the button decoration substrate 432 is provided with one LED 432d so as to correspond to the pressing operation unit 405. In this example, the LED 430b of the dial decoration substrate 430 is a white LED with high brightness, and the LED 432d of the button decoration substrate 432 is a full color LED. Further, the surfaces (upper surfaces) of the dial decoration substrate 430 and the button decoration substrate 432 are also white, so that the same effects as described above can be achieved.

  By the way, the door frame 5 of this example corresponds to the peripheral lens portions 210 a and 250 a of the side lenses 210 and 250 in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 that cover the outer periphery above the lower side of the gaming window 101. LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a are a first annular group 102 (within the hatched area in FIGS. 59 and 60) close to the gaming window 101, and a second annular group 103 arranged outside the first annular group 102. (In the range of the cross hatch in FIG. 59 and FIG. 60), the LEDs of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 are made to emit light appropriately, so as to surround the gaming window 101, and are substantially concentric. A plurality (two in this example) of light emission can be decorated. That is, when all the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the first annular group 102 are caused to emit light, the hatched area near the gaming window 101 is decorated in a ring shape, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a of the second annular group 103 are activated. When all the lights are emitted, the cross hatch area away from the game window 101 is illuminated in a ring shape.

  In the door frame 5, LEDs 214 b, 216 b, 254 b, 256 b corresponding to the side flash lenses 204, 246 (radiation lens portions 210 b, 250 b of the side lenses 210, 250) in the right side decoration unit 200 and the left side decoration unit 240 are provided. The radial group 104 (in FIGS. 59 and 60) that extends radially around the lower center in the left-right direction of the gaming window 101 (game area 1100) so as to divide the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 in the circumferential direction. Within the shaded area). The LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b of the radial group 104 can appropriately emit light so that the outside of the gaming window 101 can be decorated with light emission in addition to the annular shape of the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. The light emitting decoration can be decorated so as to be divided in the circumferential direction.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 214c of the right side upper decorative board 214 corresponding to the upper right corner of the side lens 210 in the right side decorative unit 200 is set as the notification group 105. It is possible to notify various information to a person or a game hall employee who installed the pachinko machine 1.

  In the door frame 5, the LEDs 288 a and 288 b corresponding to the upper central lens 284 and the central annular lens portion 282 b in the upper decorative unit 280 that decorates the upper center of the gaming window 101 are the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103. The upper center group 106 is configured to illuminate and decorate the upper center. The LED 288a and 288b of the upper central group 106 can appropriately emit light so that the upper center of the gaming window 101 can be decorated with light emission, and the reference of the annular light emitting decoration by the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 It is possible to make a light emitting decoration that becomes a dot. The LED 290a corresponding to the extended frame lens portion 282c in the upper decoration unit 280 is an upper central side group 107 that decorates the left and right sides of the upper central group 106. By appropriately emitting light from the LED 290a of the upper central side group 107, the boundary between the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 and the upper central group 106 can be illuminated and decorated.

  Further, in the door frame 5, the LED 322 a corresponding to the upper dish front decoration member 316 and the upper dish upper right decoration member 319 arranged on the lower side of the gaming window 101 is used to light-decorate the upper dish 301. The dish group 108 is set. In the door frame 5, the LEDs 430 b and 432 d corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 and the pressing operation unit 405 of the operation unit 400 arranged at the lower center of the gaming window 101 and in the upper center of the dish unit 300 An operation unit group 109 for decorating light emission is used. By appropriately emitting the LEDs 430b and 432d of the operation unit group 109, the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 can be decorated with light emission, and the operation timing and operation direction of the dial operation unit 401 and the press operation unit 405 can be changed. The player can be informed.

  The light emitting decoration in the door frame 5 in the present embodiment will be described in more detail. In this example, the LEDs 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, and 432d are further subdivided corresponding to the control system in the groups 102, 103, 104, 106, 107, 108, and 109 to which they belong. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 60, the 20 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, and 256a belonging to the first annular group 102 are 102a to 102j for each of the peripheral lens portions 210a and 250a of the side lenses 210 and 250, respectively. The 26 LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a belonging to the second annular group 103 are divided into 10 systems of 103a to 103j for each of the peripheral lens portions 210a, 250a of the side lenses 210, 250. It has been.

  The 20 LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b belonging to the radial group 104 are divided into 8 systems 104a to 104h for each side flash lens 204 and 246 (radiation lens portions 210b and 250b of the side lenses 210 and 250). ing. The two LEDs 214c belonging to the notification group 105 are divided into two systems, an upper side 105a and a lower side 105b. Further, the eight LEDs 288a and 288b belonging to the upper central group 106 are divided into three systems, that is, a central part 106a, a right part 106b, and a left part 106c. The seven LEDs 290a belonging to the upper central side group 107 are divided into two systems, a right side 107a and a left side 107b.

  Further, the eleven LEDs 322a belonging to the upper plate group 108 are divided into four systems 108a to 108d on the front and rear sides and on the right and left sides. The five LEDs 430b and 432d belonging to the operation group 109 include four LEDs 430b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 arranged diagonally across the pressing operation unit 405 as a set, and the left and right 109a and the front and rear 109b. The two LEDs, one LED 432c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405, is divided into three systems. Thus, in the door frame 5 of this example, each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, 430b, 432d is divided into 42 systems. ing.

  Meanwhile, in the door frame 5, as described above, the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, and 432d are full-color LEDs, and the LEDs 214a, 216a, 254a, 256a, 288a, 288b, 28 systems 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, and 109c to which 290a, 322a, and 432d belong are further provided with three independent RGB systems in order to emit light in full color. In the light emission control, there are three times 84 systems. The LEDs 288a and 430b are high-intensity white LEDs, and the four systems 107a, 109a and 109b to which the LEDs 288a and 430b belong require a large amount of current to emit light with high luminance. Two systems are connected, and in actual light emission control, there are twice as many as eight systems.

  The LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, and 256b are white LEDs having normal luminance, and belong to the eight systems 104a to 108h. The LED 214c is a green LED and a red LED, and belongs to the two systems 105a and 105b. The ten systems 104a to 108h, 105a, and 105b by these LEDs 214b, 216b, 254b, 256b, and 214c can be sufficiently controlled by each system.

  Therefore, the actual number of systems in the light emission control in the door frame 5 is 102 systems, and each LED 214a, 214b, 214c, 216a, 216b, 254a, 254b, 256a, 256b, 288a, 288b, 290a, 322a, For each system to which 430b and 432d belong, lighting / flashing and the like are controlled by dynamic lighting, and gradation (color and brightness) is controlled by PWM control (pulse width modulation control). . As a result, a rich light-emitting effect can be achieved.

  As the lighting effect in the door frame 5, for example, light is emitted sequentially from the first annular group 102 to the second annular group 103 (sequential light emission of the same color or similar color) to spread outwardly around the gaming window 101. Light emission effect, or conversely, light emission effect that converges from the outside toward the gaming window 101 by emitting light sequentially from the second annular group 103 to the first annular group 102 (sequential light emission of the same color or similar color), Alternatively, the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 can emit light at the same time, so that a light-emitting effect or the like can be performed so that the entire outer periphery of the gaming window 101 emits light widely.

  Further, by coordinating with LEDs (not shown in detail) provided on the game board 4, the LEDs of the game board 4, the LEDs of the first annular group 102 close to the game window 101, and the first annular group 102 With the LEDs of the second annular group 103 arranged on the outer side, it is possible to produce a more expressive light-emitting effect, which can attract the player's interest strongly and entertain the player. Can be suppressed.

  Further, in the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108, each of the systems 102 a to 102 j and 103 a to 103 j is appropriately caused to emit light, so that the upper portion of the upper decoration unit 280 is aligned along the outer periphery of the gaming window 101. It is possible to produce a light emission effect such that light moves toward the central lens 284 or light moves from the upper central lens 284 along the outer periphery of the game window 101. In this example, the first annular group 102 and the second annular group 103 are divided into 10 systems 102a to 102j and 103a to 103j in the circumferential direction (10 divisions). However, the present invention is not limited to this. If it is divided into about 8 systems (about 8 divisions), it is possible to perform a light emission effect such that light circulates around the outer periphery of the gaming window 101.

  Further, by emitting light only from the radial group 104, a light emission effect is produced in which the light is emitted radially around the gaming window 101, or the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, and the lower group 108 are emitted simultaneously with the radial group 104. To produce a light emission effect that causes the entire outer periphery of the gaming window 101 to emit light substantially uniformly, or to cause the radial group 104 to emit light (light on / flash) while the first annular group 102 or the second annular group 103 emits light. It is possible to perform a light emitting effect that gives an accent to the light emitting decoration. In addition, by causing each of the systems 104a to 104h of the radial group 104 to emit light individually, it is possible to produce a light emission effect such that the side flash lenses 204 and 246 (radiating lens portions 210b and 250b) circulate.

  Further, by causing the upper central group 106 and the upper central side group 105 to emit light, an opportunity or a specific gaming state (for example, a big hit gaming state, a probability variation gaming state, a short time gaming state, a probability variation short gaming state) , Etc.) can be performed.

  Furthermore, by appropriately emitting light from each of the systems 108a to 108d of the lower group 108, a light emission effect for lighting and decorating the upper plate 301, or by emitting light in association with the operation group 109, the dial operation unit 401 or pressing operation is performed. A light emission effect that prompts the operation of the unit 405 can be performed. In addition, the system 109a and 109b corresponding to the dial operation unit 401 in the operation group 109 is appropriately caused to emit light so as to prompt the operation of the dial operation unit 401 or guide the rotation operation direction of the dial operation unit 401. can do. Further, by causing the system 109c corresponding to the pressing operation unit 405 in the operation group 109 to emit light, it is possible to produce a light emitting effect that prompts the operation of the pressing operation unit 405.

  Since the system 109c of the first annular group 102, the second annular group 103, the upper central group 106, the lower group 108, and the operation group 109 is a full color LED, each group 102, 103, 106, 108, It is possible to produce a lighting effect with different gradations such as emission color and brightness for each 109 or for each system 102a to 102j, 103a to 103j, 106a to 106c, 108a to 108d, 109c. A rich lighting effect can be performed.

[1-3. Overall structure of main frame]
Next, the main body frame 3 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 is a front view of the main body frame, and FIG. 62 is a rear view of the main body frame. FIG. 63 is a front perspective view of the main body frame, and FIG. 64 is a rear perspective view of the main body frame. 66 is an exploded perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the front, FIG. 65 is a left side view of the main body frame, and FIG. 67 is a perspective view of the main body frame as seen from the rear. FIG. The main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is pivotally supported on the left side when viewed from the front with respect to the outer frame 2 and is supported in a door shape so as to open and close the front surface of the outer frame 2 on the rear side of the door frame 5. The front side can be opened and closed by the door frame 5. Further, the main body frame 3 can hold the game board 4 detachably from the front side at a position corresponding to the game window 101 of the door frame 5.

  The main body frame 3 of this example forms a skeleton of the main body frame 3 and penetrates in the front-rear direction to have a main body frame base 600 having a rectangular game board holding port 601 for holding the game board 4, and a main body frame base An upper shaft bracket 630 and a lower shaft bracket 640 that are attached to the upper and lower ends of the left end portion of the front view 600 and are pivotally supported by the outer frame 2 and pivotally support the door frame 5, and the main body frame base 600. A ball hitting device 650 for driving a game ball into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 attached to the lower front surface of the game board 4 and a game ball delivered to the upper plate 301 of the tray unit 300 attached to the rear side of the main body frame base 600 And the flow of game balls from the prize ball unit 700 to the dish unit 300 of the door frame 5 when the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 and attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600. Open the ball exit It includes a unit 790, a.

  The main body frame 3 is attached to the lower rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and includes various control boards for controlling electrical components provided in the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 except the game board 4, a power supply board 851, and the like. Are combined into a unit board unit 800, a back cover 900 that covers the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame base 600, and a side security plate 950 that covers the left end of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. And a locking device 1000 that is attached to the right end of the main body frame base when viewed from the front and that locks the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 and opens and closes the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3.

[1-3A. Body frame base]
Next, the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 will be described with reference mainly to FIGS. FIG. 68 is a front perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. FIG. 69 is a rear perspective view of the main body frame base in the main body frame. The main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is integrally formed of synthetic resin, and the outer shape of the front view is a vertically long rectangular shape along the outer shape of the door frame 5 and is approximately in the front-rear direction. It is formed to have a certain depth D (see FIG. 65). Accordingly, when the main body frame base 600 is faced down when attaching the prize ball unit 700, the substrate unit 800, the back cover 900, the lock device 1000, and the like to the rear side of the main body frame base 600. In addition, the rear surface of the main body frame base 600 is substantially flat at the depth D of the main body frame base 600, and the prize ball unit 700 and the like can be easily placed, and workability relating to the assembly of the main body frame 3 is improved. Can be improved.

  As shown in the figure, the main body frame base 600 has a gaming board holding port through which the entire range of about 3/4 penetrates in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction from the upper part to the lower part so that the outer periphery of the gaming board 4 can be fitted and held. 601, a U-shaped front end frame portion 602 that forms the outer periphery of the front end excluding the left side of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front, and the front frame of the front end frame portion 602 is recessed from the front to the rear. Door frame protruding piece 110c protruding rearward from the lower end of the frame, upper bent protruding piece 167 protruding rearward from the upper reinforcing sheet metal 151 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5, and open side protruding rearward from the opening side reinforcing sheet metal 153 And an engaging groove 603 into which the outer bent protrusion 163 is inserted and engaged.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 extends from the lower side of the game board holding port 601 to the lower end of the main body frame base 600 and is recessed from the front end of the front end frame portion 602 to the rear side by a predetermined amount and spread in a plate shape in the left-right direction. 604 and a peripheral wall portion 605 that protrudes rearward inside the front end frame portion 602 and forms the inner peripheral wall of the game board holding port 601. By this peripheral wall portion 605, the free ends (upper and lower left ends in front view) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602 are connected to each other, and the outer shape of the main body frame base 600 becomes a frame shape. It is like that.

  In addition, the main body frame base 600 forms a lower side of the game board holding port 601 at the upper end of the lower rear wall part 604, and a game board placement part 606 on which the game board 4 is placed, and the game board placement part 606. A game board of the game board 4 that is formed at a predetermined position on the right inner wall of the peripheral wall 605 and a positioning projection 607 that protrudes upward from substantially the center in the left-right direction and engages with the out-ball discharge groove 1156 of the game panel 1150 in the game board 4. A game board locking portion 608 (see FIG. 61) to which the stopper 1120 is fixed, and a plate shape that hangs downward from the upper inner wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 and whose lower end can come into contact with the upper end of the game board 4 in the horizontal direction. A plurality of upper end regulating ribs 609. The positioning protrusion 607 of the main body frame base 600 can be fitted into the out ball discharge groove 1156 of the game board 4 to restrict the lower end of the game board 4 from moving in the left-right direction and the rear direction. ing. In addition, the game board locking portion 608 can restrict the right side of the game board 4 from moving in the front-rear direction by locking the game board stopper 1120 of the game board 4. Yes. Although the details of the left side of the game board 4 when viewed from the front will be described later, the movement in the front-rear direction is restricted by the positioning member 956 of the side security plate 950.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 is mounted with a bracket for mounting the upper shaft bracket 630 and the lower shaft bracket 640 on the rear surface of the free end portion (upper left and right end portions in front view) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602. Part 610 (see FIG. 69). As shown in FIG. 68 and the like, the bracket mounting portion 610 is reinforced by a plurality of ribs whose front side extends vertically and horizontally, and attaches the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 with sufficient strength. Can be done. Further, the main body frame base 600 is formed in a substantially circular cylinder lock through-hole 611 penetrating in the front-rear direction at the upper right end of the lower rear wall portion 604 in front view, and is formed at the lower left of the cylinder lock through-hole 611 in front view. The U-shaped fitting groove 612 that fits the positioning protrusion 110d that protrudes rearward from the door frame base main body 110 and the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 that is formed in the lower left of the fitting groove 612 when viewed from the front are accommodated. A solenoid housing recess 613.

  As described above, the main body frame base 600 of this example is formed at a position where the lower rear wall portion 604 is recessed one step further to the rear side than the front surface of the front end frame portion 602, The ball striking device 650 is attached to the front surface from the front side so that the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 is accommodated in the solenoid housing recess 613. In a state in which the ball hitting device 650 is attached to the front surface of the lower rear wall 604, as shown in FIG. 63, FIG. 98, and the like, A foul space 626 extending downward is formed. In this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542 e in the foul cover unit 540 is positioned below the foul space 626, and the foul space 626 is lowered. The game ball is received by the foul ball inlet 542 e of the foul cover unit 540 and discharged to the lower plate 302 in the plate unit 300.

  The main body frame base 600 is formed with a plurality of openings 614 penetrating in a rectangular shape in the front-rear direction to the left of the left and right center of the lower rear wall 604 in a front view, and on the upper side of the opening 614 and on the left and right sides of the front view. A through hole 615 penetrating in the front-rear direction. The opening 614 of the main body frame base 600 is closed from the front side by a relay terminal plate cover 692 (see FIG. 66 and the like), and passes through the opening 692a of the relay terminal plate cover 692, so that the lower rear wall portion 604 is opened. The main-side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral-side relay terminal plate 882 of the board unit 800 attached to the rear surface face the front side. The plurality of through holes 615 are for transmitting sound from the speaker box 820 of the substrate unit 800 to the front side of the main body frame base 600. The through holes 615 arranged on the left and right sides of the opening 614 are ventilation-type holes having a front wall on the front side.

  In addition, the main body frame base 600 has a fixture support portion that rotatably supports a game board fixture 690 for detachably fixing the game board 4 near the upper front end of the lower rear wall 604 above the opening 614. 616 and a stopper 617 that protrudes forward from the lower right of the fixture support portion 616 when viewed from the front and restricts the rotational position of the game board fixture 690.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 61 and the like, the game board fixing tool 690 includes a fixing piece 690a that spreads in a fan shape around an axis that is pivotally supported by the fixing tool support portion 616 of the main body frame base 600, and a fixing piece 690a. And an operation piece 690b extending outward from one end side in the circumferential direction (the side that becomes the rear end when rotated clockwise when viewed from the front). The game board fixing tool 690 is pivotally supported on the fixing tool support 616 of the main body frame base 600, and then the operation piece 690b is operated to rotate the game board fixing tool 690 in the clockwise direction in front view. Then, the fixed piece 690a protrudes upward from the game board mounting portion 606 and is inserted into the fixed recess 1121 of the game board 4 mounted on the game board mounting portion 606. Can be prevented from moving forward. Further, the game board fixing tool 690 is configured such that the operation piece 690b comes into contact with the stopper 617, and the rotation end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front is regulated by contacting the stopper 617. It has become.

  Furthermore, the main body frame base 600 is provided with a door frame opening switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 on the lower front surface of the cylinder lock through hole 611. When the door frame 5 is opened (opened), the pressing is released and the opening of the door frame 5 can be detected. Further, the main body frame base 600 is provided with a main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 on the lower rear surface from the position where the door frame opening switch 618 is attached ( When the main body frame 3 is opened (opened) with respect to the outer frame 2, the pressure is released and the opening of the main body frame 3 can be detected.

  Further, the main body frame base 600 includes three pieces penetrating vertically in the front-rear direction on the inner side (axial support side) of the engagement groove 603 on the right side (open side) of the U-shaped front end frame portion 602 in front view. A door hook hole 620 and a lock locking hole 621 that penetrates in the front-rear direction under the door hook hole 620 at the lower end and is arranged in the left-right direction are provided. These three door hook holes 620 are respectively formed in the vicinity of the upper and lower ends in the vertical direction and in the approximate center in the vertical direction. The upper and center door hook holes 620 and the lock engagement holes 621 are engaged with and engaged with engagement protrusions 1004 provided at both upper and lower ends of the lock device 1000, and the front end frame portion 602 is engaged. The locking device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600 along the outer wall of the peripheral wall portion 605 on the rear side of the right side of the front view. When the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame base 600, the three door frame hook portions 1041 of the lock device 1000 protrude forward from the three door hook holes 620 and the cylinder lock of the lock device 1000. 1010 protrudes forward from the cylinder lock through hole 611 (see FIG. 63).

  Furthermore, the main body frame base 600 descends slowly and obliquely downward from the upper right end toward the substantially center in the left-right direction on the rear surface of the lower rear wall 604 in the rear view, and then the lower rear wall 604 at the substantially center in the left-right direction. Is provided with a main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 that allows the game ball to circulate from the middle in the vertical direction to a position slightly above. The main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 is closed at the rear side by a substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800, and will be described in detail later. A game ball that has circulated through the ball extraction passage 741d in the prize ball device 740 is provided. It comes to circulate.

  A plurality of main body frame bases 600 are arranged at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction at the rear end of the left side of the peripheral wall portion 605 when viewed from the back, and the back cover shaft support portion 623 rotatably supports the shaft support pins 906 of the back cover 900. A mounting portion 624 for mounting the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 on the front surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 obliquely upper left in the front view of the opening 614, and the locking device 1000 on the right side (open side) of the peripheral wall portion 605 in front view. And a lock mounting portion 625 for mounting and fixing.

  Although detailed description is omitted, in addition to the above, the main body frame base 600 has mounting bosses and mounting holes for mounting the hitting ball launching device 650, the prize ball unit 700, the substrate unit 800, and the like as appropriate. Is formed.

[1-3B. Upper shaft support bracket and lower shaft support bracket]
Next, the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 in the main body frame 3 are attached to the main body frame 3 by using predetermined screws, respectively, to the metal mounting portions 610 on the upper left and lower rear surfaces of the main body frame base 600 when viewed from the front. Thus, the door frame 5 can be pivotally supported to be openable and closable, and the main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported to the outer frame 2 to be openable and closable.

  First, the upper shaft support metal 630 is attached to the upper metal attachment part 610 of the main body frame base 600 and has a plate-like attachment part 631 extending in the vertical and horizontal directions, and a plate-like extension extending forward from the upper end of the attachment part 631. A front extending portion 632, a shaft supporting pin 633 projecting upward from the vicinity of the front end of the front extending portion 632, and a shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 disposed on the left side in front of the shaft supporting pin 633. The door frame shaft support hole 634 (see FIG. 63 and the like) penetrating in the vertical direction is inserted, and the door frame 5 is pivoted downward from the left end of the front extension portion 632 when viewed from the front. And a stopper 635 (see FIGS. 65 and 109) for restricting the end. In the upper shaft support 630, the mounting portion 631, the front extending portion 632, and the stopper 635 are integrally formed by bending a single metal plate.

  On the other hand, the lower shaft support bracket 640 is disposed below the door frame shaft support bracket 642 for supporting the door frame 5 and supports the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2. A main body frame shaft support bracket 644. The door frame shaft bracket 642 in the lower shaft bracket 640 is attached to the lower bracket mounting portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and spreads in the vertical and horizontal directions, and forward from the lower end of the mounting portion 642a. A plate-like front extending portion 642b that extends, a door frame shaft support hole 642c that penetrates in the vertical direction near the front end of the front extending portion 642b and into which the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted, and a front extending portion And a stopper 642d that is erected upward from the left end of the front view 642a and restricts the rotation end of the door frame 5 toward the open side. The door frame shaft support 642 is integrally formed with a mounting portion 642a, a front extension 642b, and a stopper 642d by bending a single metal plate.

  Further, the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 is attached to the lower bracket attachment portion 610 of the main body frame base 600 and extends from the bottom of the attachment portion 644a in a plate-like attachment portion 644a. A front extending portion 644b extending forward and a main body frame shaft support hole (not shown) penetrating in the vertical direction in the vicinity of the front end of the front extending portion 644b are provided. The main body frame shaft support 644 is also integrally formed with an attachment portion 644a and a front extension portion 644b formed by bending a single metal plate.

  The lower shaft support 640 of this example is in a state in which the mounting portion 642a of the door frame shaft support 642 and the mounting portion 644a of the main body frame shaft support 644 are overlapped (contacted) in the front-rear direction. The front extension 642b of the shaft support 642 and the front extension 644b of the main body frame support 644 are attached to the lower metal attachment 610 of the main body frame base 600 with a predetermined distance therebetween in the vertical direction. It is like that.

  The upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the body frame shaft support hole (not shown) of the lower shaft support bracket 640 Are positioned on the same axis, and the body frame shaft support hole of the body frame shaft support bracket 644 in the lower shaft support bracket 640 is fitted and inserted into the support protrusion 21d of the lower support bracket 21 in the outer frame 2. As described above, the front extending portion 644b of the main body frame shaft support bracket 644 is placed on the support projecting piece 21c of the lower support bracket 21, and the shaft support pin 633 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 is placed on the outer frame 2. The main body frame 3 can be pivotally supported with respect to the outer frame 2 so as to be openable and closable by being inserted into the support hole 20 c of the upper support fitting 20.

  Further, the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the lower shaft support bracket 640 are attached to the main body frame base 600, and the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630 and the door frame shaft support of the lower shaft support bracket 640. The metal fitting 642c is coaxially positioned, and the door is such that the shaft pin 157 of the door frame 5 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 642c of the door frame shaft support metal 642 in the lower shaft support metal 640. After the lower shaft support portion 158 of the frame 5 is placed on the front extension portion 642b of the door frame shaft support bracket 642, the shaft pin 155 of the door frame 5 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630. By inserting, the door frame 5 can be pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3 so as to be opened and closed. In this example, the shaft pin 155 on the upper side of the door frame 5 is slidable in the vertical direction. When the shaft pin 155 is inserted into the door frame shaft support hole 634 of the upper shaft support bracket 630, the shaft pin 155 is inserted. Once the door shaft 5 is slid downward and the upper shaft support portion 156 of the door frame 5 and the front extension portion 632 of the upper shaft support fitting 630 are vertically overlapped, the shaft pin 155 is slid upward to open the door. It can be inserted into the frame shaft support hole 634.

[1-3C. Hitting ball launcher]
Next, the hitting ball launcher 650 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 70 and 71. FIG. 70 is a front perspective view of the ball striking device in the main body frame. FIG. 71 is a rear perspective view of the ball striking device in the main body frame. This hitting ball launching device 650 can drive the game ball supplied from the ball feeding unit 580 of the door frame 5 into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 with strength according to the rotation operation of the handle device 500. is there.

  In the ball hitting device 650 of the present embodiment, a metal plate launch base 652 attached to a predetermined position on the front surface of the lower rear wall 604 in the main body frame base 600, and a rotary drive shaft 654a projecting forward on the lower rear surface of the launch base 652 are projected. The launching solenoid 654, the hitting ball 656 fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the firing solenoid 654 so as to be integrally rotatable, the tip 658 fixed to the tip of the hitting ball 656, and the movement locus of the tip 658. The tip of the hitting ball 656 between the firing rail 660 that extends obliquely to the upper left in front view and is attached to the front surface of the firing base 652 and the firing rail 660 at the upper base end of the firing rail 660. The ball stop that holds the game ball at the base end of the launch rail 660 by forming a gap through which the game ball cannot pass at the same time as the ball 658 can pass. The ball 66 槌 (tip 658) is prevented from rotating toward the firing rail 660 from the hitting position where the game ball held at the base end of the firing rail 660 can be hit by the piece 662 and the ball stopper piece 662. A stopper 664.

  The firing solenoid 654 in the hitting ball launching device 650 is not shown in detail, but the drive shaft 654a is reciprocally rotated at a strength (speed) corresponding to the rotational operation angle of the handle device 500. Further, the ball striking ball 656 of the ball striking device 650 includes a fixed portion 656a fixed to the drive shaft 654a of the firing solenoid 654, and a tip extending from the fixed portion 656a in a gentle arc shape with respect to the axis of the drive shaft 654a. A collar portion 656b that faces the normal direction and has a collar portion 656b fixed to the tip, and a stopper portion 656c that extends to the opposite side with respect to the collar portion 656b and can be brought into contact with the stopper 664c. ing. When the stopper portion 656c of the hitting ball basket 656 is in contact with the stopper 664, the tip of the tip 658 is rotated to the firing rail 660 side from the hitting position (the rotation end in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front). Being regulated.

  In addition, the launch rail 660 of the hitting ball launcher 650 has a loose arc shape that is recessed downward so as to be substantially along the lower end extension line of the outer rail 1111 of the game board 4 (see FIG. 98) and in the front-rear direction. On the other hand, the center is shaped like a V-shape, and the game ball hit by the hitting ball 656 can be smoothly guided to the game board 4 side along the launch rail 660. The firing rail 660 is formed by bending a metal plate.

  Further, the hitting ball launcher 650 includes a stopper cover 666 that covers the front surface of the stopper 664 that can restrict the rotation end of the hitting ball 656 toward the hitting ball position, and a rotation of the hitting ball 656 at a position away from the hitting ball position. And a stopper 668 for restricting an end (a rotation end in a clockwise direction in a front view). The hitting ball launching device 650 of this example has the surfaces of the stoppers 664 and 668 covered with rubber, so that it can absorb the impact when the hitting ball 656 abuts and suppress the generation of noise due to the abutment. Be able to.

  As shown in FIG. 63, FIG. 98, and the like, the hit ball launching device 650 of the present example is attached to the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600. The upper end of the rear wall portion 604, that is, the lower side of the game board mounting portion 606 (the lower side of the game board holding port 601) is located outside the game board 4 held by the game board holding port 601. A foul space 626 that extends downward with a predetermined width in the left-right direction is formed between the lower end of the rail 1111. Then, the hit ball launching device 650 of this example hits the game ball into the game area 1100 of the game board 4 by firing the game ball so as to jump over the foul space 626 on the left side of the front view from the launch rail 660. Can be done. As described above, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 is positioned below the foul space 626, and the game area 1100 A game ball that has not been driven into a foul ball falls into the foul space 626, is received by the foul ball inlet 542e, and is discharged to the lower plate 302.

  In addition, the hitting ball launching device 650 is configured such that the launching solenoid 654 is driven by the firing control unit 4120 with a driving strength according to the rotation operation of the handle device 500, and the ball feeding solenoid 585 of the ball feeding unit 580 is used. It is made to drive in synchronism with the drive. Specifically, in the ball feed unit 580 that supplies the game ball to the hit ball launcher 650, when the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven (ON), the ball feed member 584 receives the game ball, and the ball feed solenoid 585 is driven from this state. When is released (OFF), the game ball received by the ball feed member 584 is sent to the ball hitting device 650 side, so that the ball launching solenoid 654 of the ball feed unit 580 is driven almost simultaneously. By turning on (ON), the game ball can be smoothly supplied from the ball feed unit 580 to the rear end of the launch rail 660, and the game ball can be reliably fired by the rotation of the hitting ball cage 656. ing.

[1-3D. Prize ball unit]
Next, the prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 72 to 79. 72 is a front perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame, and FIG. 73 is a rear perspective view of the prize ball unit in the main body frame. FIG. 74 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 75 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball unit as seen from the rear. Further, FIG. 76 is an exploded perspective view showing the relationship between the prize ball tank and the tank rail unit in the prize ball unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 77 is an exploded perspective view of the prize ball device in the prize ball unit as seen from the exploded position. FIG. 78 is a rear view showing the relationship among the payout passage, the payout motor, and the payout rotating body in the prize ball device. FIG. 79 is a cross-sectional view showing a sphere circulation passage in the prize ball unit.

  The prize ball unit 700 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment stores a game ball supplied from the island facility side to the pachinko machine 1 in an island facility in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and then gives a predetermined payout instruction. Is paid out to the upper plate 301 of the pachinko machine 1. The prize ball unit 700 includes a prize ball base 710 attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600, and a prize ball tank 720 which is attached to the upper rear surface of the prize ball base 710 and receives and stores game balls supplied from the island facility side. And a tank rail unit 730 arranged below the prize ball tank 720 and arranged to send the game balls stored in the prize ball tank 720 to the downstream side, and a predetermined payout of the game balls arranged by the tank rail unit 730 The prize ball device 740 to be paid out based on the instructions, and the game balls paid out by the prize ball device 740 can be guided to the upper plate 301 of the dish unit, and are paid out when the upper plate 301 is full of game balls. And a full tank branching unit 770 capable of branching and guiding the game ball to the lower plate 302 side.

  The prize ball unit 700 includes a prize ball passage cover 780 that closes the rear opening of the prize ball passage 715 formed in the prize ball base 710, and a grounding bracket for grounding the tank rail unit 730 and the prize ball device 740. 782, an external terminal plate 784 attached to the rear surface of the winning ball base 710, and an external terminal plate cover 786 that covers the rear side of the external terminal plate 784. The prize ball passage lid 780 in the prize ball unit 700 is for fastening and fixing the back cover engagement groove 780a for fixing the back cover 900 to the rear surface thereof, and the back cover 900 on the left side of the back cover engagement groove 780a in rear view. The back cover fastening hole 780b is formed (see FIGS. 73 and 75).

  In the prize ball unit 700, the prize ball base 710 is formed in an inverted L shape so that the upper side and the left side of the main body frame base 600 are along the front view, and the prize ball tank 720 and the tank rail unit 730 are arranged on the upper side. In addition, a vertically long prize ball device 740 is arranged on the left side, and a full tank branch unit 770 is arranged below the prize ball device 740. Further, an external terminal plate 784 and an external terminal plate cover 786 are arranged immediately above the prize ball device 740 and above the tank rail unit 730 so as to be adjacent to the prize ball tank 720.

  Next, the prize ball base 710 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a reverse L shape in front view so as to substantially correspond to the left side of the game board holding port 601 in front view with the upper side of the main body frame base 600 as shown in the figure. And is integrally formed of a transparent synthetic resin. The prize ball base 710 has a peripheral wall portion 710a that extends rearward substantially along the outer periphery of the inverted L-shape, and a predetermined width that extends inward from the rear end of the peripheral wall portion 710a and is disposed in a substantially identical plane. And a rear wall portion 710b. In this example, as shown in FIG. 75, the upper side of the peripheral wall 710 a is formed to extend backward from a position that is one step lower than the upper end of the prize ball base 710. The award ball base 710 is located at a position where the rear wall portion 710b is deeper than the front end, and when attached to the main body frame base 600, a space that can accommodate the game board 4 can be formed. ing.

  The prize ball base 710 includes a tank attachment part 711 for attaching the prize ball tank 720 to the upper side of the upper side of the peripheral wall part 710a, and the side of the tank attachment part 711 (right side in the rear view). External terminal plate mounting portion 712 for mounting the cover 786, a plurality of mounting locking portions 713 for mounting the tank rail unit 730 on the rear side of the rear end of the upper side of the rear wall portion 710b, and the rear side of the vertical side of the rear wall portion 710b A prize ball apparatus mounting portion 714 for attaching the prize ball apparatus 740, a prize ball passage 715 for guiding a game ball paid out from the prize ball apparatus 740 downward adjacent to the prize ball apparatus attachment portion 714, and a rear wall. An attachment locking portion 716 for attaching the full tank branching unit 770 to the lower end of the portion 710b.

  Furthermore, the prize ball base 710 has a relief hole 717 for letting out a payout motor 744 and the like that penetrates in the front-rear direction to the position of the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the rear wall portion 710b and projects forward from the prize ball device 740, and the like. And a back cover engaging groove 718 for fixing the cover 900. Although the detailed description is omitted, the mounting holes and mounting bosses for mounting the winning ball tank 720, the winning ball device 740, etc., or mounting to the main body frame base 600 are appropriately positioned on the winning ball base 710. Is formed.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 76, the prize ball tank 720 in the prize ball unit 700 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the top opened, and is a bottom wall portion that is substantially rectangular in plan view. 721, an outer peripheral wall portion 722 that rises upward from the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 and has only a right rear portion (open side rear portion) that protrudes rearward from the bottom wall portion 721 in a rectangular shape in plan view, and an outer peripheral wall portion A discharge port 723 formed by a portion projecting rearward from the bottom wall portion 721 at the rear right side in 722 and a plate-like shape from the left side (axial support side) in plan view of the discharge port 723 to the left end of the prize ball tank 720 A hook portion 724 extending to the rear, a rod-shaped shaft portion 725 extending rearward from the lower left end of the flange portion 724 in plan view, and a prize ball formed near the base end of the shaft portion 725 and at both front sides of the outer peripheral wall portion 722 Place tank 720 on prize ball base 710 An attachment portion 726 for attachment to the winning balls tank mounting portion 711, and a.

  In the prize ball tank 720, the outer periphery of the bottom wall portion 721 is surrounded by the outer peripheral wall portion 722, and a predetermined amount of game balls can be stored on the bottom wall portion 721. The prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 is lowered toward the discharge port 723 so that the game ball on the bottom wall portion 721 rolls toward the discharge port 723. It has become.

  The prize ball tank 720 includes two ball leveling members 727 that are pivotally supported by the shaft portion 725. As shown in the figure, the spherical leveling member 727 is supported at one end side by a shaft portion 725 and holds a weight inside, and the other end side is suspended by its own weight. . The ball leveling member 727 hangs down in a tank rail unit 730, which will be described later, so that game balls circulating in the tank rail unit 730 can be leveled and aligned. In addition, the collar portion 724 of the prize ball tank 720 is formed so as to cover substantially the upper half of the tank rail unit 730, so that the game ball can be prevented from overflowing from the tank rail unit 730. It is possible to prevent dust and the like from entering the rail unit 730.

  Although not shown in detail, the upper surface of the bottom wall portion 721 of the prize ball tank 720 is inclined so that the left side (the side far from the discharge port 723) is lowered toward the right side in plan view, The right side (the side close to the discharge port 723) in plan view is formed so as to be inclined toward the rear discharge port 723. Thereby, the flow of the game ball can be made smooth, and the occurrence of the ball clogging in the prize ball tank 720 can be suppressed, and from the discharge port 723 to the tank rail unit 730 side. The game balls can be discharged smoothly.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 76, the tank rail unit 730 in the prize ball unit 700 includes a tank rail 731 disposed below the prize ball tank 720 and extending in the left-right direction. The tank rail 731 has a bowl-like shape with a predetermined depth opened upward, and has a width (depth) in which the game balls can be aligned in two lines in the front-rear direction. The bottom is inclined so as to be low. The tank rail 731 includes a discharge port 731a (see FIG. 79) that opens downward at the left (shaft support side) end, a partition wall 731b that extends upward from the bottom at a substantially center in the front-rear direction, and a front end lower surface And a plurality of locking protrusions 731c (see FIG. 74) that protrude downward and are locked to the mounting locking portion 713 of the prize ball base 710 from above.

  The tank rail 731 has an end on the right side (open side) when viewed from the front, which is positioned immediately below the discharge port 723 in the prize ball tank 720. The game ball discharged from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720 After receiving, it rolls to the left and can be delivered from the outlet 731a to the prize ball device 740 side. Further, the tank rail 731, that is, the tank rail unit 730 can be attached to the winning ball base 710 by locking the locking protrusion 731 c of the tank rail 731 to the mounting locking portion 713 of the winning ball base 710. ing.

  The tank rail unit 730 is continuous with the alignment gear 732 rotatably supported on the upper portion of the discharge port 731 a of the tank rail 731, the gear cover 733 covering the upper portion of the alignment gear 732, and the right end of the gear cover 733 when viewed from the front. A ball retainer plate 734 that closes the upper portion of the tank rail 731 and a ball stop piece that can be moved forward and backward in the tank rail 731 and can stop the game ball in the tank rail 731 from rolling toward the discharge port 731a. 735, and a grounding plate 736 that is disposed in the tank rail 731 and that can contact a game ball in the tank rail 731. As shown in the drawing, two alignment gears 732 are provided side by side in the front-rear direction so as to correspond to the two flow paths of the game balls partitioned in two rows by the partition wall 731 b of the tank rail 731. The ball retainer plate 734 includes an attachment portion 734a to which a ball stop piece 735 is attached at an upper portion, and two slits 734b that penetrate in the vertical direction and into which the protruding piece 735a of the ball stop piece 735 can be inserted.

  In this tank rail unit 730, two ball leveling members 727 pivotally supported on the prize ball tank 720 are inserted from above into the upstream side (open side) of the ball presser plate 734. The game balls discharged into the tank rail 731 from the discharge port 723 of the prize ball tank 720 by the ball leveling member 727 should be leveled and aligned in two rows along the partition wall 731b. It can be done. Further, the ball presser plate 734 is for forcibly making the game balls that have not been made one level by the ball leveling member 727, and the gap with the bottom of the tank rail 731 becomes narrower toward the discharge port 731a side. It is attached to the tank rail 731.

  As shown in the drawing, the alignment gear 732 of the tank rail unit 730 has a plurality of teeth formed on the outer periphery, and is supported so that the pitch of the teeth in the pair of alignment gears 732 is shifted by half a pitch. As a result, when the upper part of the game balls that have flowed down the tank rail 731 flow down to the discharge port 732 on the downstream side while meshing with the teeth of the alignment gear 732, the game balls aligned in two rows are alternately awarded one by one. To the device 740.

  A narrow groove penetrating vertically is formed at the bottom of the tank rail 731 so that foreign matters such as dust rolling along with the game ball in the tank rail 731 fall downward from the narrow groove. It has become. The ground plate 736 disposed on the inner wall of the tank rail 731 is not shown in detail, but is grounded to the outside via the grounding metal fitting 782 and the grounding connector of the power supply board 851. The game ball comes into contact with the ground plate 736 in the tank rail 731 so that the charged static electricity can be removed.

  Further, the tank rail unit 730 rotates the ball stop piece 735 rotatably attached to the attachment portion 734a of the ball retainer plate 734, and the protrusion 735a of the ball stop piece 735 passes through the slit 734a in the tank rail 730. , The two rows of flow paths in the tank rail 731 can be closed by the protruding piece 735a, and the supply of game balls to the prize ball device 740 can be stopped. Yes.

  Further, in the tank rail unit 730, the tank rail 731 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and the state of a game ball or the like in the tank rail 731 can be visually recognized from the outside.

  Subsequently, the prize ball device 740 in the prize ball unit 700 is for paying out the game balls discharged and supplied from the discharge port 731a of the tank rail unit 730 to the upper plate 301 of the dish unit 300 based on a predetermined payout instruction. Is. As shown in FIGS. 77 to 79, the prize ball device 740 includes a unit base 741 extending in the vertical direction attached to the prize ball device mounting portion 714 of the prize ball base 710. As shown in the drawing, the unit base 741 in the prize ball device 740 is provided on the rear surface side with a supply passage that opens to the upper end and extends to a position slightly below the center in the vertical direction with a width slightly wider than the outer shape of the game ball. 741a, a distribution space 741b that communicates with the lower end of the supply passage 741a and has a space of a predetermined width, and communicates with a lower left side (open side) lower end of the distribution space 741b and bends substantially in a letter shape when viewed from the rear. A prize ball passage 741c that opens to the left side surface and a ball extraction passage 741d that communicates with the lower right side (axial support side) bottom of the distribution space 741b and extends downward and open to the lower end. The supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball removal passage 741d of the unit base 741 are formed in a state opened rearward.

  The prize ball device 740 of this example is attached to the rear side of the unit base 741 and has a back cover 742 that is shorter in the vertical direction than the unit base 741 and a plate-like motor support disposed below the back cover 742. A plate 743, a discharge motor 744 disposed on the front side of the motor support plate 743 and fixed to the unit base 741 so that the rotation shaft 744a protrudes rearward from the motor support plate 743, and a rotation shaft 744a of the discharge motor 744 are integrated. A first gear 745 that is rotatably fixed and disposed on the rear side of the motor support plate 743, a second gear 746 that meshes with the first gear 745 and is pivotally supported by the unit base 741, and meshes with the second gear 746. A third gear 747 that is pivotally supported by the unit base 741 and a payout circuit that rotates together with the third gear 747 and is disposed in the distribution space 741b of the unit base 741. The body 748 and the payout rotating body 748 are fixed to the opposite side so as to be integrally rotatable with the third gear 747 interposed therebetween, and have a plurality of (three in this example) detection slits 749a at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. 749.

  Further, the prize ball device 740 is attached to the unit base 741 and detects the presence or absence of a game ball in the supply passage 741a, and the number of game balls attached to the unit base 741 and circulating in the prize ball passage 741c. A counting sensor 751 for measuring the rotation angle, a rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting the detection slit 749a of the rotation detection board 749 that rotates integrally with the payout rotating body 748, and a rotation angle sensor 752 that is attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742. A sensor board 753, a payout motor 744, a ball break switch 750, a counting sensor 751, and a prize ball relay board 754 attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742 by relaying the connection between the rotation angle sensor 752 and the payout control board 4110. I have.

  Further, the prize ball device 740 includes a board cover 755 that covers the prize ball relay board 754 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the back cover 742, a first gear 745, a second gear 746, and a third gear 747 (rotation detection board 749). ), And a gear cover 756 that covers the sensor substrate 753 from the rear side and is attached to the rear surface of the unit base 741 with the back cover 742 interposed therebetween, and a supply passage ground that can contact a game ball that circulates in the supply passage 741a of the unit base 741 The metal fitting 757, the screw 744 for fixing the payout motor 744 to the unit base 741 with the motor support plate 743 interposed therebetween, and the back cover 742 are detachably supported with respect to the unit base 741. A detachable button 759.

  The prize ball device 740 of this example has a rear cover 742 attached to the rear side of the unit base 741, so that the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, and the ball removal passage 741d are opened at the rear end. Is supposed to be closed. Further, the unit base 741 has a shape in which the position below the upper end of the supply passage 741a is once bulged rearward, so that the momentum of the game ball discharged and dropped from the tank rail unit 730 can be reduced. It can be done. Further, the unit base 741 is partially cut out at one side (left side in the rear view) of the lower side of the supply passage 741a from the position bulged rearward and outside the position where the supply passage 741a is cut out. A switch mounting portion 741e for mounting the ball break switch 750, a sensor mounting portion 741f for mounting the counting sensor 751 in the middle of the prize ball passage 741c, and a front and rear direction penetrating below the prize ball passage 741c. A motor insertion hole 741g that is formed and into which the payout motor 744 can be inserted.

  By attaching the ball break switch 750 to the switch mounting portion 741e of the unit base 741, the operation piece of the ball break switch 750 forms a part of the side wall of the supply passage 741a and exists in the supply passage 741a. When the operating piece is pressed by the game ball to be played, the ball break switch 750 can detect the presence or absence of the game ball in the supply passage 741a. In a state where the game ball in the supply passage 741a is not detected by the ball break switch 750 (a state where the ball is broken), the payout motor 744 is prevented from rotating, and it is determined that the ball is out of the player or the hall. It is notified to the side.

  Further, the unit base 741 is provided between the bearing portion 741h for pivotally supporting the second gear 746 and the third gear 747 (dispensing rotary body 748), and between the switch mounting portion 741e and the distribution space 741b in the supply passage 741a. An earth metal fitting attaching portion 741i for attaching the supply passage earth metal fitting 757, and a button support hole 741j for supporting an attaching / detaching button 759 for attaching / detaching and supporting the back cover 742 arranged on the upper portion of the unit base 741. I have. The unit base 741 is configured such that the rear surface of the supply passage ground metal fitting 757 can come into contact with the game ball in the supply passage 741a by attaching the supply passage ground metal fitting 757 to the ground metal fitting attachment portion 741i. The front surface of the supply path grounding metal fitting 757 is in contact with the rear surface of the lower end of the U-shaped earthing metal fitting 782, and the static electricity of the game balls flowing through the supply path 741 a is removed via the supply path grounding metal fitting 757. Can be done.

  The back cover 742 of the prize ball device 740 has a vertically long plate shape, and its upper end bulges backward. The upper part of the back cover 742 has a button insertion hole 742a through which the detachable button 759 is inserted, a relay board mounting portion 742b for mounting the prize ball relay board 754 and the board cover 755 on the substantially central rear surface in the vertical direction, and the relay board mounting. The sensor board attaching part 742c which is arrange | positioned under the part 742b for attaching the sensor board 753, and the through-hole 742d which the paying-off | rotation rotation body 748 can pass are provided. The relay board mounting portion 742 b of the back cover 742 is formed so as to be located on the rear side of the ground metal mounting portion 741 i of the unit base 741.

  In addition, the motor support plate 743 of the prize ball device 740 is an aluminum plate in this example, and comes into contact with the metal motor housing of the payout motor 744, and generates heat generated by the payout motor 744. It is possible to facilitate heat dissipation.

  As shown in FIG. 78, the payout rotator 748 of the prize ball device 740 includes three recesses 748a each having a size that can accommodate one game ball at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. By rotating 748, the game balls supplied from the supply passage 741a are accommodated one by one in the recess 748a and can be paid out to the prize ball passage 741c or the ball removal passage 741d. The three detection slits 749a of the rotation detection board 749 that rotate integrally with the payout rotating body 748 are formed at positions corresponding to the spaces between the recesses 748a of the payout rotating body 748, respectively. By detecting, the rotational position of the payout rotating body 748 can be detected.

  The award ball apparatus 740 of this example receives a payout motor 744 when a payout command from the main control board 4100, a loan command from the CR unit, or the like is input to the payout control board 4110, or the ball removal switch 860b is operated. , And a predetermined number of game balls can be paid out to the player side (upper plate 301) or discharged to the game hall side (rear side of the pachinko machine 1). When the rotation shaft 744 a of the payout motor 744 is driven to rotate, the first gear 745 fixed to the rotation shaft 744 a rotates, and at the same time, the second gear 746 that meshes with the first gear 745 rotates, and further the second gear 746. Is rotated. The third gear 747 has a payout rotator 748 on the front side and a rotation detection board 749 on the rear side so as to be able to rotate integrally therewith. It is designed to rotate.

  As shown in FIG. 78, in the prize ball device 740, a payout rotating body 748 is rotatably supported at the approximate center of the distribution space 741b. When the payout rotating body 748 is rotated counterclockwise by the payout motor 744, the game balls in the supply passage 741a are paid out toward the prize ball passage 741c, and the payout rotation The game balls paid out to the prize ball passage 741c side by the rotation of the body 748 are counted one by one by the counting sensor 751 and then delivered to the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. On the other hand, when the payout rotator 748 is rotated clockwise by the payout motor 744, the game balls in the supply passage 741a are paid out toward the ball removal passage 741d. The game balls paid out to the side of the ball extraction passage 741d are discharged from the lower end of the ball extraction passage 741d into a ball extraction passage 778 of a full tank sorting unit 770 described later, a main body frame base ball extraction passage 622 of the main body frame base 600, and a substrate unit. It can be discharged to the outside outside of the pachinko machine 1 through the opening 812 of the substrate unit base 810 and the discharge passage 842 of the power supply substrate box holder 840 at 800.

  Note that the unit base 741 in the prize ball apparatus 740 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and even when assembled in the main body frame 3, the award is given from the front side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize ball base 710. The inside of the supply passage 741a, the distribution space 741b, the prize ball passage 741c, the ball removal passage 741d and the like of the ball device 740 can be visually recognized, and a defect such as a ball clogging can be easily found. .

  Next, the full tank branching unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 74, 75, and 79. The full tank sorting unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 is attached to the lower end of the prize ball base 710 and guides the game ball paid out to the prize ball path 741c side of the prize ball unit 740 to the dish unit 300. In addition, when the game ball is full in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300, the game ball can be distributed to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 so as to be paid out.

  The full tank branching unit 770 is fixed to the rear surface of the lower end of the prize ball base 710 at the upper part of the rear end and the latching part 770a latched to the attachment latching part 716 of the prize ball base 710 at the substantially upper center in the front-rear direction. Fixing portion 770b. The full tank branching unit 770 is suspended from the mounting locking portion 716 by locking the locking portion 770a to the mounting locking portion 716 of the prize ball base 710 from the rear side. By fixing the fixing portion 770b to the 710 with a predetermined screw, the full tank branching unit 770 can be attached and fixed to the lower end of the prize ball base 710.

  Further, as shown in the figure, the full tank branching unit 770 is formed in a box shape that becomes lower as it goes from the rear end to the front end, and opens upward at a substantially horizontal center in the upper part of the rear end. A prize ball receiving port 771 for receiving a game ball flowing down the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710 and a branch space 772 arranged below the prize ball receiving port 771 and extending in the left-right direction (see FIG. 79). And a normal passage 773 (see FIG. 79) for guiding the game ball from directly under the prize ball receiving port 771 to the front side in the branch space 772, and a game ball that has circulated through the normal passage 773 forward and the front end of the front end. A normal ball outlet 774 opened at the right end of the view and a full passage 775 (see FIG. 79) that guides the game ball toward the front side from a position on the right side of the rear view rather than just below the prize ball receiving port 771 in the branch space 772. A), a fill-up passage 775 game ball that has flowed through the discharge forward a full sphere outlet 776 which opens in a front view the left side of the normal ball outlet 774, a.

  Further, the full tank branching unit 770 has a ball outlet 777 that opens upward at the left end of the rear end upper part when viewed from the front and receives the game ball flowing down the ball extraction passage 741d of the prize ball device 740, A ball extraction passage 778 (see FIG. 79) for guiding the game ball received at the opening 777 to the front side, and a game ball flowing through the ball extraction passage 778 is discharged forward, and a normal ball outlet 774 and And a ball outlet 779 opened at a position behind the full tank outlet 776.

  When the full tank branching unit 770 of the present example is in a state in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank outlet 776 are respectively the first foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5. The game ball released from the normal ball outlet 774 passes through the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 and communicates with the ball inlet 542a and the second ball inlet 542c. The game balls supplied to the upper plate 301 and discharged from the full tank outlet 776 are supplied to the lower plate 302 of the plate unit 300 through the second ball inlet 542c of the foul cover unit 540. The ball outlet 779 is formed so as to communicate with the upper right side of the main body frame base ball outlet passage 622 in the main body frame base 600 so that the game ball released from the ball outlet 779 is released from the main body frame base 600. It is delivered to the main body frame base ball extraction passage 622.

  The full tank branching unit 770 is configured such that a game ball delivered to the prize ball passage 741c side of the prize ball device 740 is received at the prize ball receiving port 771 via the prize ball passage 715 of the prize ball base 710. In the normal state, the game ball that has entered the prize ball receiving port 771 hangs down the branch space 772 and flows down into the normal passage 773 arranged immediately below the prize ball receiving port 771. The game ball that has flowed into the normal passage 773 enters the first ball inlet 542a of the foul cover unit 540 from the normal outlet 774, passes through the first ball passage 542b, and passes through the first ball outlet 544a to the top of the dish unit 300. It will be supplied to the plate 301.

  By the way, when the game ball is further paid out from the prize ball unit 700 (the prize ball device 740) in a state where the upper plate 301 of the dish unit 300 is full of game balls, the first ball exit of the foul cover unit 540 is provided. The game balls that can no longer come out from the 544a toward the upper plate 301 stagnate in the first ball passage 542b of the foul cover unit 540 and eventually fill up the normal passage 773 upstream through the normal ball outlet 774 in the full tank branching unit 770. become. In this state, the game ball that has entered the branch space 772 from the prize ball receiving port 771 cannot enter the normal passage 773, starts to move laterally in the branch space 772, and moves laterally. A game ball enters into the full tank passage 775 and passes from the full tank exit 776 to the bottom of the dish unit 300 through the second ball entrance 542c, the second ball passage 542d, and the second ball exit 544b of the foul cover unit 540. It is supplied to the dish 302.

  The full tank branch unit 770 of the present example is formed entirely of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside can be visually recognized from the outside. As a result, foreign matter such as dust and debris that has entered the full tank branch unit 770, the occurrence of clogging, etc. can be easily found without disassembling the full tank branch unit 7700. .

  In this way, the full tank branching unit 770 of the present example automatically plays the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 until the full tank is cleared when the game balls are full in the upper plate 301. Since the upper plate is full like the conventional pachinko machine, the game ball is not supplied to the ball hitting device by operating the ball pulling button on the upper plate. It is possible to avoid interruption of game ball driving, and it is possible to eliminate the annoyance during the game and suppress the interest in the game from being reduced.

  In addition, as described above, the full tank branching unit 770 of this example branches the path of the game ball to be paid out immediately below the prize ball device 740, that is, at the rear part of the pachinko machine 1, when the upper plate 301 becomes full. Since the game ball staying in the normal passage 773 of the full tank branching unit 770 is paid out to the upper plate 301, the game ball in the upper plate 301 and the game ball in the normal passage 773 are used as a ball hitting device. A game ball that can be directly struck by 650, and the storage amount of the game ball in the upper plate 301 is substantially the sum of the capacity of the upper plate 301 and the capacity of the normal passage 773. That is, even if the capacity of the upper plate 301 is made smaller than the capacity of the upper plate in the conventional pachinko machine, the capacity of the normal passage 773 is added, so that the same amount of game balls as in the conventional case are stored in the upper plate 301. Can do. Accordingly, by reducing the size of the upper plate 301, the gaming window 101 in the door frame 5 can be relatively enlarged (widened), and the pachinko machine 1 having a wider gaming area 1100 can be obtained. The pachinko machine 1 can be made highly appealing to the player, and the player can be entertained by the wide game area 1100.

  Further, since the normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 of the full tank branching unit 770 are arranged side by side on the left and right sides, the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage dish (the first sphere inlet). Even when there is only one 542a and the second ball inlet 542c), the game ball can be sent to the door frame 5 side without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branching unit 770). Therefore, the pachinko machine 1 can be made to be able to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the flow path of the game ball (full tank branching unit 770) in the main body frame 3. And it can suppress that the cost concerning the lineup of the pachinko machine 1 provided with the door frame 5 from which the number of storage dishes differs is increased.

  In addition, as described above, even if the number of storage trays provided in the door frame 5 is changed, it is possible to cope without changing the main body frame 3, so the pachinko machine 1 according to the change of the door frame 5 as a whole. Thus, various pachinko machines 1 can be provided at low cost.

  Furthermore, a game ball sent from the normal ball outlet 774 to the door frame 5 side through the normal passage 773 is preferentially driven into the game area 1100, and the door frame 5 having only one storage tray. Even if it is exchanged, the game ball paid out from the prize ball device 740 can be immediately sent to the storage tray through the normal passage 773 and the normal ball outlet 774, so the time lag from payout to storage can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player due to a lack of game balls for driving, and to sufficiently cope with the door frame 5 having a different number of storage trays. .

  In addition, as long as the upper plate 301 is not full, the game balls paid out from the prize ball device 740 are sent to the upper plate 301, so that the frequency of transferring the game balls stored in the lower plate 302 to the upper plate 301 is reduced. This makes it possible to devote the player to a game ball driving operation and the like, and to suppress the player's interest in games from being reduced.

  Even if the normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 of the full tank branching unit 770 are arranged side by side and the door frame 5 is provided with only one storage tray, the first sphere The position of the lower end of the receiving port corresponding to the inlet 542a and the like can be set to the same height as the first ball inlet 542a and the like corresponding to the upper plate 301 of the door frame 5 provided with two storage plates. It becomes possible to avoid the depth becoming shallower, the storage tray can be deepened to secure a sufficient amount of game balls, and the game can be played without frequently worrying about the amount of storage for the player. Can be made to correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the main body frame 3 side, and the cost for changing the model of the pachinko machine 1 and the like increases. Can be suppressed.

  Furthermore, the position where the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branching unit 770 branches from the normal passage 773 is branched at a position as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, and the upper plate 301 is filled with game balls. Even if the game ball can no longer come out from the normal ball exit 774, the amount of game balls stored in the normal passage 773 from the normal ball exit 774 to the branch position of the full tank passage 775 is increased as much as possible. The amount of substantial game balls stored in the upper plate 301 can be increased as much as possible. In addition, in the case where only one storage tray is provided in the door frame 5, even if the storage tray becomes full of game balls and the game balls can no longer come out from the normal ball exit 774 or the full tank exit 776, Since the position where the full tank path 775 branches from the normal path 773 is arranged as close as possible to the prize ball device 740, many game balls are provided not only in the normal path 773 but also in the full tank path 775. Can be stored, and the substantial amount of game balls stored in the storage tray can be increased as much as possible. Therefore, even if the number of storage trays provided on the door frame 5 side is different, the storage amount of the game balls in each door frame 5 is maximized without changing the main body frame 3 side (full tank branching unit 770). The pachinko machine 1 can be increased to a limit and can sufficiently cope with different door frames 5.

  In addition, the normal passage 773 and the full tank passage 775 in the full tank branch unit 770 are wide enough to allow game balls to circulate in a plurality of rows, and the stopping amount (reserved amount) of the game balls in the full tank branch unit 770 is Since it can be increased, even if the number of storage dishes provided in the door frame 5 is different, it is possible to prevent the substantial storage amount of the game balls in the full tank branch unit 770 from decreasing. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 that can correspond to the door frame 5 having a different number of storage dishes without changing the flow path of the game balls in the main body frame 3 can be obtained.

  Moreover, since the inside of the normal passage 773 and the full tank passage 775 can be visually recognized from the outside by forming the full tank branch unit 770 with transparent resin, the game ball is clogged in the full tank branch unit 770 and a problem occurs. In this case, it is possible to easily find the place where the ball is clogged from the outside of the full tank branching unit 770, and it is possible to solve the problem at an early stage and increase the operating rate of the pachinko machine 1.

[1-3E. Ball exit opening / closing unit]
Next, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 80 is a front perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. FIG. 81 is a rear perspective view of the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame. Further, FIG. 82 is an explanatory view showing the relationship between the ball outlet opening / closing unit in the main body frame and the foul cover unit in the door frame. The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 in the main body frame 3 of the present embodiment is attached to an attachment portion 624 formed in the vicinity of the upper left end of the main body frame base 600 in the lower rear wall portion 604 when viewed from the front. When the door frame 5 is opened, the normal ball outlet 774 and the full ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700 are closed, and the prize ball unit 700 moves to the dish unit 300 of the door frame 5. It is possible to block the flow of game balls.

  The ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is attached to a mounting portion 624 formed near the upper left end of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 so as not to protrude from the upper end of the lower rear wall portion 604. A plate-like opening / closing shutter 792 slidably held on the shutter base 791, an opening / closing crank 793 for sliding the opening / closing shutter 792 in the up-down direction, and the opening / closing shutter 792 ascending through the opening / closing crank 793. And an open / close spring 794 for urging.

  The shutter base 791 of the bulb outlet opening / closing unit 790 has a pair of slide grooves 791a extending in the vertical direction for holding the open / close shutter 792 so as to be slidable in the vertical direction so as to protrude upward from the upper end of the shutter base 791; A rectangular opening 791b that penetrates between the pair of slide grooves 791a in the front-rear direction, and a crank that is disposed in front of the left end portion in front view and supports the open / close crank 793 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the front-rear direction. A support portion 791c and a spring locking portion 791d for locking one end (upper end) of the opening / closing spring 794 are provided. The crank support 791c of the shutter base 791 is disposed on the left side of the opening 791b in front view, and the spring locking portion 791d is disposed in the vicinity of the upper portion on the left side from the center in the left-right direction in front view.

  The opening / closing shutter 792 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 includes a flat shutter body 792a and a pair of sliding protrusions (not shown) that protrude from the front surface of the shutter body 792a and slide in the slide groove 791a of the shutter base 791. , And a horizontally elongated drive hole 792b that is disposed at a position facing the opening 791b of the shutter base 791 between the pair of sliding protrusions and penetrates in the front-rear direction.

  Furthermore, the opening / closing crank 793 of the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 includes a shaft portion 793a that is supported by a crank support portion 791c of the shutter base 791 so as to be rotatable about a shaft extending in the front-rear direction, and a right-side outer periphery of the shaft portion 793a. From the front end of the opening 791b and projecting rearward from the front end of the driving lever 793b and slidably inserted into the driving hole 792b of the opening / closing shutter 792. A driving pin 793c, a contact portion 793d extending downward from the outer periphery on the lower side in front view of the shaft portion 793a, and a spherical shape at the tip, and the other end (lower end) of the open / close spring 794 formed on the upper surface of the driving rod 793b. And a spring locking portion 793e for locking.

  In this example, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 is configured such that the shutter base 791 and the opening / closing shutter 792 are formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and are arranged on the rear side through the opening / closing shutter 792 even when the opening / closing shutter 792 is raised. The normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 in the full tank branching unit 770 are visible.

  In the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 of this example, the driving pin 793c of the opening / closing crank 793 rotates in an up-down direction in an arc shape by rotating the opening / closing crank 793 around the axis extending in the front-rear direction, and at the same time, the driving pin 793c. The open / close shutter 792 is slid in the vertical direction through the drive hole 792b in which is inserted. In the state where the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 contacts the opening / closing operation piece 542 g of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 with the contact portion 793 d of the opening / closing crank 793. The contact portion 793d is rotated in the clockwise direction in the front view against the urging force of the opening / closing spring 794, and the drive pin 793c rotates in the clockwise direction in the front view together with the contact portion 793d. By moving, the open / close shutter 792 is lowered so that the normal sphere outlet 774 and the full sphere outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branching unit 770 can be opened.

  When the door frame 5 is opened with respect to the main body frame 3 from this state, the contact between the contact portion 793d of the opening / closing crank 793 and the opening / closing operation piece 542g of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 is released, and the opening / closing crank 793 is released. Is rotated counterclockwise by the biasing force of the opening / closing spring 794, and at the same time, the opening / closing shutter 792 is raised to close the normal bulb outlet 774 and the full bulb exit 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770. Be able to.

  As described above, in response to opening / closing of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3, the ball outlet opening / closing unit 790 automatically switches the normal ball outlet 774 and the full tank ball outlet 776 at the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 in the prize ball unit 700. Since it can be opened and closed, even if the door frame 5 is opened with the game ball remaining in the full tank branch unit 770, the game ball is prevented from spilling from the normal ball exit 774 and the full tank exit 776. Can be done.

[1-3F. Substrate unit]
Next, the substrate unit 800 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 83 to 89. FIG. 83 is a front perspective view of the board unit in the main body frame, and FIG. 84 is a rear perspective view of the board unit in the main body frame. FIG. 85 is an exploded perspective view of the substrate unit as seen from the front. Furthermore, FIG. 86 is an exploded perspective view of the substrate unit as seen from the exploded position. FIG. 87 is a perspective view for explaining the operation of the standing wall portion of the power supply board box in the board unit. 88A is a cross-sectional view of the terminal board box in the board unit, and FIG. 88B is an exploded perspective view of the terminal board box in the board unit as seen from the front. FIG. 89A is a front view of the launch power supply board box, and FIG. 89B is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA shown in FIG.

  The board unit 800 in the main body frame 3 includes a board unit base 810 attached to the rear surface of the lower rear wall 604 of the main body frame base 600, a speaker box 820 attached to the rear left side of the board unit base 810, and a board unit base. Of the power supply board box 830 attached to the rear face of the right end of the front view 810, the power supply board box holder 840 attached to the rear face of the board unit base 810 so as to surround the fired power supply board box 830 from the rear side, and A power supply board box 850 that is attached to the rear face and has a rear end that is substantially flush with the rear end of the speaker box 820, and a payout control board box 860 attached to the rear face of the power supply board box 850 and the speaker box 820. And the payout control board box A terminal board box 870 attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 820 so as to cover the left side end portion of the front view 860, and a main-side relay terminal board 880 and a peripheral-side relay terminal board 882 attached to the front face of the board unit base 810. I have.

  As shown in the figure, the substrate unit base 810 in the substrate unit 800 of the present example is configured to extend in the left-right direction, and the substantially central portion in the left-right direction is stepped downward and gradually tilted upward as it goes to the left and right ends. A wall-shaped shielding wall portion 811 protruding forward from the front surface, an opening portion 812 that is disposed above the position of the shielding wall portion 811 that is one step lower in the center in the left-right direction, penetrates in the front-rear direction, and the lower side of the shielding wall portion 811 And a board mounting portion 813 for mounting the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882, which is formed on the front surface in the vicinity of the left end when viewed from the front, and a rectangular shape that is horizontally long in the front-rear direction on the left side of the board mounting portion 813 when viewed from the front. A plurality of vertically long slits penetrating in the front-rear direction at positions corresponding to the tubular duct portion 814 that penetrates and the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 fixed to the rear surface. A hole 815, and a rear view left (front view on the right) box accommodation portion 816 capable of accommodating the front is open rearwardly and upwardly to the rear surface of the upper firing power board box 830, the.

  The board unit base 810 is formed such that the shielding wall portion 811 is along the lower side of the main body frame base ball passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 in the main body frame base 600. The game ball can be prevented from dropping downward from the base ball removal passage 622, and the strength of the board unit base 810 can be increased. Further, the board base unit 810 sends the game balls flowing down the main body frame base ball removal passage 622 to the power supply board box holder 840 disposed on the rear side of the board unit base 810 through the opening 812 penetrating in the front-rear direction. Be able to.

  The board unit base 810 has a board mounting portion 813 for attaching the main relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882 at a position corresponding to the rectangular opening 614 in the main body frame base 600. In the state where the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are attached to the board mounting portion 813, the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are located on the front side from the opening 614 of the main body frame base 600. It comes to face. Further, the board unit base 810 can transmit sound from the speaker 821 of the speaker box 820 to the front side satisfactorily by the duct portion 814 and the plurality of through holes 815.

  Further, the substrate unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the front box housing portion 843 of the power supply board box holder 840 in which the box housing portion 816 is disposed on the rear side. The box housing portion 816 and the front box housing portion 843 are formed. Thus, a housing recess for housing the firing power supply substrate box 830 can be formed.

  The speaker box 820 in the board unit 800 is literally provided with a speaker 821 attached facing the front side. The speaker box 820 has a horizontally elongated opening 822 formed on the left side of the speaker 821 when viewed from the front, while covering the rear side of the speaker 821 in a sealed manner. Although not shown in detail, the opening 822 communicates with the space behind the speaker 821 through a predetermined labyrinth-like passage, thereby inverting the phase of the sound behind the speaker 821 and moving forward. The bass-reflex type speaker box is capable of emitting a deep bass to the diameter of the speaker 821. Note that the duct portion 814 in the board unit base 810 is formed at a position corresponding to the opening 822 of the speaker box 820, so that sound radiated from the opening 822 can be transmitted well forward. ing.

  The launch power supply board box 830 in the board unit 800 is formed in a box shape with the rear open, and includes a launch power supply board 831 attached so as to close the rear end opening. This launching power supply board box 830 accommodates various electronic components attached to the launching power supply board 831, and heat from the electronic parts etc. through slits 830a formed on the upper and lower surfaces. Can be released to the outside.

  This launching power supply board box 830 is detached from above in a housing recess opened upward by a box housing part 816 of the board unit base 810 and a front box housing part 843 of a power board box holder 840 described later. It is designed to be accommodated as possible. Thus, in the state where the main body frame 3 is assembled, if a problem occurs in the launch power supply board box 830, the launch power supply board box 830 can be easily detached from the front side of the main body frame 3 to be replaced or repaired. (See FIG. 63).

  Further, the launch power supply board box 830 will be described in detail. As shown in FIG. 89, the launch power supply board 831 includes a DC / DC converter 831a and an electrolytic capacitor SC0 for charging and discharging power from the DC / DC converter 831a. The combined current obtained by combining the current from the DC / DC converter 831a and the current from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is supplied to the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 and driven. This launching power supply board box 830 is formed with slits 830a as heat radiation holes on its upper and lower surfaces in order to release heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 mounted on the launching power supply board 831 to the outside. ing.

  Further, since the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply board 831 is an electronic component that is more easily damaged by heat than the DC / DC converter 831a, the side surface of the firing power supply board box 830 on which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is disposed is provided as a heat dissipation hole. A slit 830a is formed. Further, the launching power supply board box 830 has a partition wall 830b that divides the internal space into two spaces, a space for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a and a space for accommodating the electrolytic capacitor SC0. And the bottom inner wall are integrally formed from the bottom surface to the end opening edge. Accordingly, when the launch power supply board 831 is attached to the end opening of the launch power supply board box 830 and the internal space of the launch power supply board box 830 is closed, the internal space of the launch power supply board box 830 accommodates the electrolytic capacitor SC0 by the partition wall 830b. Two spaces, an accommodation space 830c for accommodating the DC / DC converter 831a, and an accommodation space 830c for accommodating the electrolytic capacitor SC0 are formed. , Functioning as a heat insulating wall that blocks heat from entering and exiting the housing space 830d for housing the DC / DC converter 831a.

  The heat in the accommodation space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is accommodated, that is, the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is a slit as a heat radiation hole formed in each of the upper surface, the side surface, and the lower surface communicating the accommodation space 830c with the outside air. By being discharged to the outside via 830a, the released heat can be prevented from entering the accommodation space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is accommodated. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the electrolytic capacitor SC0 from being transmitted to the DC / DC converter 831a. Further, the heat in the accommodation space 830d in which the DC / DC converter 831a is accommodated, that is, the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a is a heat radiation hole formed in the upper surface and the lower surface that communicate the accommodation space 830d with the outside air, respectively. As a result, the released heat can be prevented from entering the storage space 830c in which the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is stored. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat generated by the DC / DC converter 831a from being transmitted to the electrolytic capacitor SC0.

  In the present embodiment, the DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating a combined current that flows to the firing solenoid 654 of the ball striking device 650 are not provided on the power board 851, but are fired separately from the power board 851. By providing the power supply board 831, the size of the launch power supply board 831 can be made smaller than the size of the power supply board 851. Therefore, the emission power board 831 can be easily handled by downsizing the discharge power board 831 and the replacement work of the emission power board 831 can be facilitated, which contributes to shortening the time spent for the replacement work. In this replacement operation, the launch power supply board box 830 can be exchanged in a state where the launch power supply board 831 remains attached to the end opening of the launch power supply board box 830, that is, the launch power supply board box 830.

  Even if the pachinko machine 1 is operated and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 reaches the end of its life and the driving firing by the firing solenoid 654 suddenly becomes impossible to fire and the game has to be interrupted, it is easy to replace the firing power supply board 831. It is possible to eliminate the interruption of the game at an early stage. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the impossibility of firing due to the life of the electrolytic capacitor SC0 very easily, and it is possible to resolve the interruption of the game due to the impossibility of firing at an early stage and resume the game, thereby reducing the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  It should be noted that the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the firing power supply substrate 831 deteriorates at an early stage due to repeated charging and discharging, for example, at a frequency of 100 times per minute every time driving firing by the firing solenoid 654 is performed. In contrast, the power supply board 851 creates a DC power supply from an AC power supply of an island facility such as a game hall, but is not repeatedly charged and discharged at the same frequency as the electrolytic capacitor SC0 of the launch power supply board 831. Therefore, the lifetime is extremely long compared to the launch power supply substrate 831. In other words, the fired power supply board 831 reaches the end of its life relatively early due to deterioration associated with charging / discharging of the electrolytic capacitor SC0, whereas the power supply board 851 reaches the end of life due to secular change. The DC / DC converter 831a and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for creating the merged current flowing through the firing solenoid 654 are not provided on the power supply board 851, but are provided on the launch power supply board 831 separate from the power supply board 851. Thus, electronic components accompanying long-term aging can be concentrated on the power supply board 851. As a result, it is possible to prevent the electronic component accompanying a long-life change over time from being replaced together with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 having a short life.

  In addition, since the firing power supply substrate 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 for controlling the hitting ball launching device 650 can be detached from the front side through the game board holding port 601 for holding the game board 4, it has a capacity for changing the driving characteristics. Even if an attempt is made to change the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to a different one, it is necessary to remove the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 in order to remove the launch power board 831 and it is difficult to replace the launch power board 831. It is possible to prevent fraud, and it is possible to suppress fraud that deliberately changes the driving strength of the launch power supply substrate 831 that has been tampered with and optimized, and to make fraud difficult. A pachinko machine 1 that can prevent a player who has been frustrated from developing into a fraud such as a fraudulent act can be provided.

  In addition, since the launch power supply board 831 can be exchanged so as to be removable, even if an unauthorized operation is performed on the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the launch power supply board 831, the launch power supply board 831 can be replaced immediately and the unauthorized use can be made. It is possible to eliminate the interruption period of the game as much as possible, and it is possible to eliminate the feeling of irritation or disappointment due to the interruption of the game at an early stage. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest in the game of the player.

  Furthermore, the launch power supply board 831 provided with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 in the launch controller 4120 that controls the hitting ball launcher 650 is detachable from the front side through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 holding the game board 4. When the game board 4 is replaced due to a model change or the like, the launch power supply board 831 (launch power supply board box 830) of the launch control unit 4120 can be easily replaced, so it matches the concept of the new model to be replaced. Replacing the launching power supply board 831 equipped with the electrolytic capacitor SC0 and the DC / DC converter 831a capable of realizing the driving characteristics makes it possible to change the driving characteristics of the hitting ball launcher 650 previously provided in the main body frame 3 to a new game. It can be matched to board 4. Therefore, it is possible to easily match the driving characteristics of the game ball with the concept of the game board 4, so that the game with the new model of the game board 4 can be fully enjoyed, and the interest of the player is reduced. can do.

  In addition, since the launch power supply board 831 of the launch control unit 4120 can be detached from the front side, when replacing the launch power supply board 831, there is no need to open the main body frame 3 for island facilities such as a game hall, It is possible to simplify the time and labor required for exchange, and it is possible to exchange in a short time, and it is possible to suppress an increase in the burden on the game hall side. Further, since the launch power supply board 831 (launch power supply board box 830) can be exchanged so as to be removable, the driving characteristics are changed as compared with the case where the entire launch control unit 4120 (dispensing control board 4110) is exchanged. Cost can be reduced, and the burden on the hall side or the like can be reduced.

  Furthermore, when changing the model etc., only the game board 4 is replaced so that the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 can be used as they are. When the electrolytic capacitor SC0 or the like of the launch power supply board 831 is deteriorated, as described above, the launch power supply board box 830 can be easily replaced from the front side. It can be exchanged to solve the problem, and the interruption period of the game can be shortened as much as possible, and it is possible to quickly eliminate the feeling of irritation or disappointment due to the interruption of the game. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player in the game.

  Further, the launch power board 831 (launch power board box 830) is supported through the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the launch power board 831 is held in the game board holding port 601 for detachment. Since it is necessary to remove the game board 4, even if a tool for performing an illegal act enters the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the illegal tool reaches the launch power supply board 831 by the game board 4. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 can be prevented from performing an illegal act on the launch power supply substrate 831 and has a high defense against the illegal act.

  Further, the launch power supply board box 830 is supported through the game board holding port 601, and the position where the launch power supply board box 830 is supported is more rearward than the front surface of the main body frame 3. A space for supporting the board box 830 can be easily secured, and the pachinko machine 1 that supports the launch power board box 830 and exhibits the above-described effects can be reliably realized.

  Further, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is provided in the firing power supply board 831. Since the firing power supply board 831 can be easily detached from the front side of the main body frame 3, power is supplied from the electrolytic capacitor SC0 to the firing solenoid 654. Even if the load on the electrolytic capacitor SC0 becomes large and the electrolytic capacitor SC0 is likely to deteriorate, the electrolytic capacitor SC0 (launching power supply substrate 831) can be easily replaced, and the malfunction can be solved at an early stage to interrupt the game. The time can be shortened as much as possible, and the pachinko machine 1 that reliably exhibits the above-described effects can be obtained.

  In addition, the power supply board box holder 840 in the board unit 800 is a discharge ball receiver that receives a game ball that is opened upward and discharged downward from the out ball discharge unit 1161 of the game board 4 to the left front surface from the left and right center in front view. Part 841, a discharge passage 842 that guides and discharges the game ball received by the discharge ball receiving portion 841, and the front side of the discharge passage 842 and the discharge ball receiving portion 841 (right side in front view) A front box accommodating portion 843 that is opened upward and can accommodate the rear side of the launching power supply board box 830, and the entire rear surface of the power supply board box holder 840 is formed to be recessed forward, and can accommodate the front end of the power supply board box 850. A rear box housing portion 844.

  The power supply board box holder 840 is configured such that the opened front end side of the discharge passage 842 is closed by the rear surface of the board unit base 810 and the opening 812 of the board unit base 810 faces the discharge passage 842. The rear side of the substrate unit base 810 through the opening 812 of the substrate unit base 810 through the body frame base ball extraction passage 622 formed on the rear surface of the lower rear wall portion 604 of the main body frame base 600 is formed. The game ball that has flowed down and the game ball that has been discharged from the out-ball discharge unit 1161 of the game board 4 and received by the discharge ball receiving unit 841, which will be described in detail later, pass through the discharge passage 842 to the lower rear side of the pachinko machine 1. Can be discharged.

  Further, the power supply board box holder 840 has a front box housing part 843 formed at a position corresponding to the box housing part 816 of the board unit base 810, and the box power supply board 816 and the front box housing part 843, An accommodation recess for accommodating the box 830 can be formed.

  Furthermore, the power supply board box 850 in the board unit 800 is formed in a horizontally long box shape with the front open, and includes a power supply board 851 attached so as to close the front end opening. The power supply board box 850 accommodates various electronic components attached to the power supply board 851, and externally transfers heat from the electronic parts and the like through a plurality of slits 850a formed on the upper surface and the lower surface. Can be released. As shown in FIG. 86, a power switch 852 attached to the power supply board 851 faces the rear surface of the power supply board box 850.

  The power supply board box 850 is a standing wall that protrudes rearward along the lower side of the opening where the power supply terminal 853 (see FIGS. 84 and 86) attached to the lower side of the power switch 852 in the power supply board 851 faces the rear side. The wiring cord 854 can be inserted between the portion 850b, the protruding portion 850c projecting rearward from both sides of the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, and the outer periphery of the power supply board box 850 disposed on the front side and the lower side of the standing wall portion 850b. And a wiring guide portion 850d that forms a large gap. Although not shown in detail, the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851 has a locking piece to be locked with the locking claw of the connector terminal 855, and the locking claw and the locking piece. And the connector terminal 855 is prevented from being detached from the power supply terminal 853.

  As shown in FIG. 87, the power board box 850 has a standing wall 850b slightly behind the rear end of the connector terminal 855 in a state where the connector terminal 855 of the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power terminal 853 of the power board 851. It is formed so as to protrude. In the power supply board box 850 of this example, the wiring cord 854 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 of the power supply board 851 in a state where the wiring cord 854 is turned from the lower front side of the power supply board box 850 to the rear end so as to be hooked to the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b. A terminal 855 is connected.

  By the way, when the connector terminal where the wiring cord extends is connected to the connection terminal attached to the board, and then the wiring cord is pulled to the board side, the connector terminal is connected by the tension from the wiring cord. Since it is in a state of being pressed against the terminal side, there is a problem that it is difficult to remove the connector terminal from the connection terminal. However, according to the power supply board box 850 of this example, the front end side of the wiring cord 854 (the side opposite to the connector terminal 855 side connected to the power supply terminal 853) is directed to the power supply board 851 side (front side with respect to the main body frame 3). Even when pulled, the wiring cord 854 is routed around the connector terminal 855 so as to turn (turn back) from the connector terminal 855 by the standing wall portion 850b protruding rearward from the connector terminal 855. It is possible to prevent a force from pressing the terminal 855 toward the power supply terminal 853 side, and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power supply terminal 853 can be easily removed.

  Further, since the power supply board box 850 includes the protruding portions 850c protruding rearward on both sides of the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, even if the wiring cord 854 slides along the rear end of the standing wall portion 850b, The protrusions 850c provided at both ends can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and the wiring cord 854 can be prevented from coming off the standing wall portion 850b.

  Further, by inserting the wiring cord 854 into the wiring guide portion 850d of the power supply board box 850, the wiring cord 854 folded back by the standing wall portion 850b can be moved toward the standing wall portion 850b. Since the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b and the wiring cord 854 can be immediately moved to the standing wall portion 850b side by the wiring guide portion 850d, a series of operations are continuously performed. It can be performed, and the work process related to assembly can be simplified.

  The power supply board box 850 and the power supply board box holder 840 are formed such that the dimensions in the front-rear direction in the assembled state are substantially the same as the dimensions in the front-rear direction of the speaker box 820. When mounted on the rear panel, the rear surface of the power supply board box 850 and the rear surface of the speaker box 820 are substantially flush with each other.

  Further, in this example, the connector terminal 855 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 facing from the opening of the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851, and then the connector is connected by the standing wall portion 850b protruding rearward from the rear end of the connector terminal 855. Since the wiring cord 854 extending from the rear end of the terminal 855 is folded back, the tension applied to the connector terminal 855 when the wiring cord 854 is pulled is connected to the power supply terminal whose connection is fixed by a locking claw or the like. The connector terminal 855 can be prevented from being disconnected by the wiring cord 854 and the connector terminal 855 connected to the power terminal 853 of the power board 851 can be prevented. Can be easily removed, and maintenance such as substrate replacement can be easily performed.

  Further, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850, and the bending of the wiring cord 854 can be loosened as compared with the case where there is no standing wall portion 850b. It is possible to prevent an unreasonable force from acting on the 854 itself, and it is possible to prevent the wiring cord 854 from being disconnected due to the unreasonable force and causing a failure.

  Further, a standing wall portion 850b is provided in the vicinity of the opening of the power supply board box 850 facing the power supply terminal 853, and the standing wall portion 850b is positioned adjacent to the power supply terminal 853, so that it is connected to the power supply terminal 853. The wiring cord 854 extending from the connector terminal 855 can be extended to the rear side as straight as possible with respect to the connector terminal 855, and the joint between the connector terminal 855 and the wiring cord 854 is broken. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a force from acting and to prevent problems such as disconnection.

  Further, since the power supply board box 850 that covers the power supply board 851 is provided with the standing wall portion 850b, it is not necessary to provide the power supply board 851 with the standing wall portion 850b, and the assembly work of the power supply board 851 can be facilitated. . In addition, since the power supply board 851 is covered with the power supply board box 850, dust and dirt that cause a failure can be prevented from adhering to the power supply board 851 and mounted on the power supply board 851. It is possible to make it difficult to touch or replace electronic components (for example, resistors, capacitors, transistors, ICs, CPUs, memories, etc.) and to increase the defense against fraud. It has become.

  In addition, the direction in which the connector terminal 855 is connected to the power supply terminal 853 in the power supply board 851 is substantially perpendicular to the board surface (front-rear direction), and the connector terminal is connected to the power supply terminal 853 mounted on the power supply board 851. Since the force applied when connecting or removing the 855 can be easily applied to the surface of the power supply substrate 851, it is possible to prevent the shearing force from acting on the lead portion of the power supply terminal 853. Can be prevented from being energized and causing a failure of energization or the power supply terminal 853 being detached from the power supply board 851, and the pachinko machine 1 that is less prone to malfunction can be obtained.

  Further, since the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 is fixed by the fixing means using the locking claw and the locking piece, the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b so that the wiring cord 854 is Even if a force is applied to the connector terminal 855 in such a direction as to release the connection with the power supply terminal 853, the connection between the connector terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 can be prevented from being released. Connection between the terminal 855 and the power supply terminal 853 can be reliably maintained to prevent problems such as poor contact and poor energization.

  Further, since the projections 850c projecting rearward are provided at both ends of the rear end where the wiring cord 854 in the standing wall portion 850b of the power supply board box 850 is folded back, the wiring cord 854 is folded back at the standing wall portion 850b. Even if it slides along the side, the projection 850c provided at both ends of the side can prevent the wiring cord 854 from sliding further outward, and the wiring cord 854 can be prevented from coming off the standing wall 850b. The pachinko machine 1 that reliably prevents the above-described effects can be realized.

  Further, since the wiring cord 854 folded back at the standing wall portion 850b is moved toward the standing wall portion 850b by the wiring guide portion 850d provided in the power supply board box 850, the wiring cord 854 is not easily detached from the standing wall portion 850b. In addition, the above-described effects can be surely achieved, and the wiring cord 854 is folded back by the standing wall portion 850b, and then the wiring cord 854 is immediately moved toward the standing wall portion 850b by the wiring guide portion 850d. Thus, a series of operations can be performed continuously, and the work process related to assembly can be simplified to prevent an increase in cost.

  Also, the payout control board box 860 in the board unit 800 includes a thin box-shaped box base 861 that is horizontally long and opened rearward, and a thin box-shaped cover that is fitted into the box base 861 from the rear side and opened forward. 862 and a dispensing control board 4110 (see FIG. 194) attached to the rear surface of the box base 861 and covered by the cover 862. Further, the payout control board box 860 includes a plurality of separation cutting portions 863 that protrude outward from the left end in the rear view and are formed on both the box base 861 and the cover 862, and are provided at one location of the plurality of separation cutting portions 863. The box base 861 and the cover 862 are fixed by caulking. Thus, in order to separate the box base 861 and the cover 862, the separation and cutting portion 863 must be cut so that the box base 861 and the cover 862 cannot be separated. When the dispensing control board box 860 is opened, the trace remains. . Therefore, it can be determined whether or not the dispensing control board box 860 has been opened and closed illegally. In this example, the dispensing control board box 860 can be opened and closed only once for inspection or the like.

  The payout control board box 860 is configured such that an error release switch 860a, a ball removal switch 860b, an inspection output terminal 860c, and the like attached to the payout control board 4110 face rearward through a cover 862 (see FIG. 62). ). The payout control board box 860 has various connection terminals for connecting to the main control board 4100 and the like facing rearward through the cover 862.

  Further, the terminal board box 870 in the board unit 800 is attached to the rear surface of the speaker box 820, and includes a board mounting portion 871a formed on the upper rear surface on the left side in the rear view and a board cover mounting portion 871b formed on the rear surface on the right end in the rear view. The board base 871 is provided, the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 is attached to the board mounting portion 871a of the board base 871 from the rear side and the peripheral panel relay terminal 872a is attached to the rear surface, and the board cover mounting portion 871b of the board base 871 A connection terminal plate cover 873 having an opening portion 873b that is attached from the rear side and extends in the vertical direction on the rear wall portion 873a, and a CR unit connection terminal 874a that faces rearward from the opening portion 873a of the connection terminal plate cover 873 are attached to the rear surface. CR unit connection terminal plate 8 supported in the connected terminal plate cover 873 And 4, a substrate box cover 875 covering the rear side of the substrate base 871, together with the connection joint terminal plate cover 873.

  The peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 in the terminal board box 870 connects the pachinko machine 1 with a frequency indicator for displaying the operating state of the pachinko machine 1 provided on the island facility side where the pachinko machine 1 is installed. The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is for connecting a ball lending machine (also referred to as a CR unit) installed adjacent to the pachinko machine 1 and the pachinko machine 1. The board base 871, the connection terminal board cover 873, and the board box cover 875 in the terminal board box 870 are each formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and from the outside, the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 and the CR unit connection terminal inside. The plate 874 and the like can be visually recognized. Also, on the rear surface of the board box cover 875, the contents of the error code displayed on the frequency indicator or CR unit installed on the island facility side when a defect such as ball clogging occurs in the pachinko machine 1 is displayed. A state display sticker 876 is pasted.

  As shown in FIG. 88, the board base 871 in the terminal board box 870 has a board mounting portion 871a formed in a thin box shape with the rear end opened. The substrate base 871 is formed on the inner upper portion of the substrate mounting portion 871a and a fixing piece (not shown) for fixing the upper end of the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872, and is formed on the inner lower portion of the substrate mounting portion 871a. A locking claw 871i for locking the lower end of the terminal plate 872, and the peripheral piece relay terminal plate 872 can be detachably held from the rear side by the fixing piece and the locking claw 871i. ing.

  The substrate base 871 is formed in a thin box shape in which the substrate cover mounting portion 871b is opened to the rear side, and the size of the inner periphery thereof is set such that the outer periphery of the connection terminal plate cover 873 can be inserted. In addition, the inner peripheral wall is an outer piece portion 871c extending in the front-rear direction. The substrate base 871 extends rearward from the bottom wall of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b and a pair of fixing holes 871d penetrating the outer piece portion 871c on the right side in the rear view in the left-right direction, and contacts the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Two protrusions 871e extending in the vertical direction and a locking hole 871f penetrating in the front-rear direction are provided on the left outer side in back view of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b. The protrusion 871e on the substrate base 871 is in a state in which the amount of backward protrusion is slightly less than that of the outer piece 871c, and as much as possible on both side ends of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 as shown in the figure. It is arrange | positioned so that it may become a position near.

  Further, the substrate base 871 is disposed on the rear right side rear surface of the substrate cover mounting portion 871b so as to be vertically separated from each other, and a pair of bearing portions 871g for pivotally supporting the substrate box cover 875, and a left end in the rear view. And a rectangular tube-shaped locking portion 871h disposed on the rear surface in the vicinity of the portion and extending in the front-rear direction.

  The connection terminal board cover 873 in the terminal board box 870 surrounds the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal board 872 and can be inserted into the board cover mounting part 871b surrounded by the outer piece part 871c of the board base 871. A rear wall portion 873a for closing the rear end of the outer wall portion 873c, a rectangular opening portion 873b penetrating the rear wall portion 873a and extending in the vertical direction, and a rear wall portion substantially along the inner periphery of the opening portion 873b An inner wall portion 873d extending forward (from the substrate base 871) from 873a, and the upper and lower outer wall portions holding the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 so that the front end of the inner wall portion 873d contacts the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. And a pair of claw-like substrate holding portions 873e formed in 873c.

  Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 is arranged at a position corresponding to the plurality of internal connection terminals 874b attached to the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, and has a plurality of openings 873f penetrating through the rear wall portion 873a, and an approximately vertical direction. A box-shaped protective portion 873g that covers the rear side of the opening 873f disposed in the center and is opened on the left side when viewed from the back side, and extends outward (rightward) from the right side end when viewed from the back side of the outer wall portion 873c. A pair of fixing pieces 873h that can be inserted into the fixing hole 871d, and an elastic claw-like engagement that is formed at the left end of the outer wall portion 873c when viewed from the back and can be locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871. A pawl piece 873i. In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, the inner wall part 873d extended ahead also in the upper and lower sides of the inner periphery in the center opening part 873f provided with the protection part 873g is formed.

  The connection terminal plate cover 873 has a thin box shape whose front side is opened by an outer wall portion 873c and a rear wall portion 873a. Further, the connection terminal plate cover 873 is configured to restrict the movement of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 rearward by the front end of the inner wall portion 873d by inserting the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 into the inside from the opened front side. In addition, the pair of substrate holding portions 873e can restrict the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 from moving forward, and thus the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 can be detachably held. It has become. Further, the connecting terminal plate cover 873 is inserted into the fixing hole 871d of the substrate base 871 after the fixing piece 873h is inserted, and then the locking claw piece 873i is locked to the locking hole 871f of the substrate base 871. The base 871 can be detachably attached to the board cover attaching portion 871b.

  The CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit connection terminal 874a for connecting the pachinko machine 1 and the CR unit installed on the island facility side of the game hall on the front side (rear side). In addition, a plurality of internal connection terminals 874b for connecting to the payout control board 4110, the ball rental unit 360, and the like are provided. In the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 of this example, as shown in the figure, the CR unit connection terminal 874a is a D-sub connector having a locking function, and the internal connection terminal 874b is a square two-piece connector. Yes.

  Further, the board box cover 875 in the terminal board box 870 is formed in a thin box shape that covers the entire rear surface of the board base 871 and is opened to the front side, and is disposed on the right side surface as viewed from the rear side. A pair of shaft portions 875a pivotally supported by the bearing portion 871g, a through-hole 875b corresponding to the opening 873b in the connection terminal plate cover 873, penetrating in the front-rear direction, and forward from both left and right ends of the through-hole 875b And a locking piece 875d locked to the locking portion 871h of the substrate base 871.

  The board box cover 875 can cover the rear surface of the board base 871 so as to be openable and closable together with the connection terminal plate cover 873 by pivotally supporting the pair of shaft parts 875a on the bearing part 871g of the board base 871. Yes. Further, the board box cover 875 has a length in which a wall 875c on the side close to the shaft portion 875a (side supported) extends to the rear surface of the substrate base 871, and a wall on the side far from the shaft portion 875a. The length 875c extends to the rear surface of the connection terminal plate cover 873. That is, in the terminal board box 870 of this example, when the board box cover 875 is closed, the front ends of the respective barrier walls 875c are substantially in contact with the rear surfaces of the board base 871 and the connection terminal board cover 873. It is like that.

  In the terminal board box 870 of this example, since the CR unit connection terminal 874a of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is a D-sub connector, the CR unit is connected to the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 as shown in FIG. The main body of the connection terminal 874a is in a floating state, and the lead portion extending from the CR unit connection terminal 874a is also exposed to the outside on the rear surface side of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Further, the internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection end plate 874 is a square two-piece connector, and is attached so that it can be fitted and connected from the rear as shown in the figure.

  As shown in FIG. 88, the terminal board box 870 of this example has an outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal board cover 873 and a board base 871 in the direction along the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 in the assembled state. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece 871c of the connecting terminal plate cover 874 in the direction along the rear surface of the CR unit connecting terminal plate 874 are the outer wall portion 873c, the inner wall portion 873d, and the shaft portion 875a of the board box cover 875. Since the barrier wall 875c on the side exists, a barrier wall is formed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate base 871 has a meandering crank shape. It has become. Therefore, even if an unauthorized tool having excellent flexibility is to be inserted between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the board base 871 (boundary), the tool does not bend along the boundary, and the CR unit connection terminal It is possible to reliably prevent an unauthorized tool from entering from the direction along the surface of the plate 874, and to reliably prevent an illegal act on the CR unit connection terminal 874a provided in the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. It has become.

  Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the terminal board box 870 has a CR unit attached as a CR unit connection terminal 874a. Even if a D-sub connector in which a gap is formed between the connection terminal plate 874 and the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, illegal acts can be prevented. It is like that.

  The terminal board box 870 has a pair of shaft portions 875a on the shaft portion 875a side of the through-hole 875b facing the CR unit connection terminal 874a to the substrate box cover 875 pivotally supported on the rear surface of the substrate base 871. A barrier wall 875c having a length in between is provided, and the strength and rigidity of the substrate box cover 875 can be increased by the barrier wall 875c. Therefore, a driver or the like is inserted between the substrate box cover 875 and the substrate base 871. Even if an attempt is made to form a gap between the pair of shaft portions 875a, it is possible to prevent the board box cover 875 from being distorted and prevent the gap from being formed. It can be made expensive.

  Further, the terminal board box 870 of this example is configured so that the rear side of the internal connection terminal 874b near the center of the CR unit connection terminal board 874 is covered with the protection portion 873g of the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board box cover 875. Therefore, an illegal act of inserting the needle-like electrode through the gap between the connector main body of the connection terminal and the wiring cord in a state where the connection terminal on the wiring cord side is fitted and connected to the internal connection terminal 874b formed as a two-piece connector. However, the protection part 873g and the board box cover 875 can prevent the insertion of the electrode, and can also prevent an illegal act on the internal connection terminal 874b.

  Thus, according to this example, since the terminal board box 870 containing the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is attached to the rear surface of the main body frame 3, the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are attached from the front side of the pachinko machine 1. Even if an unauthorized tool is inserted through a gap between the front and back of the pachinko machine 1, the terminal board box 870 protects the accommodated CR unit connection terminal plate 874 even if the distal end of the unauthorized tool is inserted. It is possible to prevent illegal acts against the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 with certainty.

  When the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is accommodated in the terminal substrate box 870, the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the substrate are in the direction along the front surface (back surface of the substrate) of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. The protrusion 871e and the outer piece 871c of the base 871, and the outer wall portion 873c, the inner wall portion 873d, and the substrate of the connection terminal plate cover 873 are in the direction along the rear surface (surface of the substrate) of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Since the barrier wall 875c of the box cover 875 exists, a barrier wall is formed by multiple layers, and the cross-sectional shape of the boundary between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the substrate base 871 has a meandering crank shape. In an analogy, an unauthorized tool with excellent flexibility tries to enter between the connection terminal board cover 873 and the board base 871 (boundary). However, the tool does not bend along the boundary, and it is possible to reliably prevent an unauthorized tool from entering from the direction along the surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 has a CR The pachinko machine 1 that can reliably prevent an illegal act on the unit connection terminal 874a and the internal connection terminal 874b can be obtained.

  Further, since the front end of the inner wall portion 873d of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is in contact with the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, each lead portion is exposed between the substrate as the CR unit connection terminal 874a. Even if the D-sub connector is used, the outer periphery of the lead portion exposed by the inner wall portion 873d can be covered, and illegal acts can be surely prevented.

  Further, one end of the terminal board box 870 is pivotally supported on the rear surface of the substrate base 871 so that the rear surface of the connection terminal board cover 873 can be opened and closed, and the opening 873b of the connection terminal board cover 873 is opened. And a board box cover 875 having a plate-like barrier wall 875c extending forward from the side end of the pivotally supported side of the through-hole 875b to the rear surface of the board base 871. Even if a screwdriver or the like is inserted between the portions of the box cover 875 that are pivotally supported with respect to the substrate base 871 to form a gap to allow an unauthorized tool to enter, an unauthorized tool is connected to the connection terminal by the barrier 875c. Reaching to the plate cover 873 (CR unit connection terminal plate 874) side can be prevented, and illegal acts can be prevented. Kill.

  Further, in order to take out the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 in the terminal board box 870, it is necessary to open the connection box board cover 873 after opening the board box cover 875, which makes it difficult to take out the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Can increase deterrence against fraud. Further, since the strength and rigidity of the substrate box cover 875 can be increased by the barrier 875c, even if a driver or the like is inserted between the substrate box cover 875 and the substrate base 871 to form a gap, the substrate box cover 875 is formed. Can be prevented from being distorted to prevent the formation of a gap, making it difficult to perform fraud and making it highly deterrent.

  Furthermore, it is possible to perform an illegal act of inserting a needle-like electrode through the gap between the connector body and the wiring cord at the terminal on the wiring cord side connected to the internal connection terminal 874b of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Since the protective portion 873g and the board box cover 875 cover the rear side of the opened opening 873f, that is, the rear side of the opening of the gap along the wiring cord of the connector body, the outer side of the terminal board box 870 ( A needle-like electrode that cannot be inserted into the gap between the connector body from the rear side) and that prevents unauthorized acts on the terminals of the connected wiring cord. It can be.

  In addition, since the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 is provided with a substrate holding portion 873e for holding the CR unit connection terminal plate 874, the outer wall portion 873c extends to the front side from the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Even when a screwdriver or the like is inserted between the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the board base 871 to form a gap in order to perform an illegal act, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 moves rearward together with the connection terminal plate cover 873. Therefore, the positional relationship between the front end of the outer wall portion 873c of the connection terminal plate cover 873 and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 does not change, and the outer periphery of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 is the outer wall portion 873c (connection terminal plate cover 873). The CR unit connection terminal on the rear surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874. Can not be performed spamming like 74a, it is possible to prevent illegal acts targeting CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and CR unit connection terminals 874a and the like.

  Furthermore, since the terminal board box 870 is formed of a transparent resin and the inside of the terminal board box 870 can be visually recognized from the outside, the terminal board box 870 can be viewed from the outside without disassembling the terminal board box 870. Whether an unauthorized tool is inserted into the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 accommodated therein, or the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 itself is not replaced with an unauthorized one. Or, it is possible to easily check whether electronic parts (for example, ROM, IC, resistors, capacitors, etc.) mounted on the CR unit connection terminal board 874 have been replaced with unauthorized ones. , It can make it easier to detect fraud, and it also makes it easier to find fraud. Is to be able, it can increase the deterrent to fraud.

  Further, since the terminal board box 870 is attached to the back surface side of the main body frame 3 so that the front surface of the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like is directed to the rear side, When the main body frame 3 is rotated to the front side and the rear side of the main body frame 3 appears, the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 and the like housed in the terminal board box 870 are turned to the worker side (player side), and the CR The unit connection terminal plate 874 and the terminal board box 870 can be easily inspected.

  The main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 in the board unit 800 include a peripheral control unit 4140 provided in the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3, a payout control board 4110 of the board unit 800, etc. 5 for relaying the connection with the handle device 500, each decorative board, the operation unit 400, and the like. The main-side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral-side relay terminal plate 882 include a plurality of connection terminals for connection to the main body frame 3 side and the door frame 5 side, and are formed on the front surface of the substrate unit base 810. By attaching to the attachment portion 813, these connection terminals face the front side from the front surface of the main body frame base 600.

  The main side relay terminal plate 880 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 are covered with a relay terminal plate cover 692 attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600 as shown in FIGS. In addition, only the connection terminals for connecting to the door frame 5 side face the front side through the opening 692a of the relay terminal plate cover 692, and the wiring cord 196 is connected to these connection terminals. (See FIG. 1 and FIG. 28).

  Further, the main relay terminal plate 880 includes a ball rental button 361, a return button 362, a remaining loan display portion 363, and a rotational position detection sensor of the handle device 500 in the ball rental unit 360 in the dish unit 300 arranged on the door frame 5 side. 512, the touch sensor 516, the firing stop switch 518, and the full tank detection sensor 550 of the foul cover unit 540, and the connection of the payout control board 4110 disposed on the main body frame 3 side is relayed. Further, the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 is provided on the decorative units 200, 240, 280, the dish unit 300 and the operation unit 400 arranged on the door frame 5 side, and the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288 provided in the operation unit 400. , 290, 322, 430, 432, and the dial drive motor 414 and the sensors 432a, 432b, 432c provided in the operation unit 400, and the peripheral control unit 4140 of the game board 4 arranged on the main body frame 3 side. It is for relaying.

[1-3G. Back cover]
Next, the back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 90 to 92. 90A is a front perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame, and FIG. 90B is a rear perspective view of the back cover in the main body frame. FIG. 91 is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a portion of the fastening mechanism in the back cover, and FIG. 92 is an exploded perspective view of the fastening mechanism in the back cover as seen from the rear side. The back cover 900 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin so that the inside of the main body frame 3 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the pachinko machine 1.

  The back cover 900 in the main body frame 3 covers the rear side of the game board holding port 601 (the game board 4 attached to the main body frame 3) for holding the game board 4 in the main body frame 3 so as to be openable and closable. . The back cover 900 has a plate-like main body portion 902 that closes the rear opening of the game board holding port 601, a side portion 904 that extends forward from the right side of the main body portion 902, and a front end of the side portion 904. A plurality of juxtaposed vertical rows, projecting downward and pivotally supported by the back cover pivotal support 623 of the main body frame base 600, and a prize ball formed on the upper left and lower sides of the main body 902 when viewed from the front. An engagement piece 908 that engages with the back cover engagement groove 718 of the base 710 and the back cover engagement groove 780a of the prize ball passage lid 780 respectively, and the back cover 900 is placed in the vicinity of the lower engagement piece 908. 3 is provided with a fastening mechanism 920 for fastening in a non-openable / closable manner.

  The fastening mechanism 920 in the back cover 900 has a circular insertion hole that penetrates in the front-rear direction to the left in the rear view of the lower engagement piece 908 in the main body 902 of the back cover 900 as shown in FIGS. 921, a vertically long rectangular locking port 922 that is arranged at a predetermined distance on the left side in the rear view of the insertion hole 921 and penetrates in the front-rear direction, and a locking that is elastically locked to the locking port 922 from the rear side A plate-shaped guide member 923 having a strip 923a on one end side and a horizontally long slot 923b corresponding to the insertion hole 921 on the other end side, and inserted into the slot 923b of the guide member 923 from the rear side. A fastening member 924 having a male screw portion 924a screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage lid 780 through the insertion hole 921 and a guide member 923 on the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 Includes a retaining member 925 attached so as to sandwich, the. Note that the guide member 923 in the fastening mechanism 920 is formed of a soft synthetic resin and is easily bent.

  The fastening mechanism 920 is configured such that the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked in a loosely fitted state with respect to the locking port 922 of the main body 902, and the guide member 923 is within a predetermined range. You can play with. Further, the fastening mechanism 920 is in a state in which the fastening member 924 is supported by the guide member 923 through the long hole 923b by the disk-shaped holding member 925 attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, and along the long hole 923b. It can be slid in the left-right direction and is not dropped from the long hole 923b. When the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is locked from the rear side to the locking port 922 of the main body 902, the fastening mechanism 920 has a fastening member 924 that protrudes forward through the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923. The male screw portion 924a is inserted into the insertion hole 921 of the main body portion 902.

  The back cover 900 of this example can open and close the rear opening of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 by pivotally supporting the pivot pin 906 on the back cover shaft supporting portion 623 of the main body frame base 600. By engaging the engagement pieces 908 with the main body frame base 600 and the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a of the prize ball passage cover 780, the engagement pieces 908 can be closed. Note that when the back cover 900 is in a closed state, the insertion hole 921 in the fastening mechanism 920 and the back cover fastening hole 780b of the prize ball passage cover 780 are substantially aligned.

  When the back cover 900 is closed, the male thread portion 924a of the fastening member 924 inserted from the rear side to the front side into the insertion hole 921 is not naturally screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b. Even when the cover 900 is closed, the front end of the male screw portion 924a is stopped at the rear end of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 protrudes rearward from the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900. By the way, in this example, since the fastening member 924 is supported in the long hole 923b of the guide member 923 locked to the main body portion 902 of the back cover 900, the fastening member 924 does not fall off from the back cover 900. A state of being positioned on the rear side of the main body 902 is maintained.

  Then, by inserting the tip of the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 into the back cover fastening hole 780b and rotating the fastening member 924 from this state, the male screw portion 924a is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b (screwed). The back cover 900 can be fastened and fixed. It should be noted that the fastening mechanism 920 of the present example allows the fastening member 924 to be fastened even when the guide member 923 that supports the fastening member 924 is inclined with respect to the main body portion 902 when the fastening member 924 is screwed into the back cover fastening hole 780b. Since it is supported by the long hole 923b, the fastening member 924 (male thread portion 924a) can be positioned straight with respect to the axis of the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening member 924 can be satisfactorily moved to the back cover fastening hole 780b. It can be screwed in.

  Further, in this example, the back cover 900 is fastened and fixed to the main body frame 3 side by a single fastening mechanism 920, so that it can be easily fastened or fastened only by operating one fastening member 924. The maintenance work can be improved by simplifying the labor involved in opening and closing the back cover 900.

  The back cover 900 includes a connection notch 910 that is cut upward in a rectangular shape at the lower right end of the main body 902 when viewed from the front, and a confirmation opening that penetrates the connection cutout 910 in a rectangular shape when viewed from the front. 912 and a notch portion 914 for confirmation cut out in a rectangular shape at the lower left corner of the main body portion 902 when viewed from the front.

  As shown in FIG. 5, the back cover 900 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, through the connection cutout portion 910, the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board box 1170 in the game board 4, the test terminal 4100f, and the like. Comes to the rear. Further, the back cover 900 has a confirmation opening portion 912 through which a board management seal 1178 (see FIG. 101) attached to the rear surface of the main control board box 1170 faces the rear side. The sealing part 1176 of the main control board box 1170 faces through the notch part 914. Thereby, even if the back cover 900 is not opened with respect to the main body frame 3, it is possible to perform operation confirmation, appearance confirmation, management state confirmation, etc. of the main control board box 1170 and the main control board 4100.

  Further, the back cover 900 has a plurality of slits 916 that are elongated through the main body 902 and the side portion 904, and heat generated in the game board 4 and the like through the slits 916 is generated in the main body frame 3 (pachinko machine 1). It can be discharged outside the rear side. As shown in the figure, a plurality of through-holes 918 are provided at predetermined intervals in the left-right direction that are wide and extend long in the up-down direction at a position slightly to the left in front view from the center. These through-holes 918 are in a state in which the back cover 900 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, and the game board 4 is accommodated and held in the main body frame 3, and the rear of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4. It is positioned behind the cooling fan for cooling the peripheral control unit 4140 and the liquid crystal control unit 4150 provided on the side, so that the heat from the peripheral control unit 4140 and the like can be exhausted satisfactorily. It has become. Incidentally, the width of the through hole 918 is set to be smaller than the outer diameter of the game ball so that the game ball does not enter the pachinko machine 1 through the through hole 918.

  Accordingly, in this example, the fastening member 924 that fastens the back cover 900 that closes the rear side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame 3 to the main body frame 3 is fixed to the guide member 923 attached to the back cover 900. When the game board 4 is held in the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 is opened from the rear side of the main body frame 3 and maintenance of the rear side of the game board 4 is performed. Even if the fastening of the fastening member 924 that fastens and fixes the back cover 900 to the main body frame 3 is released and the fastening member 924 is separated from the back cover fastening hole 780 b of the main body frame 3, the fastening member 924 remains the guide member 923. It is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from being lost or left in the pachinko machine 1 from being attached to the back cover 900. 4 can be pachinko machine 1 capable of preventing falling off.

  Further, as described above, it is possible to prevent the fastening member 924 from dropping from the opened back cover 900, so that it is not necessary to store the fastening member 924 whose fastening has been released in a predetermined position during maintenance or the like. Further, it can be held in the vicinity of the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 via the guide member 923, and maintenance can be facilitated.

  Further, since the elongated hole 923b of the guide member 923 is extended at least to the side opposite to the locking port 922 side, even if the guide member 923 is inclined with respect to the surface of the back cover 900, The male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 923 can be positioned straight to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, and the male screw portion 924a is reliably in a correct state with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Can be fastened. Therefore, the back cover 900 can be securely fastened to the main body frame 3, and the crime prevention effect by the back cover 900 can be reliably exhibited.

  Further, since the holding member 925 that holds the fastening member 924 in a freely movable manner with respect to the guide member 923 in cooperation with the head of the fastening member 924 is attached to the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924, the fastening member 924 is provided. The guide member 923 is sandwiched between the head and the holding member 925, and the male screw portion 924 a of the fastening member 924 can be reliably prevented from coming out of the elongated hole 923 b of the guide member 923, and the holding member 925 can be prevented. The fastening member 924 can be held movably with respect to the guide member 923 by the gap and the long hole 923b.

  In addition, an accommodation recess capable of accommodating the holding member 925 is provided around the insertion hole 921 in the back cover 900, and the male threaded portion 924 a of the fastening member 924 passes through the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 and the back of the main body frame 3. When the cover fastening hole 780b is fastened, the holding member 925 sandwiching the guide member 923 with the head of the fastening member 924 can be housed in the housing recess, so that the back cover 900 and the guide member 923 are in close contact with each other. Thus, the protrusion from the back cover 900 can be reduced as much as possible, and the possibility of other members coming into contact with the protruding portions of the guide member 923 and the fastening member 924 is reduced to reduce the occurrence of problems. And can improve the appearance.

  Further, since the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3 is used as a female threaded portion and is screw-coupled with the male threaded portion 924a of the fastening member 924, it is fastened only by pulling compared to engagement by a simple locking claw. The back cover 900 can be made difficult to remove, the crime prevention effect by the back cover 900 can be further enhanced, and the pachinko machine 1 with high deterrence against fraudulent acts can be obtained.

  Furthermore, since the guide member 923 is flexible and the guide member 923 can bend, the degree of freedom of movement of the fastening member 924 relative to the back cover 900 (insertion hole 921) can be further increased. The male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 is easily positioned at a straight position with respect to the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3, and the male screw portion 924 is easily moved straight with respect to the back cover fastening hole 770b. The male screw portion 924a can be securely fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b.

  In addition, in the state where the locking piece 923a of the guide member 923 is in contact with the inner wall extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 in the locking port 922 of the back cover 900, the locking port Since it is elastically locked to 922, the shaft extending in the direction perpendicular to the axis connecting the insertion hole 921 on the distal end side (the long hole 923b side) of the guide member 923 that is movably mounted It can be moved so as to rotate around the center, and the locking piece 923 a can be pivotally supported with respect to the locking port 922. Therefore, the fastening member 924 held in the long hole 923b on the distal end side of the guide member 923 can be rotated so as to open and close the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900, that is, the back cover fastening hole 780b of the main body frame 3. Therefore, the male screw portion 924a of the fastening member 924 can be easily inserted into the insertion hole 921 and the back cover fastening hole 780b, and the fastening work by the fastening member 924 can be easily performed.

  Further, a plurality of back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a are further provided at positions different from the back cover fastening holes 780b in the main body frame 3, and the back cover 900 is elastically engaged with the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a, respectively. A plurality of engaging pieces 908 to be engaged, and by engaging the engaging pieces 908 of the back cover 900 with the back cover engaging grooves 718 and 780a of the main body frame 3, the fastening by the fastening member 924 is described. Separately, since the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3, the fastening work can be reduced as much as possible by using only one fastening part using the fastening member 924, and work such as assembly and maintenance can be performed. Can increase the sex. Further, as described above, the back cover 900 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 by the engagement of the engagement piece 908 and the back cover engagement grooves 718 and 780a separately from the fastening member 924, so that the closed range is wide. Even in the back cover 900, the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 (the rear side of the game board 4) can be closed in a good state without increasing the number of fastening points by the fastening member 924.

  Further, the back cover 900 can be pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3 by pivotally supporting the pivot pins 906 of the back cover 900 on the back cover pivot support portion 623 of the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600). Therefore, by simply rotating the back cover 900 in the closing direction and closing the rear side of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3, the insertion hole 921 of the back cover 900 and the back cover fastening of the main body frame 3 are fastened. The hole 780b can be easily aligned, and the fastening member 924 held by the back cover 900 through the insertion hole 921 can be easily fastened to the back cover fastening hole 780b. Further, since the back cover 900 is pivotally supported with respect to the main body frame 3, the back cover 900 can be opened even when the fastening by the fastening member 924 is released and the back cover 900 is opened during maintenance or the like. It is possible to keep the cover 900 pivotally supported on the main body frame 3, and it is not necessary to remove the back cover 900 from the main body frame 3, and the time and effort required to open and close the back cover 900 can be simplified.

[1-3H. Side security board]
Next, the side crime prevention plate 950 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 66 and 67. The side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3 forms the left side surface of the main body frame 3 in a front view as shown in the figure, and is attached to the main body frame base 600. The side security plate 950 includes a metal main body 952 that is extruded in a shallow U shape in plan view, and a mounting bracket 954 that is fixed to the top and bottom near the inner front end of the main body 952 and attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600. A positioning member 956 that is fixed to the inside of the main body 952 and engages with the positioning recess 1119 of the game board 4.

  A main body 952 of the side security plate 950 includes a side plate piece 952a having a length substantially the same as the height of the main body frame base 600 and extending in the vertical direction and having a substantially constant depth in the front-rear direction, and a right side when viewed from the front end of the side plate piece 952a. A front end piece 952b extending in the direction, a middle piece 952c that is disposed so as to form a predetermined amount of gap on the rear side of the front end piece 952b and has a smaller protruding amount than the front end piece 952b, and a front face from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a. And a rear end piece 952d extending longer than the front end piece 952b in the rightward direction (see FIG. 108). The main body 952 is formed in a shallow U-shape by a side plate piece 952a, a front end piece 952b, and a rear end piece 952d, and the front component member 1110 in the game board 4 is interposed between the middle piece 952c and the rear end piece 952d. A left side portion in front view with the game panel 1150 is inserted (see FIG. 108).

  The side security plate 950 of this example is configured such that the mounting bracket 954 is attached to the front surface of the main body frame base 600 and the rear end piece 952d of the main body 952 is attached to the rear surface of the main body frame base 600. When the side security plate 950 is in a state in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the front end piece 952 b of the main body 952 is connected to the shaft side of the shaft side reinforcing sheet metal 152 in the reinforcing unit 150 of the door frame 5. It is designed to be inserted into the U-shape of the U-shaped projecting piece 166 and to prevent the insertion of a tool for performing an illegal act between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 on the left side when viewed from the front. (See FIG. 108). The main body 952 of the side security plate 950 is made of a metal (for example, aluminum alloy) extrusion mold material, and has a front end piece 952b, a middle piece 952c, and a middle piece 952c arranged in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the side plate piece 952a. Since the rear end piece 952d is provided, the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 are increased, so that the overall strength of the main body frame 3 can be increased to favorably support the game board 4, the door frame 5, and the like. It has become.

  Thus, according to this example, when the front surface of the main body frame 3 is closed with the door frame 5, the door frame 5 is interposed between the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c formed inside the front end of the side security plate 950. The rear side piece of the pivot-side U-shaped projecting piece 166 formed in a substantially U-shape of the reinforcing unit 150 is inserted (enters), and the front end piece 952b is inserted into the pivot-side U-shape. Therefore, even if the door frame 5 is forcibly opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the U-shaped protrusion 166 on the pivotal side of the door frame 5 is attached to the front end piece 952 b of the main body frame 3. It is possible to prevent the pivoted U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the door frame 5 from moving in a direction away from the main body frame 3 and prevent the closed door frame 5 from being opened. And can be used to perform illegal acts such as opening the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3 It can be a pachinko machine 1 that can be stopped.

  Further, since the side security plate 950 formed of metal in the main body frame 3 and the reinforcing unit 150 formed of metal in the door frame 5 are fitted, the space between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is set. The body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be made difficult to be distorted by an unauthorized tool, and the crime prevention performance in the pachinko machine 1 can be improved. In addition, since the main body frame base 600 that supports the game board 4 is formed of synthetic resin, the side security plate 950 on the side that supports the door frame 5 (the shaft support side) is formed of metal. Compared with the case where the entire main body frame 3 is made of metal, the cost associated with the pachinko machine 1 can be reduced.

  Further, as will be described in detail later, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the lock device 1000 that locks the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 is provided with a reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame 5 at one location between the upper and lower ends and the upper and lower ends. The hook cover 165 is locked, and the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 on the lock device 1000 side (open side) are locked by the three door frame hook portions 1041. Even if the open side is beaten by an unauthorized tool such as a bar, it is possible to satisfactorily prevent the space between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 from spreading, and to prevent the door frame 5 from being forcibly opened. it can.

  Further, the rear end of the side plate piece 952a in the side crime prevention plate 950 is extended rearward from the front surface (the game area 1100) of the game board 4, and the dimension in the front-rear direction of the side plate piece 952a is increased. Since the bending rigidity with respect to the load applied in the front-rear direction is increased, the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 as a whole can be further increased, and the side security plate 950 can be prevented from being forcibly bent to perform an illegal act. .

  Further, since the side security plate 950 of the main body frame 3 is formed by the metal extrusion mold material, the side security plate 950 (main body 952) having a predetermined cross-sectional shape having the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c can be easily obtained. It can be formed, and even if the crime prevention performance of the pachinko machine 1 is enhanced, the increase in cost can be suppressed, and defects such as a decrease in strength that occur during processing are compared with the case where the metal plate is bent. It can be reduced as much as possible, and the side crime prevention plate 950 having high durability and strength can be obtained.

[1-3I. Locking device]
Next, the lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 93 to 97. FIG. 93A is a left side view of the locking device in the main body frame, and FIG. 93B is a perspective view of the locking device in the main body frame as viewed from the front. FIG. 94 (A) is a rear perspective view of the locking device, and FIG. 94 (B) is a sliding frame for a door frame and a sliding frame for a body frame that are slidably provided inside the U-shaped base of the locking device. It is a rear perspective view which shows these, (C) is a front perspective view of (B). Further, FIG. 95 is an exploded perspective view of the lock device as seen after disassembling, and FIG. 96 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the door frame sliding rod and the body frame sliding rod in the locking device. FIG. 97 is an explanatory view showing the operation of the tamper-proof member in the lock device.

  The lock device 1000 in the main body frame 3 is attached from the substantially upper end to the lower end of the main body frame 3 along the outer side surface on the open side of the peripheral wall portion 605 in the main body frame base 600 of the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. In addition, a door hook hole 620 formed in the upper part of the front side right side (open side) side of the front end frame part 602 in the main body frame base 600 and a lock locking hole 621 formed in the lower part, and a peripheral wall in the main body frame base 600 A plurality of lock mounting portions 625 are formed on the right side surface of the portion 605 when viewed from the front.

  As shown in FIGS. 93 to 95, the lock device 1000 includes a U-shaped base 1001 as a lock base formed in a U-shaped cross section, and a door frame that is slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001. The U-shaped sliding rod 1040, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 slidably provided in the U-shaped base 1001, and the main body frame sliding rod 1050 cannot be illegally slid. A first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032 attached to the lower part of the base body 1001 are provided.

  The U-shaped base 1001 in the lock device 1000 is formed by bending a predetermined metal plate so as to have a U-shaped cross section, and includes a door frame sliding rod 1040 and a main body frame sliding rod 1050. Are slidably arranged. Note that the U-shaped base 1001 has an extremely thin lateral width as compared to a conventional locking device integrated into a base having an L-shaped cross section. Thereby, the horizontal dimension of the locking device 1000 can be made as thin as possible, and the horizontal dimension of the game board holding port 601 in the main body frame 3 can be relatively increased. 1100 wide game board 4 can be provided.

  The U-shaped base body 1001 is attached in a state in which the open side having a U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame base 600. The open side of the base body 1001 is closed by the main body frame base 600. As a result, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 arranged inside the U-shaped substrate 1001 are formed on the U-shaped substrate 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065. It is in a completely covered state, and has a fraud prevention structure in which it is difficult to perform fraudulent acts on the lock device 1000 from the outside.

  Further, the U-shaped base 1001 in the lock device 1000 has a rectangular shape through which the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 can penetrate vertically on the closed side (front side) opposite to the open side (rear side). A hook through opening 1002, a screw fixing portion 1003 projecting outward in the upper part and middle of a side surface 1001b (see FIG. 95) in contact with the peripheral wall 605 of the main body frame base 600 on the front side, and a screw fixing part 1003 protrudes forward from the open side (front side) upper and middle portions of the side surface 1001a (see FIG. 95) opposite to the side surface 1001b on which the projections 1003 are provided, and from the lower ends of the open side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. The locking protrusion 1004 is provided.

  Screw fixing portions 1003 and locking protrusions 1004 of the U-shaped base 1001 are for attaching the locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, and the locking protrusions 1004 are attached to the door hook holes 620 of the main body frame base 600. When the screw locking portion 1003 is inserted into the lock locking hole 621 from the rear side and moved upward, the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 of the main body frame base 600 are aligned with each other. By screwing a screw (not shown) to the lock attachment portion 625, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3).

  The locking device 1000 is attached not only to the upper and middle screw fixing portions 1003 but also in the vicinity of the screw fixing portion 1003 formed in the lock mounting piece 1008 described later and the cylinder lock through hole 611. The lock attaching portion 625 is also fixed to the main body frame base 600 with a screw (not shown), and the lower portion of the lock device 1000 is also attached.

  Further, when the locking device 1000 is attached, the locking projections 1004 formed at the upper, middle, and lower three locations on the open side (front side) of the U-shaped base 1001 are connected to the upper and lower door hook holes 620 and the locking locking holes. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 of the U-shaped base body 1001 is fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws, the locking device 1000 can be attached to the main body frame base 600 with a very simple structure. It can be firmly fixed to (main body frame 3).

  In other words, even when the locking device 1000 is configured by concentrating on the U-shaped base 1001 having a very small width, the locking device 1000 is firmly attached to the main body frame 3 by the locking and fixing of the front side and the rear side of the locking device 1000. It can be fixed to. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, after the locking projection 1004 constituting the front locking structure (which may be a fixed structure) protrudes from the side surface 1001a that does not contact the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001, Since the screw fixing part 1003 constituting the fixing structure on the rear side protrudes from the side surface 1001b contacting the peripheral wall part 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001 to the peripheral wall part 605 side, the front locking structure is connected to the peripheral wall part 605. The lock device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame 3 so as not to be loose as compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b in contact therewith.

  The U-shaped base 1001 is provided with insertion holes 1005 penetrating left and right in the upper, middle, and lower sides of both side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are inserted inside the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting and crimping the rivet 1006 into the insertion hole 1005 with the body frame sliding rod 1050 stored. Can be slidably mounted in the vertical direction.

  That is, as shown in FIG. 94 (C), the rivet 1006 penetrates the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 formed at the upper, middle and lower portions of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and FIG. As shown in (B), a rivet 1006 penetrates the lower end portions of long holes 1055 and 1061 for rivets formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 respectively for the body frame sliding rod 1050. The door frame sliding rod 1040 can be moved upward, and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be moved downward.

  Further, the U-shaped base body 1001 protrudes from the front end of the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 of the open-side main body frame base 600 and protrudes laterally. A lock mounting piece 1008 for mounting the cylinder lock 1010, an insertion vertical opening 1020 penetrating through the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605, a spring locking piece 1021, and a relief horizontal hole 1022 are formed. The fraud prevention notch 1007 of the U-shaped base body 1001 will be described later in detail, but the stopper piece 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is advanced and retracted. Further, the lock mounting piece 1008 of the U-shaped base body 1001 is located on the side surface 1001b so as to be positioned below the lower end side of the game board holding port 601 in a state where the lock device 1000 is mounted on the back surface of the main body frame base 600. Projecting from the front end to the side, the lock insertion hole 1009 through which the cylinder lock 1010 penetrates and the mounting hole 1013 formed in the lock mounting substrate 1011 of the cylinder lock 1010 are mounted at two locations on the top and bottom. A mounting hole 1014 drilled in the screw and a screw stopper 1003 drilled to mount the lower part of the locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame 3 are formed.

  The U-shaped base 1001 has an insertion vertical opening 1020 through which the first engagement protrusion 1017 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 fixed to the cylinder lock 1010 enter when the cylinder lock 1010 rotates. A spring locking piece 1021 for locking the spring 1035 that urges the second tamper-proof member 1032 upward, and a clearance lateral hole 1022 that forms a clearance hole so as not to obstruct the movement of the connecting pin 1034; It has.

  The cylinder lock 1010 in the lock device 1000 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 in the U-shaped base 1001. In this cylinder lock 1010, a lock mounting substrate 1011 for fixing to a lock mounting piece 1008 is fixed to the rear end of a cylindrical cylinder lock body, and a lock shaft 1015 of the cylinder lock body extends from the rear surface of the lock mounting substrate 1011. At the same time, an engagement cam 1016 is fixed to the rear end of the lock shaft 1015 by a screw 1019. The engagement cam 1016 is formed in a boomerang shape, and one end side is a first engagement protrusion 1017 that engages with the downward engagement hole 1062 of the body frame sliding rod 1050 when rotating. The end side is a second engagement protrusion 1018 that engages with the upward engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 when rotating.

  This cylinder lock 1010 has a cylindrical cylinder lock main body portion inserted into a lock insertion hole 1009 formed in the lock attachment piece 1008 from the rear side, and attachment holes 1013 formed at two positions on the lock attachment substrate 1011. The cylinder lock 1010 can be fixed to the U-shaped base 1001 by screwing a screw 1012 into the mounting hole 1014 of the lock mounting piece 1008.

  The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 attached to the U-shaped base body 1001 of the lock device 1000 do not rotate the cylinder lock 1010 with an official key, but fraudulently for the main body frame with a piano wire, a wire, etc. It is for preventing lowering. The fraud prevention members 1023 and 1032 have a structure in which a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032 are connected by a connecting pin 1034 as shown in FIG. The first fraud prevention member 1023 has a vertically long plate shape and is supported by the U-shaped base body 1001 so as to be swingable about the swing shaft hole 1025 at the upper end. More specifically, the first tamper-proof member 1023 is positioned together with the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 disposed inside the U-shaped base body 1001 through the swing shaft hole 1025. The lower insertion hole 1005 and the rivet 1006 are attached.

  In addition, the first fraud prevention member 1023 opens vertically in the plate-like surface at a position overlapping the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the U-shaped base 1001, and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 can be inserted. The protruding piece insertion hole 1026 is provided. The second engagement projection piece 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 passes through the projection piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020, so that the door frame sliding rod 1040 provided inside the U-shaped base body 1001. The raised engagement hole 1045 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 are engaged with each other. Further, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is inclined obliquely on the outer front side of the protruding piece insertion hole 1026 so as to be able to contact the rear surface side of the first engaging protruding piece 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 is rotated. The inclined portion 1024 comes into contact with the first engaging protrusion 1017 when the engaging cam 1016 rotates, so that the first fraud prevention member 1023 is centered on the swing shaft hole 1025. As shown in FIG. 97 (B).

  Furthermore, the first fraud prevention member 1023 further includes a stopper piece portion 1027 that protrudes toward the U-shaped base 1001 side from an obliquely lower lower side of the protruding piece insertion hole 1026, and a position where the stopper piece portion 1027 protrudes. A regulation protrusion 1031 that protrudes downward, and a pin hole 1029 and a connection hole 1030 that pass through the front side of the regulation protrusion 1031 in the left-right direction and are arranged vertically. The stopper piece 1027 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is intruded into and engaged with the fraud prevention cutout portion 1007 and the engagement cutout portion 1066 of the main body frame slide rod 1050 when the main body frame slide rod 1050 is locked. Thus, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 can be prevented from sliding illegally. Further, the restricting protruding piece 1031 of the first fraud preventing member 1023 abuts on the second fraud preventing member 1032 biased upward by the spring 1035, so that the second fraud preventing member 1032 moves upward (biasing direction). The movement can be restricted.

  Further, the pin hole 1029 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 is configured such that the guide pin 1028 is inserted and fixed from the back side of the first fraud prevention member 1023, and the guide pin 1028 fixed to the pin hole 1029 is The first fraud prevention member 1023 is guided along the side surface 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 by engaging with a horizontally long opening formed at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 in the U-shaped base 1001. Can be done. Further, the connecting hole 1030 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 is for connecting the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 in a pivotable manner by a connecting pin 1034.

  On the other hand, the second fraud prevention member 1032 connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 is formed of an inverted “te” -shaped plate material, and has a connection hole 1033 at one upper end and a spring locking hole 1036 at the other upper end. And a contact portion 1037 at the lower end. The second fraud prevention member 1032 can be connected to the first fraud prevention member 1023 so as to be relatively rotatable by inserting the connection pin 1034 after aligning the connection hole 1033 with the connection hole 1030 of the first fraud prevention member 1023. It can be done. Further, the second fraud prevention member 1032 locks the lower end (other end) of the spring 1035 whose upper end (one end) is locked to the spring locking piece 1021 of the U-shaped base 1001 in the spring locking hole 1036. Thus, the spring 1035 is biased upward. Further, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is configured such that the abutting portion 1037 abuts on the closing plate 25 fixed to the inner lower portion of the outer frame 2 when the main body frame 3 is closed.

  Next, the door frame sliding rod 1040 in the lock device 1000 is slidably supported inside the U-shaped base 1001 and is formed of a vertically long metal plate-like member. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided with door frame hook portions 1041 projecting forward at three locations on the upper, middle, and lower sides of one vertical side. The door frame hook 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 protrudes forward from the open side of the U-shaped substrate 1001 in a state where the door frame sliding rod 1040 is housed in the U-shaped substrate 1001. When the lock device 1000 is fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600, the door protrudes forward from a door hook hole 620 (see FIG. 63, FIG. 68, etc.) formed in the main body frame base 600. It can be locked to a hook cover 165 (see FIG. 18) formed on the back surface of the frame 5. The door frame hook portion 1041 has a downward engaging claw shape as shown in the figure, and thereby the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover are lifted by raising the door frame sliding rod 1040. The locked state with 165 can be released.

  Also, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed in the center of the upper, middle, and lower side surfaces, and has a vertically long rivet slot 1042 through which the rivet 1006 is inserted, below the uppermost rivet slot 1042, and for the door frame. A guide protrusion 1043 protruding in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided at the lowermost end of the sliding rod 1040. The rivet slot 1042 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is adapted to receive a rivet 1006 that is inserted into the insertion hole 1005 of the U-shaped base body 1001, and the rivet 1006 slides into the door frame. It is formed in a vertically long shape so as not to disturb the ascending operation of the ridge 1040. In the normal state, the rivet 1006 penetrating the upper end of the rivet slot 1042 is in contact. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted such that the guide projection 1043 is inserted into the protruding piece moving holes 1056 and 1064 formed in the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the body frame sliding rod 1050. Thus, the sliding movement between the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be guided.

  Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is formed with a spring hook portion 1046 for locking one end of the spring 1048 at the upper end portion. The other end of the spring 1048 locked to the spring hook portion 1046 is locked to the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 in the main body frame sliding rod 1050, and the door frame sliding is performed by the spring 1048. The collar 1040 is biased downward, and the main body frame sliding collar 1050 is biased mutually upward. Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 includes a contact elastic piece 1047 formed in a convex shape in the middle in the vertical direction, and is stamped from one side surface of the door frame sliding rod 1040 by press molding. It is formed in a convex shape. The contact elastic piece 1047 is configured to contact the inner surface of the U-shaped base 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be prevented from rattling inside the U-shaped base 1001. It is like that.

  Further, the door frame sliding rod 1040 includes a vertically long play hole 1044 and a rising engagement hole 1045 on the side surface of the lower portion. The play hole 1044 is provided at the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 so as not to obstruct the rotation of the engagement cam 1016 when the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. This constitutes a space in which the part can move. Further, when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted into the rising engagement hole 1045 and rotated, the door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised by the rotation operation of the engagement cam 1016. It is for engaging with. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is provided with a relief notch 1049 that is notched larger in the vertical direction than the fraud prevention notch 1007 at the lower rear of the vertical side. The escape notch 1049 is obstructed by the door frame sliding rod 1040 so that the stopper piece 1027 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 is reliably engaged with the tamper-proof notch 1007 and the engagement notch 1066. The corresponding part is notched so as not to become.

  On the other hand, the body frame sliding rod 1050 includes an upper hook member 1051 made of a metal plate, a lower hook member 1052 made of a metal plate, a connecting wire rod 1053 that connects the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and It has. That is, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is not formed of a single vertically long metal plate as in the prior art, and the upper hook member 1051 having the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the lower hook member 1052 are made of metal. A plate material is formed by pressing, and the metal upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 are connected by a thin metal connecting wire rod 1053. As a result, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 can be efficiently stored in the narrow space of the U-shaped base 1001.

  The upper hook member 1051 of the body frame sliding rod 1050 includes a hook portion 1054 formed rearward at the upper end portion, and a long rivet hole 1055 penetrating in a horizontal direction in a plate surface portion adjacent to the hook portion 1054. , A protruding piece moving hole 1056 that passes through the rivet long hole 1055 in the left-right direction, a spring hook portion 1057 formed at the lower end of the vertical side in front of the protruding piece moving hole 1056, and a lower side of the spring hook portion 1057 And a contact hole 1059 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the upper hook member 1051. The hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 passes through the hook penetration opening 1002 above the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with the closing plate 24 provided on the upper part on the open side of the outer frame 2. A locking claw is formed upward.

  Further, the rivet slot 1055 of the upper hook member 1051 is disposed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the upper part of the door frame sliding rod 1040. In a normal state in which the rivet 1006 has penetrated, the rivet 1006 has penetrated the lowermost end portion of the rivet slot 1055 so that the upper hook member 1051 can move downward. The upper hook member 1051 has a protruding piece moving hole 1056 into which the guide protruding piece 1043 above the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted. The mutual movement with 1050 can be guided.

  Further, the spring hook portion 1057 of the upper hook member 1051 is configured such that the other end of the spring 1048 is locked. Further, the connection hole 1058 of the upper hook member 1051 is inserted with the upper end of the connection wire rod 1053 bent. Further, the abutting portion 1059 of the upper hook member 1051 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base body 1001 when housed in the U-shaped base body 1001, and in the sliding operation of the upper hook member 1051. There is no backlash and it can slide smoothly.

  On the other hand, the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is for the rivet penetrating in the left-right direction near the upper end of the plate surface portion of the lower hook member 1052 and the hook portion 1065 projecting rearward from the lower end portion. A long hole 1061, a downward engagement hole 1062 arranged below the long hole 1061 for rivets, a play hole 1063 extending downward from the lower rear side of the downward engagement hole 1062, and a lower part of the free hole 1063 A projecting piece moving hole 1064 formed in the vicinity of the lower end, a connecting hole 1060 drilled in the front end side of the upper end of the vertical side of the lower hook member 1052, and an engagement formed in the lower part of the vertical side behind the lower hook member 1052. A joint notch portion 1066 and a contact portion 1067 formed on the upper side and the lower side of the lower hook member 1052 are provided.

  The hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 passes through the hook penetration opening 1002 below the U-shaped base body 1001 and engages with the closing plate 25 formed at the lower portion on the open side of the outer frame 2. A locking claw is formed upward. The rivet slot 1061 of the lower hook member 1052 is formed at a position corresponding to the rivet slot 1042 formed in the lower portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040, and the rivet slot 1061 has a rivet. In a normal state in which 1006 is penetrated, the rivet 1006 is in a state of penetrating the lowermost end portion of the rivet long hole 1061. As a result, the lower hook member 1052 can move downward.

  Further, when the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted into the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052 and rotates, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered by the rotation operation. It is for engaging. Further, the play hole 1063 of the lower hook member 1052 has a second engagement protrusion 1018 so as not to obstruct the rotation operation when the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 is inserted and rotated. It is possible to form a space in which the distal end portion of the can move. Further, the guide piece 1043 below the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the protruding piece moving hole 1064 of the lower hook member 1052, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding plate are inserted. The mutual movement with the palpit 1050 can be guided.

  The lower end of the connecting wire rod 1053 is inserted into the connecting hole 1060 of the lower hook member 1052. Further, the abutting portion 1067 of the lower hook member 1052 comes into contact with the inner side wall of the U-shaped base 1001 when stored in the U-shaped base 1001, and is lower than the U-shaped base 1001. When the hook member 1052 slides, it can be smoothly slid without play.

  Next, assembly of the lock device 1000 of this embodiment will be described. To assemble the lock device 1000, the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are connected by a connecting wire rod 1053, and the guide projection of the door frame sliding rod 1040 in that state is connected. The piece 1043 is inserted into the projecting piece moving holes 1056 and 1064 of the upper hook member 1051 and the lower hook member 1052, and the rivet slot 1042 and the rivet slots 1055 and 1061 are aligned and overlapped. In a state of being overlapped, the hook portion 1054 of the upper hook member 1051 and the hook portion 1065 of the lower hook member 1052 are passed through the hook through opening 1002 of the U-shaped base body 1001, and the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the main body frame are used. After inserting the sliding rod 1050 into the U-shaped space of the U-shaped base body 1001, the rivet 1006 is inserted from the insertion hole 1005. .

  When the rivet 1006 is inserted, the rivet 1006 is inserted so as to pass through the rivet long holes 1055, 1061, 1042. When the lowermost rivet 1006 is inserted, it is necessary to insert the rivet 1006 into the swing shaft hole 1025 of the first tamper-proof member 1023 and attach the first tamper-proof member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001 at the same time. Further, before attaching the first tamper-proof member 1023 to the U-shaped base 1001, the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 are coupled by the coupling pin 1034, and the guide pin 1028 is coupled to the pin hole. It is necessary to insert the guide pin 1028 into the opening at the lowermost end of the insertion vertical opening 1020 after it is fixed at 1029 with a screw (not shown).

  Furthermore, with the rivet 1006, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are housed and fixed in the U-shaped base 1001, and the spring 1048 is spanned between the spring hook portions 1046 and 1057, The frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are biased in opposite directions, and the spring 1035 is stretched over the spring locking piece 1021 and the spring locking hole 1036 to prevent the second fraud. It is assumed that the member 1032 is in contact with the restriction protrusion 1031. Thereafter, the cylindrical body portion of the cylinder lock 1010 is inserted into the lock insertion hole 1009 of the lock attachment piece 1008, and the cylinder lock 1010 is fixed to the attachment hole 1014 with a screw 1012. At this time, the distal end portion of the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is slightly inserted outside the inclined portion 1024 and into the insertion vertical opening 1020, and the second engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016. The cylinder lock 1010 is attached to the lock attachment piece 1008 so that the tip of the piece 1018 is slightly inserted into the protruding piece insertion hole 1026 and the insertion vertical opening 1020 of the first fraud prevention member 1023.

  In order to attach the assembled locking device 1000 to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 in this way, the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 is inserted into the door hook hole 620 formed in the main body frame base 600. While being inserted, the locking protrusion 1004 protruding in a bowl shape is inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621 of the main body frame base 600 and moved upward, and in this state, the screw fixing portion 1003 protruding in the horizontal direction is provided. The lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the back surface of the main body frame base 600 by matching the lock mounting portion 625 and screwing a screw (not shown) into the matched hole. In particular, in the case of the present embodiment, the locking protrusion 1004 constituting the locking structure of the front portion is formed to protrude from the side surface 1001a that does not contact the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base 1001, while the rear portion is fixed. Since the screw fixing portion 1003 constituting the structure is formed so as to project in the horizontal direction from the side surface 1001b that contacts the peripheral wall portion 605 of the U-shaped base body 1001, the front locking structure contacts the peripheral wall portion 605. Compared with the case where it is formed on the side surface 1001b, the locking device 1000 can be fixed to the main body frame base 600 so as not to be loose.

  Next, the operation of the locking device 1000 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 96 and 97. As shown in FIG. 96, when the main body frame base 600 (main body frame 3) is closed with respect to the outer frame 2 and the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, as shown in FIG. Further, the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 are locked, and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the door frame 5 The hook cover 165 is locked. In this state, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the first engagement protrusion 1017 of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The front end of the first engagement protrusion 1017 engages with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 to depress the lower hook member 1052 downward against the urging force of the spring 1048, and is connected thereto. The connected connecting rod 1053 and the upper hook member 1051 are also pushed down and lowered. As a result, the locking state between the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 and the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 is released, and the main body frame 3 is removed by pulling the main body frame 3 to the front side. The frame 2 can be opened.

  When the main body frame 3 is closed, the hook portions 1054 and 1065 are lifted by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lifted position as in the state shown in FIG. 96A). , 1065 is inclined downward toward the outer side, so that the upper side inclined portion of the hook portions 1054, 1065 is formed on the closing plates 24, 25 by forcibly pressing the main body frame 3 against the outer frame 2. Since it contacts the lower end, the main body frame sliding rod 1050 descends downward, and the upward claw portions of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 are locked again, thereby sliding the main body frame. The hook 1050 is raised and returned to the locked state.

  On the other hand, when a key (not shown) is inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 and the second engagement protrusion 1018 of the engagement cam 1016 rotates in a direction to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020, as shown in FIG. The front end of the two engaging protrusions 1018 engages with the ascending engagement hole 1045 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 and pushes the door frame sliding rod 1040 upwardly against the urging force of the spring 1048. For this reason, the hook state 165 of the door frame 5 and the door frame hook portion 1041 of the door frame sliding rod 1040 are released from the locked state. The main frame 3 can be opened.

  When the door frame 5 is closed, the door frame hook portion 1041 is lowered by the urging force of the spring 1048 (the same lowered position as in the state shown in FIG. 96A). Since the lower side of the hook part 1041 for the door is inclined upward toward the outside, the lower side inclined part of the hook part 1041 for the door frame is hooked to the hook cover 165 by forcibly pressing the door frame 5 against the main body frame 3. The door frame sliding rod 1040 is raised upward, and the downward claw portion of the door frame hook portion 1041 and the hook cover 165 are re-engaged with each other. The pail 1040 descends and returns to the locked state. The door frame sliding rod 1040 according to the present embodiment is formed to have a length substantially the same as the full length of the U-shaped base 1001, and the U-shaped base 1001 is substantially the vertical side surface of the main body frame 3. The door frame hook portion 1041 that is attached over the entire length and is a locking portion with the door frame 5 is formed at three locations of the upper end portion, the center portion, and the lower end portion of the door frame sliding rod 1040. Therefore, it is possible to securely lock the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 in the entire length in the vertical direction, and forcibly open the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 and insert an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire from the inside. The act cannot be performed.

  Thus, the locking device 1000 of the door frame 3 of this embodiment releases the locking of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 by rotating the key inserted into the cylinder lock 1010 in one direction, and in the other direction. The door frame 5 can be unlocked with respect to the main body frame 3 by rotating. Further, the lock device 1000 of this example performs an illegal act of hooking a piano wire or the like on the hook portions 1054 and 1065 of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 and lowering it without inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010. Can not be. The first structure for preventing such fraud is a lock mechanism composed of a first fraud prevention member 1023 and a second fraud prevention member 1032, and the second fraud prevention structure is a U-shaped base 1001. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are accommodated in the closed space.

  First, the operation of the lock mechanism, which is the first fraud prevention structure, will be described with reference to FIG. First, in a state where the outer frame 2 and the main body frame 3 are closed, as shown in FIG. 97A, the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 contact It has become a state. In this state, the first fraud prevention member 1023 is rotated counterclockwise by the biasing force of the spring 1035 so that the stopper piece 1027 enters the fraud prevention notch 1007 and the stopper piece 1027 is intrusion prevention notch. The main body frame sliding rod 1050 at a position corresponding to 1007 is engaged with an engagement notch 1066 formed on the lower hook member 1052. As a result, even if the piano wire or the like is hooked on the main body frame sliding rod 1050 and pulled down, the stopper piece portion 1027 and the engagement notch portion 1066 are engaged. Unauthorized pulling down (unlocking) becomes impossible, and an illegal act of opening the main body frame 3 cannot be performed.

  On the other hand, when the main body frame 3 is properly unlocked by inserting a key into the cylinder lock 1010, the first engagement protrusion of the engagement cam 1016 is rotated by rotating the key as shown in FIG. The piece 1017 is rotated so as to enter the insertion vertical opening 1020. When the first engagement protrusion 1017 is rotated, the inclined portion 1024 of the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the side surface of the first engagement protrusion 1017 come into contact with each other. The stopper piece 1027 starts to rotate around the angle 1025 in the clockwise direction shown in the figure, and also moves so as to be retracted from the tamper-proof notch 1007. As a result, the engagement between the stopper piece 1027 and the engagement notch 1066 is released. At this time, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in a position where the spring 1035 is extended and the contact portion 1037 is retracted. When the engagement cam 1016 is further rotated in this state and the first engagement protrusion 1017 is also rotated, the tip of the first engagement protrusion 1017 is engaged with the lower engagement hole 1062 of the lower hook member 1052. Since the entire body frame sliding rod 1050 is lowered, the hooked state of the hook portions 1054 and 1065 and the closing plates 24 and 25 of the outer frame 2 is released, and the main body frame 3 is released from the outer frame 2. Can be done.

  Note that when the main body frame 3 is closed with respect to the outer frame 2, the second fraud prevention member 1032 is in contact with the restriction protrusion 1031, so the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member The positional relationship with 1032 is substantially the same as the state shown in FIG. When the main body frame 3 is closed in this state, the closing plate 25 of the outer frame 2 and the contact portion 1037 of the second fraud prevention member 1032 contact from the front, and finally the state shown in FIG. 97 (A) is obtained. Thereby, the first fraud prevention member 1023 and the second fraud prevention member 1032 do not get in the way when the main body frame 3 is closed. In the present embodiment, the first tamper-proof member 1023 and the second tamper-proof member 1032 prevent only the lowering operation of the main body frame sliding rod 1050 from being illegally performed. If the frame sliding rod 1050 is opened improperly, the door frame sliding rod 1040 can be easily opened manually after being released, and the illegal act of raising the sliding rod with a piano wire or the like is practically difficult to perform. For this reason, it has been devised to prevent unauthorized operation of the body frame sliding rod 1050.

  Further, even in the lock mechanism that is the above-described first fraud prevention structure, it is impossible to disable the function of the lock mechanism by swinging the first fraud prevention member 1023 with a piano wire or the like. Absent. Therefore, assuming that the lock function of the lock mechanism is disabled by an unauthorized action, in the present embodiment, in the state where the lock device 1000 is attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600), the internal The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 provided in the housing are housed in the closed space of the U-shaped base body 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, and are completely covered. Therefore, even if an attempt is made to pull down the body frame sliding rod 1050 provided inside the closed space of the U-shaped base 1001 by inserting a piano wire or the like, both side surfaces 1001a, 1001b of the U-shaped base 1001 This prevents the unauthorized tool from entering the closed space, so that the unauthorized action cannot be easily performed.

  As described above, the lock device 1000 of the present embodiment has the sliding frame 1040 for the door frame in the inside of the U-shaped base 1001 whose width is extremely thin as compared with the conventional lock device concentrated on the L-shaped base. The body frame sliding rod 1050 is slidably provided and the cylinder lock 1010 for operating the locking device 1000 is attached to the U-shaped base 1001 at a position below the lower end side of the game board 4. Therefore, even if the size of the game board 4 in the left-right direction and the up-down direction is greatly increased and the space surrounded by the peripheral wall portion 605 of the main body frame 3 is increased, the lock device 1000 is firmly attached to the back side of the main body frame 3. Can be installed.

  Moreover, since the open side of the U-shaped base 1001 is attached so that the open side of the U-shaped cross section faces the back surface of the main body frame 3, The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are completely covered by the U-shaped base body 1001 except for the hook portions 1041, 1054, and 1065, respectively. It is impossible to easily perform an illegal act such as pulling down a body frame sliding rod 1050 provided inside by inserting a piano wire or the like.

  Further, when the locking device 1000 is attached, the locking protrusions 1004 formed at the upper, middle, and lower portions of the open side (front portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are inserted into the door hook hole 620 and the lock locking hole 621. The structure is such that the screw fixing portions 1003 formed at the upper, middle, and lower portions of the closed side (rear portion) of the U-shaped base 1001 are fixed to the lock mounting portion 625 with screws. With this structure, the lock device 1000 can be firmly fixed to the main body frame 3 (main body frame base 600).

  In the locking device 1000 of this example, the screw fixing portion 1003 formed in the lock mounting piece 1008 and the upper portion of the cylinder lock through hole 611 of the main body frame 3 as a structure for fixing the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 with screws. Although the structure in which the formed lock attachment portion 625 is screwed is shown, instead of this, a screw 1012 for attaching the cylinder lock 1010 to the lock attachment piece 1008 is used, and the tip of the screw 1012 is attached to the lock. It is good also as a structure which forms the lock attachment hole penetrated through the piece 1008 and the cylinder lock penetration hole 611 up and down. Even if the lower portion of the U-shaped base 1001 is not screwed, the locking device 1000 can be attached to the main body frame 3 (main body frame only by fixing the screw fixing portion 1003 and the lock mounting portion 625 at the rear of the locking device 1000. It can be fixed sufficiently firmly on the back surface of the base 600).

  In the lock device 1000 of this example, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are completely covered with the U-shaped base 1001 having the left and right side surfaces 1001a and 1001b. For example, the door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod 1050 are slidably mounted on the opposite side surface 1001a not in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 with a rivet or the like, and the side surface 1001b in contact with the peripheral wall portion 605 is omitted. The door frame sliding rod 1040 and the body frame sliding rod are formed in a closed space formed by the side surface 1001a of the L-shaped substrate (tablet substrate) and the first side wall 540. It is good also as a structure which accommodates 1050, and there can exist an effect similar to the locking device 1000 mentioned above.

  As described above, according to the main body frame 3 of the present example, the transparent prize ball base 710 having the peripheral wall portion 710a extending rearward (front-rear direction) on the rear side of the body frame base 600, and the upper side of the prize ball base 710 The prize ball tank 720 for storing game balls supplied from the island facility side of the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, and the game balls discharged from the prize ball tank 720 are aligned to the rear wall portion of the prize ball base 710 A transparent tank rail unit 730 attached to the rear side of 710b, and a game ball released from the tank rail unit 730 to the upper frame 301 of the door frame 5 based on a predetermined payout instruction, the rear wall portion of the winning ball base 710 A prize ball device 740 that is partially attached to the rear side of 710b and a side portion 904 that extends to the rear end of the main body frame base 600, and a rear surface of the tank rail unit 730 and a prize ball device 74 are provided. Since it has a transparent back cover 900 arranged substantially in the same plane as the rear surface, the game board 4 held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame base 600 through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc. The rear side and the rear side surface can be visually confirmed, and the rear side of the game board 4 can be easily inspected (visually inspected) without opening the back cover 900 that covers the rear side of the game board 4. A pachinko machine 1 can be obtained.

  Further, not only the rear side (rear surface) of the game board 4 but also the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized through the transparent prize base 710, the back cover 900, etc. When the game board 4 is removed from the front side to the 601, even if tools such as a screwdriver or pliers, cleaning waste, dust or dirt remain between the game board 4 and the back cover 900, remove them. Therefore, it is possible to easily find out from the above, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of any malfunction due to the residue.

  Further, as described above, since the rear surface and rear side surface of the game board 4 can be viewed from the outside, unauthorized devices and tools for performing illegal acts are attached to the rear side and side surfaces of the game board 4. Even if it is done, it can be easily discovered, and it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts from being performed, and it is also possible to easily find unauthorized devices attached to the game board 4 from the outside, The pachinko machine 1 having a high deterrence against fraudulent behavior can be provided, which can be used to prevent unauthorized installation of devices.

  Also, since the rear side of the game board 4 is covered with the prize ball base 710 and the back cover 900, other members in the island facility where the game machine 4 is installed come into contact with the game board 4 or the game board 4 It is possible to prevent foreign matters such as dust and dust from adhering to the rear side, and it is possible to keep the game board 4 in a good state and suppress the occurrence of problems.

  In addition, the rear surface of the prize ball tank 720 is located at a position that is approximately twice as deep as the depth D of the main body frame base 600 (see FIG. 65) from the front end of the main body frame base 600. Since the depth D of the frame base 600 is about half the depth of the main body frame 3, the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be more easily seen through the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, etc. An effect can be reliably produced. Further, since the depth D of the main body frame base 600 is about half of the depth of the main body frame 3, the height when the main body frame base 600 is turned down can be made as low as possible to obtain a flat shape. Further, it is possible to facilitate the attaching operation of attaching the prize ball base 710, the back cover 900, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740, etc. to the rear side of the main body frame base 600.

  Further, the rear surface (main body portion 902) of the transparent back cover 900 is substantially flush with the rear surfaces of the prize ball tank 720, the tank rail unit 730, the prize ball device 740 and the like attached to the prize ball base 710. As a result, the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 can be made into a substantially flat surface, and it can be caught or brought into contact with other members in the island facility to be installed by eliminating protrusions on the rear side. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems. In addition, since the rear surface of the pachinko machine 1 is substantially flat, when the pachinko machine 1 is transported, it is possible to use a buffer material with a simple shape and to increase the accumulation efficiency (storage efficiency). The cost related to the machine 1 can be reduced.

  In addition, the back cover 900 is provided with a plurality of slits 916 and through-holes 918, and the rear side and the rear side surface of the game board 4 can be directly visually recognized through the slits 916 and the like. The rear side of 4 can be further easily seen, and the above-described operational effects can be reliably achieved. Further, even if the back side of the game board 4 held by the main body frame base 600 is covered with the back cover 900, heat from the game board 4 can be released to the outside through the slits 916 and the like of the back cover 900. The heat from the game board 4 can be prevented from accumulating, and the control of the game is unstable due to the heat, and the occurrence of problems due to deformation of members such as synthetic resin is suppressed. be able to. Furthermore, since the slit 916 and the through hole 918 of the back cover 900 are sized so that the game ball cannot pass through, for example, even if the game ball spills behind the pachinko machine 1 in the island facility, It is possible to prevent the game ball from entering the pachinko machine 1, and it is possible to prevent a malfunction from occurring due to the game ball entering.

[1-4. Basic configuration of game board]
Next, the basic configuration of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 98 is a front view showing the game board attached to the main body frame with the door frame of the pachinko machine removed. FIG. 99 is a front view of the game board, FIG. 100 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as seen from the front, and FIG. 101 is an exploded perspective view of the game board as seen from the rear. FIG. Further, FIG. 102 (A) is an enlarged front view showing the function display unit in the game board in a state attached to the pachinko machine, and FIG. 102 (B) is a front view showing another form of the function display unit.

  FIG. 103 is an exploded perspective view of the game board using the game panel of the embodiment different from the example of FIG. 100 and the like, as viewed from the front, and FIG. 104 is the game as viewed from the rear of FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of a board. FIG. 105 is a cross-sectional view of the gaming panel in the gaming board of FIG. 103 cut in the vertical direction. Further, FIG. 106 is an exploded perspective view of the game board using the front structural member of the embodiment different from the example of FIG. 103 and the like, as viewed from the front, and FIG. 107 is a game board as viewed from the rear of FIG. FIG.

  As shown in the figure, the game board 4 according to the present embodiment has a front configuration in which an outer periphery of the game area 1100 into which a game ball is driven by a player operating the handle device 500 is substantially rectangular in shape. A member 1110, a plate-like game panel 1150 that is arranged on the rear side of the front component member 1110 and defines the rear end of the game area 1100, a board holder 1160 that is arranged on the lower rear side of the game panel 1150, and a board holder 1160 A main control board box 1170 that houses a main control board 4100 that controls the game content that is attached to the rear surface of the game ball 1100 and controls the game content that is performed by driving the game ball into the game area 1100, and a predetermined signal based on a control signal from the main control board 4100 A function display unit 1180 capable of displaying the game status and attached to a predetermined position of the front component member 1110 so as to be visible to the player. To have. The game board 4 includes a front unit 2000 that is attached to the front surface of the game panel 1150 and a back unit 3000 that is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1150. It is further provided (see FIGS. 110 to 115, etc.)

  The game board 4 of the present embodiment has a basic configuration formed by a front component member 1110, a game panel 1150, a board holder 1160, a main control board box 1170, and a function display unit 1180, and is attached to the game panel 1150. A detailed configuration characterizing the pachinko machine 1 (game board 4) is formed by the front unit 2000, the back unit 3000, and the main control board 4100 housed in the main control board box 1170. Here, a basic configuration of the game board 4 will be described, and a detailed configuration will be described later.

[1-4A. Previous component]
Next, the front component member 1110 in the game board 4 will be described. The front component member 1110 in the game board 4 of this example has a substantially rectangular shape whose outer shape can be inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3, and the inner shape penetrates in a front-rear direction in a substantially circular shape. The outer periphery of the game area 1100 is defined by the inner periphery of the inner shape. The front component member 1110 has an outer rail 1111 that extends in an arc shape from the lower left end toward the left side from the center in the left-right direction in a front view and extends to the upper right side through the center upper end in the left-right direction in the front view. An inner rail 1112 that is arranged substantially inside the outer rail 1111 along the outer rail 1111 and extends in an arc shape from the center lower part in the left-right direction in front view to the upper left part in the front view so as to smoothly continue from the lower end of the inner rail 1112 An inner peripheral rail 1113 extending in an arc shape to a position below the end (upper end) of the outer rail 1111 along the counterclockwise circumferential direction when viewed from the front, and the end (upper end) of the inner peripheral rail 1113 and the outer rail 1111 , The inner rail 1112 and the inner peripheral rail 1113, which can be contacted with the game ball rolling along the outer rail 1111. Is located at the lowermost end of the game area 1100 at the boundary of the outer area, and is supported by the upper end of the inner rail 1112 so as to be rotatable, and closes between the outer rail 1111. In this way, it is possible to rotate only between the closed position extending upward from the upper end of the inner rail 1112 and the open position where the outer rail 1111 is opened by rotating in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front. And a backflow prevention member 1116 biased by a spring (not shown) so as to return to the closed position side.

  When the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3, the front component member 1110 has a lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 as shown in FIG. It is positioned on the extension of the firing rail 660 in the device 650. Between the lower end of the outer rail 1111 and the upper end of the firing rail 660, a space extending in the left-right direction and downward is formed, and a game ball launched along the firing rail 660 of the hitting ball launcher 650 is Then, it jumps over the space and is driven between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 from the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. The game ball driven between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 rolls upward along the outer rail 1111 according to the momentum, and the backflow prevention member 1116 pivotally supported on the upper end of the inner rail 1112 is used. The player can enter the game area 1100 by rotating it toward the open position against the biasing force.

  In addition, when the game ball is strongly hit by the hit ball launching device 650, the game ball that rolls along the outer rail 1111 in the game area 1100 comes into contact with the stop portion 1114 provided at the end of the outer rail 1111. The rolling direction of the game ball can be forcibly changed by the game ball coming into contact with the stop 1114, and the game ball rolls continuously from the outer rail 1111 to the inner rail 1113. It can be prevented from moving. Note that even if a game ball that has entered (or has been driven into) the game area 1100 attempts to return between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112, the backflow prevention member 1116 returns to the closed position by the biasing force before that. Thus, the backflow prevention member 1116 prevents the backflow of the game ball.

  In addition, if a game ball that has been driven into the game area 1100 is not received in a winning slot (a general winning slot, a starting slot, a big winning slot, an accessory winning slot, etc.) of the table unit 2000 described later, It flows down to the lower end of the region 1100 and is guided to the out port 1151 of the game panel 1150 by the out port guiding surface 1115 at the boundary between the inner rail 1112 and the inner peripheral rail 1113, and the rear lower side of the game board 4 from the out port 1151. To be discharged.

  On the other hand, when the game ball launched from the hitting ball launcher 650 cannot enter the game area 1100 beyond the backflow prevention member 1116 at the tip of the inner rail 1112, the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112 A foul space 626 formed between the upper end of the firing rail 660 and the lower end of the outer rail 1111 is opened from the lower end opening between the outer rail 1111 and the inner rail 1112. It falls and is received by the foul ball inlet 542e of the foul cover unit 540 in the door frame 5 located at the lower part of the foul space 626 and discharged to the lower plate 302 in the plate unit 300.

  Note that the outer rail 1111 in the front component member 1110 has a metal plate attached to the surface thereof, so that the wear resistance due to rolling of the game ball is enhanced, and the game ball rolls smoothly. ing. In addition, the stopper 1114 has an elastic body such as rubber or synthetic resin on the surface, so that even if the game ball rolls vigorously along the outer rail 1111 and collides, the impact is alleviated. The game ball can be repelled inward.

  Further, the front component member 1110 includes a wall-shaped crime prevention projection 1117 protruding forward from the lower outer side of the outer rail 1111, and a substantially center in the vertical direction along the inner peripheral rail 1113 from the lower side of the out port guide surface 1115. And a groove-shaped rail crime prevention groove 1118 that is recessed from the front end by a predetermined amount. When the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the security protrusion 1117 in the front structural member 1110 overlaps with the rear end protrusion piece 183 of the security cover 180 in the door frame 5 in the vertical direction. Thus, even if an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire enters from between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 on the pivot support side (left side in front view), the unauthorized tool can reach the game area 1100. Can not be.

  Further, when the front structural member 1110 of the present example is in a state in which the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the post-crime protruding piece 182 of the security cover 180 in the door frame 5 is inserted into the rail security groove 1118. The post-crime protruding piece 182 is inserted between the inner rail 1112 and the outer rail 1111 so as to be substantially in contact with the outer surface of the inner rail 1112 (opposite to the game area 1100). Even in the inner rail 1112 and the rail crime prevention groove 1118 and the post-crime projection piece 182, an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire that has entered from between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 reaches the game area 1100. Can be prevented.

  Further, the front component member 1110 is spaced apart in the vertical direction at the left end in the front view and is recessed from the front to the rear and opened to the left end, and is spaced in the vertical direction at the right end in the front view. A pair of game board stoppers 1120, a fixed recess 1121 which is disposed on the left side of the front view of the lower end of the outer rail 1111 and opened downward, and has an arc shape on the upper side and is recessed from the front side. In the vicinity of the left end portion of the lower end, there is provided a spherical passage cutout portion 1122 that is cut out in a rectangular shape extending long in the left-right direction upward from the lower end. The positioning concave portion 1119 of the front component member 1110 is fitted to a positioning member 956 attached to the inside of the side security plate 950 in the main body frame 3, so that the left end of the gaming board 4 inserted into the gaming board holding port 601 is viewed from the front side. However, it is possible to restrict movement in the front-rear direction. Further, the game board stopper 1120 can be detachably locked to the game board locking portion 608 of the main body frame base 600 in the main body frame 3, and the game board stopper 1120 is attached to the game board. By being locked by the locking portion 608, the right end of the game board 4 inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3 can be restricted from moving in the front-rear direction. .

  Further, the fixing recess 1121 of the front component member 1110 is a front view of the game board fixture 690 pivotally supported on the front surface of the main body frame 3 in a state where the game board 4 is inserted into the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. When rotated clockwise, the fixed piece 690a of the game board fixture 690 is inserted, and the lower end of the game board 4 is restricted from moving forward by the game board fixture 690. It is like that. Further, the ball passage cutout portion 1122 of the front component member 1110 is formed with a similar ball passage cutout portion 1152 at the same position of the game panel 1150, and the game board 4 is connected to the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. In the inserted state, the front end of the full tank branch unit 770 is inserted into the notches 1122 and 1152 for the ball passage.

  Further, the front component member 1110 has a horizontally long through-hole 1123 penetrating in the front-rear direction in the vicinity of the right end of the front end at the lower end, and a thickness in the front-rear direction from the center in the left-right direction on the lower side of the through-hole 1123 to the left side of the front view. A fastening portion 1124 formed thinly and a certificate sticking portion 1125 disposed on the left side of the through hole 1123 as viewed from the front is attached. Although the detailed illustration of the fastening portion 1124 in the front component member 1110 is omitted, when the game board 4 is attached to the conventional main body frame, a predetermined fastening band is formed with respect to the fastening holes formed in the conventional main body frame. The game board 4 can be made difficult to remove and the game board 4 can be prevented from being illegally removed.

  Further, in the front component member 1110, a display unit 1181 of a function display unit 1180 described later is disposed on the outer right side of the rail security groove 1118 along the inner peripheral rail 1113 and in the lower right of the front view. The front component member 1110 includes a plurality of mounting bosses 1126 protruding rearward from the left and right ends of the lower portion of the rear surface, and a plurality of positioning protrusions 1127 projecting rearward from the rear surface of the inner rail 1112. The mounting boss 1126 penetrates the game panel 1150 and engages with the fixed boss 1162 of the substrate holder 1160, and a predetermined screw is screwed from the rear side of the substrate holder 1160 to the mounting boss 1126 through the fixed boss 1162. By wearing it, the game panel 1150 can be held between the front component member 1110 and the substrate holder 1160. Further, the positioning protrusion 1127 can be fitted into an inner rail fixing hole 1155 formed in the game panel 1150 to fix the inner rail 1112 at a predetermined position of the game panel 1150.

[1-4B. Game panel]
Next, the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 will be described. The gaming panel 1150 of this example is formed of a wood board material such as veneer plywood having a predetermined thickness (for example, 18 mm to 21 mm), and the outer shape is substantially the same as the outer shape of the front component member 1110. This gaming panel 1150 is horizontally long in the front-rear direction on the left side in front view of the lower end in front view and the out-port 1151 penetrating in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the out-out guide surface 1115 in the front component member 1110 at the lower part of the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. , And is opened downward and has a spherical passage cutout portion 1152 having the same shape as the ball passage cutout portion 1122 of the front component member 1110, and a rearward projecting portion of the function display unit 1180 that penetrates the lower right corner when viewed from the front. An insertion hole 1153 into which 1182 is inserted.

  Further, in the gaming panel 1150, a plurality of boss insertion holes 1154 penetrating in the front-rear direction at positions corresponding to the mounting bosses 1126 of the front component member 1110 and the positioning protrusions 1127 of the front component member 1110 are inserted and fixed near the lower left and right ends. A plurality of inner rail fixing holes 1155 and a groove-shaped out-ball discharge groove 1156 which is recessed by a predetermined amount from the rear surface to the front side on the rear surface side of the out port 1151 and whose lower end side is opened downward (see FIG. 101). And a notch 1157 formed at a position corresponding to the game board stopper 1120 of the front component member 1110 and notched so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction from the right end in front view. In addition, the game panel 1150 includes a plurality of mounting holes for mounting and fixing to the rear surface of the front component member 1110 at appropriate positions.

  The gaming panel 1150 in the gaming board 4 of the present example can partition the rear end of the gaming area 1100 whose outer periphery is partitioned by the front component member 1110, and within a range corresponding to the gaming area 1100 on the front surface, A plurality of obstacle nails (not shown) are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement, and a front unit 2000 is attached. A back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the game panel 1150. Further, the gaming panel 1150 is formed so that the out port 1151 is positioned at the lowermost end of the gaming area 1100, and is formed at the lowermost end of the gaming area 1100 in the front component member 1110 when assembled to the gaming board 4. The game ball guided rearward by the out port guide surface 1115 thus made enters the out port 1151 and is discharged to the rear side of the game board 4.

[1-4C. Substrate holder]
Next, the substrate holder 1160 in the game board 4 will be described. The substrate holder 1160 is formed in a horizontally long box shape that is open at the top and front. The substrate holder 1160 has an out sphere discharge portion 1161 formed so as to penetrate in the vertical direction at the front end of the bottom wall portion at a substantially center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and the upper surface of the bottom wall portion is an out sphere. A game ball that is formed so as to become lower toward the discharge unit 1161, is discharged from the out port 1151 of the game panel 1150, the front unit or the back unit, and is supplied (discharged) to the bottom upper surface of the substrate holder 1160. The ball is discharged from the out ball discharge unit 1161 downward. When the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3, the out ball discharge section 1161 is positioned directly above the discharge ball receiving section 841 of the board unit 800 in the main body frame 3. All the game balls discharged from the board pass through the discharge passage 842 of the board unit 800 and are discharged to the lower rear side of the pachinko machine 1.

  The substrate holder 1160 includes a plurality of fixed bosses 1162 that protrude forward from the front ends of the upper and lower ends of the side wall portion. The plurality of fixed bosses 1162 are inserted into the boss insertion holes 1154 from the rear side of the game panel 11520 and then fitted to the rear ends of the mounting bosses 1126 of the front component member 1110. In a state of being fitted to the boss 1126, a predetermined screw is screwed to the mounting boss 1126 through the fixed boss 1162 from the rear side of the substrate holder 1160, so that the substrate holder 1160 is attached to the front component member 1110. The game panel 1150 can be sandwiched between the front component member 1110 and the substrate holder 1160.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 101, the substrate holder 1160 includes a fixing portion 1163 in which a fixing piece 1174 of the main control board box 1170 can be fitted from the lateral side to the left end portion of the rear surface of the rear surface in the rear surface, and a fixing portion. And a locking portion 1164 that is disposed so as to face 1163 and that can lock the elastic fixing piece 1175 of the main control board box 1170 from the rear. The main control board box 1170 can be detachably supported on the rear surface of the board holder 1160 by the fixing part 1163 and the locking part 1164 of the board holder 1160.

[1-4D. Main control board box]
Next, the main control board box 1170 in the game board 4 will be described. The main control board box 1170 includes a thin horizontal box-shaped board base 1171 with the rear side opened, and a thin horizontal box shape with the front side opened to cover the rear surface of the board base 1171 and is fitted into the board base 1171 from the rear side. A board cover 1172 to be combined, and a main control board 4100 having electronic components and terminals mounted on the rear surface side at the front end of the board cover 1171 are provided. Further, the main control board box 1170 extends outward from the left side end of the board base 1171 when viewed from the back and is fitted to the fixing part 1163 of the board holder 1160 and from the right side of the board cover 1172 when viewed from the right side. And an elastic fixing piece that protrudes rearward and is elastically locked to the locking portion 1164 of the substrate holder 1160.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 101 and the like, the main control board box 1170 is disposed at the right end of the back view two times up and down across the elastic fixing piece 1175 and seals the opening and closing of the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172. A possible sealing portion 1176, a hermetic seal (not shown) pasted between the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172 at the lower ends of the substrate base 1171 and the substrate cover 1172, and a transparent seal that covers the surface of the hermetic seal A protective cover 1177 and a substrate management seal 1178 attached to the rear surface of the substrate cover 1172 are provided. The sealing part 1176 of the main control board box 1170 has the same configuration as the separation cutting part 863 of the payout control board box 860 in the board unit 800, and caulking is fixed in any one of the four sealing parts 1176. Has been. In this main control board box 1170, in order to separate the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172, it is necessary to cut the caulking-fixed sealing portion 1176 so that the main control board box 1170 remains open and closed. It has become. Thus, it can be clearly determined from the outside whether or not the main control board box 1170 has been opened illegally.

  In this example, four sealing portions 1176 of the main control board box 1170 are provided, so that the main control board box 1170 can be opened and closed up to three times. Further, the main control board box 1170 of this example has a hermetic seal applied across the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172, and when the board base 1171 and the board cover 1172 are separated, the hermetic seal is cut. It is necessary to peel off or peel off, and even in this hermetic seal, traces of opening and closing remain. Therefore, the main control board box 1170 is illegally opened and closed, and the internal main control board 4100 is illegally modified or replaced with an illegal main control board (or a ROM storing a game content program or the like). However, it can be visually confirmed from the outside, and it is possible to prevent such illegal acts from being performed.

  The main control board box 1170 has an opening penetrating in the front-rear direction of the board cover 1172 at an appropriate position, and the RAM clear switch 4100c and the test terminal 4100f attached to the main control board 4100 through the opening, Various connection terminals for connecting to the peripheral control board 4010, the payout control board 4110, and the like face the rear side. The main control board 4100 can be checked from the outside without opening the main control board box 1170 by connecting a predetermined measuring device to the test terminal 4100f facing the rear surface of the main control board box 1170. Even if the above-described sealing portion 1176 and the sealing seal are cleverly crafted, the presence or absence of unauthorized modification to the main control board 4100 can be confirmed other than visually, and the pachinko machine 1 having high crime prevention performance is obtained. Be able to.

[1-4E. Function display unit]
Next, the function display unit 1180 in the game board 4 will be described. The function display unit 1180 is mounted and arranged at a predetermined position of the front component member 1110. The display unit 1181 is disposed on the front surface of the front component member 1110 so as to be visible from the player side. A rear projecting portion 1182 projecting rearward from the rear surface.

  In the display portion 1181 of the function display unit 1180 of this example, as shown in an enlarged view in FIG. 102 (A), the game state that changes depending on the game ball that has been driven into the game area 1100 is displayed at the left end of the front view. A game status indicator 1183 consisting of one LED for the purpose of playing, and two pending LEDs arranged in the vertical direction on the right side of the game status indicator 1183 to display the number of suspensions related to the acceptance of the game ball to the first start port 2201 The first special symbol memory display 1184 for the first special symbol memory and the first special symbol stored on the right side of the first special symbol memory display 1184, and the first special lottery result drawn by receiving the game ball to the first start port 2201 As a first special symbol display 1185 comprising one 7-segment LED, and a second starting port 258 disposed diagonally to the right of the first special symbol display 1185. a second special symbol display 1186 comprising one 7-segment LED for displaying the second special lottery result drawn by accepting game balls to b as a second special symbol, and a second special symbol display 1186 And a second special symbol memory display 1187 for displaying the number of reserves relating to the reception of game balls to the second start port 2587b, which is composed of two LEDs arranged in the vertical direction on the right side.

  Further, the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 has a normal symbol memory display 1188 composed of four LEDs for displaying the number of reserves relating to the passage of the gate unit 2585a by the game ball, and a lower part of the normal symbol memory display 1188. The normal symbol display 1189 composed of one LED for displaying the normal lottery result which is arranged on the side as the game ball passes through the gate portion 2585a as a normal symbol, and the diagonal symbol upper right of the normal symbol storage display 1188 When the first special lottery result or the second special lottery result is “big hit” or the like, the number of times the open / close pattern of the first big prize opening 2102 and the second big prize opening 2509 is repeated (number of rounds) is displayed. And a round indicator 1190 composed of two LEDs.

  The game status indicator 1183 in the function display unit 1180 of this example is a color LED that can change the emission color of red, green, and orange. Various game states (for example, a probability variation state, a time shortening state, a probability variation short state, a big hit gaming state, a small hit gaming state, etc.) can be displayed by the combination.

  The first special symbol memory display 1184 in the function display unit 1180 receives a game ball at the first start port 2201 when the first special symbol display 1185 cannot display the first special symbol in a variable manner. In this case, the number of the first special symbols on which the start of the variable display is suspended (stored) is displayed. This first special symbol memory indicator 1184 has two first special symbol memory lamps 1184a and 1184b made of predetermined LEDs, and is put on hold according to the lighting / flashing pattern of the first special symbol memory lamps 1184a and 1184b. Numbers can be displayed. More specifically, for example, the first special symbol memory lamp 1184a is turned on when the number of holds is 1, and the first special symbol memory lamp 1184b is turned off. When the number of holdings is three, the first special symbol memory lamp 1184a flashes and the first special symbol memory lamp 1184b is lit. When the number of holdings is four, the first special symbol memory lamps 1184a and 1184b are both It is blinking. In this example, up to four are reserved.

  In addition, the second special symbol memory display 1187 in the function display unit 1180 receives a game ball at the second start port 2587b when the second special symbol display 1186 cannot display the second special symbol in a variable manner. In this case, the number of the second special symbol that is suspended (stored) is displayed (stored). The second special symbol memory indicator 1187 has two second special symbol memory lamps 1187 and 1187b each having a predetermined LED. Numbers can be displayed. More specifically, for example, the second special symbol memory lamp 1187a is turned on when the number of holdings is 1, and the second special symbol memory lamp 1187b is turned off. When the number of holds is three, the second special symbol memory lamp 1187a blinks and the second special symbol memory lamp 1187b is lit. When the number of holds is four, the second special symbol memory lamps 1187a and 1187b are both It is blinking. In this example, up to four are reserved.

  Further, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 in the function display unit 1180 are drawn by the first special lottery that is drawn by receiving the game balls into the first start port 2201 and the second start port 2587b. The result and the second special lottery result are displayed, and the 7-segment LED stops after fluctuating for a predetermined time according to the special lottery result. The player can recognize the special lottery result and the second special lottery result.

  Further, the normal symbol display 1189 in the function display unit 1180 is a color LED that can change the emission color of red, green, and orange, and a combination of the emitted emission color and lighting / flashing. Thus, it is possible to display a normal lottery result that is drawn by passing a game ball through the gate portion 2585a. In addition, the display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display device 1189 is also stopped and displayed with the light emission pattern corresponding to the normal lottery result after the fluctuation display is performed for a predetermined time similarly to the special symbol.

  Further, the normal symbol memory display 1188 in the function display unit 1180 holds the start of the variable display when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2585a when the normal symbol cannot be displayed in the normal symbol display 1189. The number of stored ordinary symbols (stored) is displayed. The normal symbol storage indicator 1188 includes four normal symbol storage lamps 1188a to 1188d arranged side by side from below, each of which is a predetermined LED, and the normal symbol storage lamp 1188a from the bottom according to the number of holds. By sequentially lighting up to 1188d, it is possible to display the number of reserved normal symbols. In this example, up to four normal symbol fluctuation displays are held (stored).

  Furthermore, the round indicator 1190 in the function display unit 1180 includes a two-round display lamp 1190a and a 15-round display lamp 1190b made up of predetermined LEDs. Numbers can be displayed.

  As shown in FIG. 102A, the function display unit 1180 of this example can be viewed from the player side through the game window 101 of the door frame 5 with the game board 4 attached to the pachinko machine 1. It has become. In addition, the game status indicator 1183, the first special symbol memory indicator 1184, the first special symbol indicator 1185, the second special symbol indicator 1186, the second special symbol memory indicator 1187, the normal symbol memory of the function display unit 1180. The display 1188, the normal symbol display 1189, and the round display 1190 are attached to the front surface of the function display board 1191 (see FIG. 194). Further, a connection terminal for connecting the function display board 1191 and the main control board 4100 is attached to the rear end of the rear protrusion 1182 of the function display unit 1180.

  In this example, since the function display unit 1180 is provided in the front component member 1110 of the game board 4, the function display unit 1180 has functions as compared with the case in which the function display unit 1180 is provided in the front unit 2000 or the back unit 300 attached to the game panel 1150. The display unit 1180 can be used as the basic configuration of the game board 4, the configuration related to the pachinko machine 1 can be simplified to prevent an increase in cost, and the model of the pachinko machine 1 (table unit 2000 or Even if the detailed configuration of the game board 4 that is embodied by the back unit 3000 and can characterize the model of the pachinko machine 1 is different, the position of the display unit 1181 of the function display unit 1180 does not change. The store clerk in the hall can recognize the position of the display unit 1181 without being confused. To have.

  Further, the function display unit 1180 of the pachinko machine 1 may be configured as shown in FIG. In this example, the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 configured by 7 segment LEDs are each configured by eight LED groups. The first special symbol memory display 1184 and the second special symbol memory display 1187 are each constituted by four LED groups, and the normal symbol memory indicator 1188 is constituted by two LEDs.

  The function display unit 1180 can achieve the same effects as described above, and the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 are configured by eight LED groups. As compared with the case where the segment LED is used, it is possible to make it difficult to remember the special symbol displayed to the player. Therefore, since the content displayed on the function display unit 1180 is difficult to understand, it is possible to suppress the display of the function display unit 1180 from becoming concerned about the display during the game, and it is possible to suppress difficulty in concentrating on the game. The game can be more enjoyed by devoting itself to movable effects and effects images.

[1-4F. Second embodiment of game panel]
Next, a gaming panel 1200 having a form different from the gaming panel 1150 in the gaming board 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. Note that the front component member 1110, the substrate holder 1160, and the main control substrate box 1170 in FIGS. 103 to 105 have the same configuration as described above, and a detailed description thereof is omitted here. The gaming panel 1200 of the present embodiment is thinner than the gaming panel 1150 described above, and has a plate shape that can partition the rear end of the gaming area 1100 that is partitioned by the front component member 1110 from the outer shape of the front component member 1110. The panel plate 1210 having a small outer shape, and a frame-like panel holder 1220 that detachably holds the panel plate 1210 from the front side and is attached to the rear surface of the front component member 1110.

  The panel plate 1210 in the gaming panel 1200 has a polygonal shape whose outer shape is slightly larger than that of the gaming area 1100. Synthetic resin plates such as acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, polyarylate resin, methacrylic resin, glass, metal, etc. It is formed with the inorganic board. The thickness of the panel plate 1210 is thinner than the panel holder 1220 (game panel 1150), and is the minimum necessary thickness that can be sufficiently retained even if the obstruction nail is installed on the front surface or the front unit 2000 is attached. (8 to 10 mm). In this example, panel plate 1210 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin plate.

  The panel plate 1210 has a plurality of fitting holes 1211 formed of round holes arranged in the vicinity of the outer periphery and penetrating in the front-rear direction, a long hole 1212 disposed in the vicinity of the outer periphery of the lower left portion and extending in the front-rear direction and extending in the vertical direction, It has. The fitting hole 1211 and the long hole 1212 are arranged outside the game area 1100 and are positioned with the panel holder 1220. Further, the panel plate 1210 is provided with stepped engagement step portions 1213 whose front sides are recessed at both ends of the upper side and both ends of the lower side, respectively. The engagement step portion 1213 is cut out to approximately half the thickness of the panel plate 1210, and is disposed outside the game area 1100 in the same manner as the fitting hole 1211 and the long hole 1212. This is for engaging and fixing the panel plate 1210 to the panel holder 1220.

  The panel plate 1210 is provided with a plurality of inner rail fixing holes 1214 at predetermined positions. The inner rail 1112 can be fixed at a predetermined position by fitting and fixing a positioning projection 1127 protruding from the rear side of the inner rail 1112 to the inner rail fixing hole 1214. Furthermore, the panel plate 1210 has a plurality of openings 1215 penetrating in the front-rear direction for mounting the front unit 2000 such as the attacker unit 2100 and the center accessory 2200, as will be described in detail later. Thus, the attacker unit 2100 and the like are inserted and fixed from the front side (see FIGS. 114 and 115).

  On the other hand, the panel holder 1220 in the gaming panel 1200 has a size that includes the panel board 1210 and has a substantially rectangular outer shape, and is substantially the same thickness as the gaming panel 1150 made of the above-described wood board (in this example, about 20 mm) of a synthetic resin (for example, a thermoplastic synthetic resin). The panel holder 1220 includes a holding step portion 1221 that holds the panel plate 1210 in a detachable manner and is recessed from the front side toward the rear side, and is substantially the same size as the game area 1100 inside the holding step portion 1221. It mainly includes a through-hole 1222 that penetrates in the direction.

  The holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220 has a depth from the front surface that is substantially the same as the thickness of the panel plate 1210, and the front surface of the panel plate 1210 held in the holding step portion 1221 is the front surface of the panel holder 1220. It is designed to be almost the same surface. In addition, the holding step portion 1221 has a front inner peripheral surface of a size such that a predetermined amount of clearance is formed with respect to the outer peripheral surface of the panel plate 1210. With this clearance, even if the panel plate 1210 expands and contracts relatively due to temperature changes and changes over time, the expansion and contraction can be absorbed. An elastic member such as rubber may be packed in the clearance.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is disposed at a position corresponding to the fitting hole 1211 and the long hole 1212 formed in the panel plate 1210 held by the holding step portion 1221, and moves forward from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221. A plurality of protruding pins 1223 that extend and can be fitted and inserted into the fitting holes 1211 and the long holes 1212 of the panel plate 1210 are provided. By fitting and inserting these protruding pins 1223 into the fitting holes 1211 and the long holes 1212 of the panel plate 1210, the panel holder 1220 and the panel plate 1210 can be positioned relative to each other.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 includes an engaging claw 1224 and an engaging piece 1225 that engage with the engaging step portion 1213 at a position corresponding to the engaging step portion 1213 of the panel plate 1210. More specifically, the engagement claw 1224 is disposed on the upper holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220, corresponds to the upper engagement step portion 1213 on the panel plate 1210, and moves forward from the front surface of the holding step portion 1221. It protrudes toward the end and is elastically engaged with the engaging step 1213. The engaging claw 1224 is sized so that the tip does not protrude from the front surface of the panel holder 1220. On the other hand, the engagement piece 1225 is disposed on the lower holding step 1221 of the panel holder 1220, corresponds to the lower engagement step 1213 of the panel plate 1210, and is positioned between the front surface of the holding step 1221. It is configured such that a predetermined amount is extended toward the upper side (center side) along the front surface of the panel holder 1220 in a state where a predetermined gap of a size that allows the engagement step portion 1213 of the plate 1210 to be inserted is formed. The panel plate 1210 is detachably held with respect to the panel holder 1220 by engaging the engagement step portion 1213 of the panel plate 1210 with the engagement claws 1224 and the engagement pieces 1225.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a boss insertion hole 1226 that penetrates in the front-rear direction through which the attachment boss 1126 provided in the front component member 1110 can be inserted, and the attachment boss of the front component member 1110 is inserted into the boss insertion hole 1226. By inserting 1126, the panel holder 1220 and the front component member 1110 are positioned relative to each other.

  As shown in FIG. 104, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a mounting support portion 1227 on the rear surface side, which is recessed by a predetermined amount on the front side so as to leave the lower center and the outer peripheral edge slightly below the center in the vertical direction. ing. The mounting support portion 1227 causes the rear surface of the panel holder 1220 to be recessed above the predetermined range from the lower end to a predetermined height, with the rear outer peripheral portion protruding rearward, and the amount of the depression ( The depth (in this example, about 2.5 mm) that can accommodate the flange-shaped fixing portion 3010c (see FIG. 114, etc.) of the back box 3010 in the back unit 3000 attached and fixed to the mounting support portion 1227. It is desirable to be between 1 and 3 mm). By attaching and fixing a predetermined member to the mounting support portion 1227, it is possible to prevent the fixing portion 3010c from projecting to the rear side of the panel holder 1220, and the panel holder 1220, that is, the game board 4 is attached to the main body frame 3 The pachinko machine 1 can be securely installed and mounted in the game board holding port 601.

  Further, as shown in the drawing, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes 1228 arranged in a rear surface side mounting support portion 1227 and capable of screwing predetermined screws in a predetermined arrangement. In addition, the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of positioning holes 1229 arranged so as to correspond to the mounting holes 1228. The positioning hole 1229 is a positioning protrusion (for example, a positioning protrusion (illustrated) protruding forward from a fixing portion 3010c formed in a flange shape on the front surface of the back box 3010 in the back box 3010). Is omitted))). In this example, the positioning hole 1229 is a blind hole having a substantially rectangular shape (square hole shape) when viewed from the back.

  It should be noted that, with respect to the mounting hole 1228, the inner diameter of the hole is mixed with a large diameter and a small diameter so that the mounting hole has an appropriate diameter according to the size or weight of a predetermined member to be mounted and fixed. 1228 may be used.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 is formed with a plurality of thinned portions 1230 that open to the rear side at least in a predetermined range from the lower end to a predetermined height, so that the weight of the panel holder 1220 is reduced by the thinned portions 1230. It has become. As shown in FIG. 103, these thinning portions 1230 are not formed within a predetermined range from the lower end on the front side of the panel holder 1220 to a predetermined height, and within that range, the panel holder 1220 Since the front surface is a substantially flat surface, the rear surface of the front component member 1110 disposed on the front surface is a substantially flat surface, and the game ball launched from the ball hitting device 650 is smoothly guided. It has become so. In addition, as shown in the figure, the panel holder 1220 is formed with a thinned portion 1230 so that the mounting holes 1228 and the like are formed in a boss shape, and supports the panel holder 1220 and maintains the strength of the panel holder 1220. For this reason, a box-like rib is formed.

  The panel holder 1220 is formed with a positioning unit 1231 corresponding to positioning means such as an obstacle nail planting device (not shown) or an assembly jig, and holds the game panel 1150 on the obstacle nail planting device. Can be set in the state. Further, at the lower part of the panel holder 1220, an out port 1232 that penetrates in the front-rear direction at a position corresponding to the out-port guide surface 1115 of the front component member 1110, and penetrates horizontally in the front-rear direction on the left side of the lower end when viewed from the front. The ball passage cutout portion 1233 having the same shape as the ball passage cutout portion 1122 of the front component member 1110 and the rear protrusion portion 1182 of the function display unit 1180 penetrating in the front lower right corner portion when viewed from the front are inserted. An insertion hole 1234.

  Further, the panel holder 1220 has a groove-shaped out sphere discharge groove 1235 (see FIG. 104) which is recessed by a predetermined amount from the rear surface to the front side on the rear surface side of the out port 1232 and is opened downward at the lower end side. A notch portion 1236 formed at a position corresponding to the game board stopper 1120 of the member 1110 and notched so as to penetrate in the front-rear direction from the right end in a front view. The panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes for mounting and fixing to the rear surface of the front component member 1110 at appropriate positions.

  The out-ball discharge groove 1235 in the panel holder 1220 is formed in the main body frame 3 (the upper surface of the game board mounting portion 606 in the main body frame base 600) when the game board 4 is inserted and held in the game board holding port 601 of the main body frame 3. The game board 4 is moved relative to the main body frame 3 in the left-right direction when the out-ball discharge groove 1235 is fitted with the positioning protrusion 607. Being regulated.

  In the gaming panel 1200 of this embodiment, the panel plate 1210 is fitted and inserted into the holding step portion 1221 of the panel holder 1220 from the front, and the engagement claw 1224, the engagement piece 1225, and the engagement step portion 1213 are engaged. By combining them, the panel holder 1220 can hold the panel board 1210, and the front side of the panel board 1210 and the panel holder 1220 are substantially flush with each other. Even if the installation device is not modified, it is possible to set the panel plate 1210 to the conventional obstacle nail planting device with the panel holder 1220 held, and to suppress the cost for planting the failure nail. Can be done.

  In addition, although not shown in the drawing, the gaming panel 1200 of this example has a plurality of obstacle nails planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement within a range corresponding to the gaming area 1100 on the front surface of the panel board 1210. At the same time, a front unit 2000 is attached. A back unit 3000 is attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1220. Thus, since the thin panel plate 1210 supports only the front unit 2000, the panel plate 1210 can be prevented from being distorted by the load of the front unit 2000.

  Furthermore, since the gaming panel 1200 has a divided structure of the panel board 1210 and the panel holder 1220, even if the panel board 1210 is a transparent board, it is possible to suppress an increase in the weight of the gaming panel 1200 as a whole. The pachinko machine 1 in which the rear side of the game area 1100 can be seen by the player through the board 1210 can be realized, and the pachinko machine 1 that can attract the player's attention can be obtained.

  In addition, since the gaming panel 1200 is divided into a panel plate 1210 and a panel holder 1220, the panel plate 1210 whose position such as an obstacle nail or a winning opening changes depending on the model of the pachinko machine 1 is used as a replacement part. The panel holder 1220 can be used as a common part, and the pachinko machine 1 including the game board 4 that can be used for various models can be obtained by replacing only the panel plate 1210.

  Further, since the panel holder 1220 is provided with a plurality of mounting holes 1228 in a predetermined arrangement in advance, the mounting and fixing positions of various predetermined members such as the rear unit 3000 that are mounted and fixed on the rear side of the panel holder 1220 according to the model. Even if the positions are different, the panel holder 1220 can be made a common part of the pachinko machine 1 independent of the model by designing the fixing portions of the various members to correspond to the positions of the mounting holes 1228. It has become.

[1-4G. Second embodiment of front component]
Next, a front component member 1110A having a form different from that of the front component member 1110 in the gaming board 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. The gaming panel 1200, the board holder 1160, and the main control board box 1170 in FIGS. 106 and 108 are the same as the embodiment of FIGS. 103 to 105 in that the outer shape of the panel plate 1210 and the inner shape of the through-hole 1222 of the panel holder 1220 are the same. The configuration is the same as that of the example of FIGS. 103 to 105, and detailed description thereof is omitted here.

  The front structural member 1110A shown in FIGS. 106 and 107 is different from the front structural member 1110 described above in that a part of the inner peripheral shape penetrating in the front-rear direction is different and the function display unit 1180 is not provided. The point is very different. In addition, about another structure, it is the same as that of the front structural member 1110, and while attaching | subjecting the same code | symbol, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted. In the game board 4 using the front component member 1110A, the function display unit 1180 is provided in either the front unit 2000 or the back unit 3000 in the game board 4 (in this example, the front unit 2000).

  As shown in the figure, the front component member 1110A has a frame-like inner peripheral shape that extends from the out-port guide surface 1115 in the clockwise direction in a front view to the inner rail 1112 and the stop portion 1114 of the outer rail 1111. The shape is the same as that of the above-described front component member 1110, and the shape from the stop portion 1114 to the out port guide surface 1115 in the clockwise direction is different from that of the above-described front component member 1110. ing. Specifically, a portion extending from the stopper 1114 to a position immediately above the right-side certificate sticking portion 1125 disposed immediately below the stopper 1114 is formed in a gentle arc shape, and from the arc-shaped lower end to the outlet. It is formed in a straight line inclined so that the distance to the guide surface 1115 becomes lower toward the out-mouth guide surface 1115.

  The front component member 1110A of the present example can secure a wider game area 1100 than the above-described front component member 1110, and the wide game area 1100 can make the player more entertaining. It can be done.

  In the example of FIGS. 106 and 107, the game panel 1200 is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1110A. However, the present invention is not limited to this. You may make it attach the game panel 1150 which consists of one board as shown to 101. FIG.

[1-5. Security structure of pachinko machine]
Next, the crime prevention structure in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. FIG. 108 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a security structure on the shaft support side of the pachinko machine. FIG. 109 is a perspective view of the game board stored in the main body frame as seen from the rear.

  First, as shown in FIG. 108, the security structure on the pivot support side in the pachinko machine 1 of this example is a side surface on the pivot support side (left side in front view) of the main body frame base 600 formed of the synthetic resin in the main body frame 3. And a metal side security plate 950 attached to the door frame 5 and a metal reinforcing unit 150 attached to the rear surface of the door frame base 110 formed of a synthetic resin in the door frame 5.

  As described above, the side security plate 950 of the main body frame 3 is formed of an extrusion mold material made of metal (for example, aluminum alloy), and the vertical dimension is substantially the same as the vertical dimension of the main body frame base 600. In addition, the dimension in the front-rear direction is larger than the dimension in the front-rear direction in which the front component member 1110 (1110A) and the game panel 1150 in the game board 4 are combined. This side crime prevention plate 950 extends in the vertical direction and extends in the front-rear direction to form a plate-like side plate piece 952a that forms the side surface of the main body frame 3, and a front end that extends from the front end of the side plate piece 952a to the inner side (open side) in a substantially right angle direction. A piece 952b, a middle piece 952c extending along the front end piece 952b from the side plate piece 952a so as to form a predetermined amount of clearance on the rear side of the front end piece 952b, and extending inward in a substantially perpendicular direction from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a. And a rear end piece 952d. As a result, the front end of the side security plate 950 has a substantially U-shaped cross section that opens inward (open side) by the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c.

  Further, the side security plate 950 (main body 952) has the strength and rigidity of the side security plate 950 by the front end piece 952b, the middle piece 952c, and the rear end piece 952d arranged in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the side plate piece 952a. The strength of the main body frame 3 is increased so that the game board 4 and the door frame 5 can be favorably supported.

  On the other hand, the reinforcement unit 150 of the door frame 5 is formed in a frame shape so as to surround the outer periphery of the gaming window 101 in the door frame 5 using spot welding, rivets, or the like, as described above. The shaft support side reinforcing sheet metal 152 on the shaft support side is provided with a shaft support side U-shaped projecting piece 166 having a substantially U-shaped cross section opened outward (the shaft support side). In the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 of the reinforcing unit 150, the strength of the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is further increased by the support-side U-shaped projecting piece 166, and the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is difficult to bend. .

  By the way, in this example, since the door frame 5 is attached and supported only at the upper and lower points of the upper shaft support portion 156 and the lower shaft support portion 158 with respect to the main body frame 3, the door frame 5 on the shaft support side. If an unauthorized tool such as a screwdriver or a bar is inserted between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3, the support-side reinforcing sheet metal 152 is deformed, and the gap between the door frame 5 and the main body frame 3 is increased. There is a risk of cheating. On the other hand, in the security structure of this example, when the door frame 5 is closed with respect to the main body frame 3, the front end piece 952b and the middle piece 952c formed on the inner side of the front end of the side security plate 950 are provided. A rear side piece of the pivot-side U-shaped projecting piece 166 formed in a substantially U-shape of the reinforcing unit 150 in the door frame 5 is inserted (enters), and the front end piece 952b is pivotally supported. The side U-shaped projecting piece 166 is sandwiched. Accordingly, even if the door frame 5 is forcibly opened with respect to the main body frame 3, the shaft-supporting U-shaped projecting piece 166 of the door frame 5 comes into contact with the rear surface side of the front end piece 952 b of the main body frame 3. Since the pivot-side U-shaped projecting piece 166 can be prevented from moving in a direction away from the main body frame 3, the closed door frame 5 can be prevented from being opened, and the main body frame can be prevented. It is possible to prevent a fraudulent act such as opening the door frame 5 with respect to 3.

  Further, since the side security plate 950 formed of metal in the main body frame 3 and the reinforcing unit 150 formed of metal in the door frame 5 are fitted, the space between the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 is set. Since the strength and rigidity of the main body frame 3 and the door frame 5 can be made difficult to be distorted by an unauthorized tool, the crime prevention performance can be improved.

  Further, since the rear end of the side plate piece 952a in the side security plate 950 extends rearward from the game panel 1150 in the game board 4, the main body frame base 600 on the rear side of the rear end of the side plate piece 952a is assumed. Even if the player is destroyed, an unauthorized tool such as a piano wire cannot be entered from the rear end of the side plate piece 952a into the game area 1100 on the front surface of the game board 4 (game panel 1150). Can be surely prevented. As shown in FIG. 108, the side frame plate 12 of the outer frame 2 is in contact with the outside of the side crime prevention plate 950, so that the pachinko machine 1 has a robust side surface. It can be fully countered against the destruction of the. In general, in the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed, the side surface of the pachinko machine 1 is inserted and fixed within the frame of the island facility for installing the pachinko machine 1, so that the player side From the (front side), it is almost impossible to allow unauthorized tools to enter the rear side of the rear end of the side plate piece 952c, and the crime prevention performance of the pachinko machine 1 is further improved.

  Next, as a crime prevention structure from the rear side in the pachinko machine 1 of the present example, as shown in FIG. Since the unit base 741, the full tank branch unit 770, and the back cover 900 are formed of a transparent synthetic resin, the game board 4 is connected to the rear side or the side of the game board 4 accommodated in the main body frame 3. Even if it is not removed from the main body frame 3 or the back cover 900 is not opened, it can be visually recognized from the rear side of the main body frame 3. As a result, even if an unauthorized device is attached to the rear side of the game board 4 or the like, it can be easily discovered and illegal acts can be prevented. Further, since it is possible to easily find an unauthorized device or the like attached to the game board 4 from the outside, it is possible to hesitate to attach an unauthorized device, and it is possible to increase deterrence against unauthorized acts. ing.

  In addition, since the rear side and the side surface of the game board 4 can be visually recognized from the rear side of the main body frame 3 through the transparent prize base 710, the back cover 900, etc., the main body frame can be used for maintenance and model change. When the game board 4 is attached to or detached from the board 3, even if tools such as a screwdriver or pliers, cleaning waste, dust or dirt remain between the main body frame 3 and the game board 4, remove them. Therefore, it is possible to prevent any trouble from occurring, and to improve the maintainability of the pachinko machine 1.

[2. Detailed configuration of game board]
Next, a detailed configuration of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 110 to 117. FIG. 110 is a front view of the game board in the pachinko machine, FIG. 111 is a perspective view of the game board viewed from the diagonally right front, and FIG. 112 is a perspective view of the game board viewed from the diagonally left front. FIG. 113 is a perspective view of the game board viewed from the rear. In addition, FIG. 114 is a perspective view of the main members constituting the game board disassembled and viewed obliquely from the front, and FIG. 115 is an exploded view of the main members constituting the game board and obliquely viewed from the rear. FIG.

  The game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment has an outer rail 1111 and an inner rail 1112, and a game ball (also simply referred to as a “ball”) as a game medium when the player operates the handle device 500. A frame-shaped front component member 1110A that partitions and forms the inner periphery of the game region 1100 to be driven, and a predetermined shape at a position corresponding to the game region 1100 that is attached to the rear side of the front component member 1110A so as to close the game region 1100 A plate-like gaming panel 1200 having a plurality of openings 1215 penetrating in the front-rear direction (see FIGS. 114 and 115, etc.) and partitioning the rear end of the gaming area 1100.

  The gaming panel 1200 of this example is a plate-like front component member that is thinner than a conventional gaming panel formed of wooden plywood and defines a rear end of a gaming area 1100 that is partitioned by a front component member 1110A. A panel plate 1210 having an outer shape smaller than 1110A and a frame-like panel holder 1220 that holds the panel plate 1210 so as to be detachable from the front side and are attached to the rear surface of the front component member 1110A. The panel board 1210 of this example is formed of a transparent synthetic resin board. In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, the film which has translucency with which the decoration along the concept of the pachinko machine 1 was given to the front side on the rear surface of the transparent panel board 1210 is affixed.

  The game board 4 includes a front unit 2000 attached from the front side to the opening 1215 of the panel plate 1210 in the game panel 1200, a back unit 3000 attached to the rear surface of the panel holder 1220 in the game panel 1200, and a back unit 3000. A main liquid crystal display device 1900 that is attached to the rear side so as to be visible from the player side and can display a predetermined effect image, and a lower rear surface of the panel holder 1220 in the gaming panel 1200 so as to cover the lower part of the back unit 3000 from the rear side And a main control board box 1170 attached to the rear surface of the board holder 1160.

  The front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the present example is attached to the attacker unit 2100 and the attacker unit 2100 extending along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 from the upper part of the out port 1232 in the lower part in the game area 1100 to the left in the front view. And a function display unit 1180 capable of displaying the gaming state, and a frame-shaped center accessory 2200 disposed at a substantially central portion of the gaming area 1100.

  The attacker unit 2100 of the table unit 2000, as will be described in detail later, includes a first start port 2101 that can always accept a game ball, and a first grand prize port 2102 as a variable winning port that opens and closes according to the gaming state. , And three general winning ports 2103 that are always capable of receiving game balls. The attacker unit 2100 also guides a game ball that has flowed down the left side of the center accessory 2200 to the lower side of the center accessory 2200 in the right direction, and a function of displaying a game state below the guide shelf 2115. A display unit 1180.

  Further, the center accessory 2200 of the front unit 2000 has a frame-shaped window part 2201, and a peripheral wall part 2202 that can prevent a game ball from entering the window part 2201 and an opening on the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall part 2202. The warp inlet 2203, the warp outlet 2204 from which the game balls that have entered the warp inlet 2203 are released, and the stage 2210 that causes the game balls released from the warp outlet 2204 to roll and then return to the game area 1100 for release. It has. A first starting port 2101 and a first grand prize winning port 2102 of the attacker unit 2100 are arranged below the stage 2210 of the center accessory 2200.

  Further, the center accessory 2200 of the front unit 2000 is disposed on the front right effect unit 2400 having the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 disposed on the right side when viewed from the front in the window 2201 and the upper portion in the window 2201. The sub liquid crystal display device 2800, the front middle effect unit 2500 having the front middle movable ornament 2510 that can conceal the front center of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, and the left and right sides of the front surface of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 are concealed, respectively. The upper left effect unit 2600 and the upper right effect unit 2700 having the upper left movable decoration body 2610 and the upper right movable decoration body 2710 are provided. The front right effect unit 2400 can turn to the center side of the window 2201 according to the gaming state. Further, the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 can be made invisible or visible from the player side depending on the gaming state by the upper and lower movable decorative body 2510, the upper left movable decorative body 2610, and the upper right movable decorative body 2710. It can be done.

  The back unit 3000 in the game board 4 of this example includes a box-shaped back box 3010 with the main liquid crystal display device 1900 attached to the rear surface and an open front side, and a back front unit 3100 attached to the front end of the back box 3010. A back-bottom effect unit 3200 having a back-bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 that is attached to the lower center of the back box 3010 and moves up and down according to the gaming state, and attached to the left part of the back box 3010 in front view according to the gaming state. The back left effect unit 3300 having a back left movable decorative body 3310 that can be rotated to the right on the front side, and is mounted in the back box 3010 on the rear side of the back left effect unit 3300 and slides left and right depending on the game state. And a back and middle effect unit 3400 including four possible movable decorative bodies 3410, 3420, 3430, and 3440.

  Further, the back unit 3000 extends in the left-right direction at the rear side of the back box 3010, the panel relay board 3020 attached to the back side of the back box 3010, the panel relay board cover 3021 covering the back side of the panel relay board 3020, and the back side of the back box 3010. A box-shaped drive board box 3022 supported so as to be rotatable about an axis, a first drive board 3023 supported in the drive board box 3022, and a lower side of the drive board box 3022 on the rear side of the back box 3010. A second drive board 3024 attached and a drive board cover 3025 covering the rear side of the second drive board 3024 are provided.

  Further, on the back side of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4, a peripheral control that houses a peripheral control board 4010 (see FIG. 194) having a peripheral control unit 4140 and a liquid crystal control unit 4150 will be described in detail later. A substrate box 1910 is provided.

  In the gaming board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the frame-shaped center accessory 2200 has a gaming panel 1200 (panel board 1210) so that the main liquid crystal display device 1900 faces the player at the approximate center in the gaming area 1100. ) Is installed. The center accessory 2200 is attached to a position slightly to the right of the center of the game area 1100 when viewed from the front, and the left end of the center accessory 2200 is substantially in contact with the outer periphery of the game area 1100. As a result, the game area 1100 is formed with a relatively wide area in which game balls can be circulated on the left side and the lower side of the center accessory 2200. A game ball that is driven into the game area 1100 can flow down the left and right outside of the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200. Although not shown, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted in a predetermined gauge arrangement in the game area 1100 on the upper side, the left side, the lower side, and the upper side of the gate portion 2223 of the center accessory 2200. ing.

  In the game board 4 of the present embodiment, when a game ball is driven to the left in front view from the highest part of the peripheral wall portion 2202 of the center accessory 2200, the game board 4 flows down the left side of the center accessory 2200, and the center accessory When entering the warp inlet 2203 that opens to the peripheral wall 2202 of 2200, the warp outlet 2204 supplies the stage 2210. The game ball supplied to the stage 2210 rolls on the stage 2210 in the left-right direction, and is then released into the game area 1100. When the game ball is released from the guide unit 2211 into the game area 1100, it is possible to win the first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 with a high probability.

  In addition, when the game ball that has flowed down the left side of the center object 2200 does not enter the warp entrance 2203, it flows down to the guide shelf 2115 of the attacker unit 2100 and is guided to the center in the left-right direction of the game area 1100 by the guide shelf 2115. Is done. The game ball guided by the guide shelf 2115 may be received in the first start port 2101, the general winning port 2103, etc. of the attacker unit 2100.

  On the other hand, when a game ball is struck to the right in front view from the highest part of the peripheral wall 2202 of the center accessory 2200, the game ball passes through a narrow gap between the right outer periphery of the center accessory 2200 and the inner periphery of the game area 1100. Thus, the center component 2200 opened near the stop portion 1114 of the front component member 1110A enters the right game passage 2221 from the right game passage entrance 2220. As will be described in detail later, the game ball that has entered the right game path 2221 is discharged directly above the gate portion 2223 through the entry path 2221a. Therefore, by making a right strike, a game ball can be passed through the gate portion 2223 with a very high probability.

  Although details will be described later, when a game ball passes through the gate portion 2223 and is detected by the gate sensor 2302, the normal lottery result is drawn and executed in a very short time. If the result is “normal hit”, the door member 2305 rotates to allow the game ball to be received into the second start port 2224, and the game ball that has entered the gate portion 2223 is awarded to the second start port 2224. be able to. When the normal lottery result is “normal lose”, the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2223 flows down the front surface of the door member 2305 that closes the second start port 2224 and exits from the right game passage exit 2222. It is discharged above the winning opening 2225. Therefore, the game which aimed directly at the 2nd starting opening 2224 and the 2nd big winning opening 2225 can be performed by right-handing.

  Furthermore, when a game ball wins at the first start port 2101 or the second start port 2224, a special lottery result is drawn, and a special lottery result in which a special advantageous game state in which a player such as a big hit game is advantageous occurs. Is drawn, the first grand prize opening 2102 and the second big prize opening 2225 can receive game balls in a predetermined pattern. When the second grand prize opening 2225 becomes acceptable, the player can make a game ball at the second big prize opening 2225 with a very high probability by making a right turn.

  As described above, in the game board 4 of the present embodiment, the right and left sides of the center bonus 2200 can be played with different impressions, and it is difficult to get bored by providing various games. Can do.

[2-1. Overall configuration of table unit]
Next, the overall configuration of the front unit 2000 of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 116 and 117. FIG. 116 is a perspective view of the front unit of the game board as seen from the front, and FIG. 117 is a perspective view of the front unit of the game board as seen from the rear.

  The front unit 2000 in the game board 4 is arranged along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 from right above the out port 1232 opened at the lower center of the left and right direction in the game area 1100 along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 and on the front surface of the panel board 1210 in the game panel 1200. An attacker unit 2100 to be supported, a function display unit 1180 attached near the left end of the front surface of the attacker unit 2100, and a frame-shaped center accessory 2200 which is disposed in the approximate center of the game area 1100 and supported by the game panel 1150. It is equipped with.

  The attacker unit 2100 of the front unit 2000, which will be described in detail later, includes a first start port 2101 that is arranged immediately above the out port 1232 and that can always accept a game ball that has been thrown into the game area 1100, and a first start port 2101 A first big prize opening 2102 as a variable prize opening arranged between the start opening 2101 and the out opening 1232 and opened / closed according to the gaming state, the first big prize opening 2102, the first start opening 2101 and the function display unit 1180. And three general winning openings 2103 arranged substantially along the outer periphery of the game area 1100 and capable of receiving game balls at all times. Also, the attacker unit 2100 is arranged in the vicinity of the left end of the front surface at the approximate center in the up and down direction in the game area 1100, and the function display unit 1180 that displays the gaming state below the guide shelf 2115, with the right end side inclined downward. And.

  The first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 is disposed immediately below the center guide portion 2211 of the stage 2210 of the center accessory 2200. Thus, when the game ball supplied to the stage 2210 is released from the central guide portion 2211 into the game area 1100, it is accepted into the first start port 2101 with a high probability. Further, the first big prize opening 2102 of the attacker unit 2100 can accept game balls according to a special lottery result that is drawn by accepting game balls to the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2224. Further, the guide shelf 2115 of the attacker unit 2100 can guide the game ball flowing down the left area of the center accessory 2200 in the game area 1100 in the right direction when viewed from the front.

  The center accessory 2200 of the front unit 2000, which will be described in detail later, is attached from the front side to a large opening 1215 formed in the approximate center of the panel plate 1210 in the game panel 1200, and is disposed on the rear side. The display screen of the display device 1900 is formed in a frame shape having a window 2201 that can be viewed from the player side. The center accessory 2200 bulges further forward than the game panel 1200 and has a peripheral wall portion 2202 that can prevent the game ball from entering the window portion 2201 and an opening on the left outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 2202 when viewed from the front. Warp inlet 2203 that can enter, warp outlet 2204 that can release game balls that have entered warp inlet 2203 and that is open on the inner peripheral surface of peripheral wall 2202, and only game balls that have been released from warp outlet 2204 are supplied. And a stage 2210 that, after rolling the supplied game ball, returns to the attacker in the game area 1100 to return to the upper side of the first start port 2101 of the unit 2100.

  The center accessory 2200 has a right game passage entrance 2220 that opens to the upper right outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 2202 when viewed from the front and allows game balls to enter, and a right game passage 2221 through which game balls that have entered the right game passage entrance 2220 circulate. A right game passage outlet 2222 that discharges the game balls that have circulated through the right game passage 2221 into the game area 1100 at a position on the right side and lower side of the front than the stage 2210; and the passage of the game balls disposed in the right game passage 2221 , A second start port 2224 that is arranged directly below the gate unit 2223 and serves as a variable winning port, and a second large port that is disposed downstream of the right game passage outlet 2222 and can be opened and closed according to the gaming state. A winning opening 2225. The second start port 2224 of the center accessory 2200 can accept game balls in accordance with a normal lottery result that is drawn by passing game balls through the gate portion 2223. In addition, the second big prize opening 2225 of the center accessory 2200 can be received according to a special lottery result drawn by receiving game balls to the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2224.

  In the center combination 2200, all the game balls that have been shot into the right side of the center combination 2200 enter the right game passage entrance 2220. Therefore, the game ball can be received with high probability by the gate portion 2223. In addition, the center accessory 2200 has the second start port 2224 arranged immediately below the gate portion 2223, and the normal lottery result drawn by passing the gate portion 2223 is drawn in a very short time. When the result is a win, the second start port 2224 can be immediately received, and the game balls that have passed the gate portion 2223 and are selected for the win can be received into the second start port 2224 with a very high probability. Further, the center prize 2200 has a second big prize opening 2225 arranged almost immediately below the right game passage outlet 2222, and when the second big prize prize opening 2225 is in the open state, the game ball moves to the right side of the center prize 2200. Can be accepted with high probability into the second grand prize opening 2225.

  The center accessory 2200, which will be described in detail later, is arranged on the right side when viewed from the front in the frame-shaped window 2201 and is rotated to the center of the window 2201 depending on the gaming state. A front right effect unit 2400 having a display, a sub liquid crystal display device 2800 arranged at the upper part in the window 2201 and capable of displaying a predetermined effect image, and a front liquid crystal display device 2800 movable on the front surface capable of concealing the front center. Front upper middle production unit 2500 having a decorative body 2510, front upper left movable decorative body 2610 and front upper right movable decorative body 2710 capable of concealing the left and right sides of the front surface of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, respectively. An effect unit 2600 and a front right effect unit 2700 are provided.

  The front right movable decorative body unit 2410 of the front right effect unit 2400 in the center accessory 2200 includes a front right rotating decorative body 2411 that rotates around an axis extending in the front-rear direction according to the gaming state. With this front right effect unit 2400, a movable effect can be performed at the right portion of the window 2201. In the normal state, the sub liquid crystal display device 2900 of the center accessory 2200 is concealed by the upper and lower movable decorative body 2510, the upper left movable decorative body 2610, and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 and is hidden on the player side. From the player's side, the upper and lower movable decorative bodies 2510, 2610 and 2610 are moved according to the gaming state. The effect image can be displayed separately from the main liquid crystal display device 1900.

[2-2. Attacker unit]
Next, the attacker unit 2100 of the front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 118 to 125. 118 is a perspective view of the attacker unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 119 is a perspective view of the attacker unit as seen from the rear. 120 is an exploded perspective view of the attacker unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 121 is an exploded perspective view of the attacker unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 122 is a perspective view of the first attacker unit in the attacker unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 123 is a perspective view of the first attacker unit in the attacker unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 124 is an exploded perspective view of the first attacker unit of the attacker unit as seen from the front and FIG. 125 is an exploded perspective view of the second attacker unit of the attacker unit as seen from the rear.

  The attacker unit 2100 of the game board 4 in the table unit 2000 of this example is inserted from the front side into the opening 1215 formed from the center in the left-right direction at the lower part of the panel plate 1210 of the game panel 1200 to the left side. The game panel 1200 is fixed to the front surface of the panel plate 1210. The attacker unit 2100 is arranged immediately above the out port 1232 and is capable of receiving game balls that have been driven into the game area 1100, and a first start port 2101 for drawing a predetermined special lottery result by receiving the game balls. It is arranged between the first start port 2101 and the out port 1232 and can be opened and closed according to the gaming state (special lottery result drawn by accepting game balls to the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2524) The first big winning opening 2102, three general winning openings 2103 that are arranged on the left side of the first big winning opening 2102 and can receive game balls at all times, and are arranged on the left side of the general winning opening 2103 so that the game state and the like can be displayed. A function display unit 1180. The first big prize opening 2102 of the attacker unit 2100 can be opened and closed by a horizontally elongated first opening / closing member 2151 described later.

  As shown in the figure, the first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 is opened upward with a width slightly wider than the diameter of the game ball, and is formed in a state where the game ball can be received at all times. The first major winning opening 2102 of the attacker unit 2100 has a horizontally long rectangular shape that is 4 to 6 times as long as the diameter of the game ball in the front view and is slightly longer than the diameter of the game ball in the vertical direction. The opened opening can be opened and closed by a plate-like first opening / closing member 2151. The first opening / closing member 2102 is configured such that the first opening / closing member 2151 is rotatable about the lower side as a rotation axis. When the opening / closing member 2104 is in a substantially vertical state, the game ball cannot be received. When the member 2151 is in a substantially horizontal state, it is a so-called variable winning opening that allows a game ball to be received. Further, the general winning opening 2103 of the attacker unit 2100 is opened upward with a width slightly wider than the diameter of the game ball, and is formed in a state where the game ball can be received at all times.

  The attacker unit 2100 of this embodiment will be described in further detail. The attacker unit 2100 is in contact with the front surface of the panel plate 1210 in the gaming panel 1200 and extends in a circular arc shape in the left-right direction, and is attached to the front surface of the base plate 2110 and bulges forward to the first upper portion. A first start port forming member 2111 having a start port 2101, a first start port decoration board 2112 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface between the first start port forming member 2111 and the base plate 2110, And a front panel decoration 2113 which is attached to the front surface of the base plate 2110 and bulges forward and has three general winning ports 2103.

  Further, the attacker unit 2100 is attached to the front surface of the left end of the base plate 2110, extends from the base plate 2110 to the upper left, and has a bulge function display unit 1180 attached to the front, and is formed on the upper surface of the slope member 2114 from the left end. In addition, a guide shelf 2115 with a lower right end inclined so that a game ball can roll, a back cover 2116 attached to the rear side of the slope member 2115 and the base plate 2110, and a function display unit 1180 attached to the rear side of the slope member 2114 are provided. A function display board 1191 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface and a first big prize opening 2102 attached to the lower side and rear side of the base plate 2110 where the first start port forming member 2111 is attached. A first attacker unit 2150.

  The base plate 2110 is formed at the upper end of a portion located in the center in the left-right direction of the game area 1100 in a front view, and is a U-shaped receiving portion 2110a into which the flange portion 2111a of the first start port forming member 2111 is inserted, It is formed at a position corresponding to three general winning holes 2103 and an opening 2110b that penetrates in a rectangular shape in the left-right direction at a position directly below the receiving portion 2110a and the first opening / closing member 2151 of the first attacker unit 2150 faces forward. And three bowl portions 2110c that are recessed in a U shape for guiding the game balls received in the winning opening 2103 to the rear side of the back cover 2116. The base plate 2110 is provided with a shallow relief-shaped predetermined decoration on the front surface, and a part thereof is formed to be translucent. Note that the game balls guided backward by the three collar portions 2110c are delivered to a ball guiding unit 3150 of the back unit 3000 described later.

  The first start port forming member 2111 has an upper end that forms the first start port 2101 opened upward and rearward, and includes a flange portion 2101a that guides the game ball received in the first start port 2101 rearward. Yes. The first start port forming member 2111 has translucency and can be decorated with light emitted from the first start port decoration substrate 2112.

  The front plate decoration 2113 includes three receiving portions 2113a each forming a general winning opening 2103 and opened upward and rearward, and a plate-shaped front plate portion 2113b continuous with the front surface of the three receiving portions 2113a. Yes. The front plate decoration 2113 can form a space through which a game ball can pass between the front plate portion 2113b and the base plate 2110. The front panel decoration 2113 is formed of a material having translucency. The front board decoration 2113 can guide the game ball received in the general winning opening 2103 backward by the receiving part 2113a and deliver it to the collar part 2110c of the base plate 2110 arranged on the rear side.

  The slope member 2114 includes a plurality of openings 2114a penetrating in the front-rear direction. Through these openings 2114a, a plurality of LEDs mounted on the function display board 1191 arranged on the rear side can face the front side.

  The first attacker unit 2150 of the attacker unit 2100 includes a plate-shaped first opening / closing member 2151 extending in the left-right direction, and a first big prize opening 2102 that supports the first opening / closing member 2151 so as to be rotatable and opens forward. The upper case 2152 and the lower case 2153 to be formed, the first attacker solenoid 2154 having the plunger 2154a sandwiched between the upper case 2152 and the lower case 2153 and advanced / retracted in the left / right direction, and the advance / retreat of the plunger 2154a in the first attacker solenoid 2154 are transmitted. Then, a link member 2155 for rotating the first opening / closing member 2151, a first count sensor 2156 for detecting a game ball attached to the lower case 2513 and received in the first big prize opening 2102, and a first big prize opening 2102 It is attached to the lower surface of the lower case 2153 on the lower side The first big prize opening decoration board 2157 having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon, and the first attacker solenoid 2154 and first count sensor 2156 attached to the upper surface of the upper case 2152 and the first relay relaying the connection between the panel relay board 3020. An attacker unit relay board 2158.

  The opening / closing member 2151 includes a shaft portion 2151a extending outward from the lower portions of both left and right ends, and a working pin 2151b extending leftward from a position obliquely below the shaft portion 2151a at the left end in a front view (see FIG. 125). ). The opening / closing member 2151 can open and close the first big prize opening 2102 by the shaft portion 2151a being rotatably supported by the upper case 2152 and the bearing portion upper 2152a and the bearing portion lower 2153a of the lower case 2153.

  The upper case 2152 includes a pair of upper bearing portions 2152a capable of supporting the upper side of the shaft portion 2151a of the opening / closing member 2151, and a horizontally long box-shaped storage portion 2152b corresponding to the first big winning opening 2102 and opened front and lower. And. The lower case 2153 is opposed to a pair of lower bearing portions 2153a that rotatably supports the shaft portion 2151a of the opening / closing member 2151 in cooperation with the upper bearing portion 2152a of the upper case 2152 and the upper housing portion 2152b of the upper case 2152. A horizontally long box-shaped lower housing portion 2153b that is open at the front and upper sides, and a through-hole 2153c that passes through the bottom wall of the lower housing portion 2153b in the vertical direction and allows game balls to pass therethrough. The lower case 2153 is inclined so that the bottom wall of the lower portion 2153b of the accommodating portion becomes lower toward the through hole 2153c.

  By combining the upper case 2152 and the lower case 2153 vertically, the shaft portion 2151a of the opening / closing member 2151 can be rotatably supported by the upper bearing portion 2152a and the lower bearing portion 2153a, and the opening / closing member 2151 can be rotated. By doing so, the first grand prize winning opening 2102 can be opened and closed. Further, the upper case 2152 and the upper part 2152b of the lower case 2153 and the lower part 2153b of the lower case 2153 can form a space in which a game ball can be stored on the rear side of the first big prize opening 2102 and penetrate the stored game ball. It can be discharged downward through the hole 2153c. Note that the upper case 2152 and the lower case 2153 are formed of a light-transmitting material.

  The first attacker solenoid 2154 is sandwiched between the upper case 2152 and the lower case 2153 at the rear side of the upper portion 2152b and lower portion 2153b of the accommodating portion and on the left side of the through hole 2153c in the front view so that the plunger 2154a advances and retreats from the left side. Has been. The plunger 2154a of the first attacker solenoid 2154 is formed in a disc shape with the tip extending in a direction perpendicular to the advance / retreat direction.

  The link member 2155 is disposed in front of the first attacker unit 2154 on the side where the plunger 2154a advances and retracts, extends in the front-rear direction, and is rotatably supported by the upper case 2152 and the lower case 2153, and a rotation shaft 2155a. A pair of engaged portions 2155b that protrude rearward from a position eccentric from the axial center of the moving shaft 2155a, rotate integrally with the rotating shaft 2155a, and engage the tip of the plunger 2154a, and positions different from the engaged portions 2155b And a pair of actuating pins 2155c that move forward from a position deviated from the axis of the rotating shaft 2155a and rotate together with the rotating shaft 2155a and engage with the action pins 2151b of the first opening / closing member 2151. Yes.

  The first count sensor 2156 is attached to the through hole 2153 c in the lower case 2153. The first grand prize opening decoration board 2157 is connected to the first drive board 3023 of the back unit 3000.

  In the normal state, the first attacker unit 2150 of this example is in a state where the plunger 2154a of the first attacker solenoid 2154 is extended. In this state, the action pin 2151b of the first opening / closing member 2151 is pushed downward by the operation pin 2155c of the link member 2155, and the plate-like first opening / closing member 2151 is in an upright state to become the first big prize opening. 2102 is closed.

  When the first attacker unit 2150 is energized from the normal state to the first attacker solenoid 2154 by a big hit game or the like, the plunger 2154a moves to the right in the front view and enters a state of being immersed except for the disc-shaped tip. When the plunger 2154a moves to the right in the front view, the link member 2155 is engaged with the tip end of the plunger 2154a so that the link member 2155 is centered on the axis of the rotation shaft 2155a. It will rotate in the clockwise direction. When the link member 2155 rotates in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front, the pair of operating pins 2155c of the link member 2155 revolves in the ascending direction, and the first opening / closing member 2151 moves along with the rising of the operating pins 2155c. The action pin 2151b rotates about the shaft 2151a in the ascending direction. As a result, the first opening / closing member 2151 is rotated so that the upper side thereof moves forward about the shaft portion 2151a, and the game ball can be received in the first big winning opening 2102.

  The first attacker unit 2150 causes the LED provided on the first grand prize opening decoration board 2157 to emit light, so that the first big prize opening 2102 can be illuminated and decorated together with the first opening / closing member 2151 having translucency. it can.

  The attacker unit 2100 of this example is attached to the gaming panel 1200 (panel plate 1210), and the lower end is formed in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the gaming area 1100, and the left end is substantially the center in the vertical direction in the gaming area 1100. (See FIG. 110 etc.). The attacker unit 2100 moves a game ball that has flowed down the left side of the center object 2200 in the game area 1100 by a guide shelf 2115 formed on the upper surface of the slope member 2114 into a general winning port 2103, a first start port 2101, It is possible to guide to the right direction where the first big winning opening 2102 is arranged.

[2-3. Center character]
Next, the center accessory 2200 of the front unit 2000 in the game board 4 of the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 126 to 130. 126 is a front view of the center combination of the front unit, FIG. 127 is a perspective view of the center combination as viewed from the front, and FIG. 128 is a perspective view of the center combination as viewed from the back. In addition, FIG. 129 is an exploded perspective view in which the center accessory is disassembled for each main member and viewed from the front, and FIG. 130 is an exploded perspective view in which the center accessory is disassembled for each main member and is viewed from the rear. is there. Further, FIG. 131 is a cross-sectional view showing the right game path in the center accessory.

  The center accessory 2200 of this embodiment is attached to the front surface of the panel board 1210 after being inserted from the front side with respect to the opening 1215 that penetrates the substantial center of the panel board 1210 in the gaming panel 1200. . The center accessory 2200 can be attached to the panel board 1210 (game panel 1200) to form an area in which a game ball circulates between the outer periphery of the game area 1100. As shown in FIG. 110 and the like, the center accessory 2200 includes a window portion 2201 that can be visually recognized from the player side, and the window portion 2201 is formed in a frame shape.

  The center accessory 2200 bulges forward from the game panel 1200 in a state of being attached to the game panel 1200, and prevents the game ball from entering the window 2201 and the front of the peripheral wall 2202 A warp inlet 2203 that is open to the outer peripheral surface on the left side of the view and into which a game ball can enter, and a warp outlet 2204 that is capable of releasing the game ball that has entered the warp inlet 2203 and is open to the inner peripheral surface (inside the window 2201) of the peripheral wall 2202. And a stage 2210 that is supplied with only the game balls released from the warp outlet 2204 and is disposed in the lower part of the window 2201, and causes the supplied game balls to roll and then return to the game area 1100 for release. It has.

  The stage 2210 of the center accessory 2200 is provided with a warp outlet 2204 at the left end when viewed from the front. Specifically, the stage 2210 has a curved shape in which the center side in the left-right direction is recessed, and each of the stages 2210 corresponds to the position directly above the first start port 2101, that is, with the center accessory 2200 attached to the game panel 1200. Is formed in a wave shape such that the position of the approximate center is slightly higher than the left and right sides.

  Further, the stage 2210 has a guide part 2211 that is inclined so as to be lowered toward the front at the heightened part in the center in the left-right direction and the lowest part on both sides thereof, and upward from the front end excluding the guide part 2211. And a protruding bank portion 2212. Thereby, the game ball supplied to the stage 2210 is mainly discharged forward (within the game area 1100) from the guide unit 2211. In addition, the guide part 2211 provided in the centrally raised portion is formed to have a narrower width in the left-right direction than the guide parts 2211 on both sides. As a result, the probability that a game ball is released from the guide unit 2211 located immediately above the first start port 2101 is lower than the probability that a game ball is released from the other guide unit 2211. In addition, when a game ball is released into the game area 1100 from the guide portion 2211 provided at the centrally raised portion, the first start port 2101 is received with a high probability.

  In the center accessory 2200, the upper outer peripheral shape of the peripheral wall portion 2202 is located in the gaming area 1100 until the position corresponding to the stopper portion 1114 of the front component member 1110A toward the right side from the left side of the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. It is formed in an arc shape along the inner periphery. In addition, the center accessory 2200 is formed in a shape that is recessed downward by a predetermined distance on the left side of the arc-shaped portion of the upper outer periphery of the peripheral wall 2202 and is inclined so as to become lower toward the left. Yes. As a result, the game balls that have been thrown into the game area 1100 circulate to either the left or right of the center accessory 2200.

  As shown in FIG. 131, the center accessory 2200 is opened to the right outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall 2202 when viewed from the front, and a right game passage entrance 2220 into which a game ball can enter and a game ball that has entered the right game passage entrance 2220 are distributed. A right game path 2221 and a right game path outlet 2222 that discharges the game balls flowing through the right game path 2221 into the game area 1100 at a position on the right side and lower side of the stage 2210 when viewed from the front. The right game passage entrance 2220 is opened below the stop portion 1114 of the front component member 1110A on the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 2202, and all the game balls thrown into the right side of the center accessory 2200 are all in the right game passage. Enter the entrance 2220.

  The right game path 2221 in the center accessory 2200 is a game area in which the right game path entrance 2220 is open at the upper end and the lower end is formed to be slightly wider than the outer diameter of the game ball, and 2221a and the lower end of the entry path 2221a. A gate space 2221b having a predetermined width extending downward to substantially the center in the vertical direction in 1100, and a bypass passage 2221c extending downward from the bottom of the gate space 2221b to substantially the same height as the stage 2210 along the outer periphery of the gaming area 1100 A discharge passage 2221d extending from the lower end of the bypass passage 2221c to the left in the front view and having a right game passage outlet 2222 opened at the left end.

  The center accessory 2200 is arranged in the gate space 2221b in the right game passage 2221, and a gate part 2223 for drawing a predetermined normal lottery result by passing a game ball, and a gate part 2223 arranged immediately below the gate part 2223. A second start opening 2224 that allows a game ball to be received according to a normal lottery result drawn by passing a game ball through 2223 and draws a predetermined special lottery result by receiving a game ball; and a right game passage exit 2nd prize winning hole 2225 which is arranged downstream of 2222 and can be opened and closed in accordance with a gaming state (a special lottery result drawn by accepting game balls to the first starting port 2101 and the second starting port 2224), I have.

  Further, the center accessory 2200 is disposed between the right game passage outlet 2222 and the second grand prize winning opening 2225, and from the second big winning prize opening 2225, the second out outlet 2226 for discharging the game ball to the outside of the game area 1100. And a general winning opening 2227 which is disposed on the downstream side and is capable of receiving game balls at all times.

  Further, the center accessory 2200 is inserted from the front side with respect to the opening 1215 formed in the panel plate 1210 in the game panel 1200 and attached to the panel plate 1210, and the peripheral wall portion 2202, the stage 2210, the right game path 2221, A frame-shaped accessory body 2250 having a second out port 2226, a general winning port 2227, and the like, and attached to the rear side of the accessory body 2250, covering the rear end and upper part of the stage 2210, and from the stage 2210 to the center role A transparent intrusion prevention member 2290 that prevents a game ball from invading the rear side of the object 2200, and a second starting port unit that is attached to the rear side of the accessory body 2250 and includes a gate portion 2223 and a second starting port 2224. 2300 and a second attacker unit that is attached to the rear side of the accessory body 2250 and has a second grand prize opening 2225 It is provided with a 350, a.

  The center accessory 2200 is arranged along the left side of the right game passage 2221 and attached to the rear side of the accessory main body 2250. The center accessory 2200 includes an upper part in the frame of the accessory main body 2250. A front middle production unit 2500 attached to the rear side, a front left production unit 2600 and a front right production unit 2700 arranged on the left and right sides of the front middle production unit 2500 and attached to the rear side of the accessory body 2250; A sub liquid crystal display device 2800 that is attached to each of the upper left effect unit 2600 and the upper right effect unit 2700 and can display a predetermined effect image according to the gaming state.

  The accessory main body 2250 of the center accessory 2200 is a frame-shaped transparent main body base 2251 forming a part of the outer peripheral wall of the peripheral wall portion 2202, and a game ball attached to the frame of the main body base 2251 and entering the warp inlet 2203. A transparent warp passage member 2252 that guides to the warp outlet 2204, a stage member 2253 that is attached to the lower part of the frame of the main body base 2251 and forms the stage 2210, and a three-dimensional decoration that is attached to the front side of the main body base 2251. A window decoration member 2254.

  The accessory body 2250 includes a circular center upper right decorative board 2260 which is disposed on the right side of the front of the upper rear side of the main body base 2251 and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface, and a center on the rear side of the main body base 2251. The center upper middle decorative board 2261 arranged on the left side of the upper right decorative board 2260 in front view and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front face, and the LED on the front side on the rear side of the main body base 2251 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front face. The center upper left decorative board 2262, the warp path decorative board 2263, which is disposed on the left side of the warp path member 2252 in front of the warp path member 2252 on the rear side of the main body base 2251 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs toward the warp path member 2252, and the main body base 2251 Two LEs are arranged on the front side of the right game passage 2221 above the gate space 2221b. A normal symbol display board 1191a on which a normal symbol display 1189 is mounted, and a center right where a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface of the right game path 2221 on the rear side of the main base 2251 and on the rear side of the gate space 2221b. A decorative board 2264, a center lower right decorative board 2265 arranged at the lower right corner in front view on the rear side of the main body base 2251 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface, and a second arranged at the rear side of the center lower right decorative board 2265. The second attacker relay board 2266 that relays the connection between the second attacker solenoid 2354 and the second count sensor 2356 in the attacker unit 2350 and the panel relay board 3020 is provided.

  The main body base 2251 of the accessory main body 2250 is a dharma in which the shape inside the frame in a front view is connected to a large circular portion slightly extending up and down, and a small circular portion is connected to the lower right of the large circular portion. It is formed in a shape. Further, the main body base 2251 is formed in a nine-letter shape having a portion whose outer shape in front view extends shortly from the lower right to the lower left of the substantially circular portion. A gate space 2221b of the right game passage entrance 2220 and the right game passage 2221 is formed above the small circular portion forming the inside of the frame in the main body base 2251. A bypass passage 2221c of the right game passage 2221 is formed on the right side of the small circular portion, and a discharge passage 2221d and a right game passage outlet 2222 of the right game passage 2221 are formed on the lower side of the small circular portion. Has been.

  The main body base 2251 has a second start port unit mounting portion 2251a for mounting the second start port unit 2300 in the gate space 2221b in the right game passage 2221 and an outer shape below the small circular portion in the frame. And a second attacker attachment portion 2251b for attaching the second attacker unit 2350 to a portion that extends obliquely to the lower left. Further, the main body base 2251 protrudes into the gate space 2221b, passes through the gate portion 2223, and then guides a game ball that has not been received in the second starting port 2224 to the right in the front view, And a plate-shaped guide shelf 2251d that is arranged on the left side of the attachment portion 2251b in a front view and guides a game ball that has not been received in the second grand prize opening 2225 to the left. The general winning opening 2227 in the center accessory 2200 is arranged immediately below the left end of the guide shelf 2251d.

  The center accessory 2200 of the present embodiment causes the LEDs on the center upper right decorative substrate 2260, the center upper middle decorative substrate 2261, the center upper left decorative substrate 2262, and the center right lower decorative substrate 2265 of the accessory main body 2250 to appropriately emit light, The window decoration member 2254 can be decorated with light emission. The center accessory 2200 can cause the warp passage member 2252 to emit light by appropriately emitting light from the LED of the warp passage decoration board 2263 of the accessory body 2250, and a game ball that circulates in the warp passage member 2252. Can be easily seen by the player. Further, the center accessory 2200 can appropriately illuminate the gate space 2221b in the right game passage 2221 by appropriately emitting the LED on the center right decoration board 2264 of the accessory body 2250, and circulates in the gate space 2221b. The game ball to be played can be easily seen from the player side, and the player's interest can be attracted to the gate space 2221b (second start port 2224).

  Further, in the center accessory 2200, the gate portion 2223 of the second start port unit 2300 attached to the second start port unit mounting portion 2251a of the accessory main body 2250 is located immediately below the entry passage 2221a in the right game passage 2221. . Thereby, by allowing the game ball to enter the right game passage entrance 2220, the game ball can be passed to the gate portion 2223 with a very high probability.

[2-3A. Second starter unit]
Next, the second start port unit 2300 in the center accessory 2200 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 132 to 134. FIG. 132 (a) is a perspective view of the second starting port unit of the center accessory as seen from the front, and (b) is a perspective view of the second starting port unit of the center accessory as seen from the back. FIG. 133 is an exploded perspective view of the second starter port unit as seen from the front. Further, FIG. 134 is an exploded perspective view of the second starting port unit as seen from behind.

  The second starter port unit 2300 includes a gate portion 2223 that protrudes from the rear side into the gate space 2221b in the right game path 2221 with respect to the second starter port unit mounting portion 2251a of the accessory body 2250, and the gate portion 2223. A unit base plate 2301 having a through-hole 2301a that penetrates back and forth and forms a part of the second start port 2224, and a gate sensor that is attached to the gate portion 2223 of the unit base plate 2301 and detects the passage of a game ball 2302, a concave portion 2303 a that faces forward from the through-hole 2301 a of the unit base plate 2301 and is recessed in a curved shape toward the rear, and an opening through which the game ball can pass through the through-hole 2301 a of the unit base plate 2301 below the concave portion 2303 a Part 2303b and a discharge passage 2303c through which game balls passing through the opening 2303b circulate And a box-shaped passage member 2303 whose right side when viewed from the front is opened, and a plate-shaped passage cover 2304 that is attached to the right end of the passage member 2303 when viewed from the front and attached to the rear side of the unit base plate 2301. .

  The second starting port unit 2300 is rotatably supported by the passage member 2303 and the passage lid 2304 at a position in front of the lower end of the opening 2303b in the passage member 2303, and a door member 2305 that opens and closes the second starting port 2224. A start port solenoid 2306 having a plunger 2306a attached to the rear side of the guide passage 2303a in the passage member 2303 and capable of moving back and forth in the vertical direction, and a first moving in the vertical direction as the plunger 2306a of the start port solenoid 2306 advances and retreats. The link member 2307, the second link member 2308 that transmits the movement of the first link member 2307 in the vertical direction to rotate the door member 2305, and the second start port supported on the rear side of the opening 2303b of the passage member 2303 A second start port sensor 2309 for detecting a game ball that has passed 2224; And a link cover 2310 attached to the front view right 4 covers the second link member 2308.

  The unit base plate 2301 of the second starter opening unit 2300 protrudes forward from the upper end and penetrates in the vertical direction through which a game ball can pass, and from the lower end of the gate portion 2223 to the lower side. A through-hole 2301a that extends in the front-rear direction and extends, a barrier portion 2301b that protrudes in a frame shape from the vicinity of the center in the vertical direction of the through-hole 2301a, and a passage member 2303 and a passage extending rearward from the left and right sides of the through-hole 2301a And a holding piece 2301c for holding the lid 2304. The unit base plate 2301 includes a sensor holding portion 2301d that holds the gate sensor 2302 from the rear side in the gate portion 2223. The unit base plate 2301 is formed of a transparent material, and the inside of the gate portion 2223, the second start port 2224, and the like can be visually recognized from the player side.

  The passage member 2303 of the second start-up port unit 2300 includes a recess 2303a capable of returning the game ball that has entered the curved back from the lower side of the gate portion 2223 of the unit base plate 2301 and a lower portion of the recess 2303a. An opening 2303b that opens in the front-rear direction and allows a game ball to pass through, a discharge passage 2303c that guides the game ball that has passed through the opening 2303b to the rear and then discharges it downward, and a second start port 2224 (opening 2303b) is provided with a sensor holding portion 2303d for holding a second start port sensor 2309 for detecting a game ball that has passed, and a solenoid holding portion 2303e for holding the start port solenoid 2306.

  Further, the passage member 2303 is disposed on the front side of the lower end of the opening 2303b, the door bearing portion 2303f that rotatably supports the shaft portion 2305b of the door member 2305, and the second link member 2308 disposed on the rear side of the discharge passage 2303c. Link shaft portion 2303g that rotatably supports the shaft portion 2308b. The passage member 2303 can hold the start port solenoid 2306 by the solenoid holding portion 2303e so that the plunger 2306 advances and retreats downward from the lower surface. In addition, although illustration is abbreviate | omitted, the channel | path member 2303 is provided with the holding | maintenance protrusion which latches the holding piece 2301c of the unit base plate 2301 in the surface of the front left side.

  The passage lid 2304 of the second start-up unit 2300 penetrates in the left-right direction through the first opening 2304a through which the extending portion 2307b of the first link member 2307 is inserted, and in the left-right direction below the first opening 2304a. A second opening 2304b through which the rear end of the second link member 2308 is inserted, and a third opening 2304c through which the extension piece 2305c of the door member 2305 is inserted in the left-right direction on the front side of the second opening 2304b. Yes. Further, the passage lid 2304 is disposed on the front side of the third opening 2304c, and a door bearing portion 2304d that rotatably supports the shaft portion 2305b of the door member 2305, and the second link member disposed on the rear side of the second opening 2304b. A link bearing portion 2304e that rotatably supports a shaft portion 2308b of 2308, and a holding projection 2304f that is formed on the right side surface of the front view and that holds the holding piece 2301c of the unit base plate 2301.

  The door member 2305 of the second start port unit 2300 protrudes from the left and right sides of the lower end of the door portion 2305a and the plate-like door portion 2305a that can close the second start port 2224 (the opening portion 2303b of the passage member 2303) from the front side. A shaft portion 2305b, an extension piece 2305c extending rearward from the rear side near the shaft portion 2305b on the right side when viewed from the front, and a transmission pin 2305d protruding rightward from the rear end of the extension piece 2305c are provided. . The door member 2305 is supported so that the shaft portions 2305b on the left and right sides at the lower end of the door portion 2305a can be rotated about the shaft extending in the left-right direction by the door bearing portions 2303f and 2304d of the passage member 2303 and the passage lid 2304. Further, the extension piece 2305 c of the door member 2305 extends through the third opening 2304 c of the passage lid 2304 and the rear end thereof extends to the right side of the passage lid 2304 when viewed from the front. Further, the transmission pin 2305d of the door member 2305 is slidably inserted into the transmission slit 2308d of the second link member 2308.

  In the start port solenoid 2306 of the second start port unit 2300, the plunger 2306a advances and retreats downward from the lower surface. The plunger 2306a of the start-up solenoid 2306 is formed in a disk shape whose tip (lower end) is widened in a direction perpendicular to the advance / retreat direction. The start-up solenoid 2306 includes a spring 2306b that urges the plunger 2306a in a protruding direction.

  The first link member 2307 of the second start port unit 2300 includes a plunger mounting portion 2307a to which the tip of the plunger 2306a of the start port solenoid 2306 is mounted and supported so as to be movable in the vertical direction by the passage lid 2304, and the plunger mounting portion 2307a. An extension part 2307b extending downward from the right end in front view and a link pin 2307c protruding rightward in front view from the lower end of the extension part 2307b are provided. The extended portion 2307 b of the first link member 2307 extends through the first opening 2304 a of the passage lid 2304 to the right side in the front view of the passage lid 2304. The link pin 2307c is slidably inserted into the link slit 2308c of the second link member 2308.

  The second link member 2308 of the second start-up unit 2300 is formed with a main body 2308a extending in the front-rear direction in a strip shape and a rear side of the extension portion 2307b of the first link member 2307 formed at the rear end of the main body 2308a. A shaft portion 2308b that is supported by the link member portions 2303g and 2304e of the passage member 2303 and the passage lid 2304 in the left and right directions so as to be rotatable around the shaft, and a main body 2308a that is formed at a position closer to the front end from the shaft portion 2308b. And a link slit 2308c into which the link pin 2307c of the first link member 2307 is slidably inserted and extending in the longitudinal direction of the main body 2308a, and is formed at the front end of the main body 2308a and passes through the main body 2308a. In addition, the transmission pin 2305d of the door member 2305 has a long hole shape extending in the longitudinal direction of the main body 2308a. And it includes a transmitting slit 2308d are inserted rotatably in the. In the second link member 2308, the main body 2308a is inserted into the second opening 2304b of the passage lid 2304, the shaft portion 2308b is located on the left side of the passage lid 2304 as viewed from the front, and the link slit 2308c on the front side of the shaft portion 2308b and The transmission slit 2308d is located on the right side of the passage lid as viewed from the front.

  In the second start port unit 2300 of the present embodiment, in a normal state, the plunger 2306a of the start port solenoid 2306 protrudes downward by the biasing force of the spring 2306b, and the door portion 2305a of the door member 2305 rises substantially vertically. The second starting port 2224 is closed by the door member 2305 (see FIG. 131). In a normal state, the game ball that has entered the gate portion 2223 of the unit base plate 2301 from above is detected by the gate sensor 2302, passes through the frame of the barrier portion 2301 b, and is closed by the door member 2305. It is discharged downward through the front side of the start port 2224.

  When the start port solenoid 2306 is energized from the normal state, the second start port unit 2300 is lifted so that the plunger 2306a is immersed in the start port solenoid 2306, and the first link member 2307 is also lifted together with the plunger 2306a. When the first link member 2307 is raised, the link pin 2307c of the first link member 2307 slides in the link slit 2308c of the second link member 2308, and at the same time, the second link member 2308 is moved via the link slit 2308c. It rotates in the direction in which the tip rises around the shaft 2308b at the rear end. When the distal end of the second link member 2308 is rotated in the upward direction, the transmission pin 2305d of the door member 2305 slides in the transmission slit 2308d at the distal end of the second link member 2308, and at the same time, the transmission pin 2305d is increased. The door member 2305 rotates around the shaft portion 2305b. As a result, the upper end of the door 2305a of the door member 2305 is rotated in the direction of moving forward, and the second start port 2224 closed by the door 2305a is opened, and the game ball to the second start port 2224 Can be accepted.

[2-3B. Second attacker unit]
Next, the second attacker unit 2350 in the center accessory 2200 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 135 to 138. FIG. 135 is a perspective view of the center actor second attacker unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 136 is a perspective view of the center actor second attacker unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 137 is an exploded perspective view of the second attacker unit as seen from the front side. FIG. 138 is an exploded perspective view of the second attacker unit as seen from the exploded position.

  The second attacker unit 2350 of the center accessory 2200 is attached to the second attacker attachment portion 2251b of the accessory body 2250 from the rear side, and extends forward from the front surface of the panel plate 1210 in the game panel 1200 and in the horizontal direction. A unit case upper 2351 having a pair of partition pieces 2351a forming a second big prize opening 2225 that is spaced apart and opened upward, and lower ends of the pair of partition pieces 2351a attached to the lower side of the unit case upper 2351 And a unit case lower 2352 having a bottom wall portion 2352a for connecting the two, and a plate-shaped first opening 2225 that can be opened and closed by a unit case upper 2351 slidably supported across the pair of partition pieces 2351a. Two opening / closing members 2353, a unit case upper 2351 and a unit case lower 2352 A second attacker solenoid 2354 having a plunger 2354a that is supported and can be moved forward and backward, and a link member 2355 that transmits the advance and retreat of the plunger 2354a of the second attacker solenoid 2354 and slides the second opening / closing member 2353 in the front-rear direction. , And a second count sensor 2356 that detects a game ball that is supported in the lower unit case 2352 and received in the second big prize opening 2225.

  A unit case upper 2351 of the second attacker unit 2350 has a pair of partition wall pieces 2351a that protrude from the front surface of the main body base 2251 of the accessory main body 2250 and extend in the vertical direction and are spaced apart in the horizontal direction. A box-shaped upper body 2351b which is continuous with the rear end of the partition wall piece 2351a and is opened at the lower side, and a slide support portion 2351c which protrudes upward from the upper surface of the upper body 2351b and slidably supports the second opening / closing member 2353 in the front-rear direction. And a long hole-like insertion port 2351d that penetrates the upper surface of the upper main body 2351b and extends in the front-rear direction and into which the second extending portion 2355d of the link member 2355 is inserted.

  The lower case unit 2352 of the second attacker unit 2350 includes a bottom wall portion 2352a that connects the lower ends of the pair of partition pieces 2351a in the unit case upper portion 2351 and is inclined downward toward the left end in front view, and the left end of the bottom wall portion 2352a. A discharge port 2352b through which the game ball can pass through in the vertical direction on the rear side, a box-shaped second attacker solenoid 2354, a link member 2355, and a second member disposed on the rear side of the bottom wall portion 2352a and opened upward. And a lower main body 2352c that accommodates and holds the count sensor 2356. The second attacker unit 2350 forms a space opened upward and forward by the pair of partition wall pieces 2351a of the upper unit case 2351 and the bottom wall portion 2352a of the lower unit case 2352, and the upper opening of the space is the second opening. It is a big prize opening 2225.

  The second opening / closing member 2353 of the second attacker unit 2350 spans between a pair of partition pieces 2351a on the unit case upper 2351, and a plate-like door portion 2353a capable of closing between the pair of partition pieces 2351a, An extension part 2353b extending rearward from the rear end of the door part 2353a and a front end (upper end) of the second extension part 2355d of the link member 2355 penetrating in the vertical direction at the rear end of the extension part 2353b are inserted. A transmission port 2353c. Further, the second opening / closing member 2353 is formed on the lower surface of the door portion 2353a and is inclined so as to become thinner toward the front, and downward from the left and right ends of the lower surface of the door portion 2353a on the rear side of the chamfered portion 2353d. A pair of projecting front leg portions 2353e, a pair of rear leg portions 2353f projecting downward from the left and right ends of the lower surface of the extension portion 2353b, and a unit case upper 2351 projecting upward from the left and right ends at the rear end of the upper surface of the door portion 2353a. The slide protrusion 2353g is slidably supported by the slide support portion 2351c.

  The second attacker solenoid 2354 of the second attacker unit 2350 is attached between the upper body 2351b of the upper unit case 2351 and the lower body 2352c of the lower unit case 2352 so that the plunger 2354a advances and retreats downward from the lower surface. Further, the plunger 2354a of the second attacker solenoid 2354 is formed in a disk shape having a tip (lower end) that extends in a direction perpendicular to the advancing / retreating direction.

  The link member 2355 of the second attacker unit 2350 includes a shaft portion 2355a that is rotatably supported by a unit case upper 2351 and a unit case lower 2352 around a shaft extending in the left-right direction, and a first portion extending forward from the shaft portion 2355a. One extension portion 2355b, a pair of drive pins 2355c protruding rightward from the front end of the first extension portion 2355b and spaced apart in the vertical direction, and the first extension portion 2355b obliquely upward and forward from the shaft portion 2355a. 2nd extension part 2355d extended longer than this. The tip of the plunger 2354a of the second attacker solenoid 2354 is inserted between the pair of drive pins 2355c of the link member 2355. In addition, the second extending portion 2355d of the link member 2355 has a tip passing through the insertion port 2351d of the unit case upper 2351 and extending to the upper side of the upper main body 2351d, and into the transmission port 2353c of the second opening / closing member 2353. It is slidably inserted.

  In the normal state, the second attacker unit 2350 of the present example is such that the plunger 2354a of the second attacker solenoid 2354 protrudes downward, and the plunger 2354a protruding downward causes the second opening / closing via the link member 2355. The member 2353 slides forward to close the second big prize opening 2225. In this state, the front leg portion 2353e of the second opening / closing member 2353 is in contact with the upper surfaces of the pair of partition wall pieces 2351a on the unit case upper 2351. The second opening / closing member 2353 is supported on the lower side by a pair of front leg portion 2353d and rear leg portion 2353e, and is formed to be easily bent when a game ball comes into contact with the upper side from above. Thereby, the impact by contact of a game ball can be relieved and it can be made hard to be damaged.

  Further, the second attacker unit 2350 has a pair of partition pieces 2351a on the unit case upper 2531 that forms the second big prize opening 2225, a front end of the bottom wall portion 2352a of the unit case lower 2352, and a second opening / closing in a normal state. The front end of the member 2353 extends to a position close to the glass plate 594 in the pachinko machine 1. As a result, the second big prize opening 2225 is prevented from entering the game ball from the front side opened by the glass plate 594.

  When the second attacker unit 2350 is energized from the normal state to the second attacker solenoid 2354 by a big hit game or the like, the plunger 2354a rises and enters a state of being excluding the disc-shaped tip. As the plunger 2354a rises, the pair of drive pins 2355c of the link member 2355 sandwiching the tip of the plunger 2354a rises, and as the pair of drive pins 2355 rises, the link member 2355 moves around the shaft portion 2355a. Rotate in the clockwise direction when viewed from the right side. As the link member 2355 rotates, the tip of the second extending portion 2355d extending obliquely upward rotates in the direction in which it moves backward. As a result, the transmission port 2353c of the second opening / closing member 2353 into which the tip of the second extending portion 2355d is slidably inserted is pressed rearward, and the second opening / closing member 2353 slides rearward, and the second big prize winning port. The game ball 2225 can be accepted.

  When the second opening / closing member 2353 slides backward and the second grand prize opening 2225 is in the open state, when the game balls are received into the second big prize opening 2225, the game balls are paired on the unit case upper 2351. After passing through the partition piece 2351a and falling onto the bottom wall portion 2352a of the lower unit case 2352, after rolling on the bottom wall portion 2352a and being detected by the second count sensor 2356, from the discharge port 2352b. It is discharged downward.

[2-3C. Front right production unit]
Next, the front right effect unit 2400 in the center accessory 2200 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 139 to 148. FIG. 139A is a perspective view of the front right effect unit of the center accessory as viewed from the front, and FIG. 139 is a perspective view of the front right effect unit of the center character as viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 140 is an exploded perspective view of the front right effect unit as seen from the front after being disassembled for each main member, and FIG. 141 is an exploded perspective view of the front right effect unit as seen from after being disassembled as the main member. FIG. Further, FIG. 142 is an exploded perspective view of the front right effect unit that is disassembled from the front right movable ornament body unit, and FIG. 143 is an exploded view of the front right effect unit from the front right effect unit. FIG. FIG. 144 is an exploded perspective view of the front right effect unit as seen from the front after disassembling, and FIG. 145 is an exploded perspective view of the front right effect unit as seen from the rear after being disassembled. Further, FIG. 146 is an exploded perspective view of the front right decoration unit as viewed from the front and exploded, and FIG. 147 is an exploded perspective view of the front right decoration unit as viewed from the rear and exploded. FIG. Further, FIG. 148 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the front right effect unit.

  The front right effect unit 2400 of the center accessory 2200 is attached to the right end of the center accessory 2200 when viewed from the front in the frame of the accessory main body 2250, and forms the right end of the game window 2201. The front right effect unit 2400 includes a front right movable decorative body unit 2410 having a three-dimensional decoration, and a main body unit that rotatably supports the front right movable decorative body 2410 and is attached to the rear side of the accessory main body 2250. 2450 and a front / right decoration unit 2490 attached to the front side of the main unit 2450 on the rear side of the left end.

  First, as shown in FIGS. 142 and 143, the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 of the front right rendering unit 2400 includes a plate-shaped front right rotating decorative body 2411 provided with a three-dimensional decoration, and a front right rotation. A front right rotation drive motor 2412 that is arranged on the rear side of the decorative body 2411 and rotationally drives the front right rotation decorative body 2411, and is disposed between the front right rotation drive motor 2412 and the front right rotation decorative body 2411 and front right A plate-like rotation base 2413 to which the rotation drive motor 2412 is attached, and the rotation base 2413 and the front right rotation decoration body 2411 are arranged and attached to the rotation base 2413 to give a three-dimensional decoration. An annular front right fixed decorative body 2414, a front right fixed decorative body 2414 and a rotating base 2413, and is attached to the rotating base 2413 and has a plurality of L on the front surface. A front right movable decorative body decorative board 2415 mounted with D, an outer peripheral cover 2416 which is provided with a predetermined decoration and surrounds a part of the outer periphery of the front right fixed decorative body 2414 and is attached to the front surface of the rotation base 2413; A rotation detection sensor 2417 attached to the rotation base 2413 and capable of detecting the rotation position of the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and a plate-like back cover 2418 attached to the rear side of the rotation base 2413 are provided.

  The front right rotating decorative body 2411 is formed in a star-shaped polygonal shape when viewed from the front. The shaft 2411a extends rearward from the center and is fixed to the rotation shaft of the front right rotation driving motor 2412. And a rotation detecting piece 2411b extending rearward from a position separated in the radial direction from 2411a. The front right rotating decorative body 2411 includes a light-transmitting and frame-shaped part and a light-transmitting part that closes the inside of the frame. From the front-right movable decorative body decorative substrate 2415 arranged on the rear side The light can be decorated with light.

  The rotation base 2413 includes a disc-shaped main body portion 2413a having a diameter larger than that of the front right rotating decorative body 2411, an extension portion 2413b extending upward from the upper end of the main body portion 2413a, and a rear side from the tip of the extension portion 2413b. The main body unit 2450 is formed at a position between the rotation shaft 2413c rotatably supported by the bearing portion 2451a of the unit base 2451 and the main body portion 2413a and the extension portion 2413b. A holding slit 2413d extending in a circular shape that bulges downward, a drive slit 2413e formed in the vicinity of the front right end of the main body 2413a and penetrating in the front-rear direction and extending in a curved shape in the vertical direction, and holding in the main body 2413a A rotation detecting piece 2413f extending outward from the vicinity of the right end of the slit 2413d. That.

  The holding slit 2413d of the rotation base 2413 extends in an arc shape with the rotation shaft 2413c as the center. The holding slit 2413d is slidably inserted into a holding pin 2451b of a unit base 2451 in a main body unit 2450 described later. Further, the drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 has a portion extending in an arc shape in the vertical direction around the position close to the rotation center of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and an arc from the upper end of the portion extending in the arc shape. And a portion extending linearly and obliquely upward. The drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 is slidably inserted into a drive pin 2453c of a link member 2453 in a main body unit 2450 described later.

  The front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can rotate around the rotation shaft 2413c by the rotation shaft 2413c of the rotation base 2413 being rotatably supported by the main body unit 2450. The front right movable decorative body unit 2410 has a holding pin 2451b of the unit base 2451 in the main body unit 2450 slidably inserted into the holding slit 2413d of the rotation base 2413, so that the holding slit 2413d is within an extended angular range. Can be rotated. Further, the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is configured such that the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453 in the main body unit 2450 slidably inserted into the drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 revolves at a predetermined radius, thereby driving the drive pin. 2453c slides in the drive slit 2413e and presses in the left-right direction when viewed from the front, and the entire front right movable decorative body unit 2410 rotates around the rotation shaft 2413c. The rotation position of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is detected by the rotation detection sensor 2456 of the main body unit 2450 of the rotation detection piece 2413f of the rotation base 2413.

  Further, the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can rotate the front right rotational decorative body 2411 by a front right rotation driving motor 2412. The rotation position of the front right rotation decorative body 2411 is detected by a rotation detection sensor 2417 attached to the rotation base 2413. Further, the front right movable ornament body unit 2410 can light-decorate the front right rotation ornament body 2411 and the front right fixed ornament body 2414 by appropriately causing the LEDs on the front right movable ornament body 2415 to emit light.

  As shown in FIGS. 144 and 145, the main body unit 2450 of the front right rendering unit 2400 includes a unit base 2451 that rotatably supports the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 and is attached to the accessory main body 2250. 2451, a front right rotation drive motor 2452 which is attached to the lower part of the rear surface of the 2451 and extends through the unit base 2451 and extends forward, and is fixed to the rotation shaft of the front right rotation drive motor 2452 and is perpendicular to the front-rear direction. A rod-shaped link member 2453 extending in the direction, and a light-transmitting main body decoration member disposed between the link member 2453 and the unit base 2451 and attached to the front surface of the unit base 2451 and having a three-dimensional decoration. 2454 and the front side of the unit base 2451 at a position corresponding to the main body decoration member 2454. A front and back decorative board 2455 having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon, and a rotation detection sensor that is attached to the front surface of the uni and base 2451 above the main body decorative member 2454 and detects the rotational position of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 2456.

  The main unit 2450 also covers the front right relay board 2457 disposed on the upper rear side of the unit base 2451, the rear side of the front right relay board 2457, and the front right relay board 2457 in cooperation with the unit base 2451. A belt-like flat cable that connects the sandwiched substrate cover 2458, the front right relay substrate 2457, the front right rotation drive motor 2412 of the front right movable ornament unit 2410, the front right movable ornament decorative substrate 2415, and the rotation detection sensor 2417. (Not shown), a cable guide 2460 for fixing a part of the flat cable to the unit base 2451, and a game attached to the rear side of the unit base 2451 and received in the second start port 2224 of the second start port unit 2300 A bowl-shaped ball passage member 2461 in which a ball is guided rearward and the front is opened, and a ball guiding portion A back cover 2462 plate-like attached to the rear side of the unit base 2451 with closing the front side of 2461, and a.

  The unit base 2451 of the main body unit 2450 is arranged on the left side of the front view in the upper part, and a bearing portion 2451a penetrating in the front-rear direction in which the rotation shaft 2413c of the rotation base 2413 in the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is rotatably inserted. A holding pin 2451b that protrudes forward from the lower side of the bearing portion 2451a and is slidably inserted into the holding slit 2413d of the rotation base 2413 in the front right movable decorative body unit 2410, and an upper side of the holding pin 2451b. An upper concave portion 2451c that is disposed on the right side of the bearing portion 2451a and is recessed rearward, a bowl-shaped receiving portion 2451d that is open upward and rearward at the lower end of the upper concave portion 2451c, and through which a game ball can pass, and a receiving portion 2451d is opened to the rear and can accommodate a flat cable (not shown). It includes a Blu housing recess 2451E, a.

  The unit base 2451 is attached with a front right rotation drive motor 2452 on the rear side at a position below the cable housing portion 2451e. Further, the unit base 2451 is provided with a rotation detection sensor 2456 on the front surface on the right side of the receiving portion 2451d. In the unit base 2451, the rear portion of the second start port unit 2300 is inserted into the upper recess 2451c, and the downstream end of the discharge passage 2303c of the passage member 2303 in the second start port unit 2300 is located above the receiving portion 2451d. To position. This unit base 2451 is formed to be transparent.

  The link member 2453 of the main body unit 2450 includes a base portion 2453a into which the rotation shaft of the front right rotation drive motor 2452 is inserted and fixed, a flange portion 2453b extending in a plate shape from the base portion 2453a in a direction perpendicular to the front-rear direction, And a drive pin 2453c that extends forward from the tip of the portion 2453b and is slidably inserted into a drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 in the front right movable decorative body unit 2410. The link member 2453 has a collar portion 2453 b with a decoration similar to the main body decoration member 2454.

  The ball guide member 2461 of the main body unit 2450 has an upper end positioned at the rear end of the receiving portion 2451d in the unit base 2451, and is formed in a meandering shape that is bent in the right direction as viewed from the front and then bent in the left direction. It is open towards. The back cover 2462 of the main unit 2450 can close the opened front side of the ball guiding member 2461 and can also close the opened rear side of the cable housing recess 2451e in the unit base 2451. Further, the back cover 2462 can cover the back side of the front right back decorative board 2455 attached to the back side of the unit base 2451.

  The main body unit 2450 supports the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 in a rotatable manner by inserting the rotary shaft 2413c of the rotary base 2413 in the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 into the bearing portion 2451a of the unit base 2451. be able to. Further, by inserting the holding pin 2451b of the unit base 2451 into the holding slit 2413d of the rotation base 2413, the rotation range of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be restricted. Furthermore, the main body unit 2450 can revolve the drive pin 2453c at the tip of the link member 2453 with a predetermined radius by rotating the link member 2453 by the front right rotation drive motor 2452. The drive pin 2453c is slidably inserted into the drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 in the front right movable decorative body unit 2410, so that the drive pin 2453c slides in the drive slit 2413e by the revolution of the drive pin 2453c. At the same time, the drive slit 2413e can be pressed in the left-right direction corresponding to the revolving direction, and the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be rotated around the bearing portion 2451a (rotating shaft 2413c).

  In addition, the main body unit 2450 can make the main body decoration member 2454 to emit light by appropriately emitting light from the LEDs on the front right back decorative substrate 2455.

  As shown in FIGS. 146 and 147, the front right decoration unit 2490 of the front right effect unit 2400 has a three-dimensional decoration and a part of the front right decoration decorative body that has translucency and extends in the vertical direction. 2491, a front right decorative board 2492 arranged on the rear side of the front right decorative body 2491 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface, And a substrate cover 2493 attached to the rear side.

  The front right decoration unit 2490 can light and decorate the front right decoration ornament 2491 by causing the LEDs on the front right decoration board 2492 to emit light appropriately. The front right decoration unit 2490 is attached to the rear side of the main unit 2450 through the substrate cover 2493.

  In the normal state, the front right effect unit 2400 in the center accessory 2200 of the present embodiment is a state in which the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is suspended from the upper rotation shaft 2413c as shown in FIG. 148 (a). It has become. In this state, the holding pin 2451b of the main unit 2450 inserted into the holding slit 2413d of the rotation base 2413 is located at the left end of the holding slit 2413d when viewed from the front. Further, the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453 in the main body unit 2450 inserted into the drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 is positioned above the base portion 2453a of the link member 2453 at a linear portion in the drive slit 2413c. .

  In this state, when a force is applied to the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 to move leftward (clockwise in front view) due to its own weight, the driving pin of the link member 2453 is driven from the driving slit 2413e. A leftward force is applied to 2453c. Since the drive pin 2453c is positioned above the revolution center (base portion 2453a) of the drive pin 2453c, the link member 2453 attempts to rotate counterclockwise by the force acting on the drive pin 2453c. . However, if the link member 2453 further rotates counterclockwise from this state, conversely, a force that moves the drive slit 2413e to the right from the drive pin 2453c acts, and the mutual force cancels out. Thus, the rotation of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is prevented. That is, the rotation of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is locked.

  When the link member 2453 is rotated in the clockwise direction by the front right rotation drive motor 2452 of the main unit 2450 from the normal state, the drive pin 2453c at the tip of the link member 2453 also revolves in the clockwise direction. The drive pin 2453c revolves in the clockwise direction, so that the drive pin 2453c slides in the drive slit 2413e, presses the drive slit 2453c to the left, and the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 rotates. It rotates in the clockwise direction around the shaft 2413c (see FIG. 148 (b)). As a result, the front right rotating decorative body 2411, the front right fixed decorative body 2414, etc. of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 move to the left and move to the center side of the game area 1100.

  The front right rotating decorative body 2411 of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be rotated clockwise or counterclockwise by a front right rotating drive motor 2412. Further, the front right rotating decorative body 2411 can be rotated regardless of the rotational position of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410.

  The front right effect unit 2400 supports the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 such that the rotation shaft 2413c at the upper end of the rotation base 2413 can be rotated by the bearing portion 2451a of the unit base 2451 and the rotation base 2413 can be rotated. The holding slit 2413d between the main body 2413a and the extension 2413b is slidably held by the holding pin 2451b of the unit base 2451, and further linked via the drive slit 2413e of the main body 2413a of the rotation base 2413. Since the rotating base 2413 (front right movable decorative body unit 2410) is supported at three places, the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be loosened as much as possible. It can be suppressed, and the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be smoothly rotated. It can be.

  In the front right rendering unit 2400, the upper part of the main body unit 2450 is located on the rear side of the second start port unit 2300, and is received by the second start port 2224 from the discharge passage 2303c of the second start port unit 2300. The game ball discharged downward can be received by the receiving portion 2451d of the unit base 2451 in the main body unit 2450 and guided by the ball passage member 2461 to be discharged downward.

[2-3D. On-table production unit]
Next, the table effect unit 2500 in the center accessory 2200 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 149 to 153. FIG. 149 is a perspective view of the center effect unit on the front of the center character as seen from the front, and FIG. 150 is a perspective view of the center effect on the front of the center character as viewed from the rear. In addition, FIG. 151 is an exploded perspective view of the front stage production unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 152 is an exploded perspective view of the front middle production unit exploded and viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 153 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the middle production unit when viewed from the left side.

  The front middle effect unit 2500 of the center accessory 2200 is arranged in the upper part of the frame of the accessory main body 2250, and a front upper left effect unit 2600 and a front upper right effect unit 2700, which will be described later, on the rear side of the accessory main body 2250. It is attached via. The front middle production unit 2500 includes a front middle movable decoration body 2510 having a three-dimensional decoration, a support shaft 2530 that rotatably supports the front middle movable decoration body 2510, and a support shaft. The upper unit base 2532 that supports both ends of the 2530 via the bush 2531 and is attached to the accessory body 2250 via the upper left effect unit 2600 and the upper right effect unit 2700, and the motor attached to the upper unit base 2532 A base 2533, a front center drive motor 2534 attached to the motor base 2533 in a state in which the rotation shaft extends in the left-right direction, and a top center movable decoration 2510 fixed to the rotation shaft of the front center drive motor 2534 The link member 2535 to be moved, and the rotational position of the movable decorative body 2510 on the front surface attached to the motor base 2533 A rotation detecting sensor 2536 for detecting the upper and lower unit bases 2532 and the upper and lower inner decorative substrate 2514 of the upper and lower movable decorative body 2510, the upper and lower middle driving motor 2534, and the rotation detecting sensor 2536. An upper relay board 2537 that relays connection to the one drive board 3023 and a board cover 2538 that covers the rear side of the upper relay board 2537 and is attached to the rear side of the upper unit base 2532 are provided.

  The front middle decorative member 2510 of the front middle production unit 2500 has a front center decorative member 2511 formed in a front-view diamond-shaped pentagon and a predetermined decoration on the front surface, and an outer periphery of the front center decorative member 2511. An enclosing frame-shaped front outer periphery decorative member 2512, a transparent decorative body base 2513 that closes the frame of the front outer peripheral decorative member 2512 from the rear side and holds the front central decorative body 2511, and a rear side of the decorative body base 2513 A front upper decorative board 2514 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface, and a reflector having a plurality of openings arranged between the front upper decorative board 2514 and the decorative body base 2513 and penetrating in the front-rear direction (illustration is shown) And a board cover 2515 that covers the rear side of the decorative board 2514 in the front surface and is attached to the rear side of the decorative body base 2513, and a rear upper side of the decorative body base 2513. Includes a pair of support arms 2516 extending rearward is pivotally supported, the by the support shaft 2530 with attached to.

  The pair of support arms 2516 of the upper movable decorative body 2510 on the front side are provided with a first extending portion 2516a extending rearward perpendicularly to the rear surface of the decorative body base 2513, and downward from the rear end of the first extending portion 2516a. The second extending portion 2516b that extends obliquely in the direction away from the decorative body base 2513 and the support shaft 2530 can be rotated inside by extending in a cylindrical shape from the lower end of the second extending portion 2516b toward each other. The arm-side bearing portion 2516c to be inserted, the first extending portion 2516a, and the second extending portion 2516b protrude from the boundary in the left-right direction, and are slidably inserted into the guide slit 2532b of the upper unit base 2532. The guide pin 2516d and the second extending portion 2516b of the support arm 2516 on the left side when viewed from the front extend in the direction in which the second extending portion 2516b extends. Both drive pin 2535b of the link member 2535 in a long hole shape that penetrates the horizontal direction and a driving slit 2516e that is inserted slidably.

  The upper unit base 2532 of the upper middle production unit 2500 is formed in a box shape with the front and lower sides open. The upper unit base 2532 has a base side bearing portion 2532a through which the support shaft 2530 is rotatably inserted via the bush 2531 through the lower portions on the left and right side surfaces, and the base side bearing portion 2532a. And a guide slit 2532b that extends in a circular arc shape at the center and penetrates in the left-right direction and into which the guide pins 2516d of the pair of support arms 2516 in the upper middle movable decorative body 2510 are slidably inserted. The distance between the left and right side surfaces of the upper unit base 2532 is substantially the same as the distance between the pair of support arms 2516 in the upper movable ornament body 2510, and the pair of supports in the upper unit base 2532 The arm 2516 can be inserted.

  The motor base 2533 of the upper middle production unit 2500 is disposed between the left and right side surfaces of the upper unit base 2532 and attached to the front surface of the rear wall of the upper unit base 2532. The motor base 2533 extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis extending in the left-right direction and extends in a direction perpendicular to the planar motor mounting portion 2533a formed on the right side of the front view. And a cylinder portion 2533b disposed between the arm-side bearing portions 2516c of the pair of support arms 2516 in the upper movable ornament body 2510. When the upper middle drive motor 2534 is attached to the motor attachment portion 2533a of the motor base 2533, the rotation shaft of the upper middle drive motor 2534 passes through the motor attachment portion 2533a and protrudes to the left in the front view.

  The cylinder portion 2533b of the motor base 2533 is formed so that the length in the left-right direction is substantially the same as the distance between the arm-side bearing portions 2516c of the pair of support arms 2516 in the upper middle movable decorative body 2510. . Thereby, it can control that a pair of support arm 2516 moves to the left-right direction because cylinder part 2533b is located between a pair of arm side bearing parts 2516c.

  The link member 2535 of the upper middle production unit 2500 is offset from the cylindrical main body 2535a fixed to the rotation shaft of the upper middle drive motor 2534 and the rotation shaft of the upper middle drive motor 2534 at the tip of the main body 2535a. A drive pin 2535b protruding from the centered position and a detection piece 2535c protruding outward from the vicinity of the base end of the main body 2535a in a plate shape are provided. The drive pin 2535b of the link member 2535 is slidably inserted into the drive slit 2516e of the left support arm 2516 in the upper middle movable decorative body 2510. Further, the detection piece 2535 c of the link member 2535 is detected by a rotation detection sensor 2536 attached to the motor base 2533.

  As shown in FIG. 153 (a), the front middle decorative unit 2511 and the front outer periphery decorative body 2512 of the front middle movable decorative body 2510 are inclined obliquely downward in the normal state. Thus, the front center decorative body 2511 and the front outer peripheral decorative body 2512 of the movable decorative body 2510 on the front side can be satisfactorily viewed from the player side (see FIG. 110 and the like). In a normal state, the guide pin 2516d of the upper middle movable decorative body 2510 is positioned at the front end of the guide slit 2532b in the upper unit base 2532, and the upper middle movable decorative body 2510 rotates further forward. Of being regulated.

  Further, in the normal state, the front middle decoration unit 2500 is such that the front center decorative body 2511, the front outer peripheral decorative body 2512 and the like are positioned on the front side of a sub liquid crystal display device 2800, which will be described later, and the sub liquid crystal display from the player side. The device 2800 is concealed so as not to be visible.

  When the front middle production unit 2500 rotates the link member 2535 counterclockwise as viewed from the left side by the front middle drive motor 2534 from the normal state, the drive pin 2535b of the link member 2535 turns counterclockwise. Revolve at a predetermined radius in the direction of. Then, the drive pin 2535b revolves in the counterclockwise direction, so that the drive pin 2535b slides in the drive slit 2516e of the movable decorative body 2510 on the front surface and simultaneously presses the drive slit 2516e backward. As a result, the upper center movable decorative body 2510 rotates counterclockwise around the support shaft 2530 as viewed from the left side, and the front center decorative body 2510 and the front outer peripheral decorative body 2512 of the front upper movable decorative body 2510 are rotated. And so on.

  Then, the upper movable ornament body 2510 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the left side, and the guide pin 2516d of the upper movable ornament body 2510 is located at the rear end of the guide slit 2532b in the upper unit base 2532. When reaching, the rotational driving of the link member 2535 by the upper middle drive motor 2534 is stopped. As a result, the front center decorative body 2511 and the front outer peripheral decorative body 2512 of the upper movable decorative body 2510 on the front face are in an obliquely forward upward state, and the front central decorative body 2511 and front outer periphery of the upper movable decorative body 2510 from the player side. The decorative body 2512 is difficult to visually recognize (see FIG. 153 (b)).

  Further, the front middle production unit 2500 rotates the front central decorative body 2511 and the front outer peripheral decorative body 2512 positioned on the front side of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 in the normal state to rotate the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 upward. It can be in a state visible from the player side. That is to say, the front middle effect unit 2500 can hide or make the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 visible by rotating the front middle movable decorative body 2510.

  Further, the front middle effect unit 2500 causes the front center decorative body 2511 of the front middle movable decorative body 2510 to emit light by appropriately emitting the LED on the front middle decorative board 2514 of the upper middle movable decorative body 2510. be able to.

[2-3E. Upper left production unit and upper right production unit]
Next, the front left effect unit 2600 and the front right effect unit 2700 in the center accessory 2200 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 154 to 158. FIG. 154 is a perspective view of the front left effect unit and the front right effect unit of the center character as seen from the front, and FIG. 155 is the rear view of the front left effect unit and the front right effect unit as the center character. FIG. FIG. 156 is an exploded perspective view of the front left production unit and the front right production unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 157 is a diagram of the front left production unit and the table right production unit after FIG. Further, FIG. 158 is an explanatory diagram showing the movement of the front left effect unit and the front right effect unit.

  The upper left effect unit 2600 and the upper right carry-out unit 2700 are arranged on the left and right sides of the upper middle effect unit 2500 in the upper part of the frame of the accessory body 2250. Further, the upper left effect unit 2600 and the upper right carry-out unit 2700 include an upper left movable decoration body 2610 and an upper right movable decoration body 2710 having a three-dimensional decoration. The upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are formed in a substantially symmetrical shape with respect to an axis extending in the vertical direction, and the upper movable inner decorative body of the upper middle effect unit 2500 is formed. The left and right sides of the 2510 are decorated. Also, the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are movable in an arc along the inner periphery of the accessory body 2250, as will be described in detail later. The upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are located on the front side of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 together with the upper middle movable decorative body 2510 of the front middle production unit 2500, and the sub liquid crystal The display screen of the display device 2800 can be made invisible or visible to the player.

  First, the front left effect unit 2600 of the center accessory 2200 is disposed at a position on the left side of the front of the accessory body 2250 from the upper center in the frame of the accessory body 2250. The front left effect unit 2600 has a three-dimensional decoration and is formed in a substantially triangular shape when viewed from the front, and supports the front left movable decoration body 2610 and the front left movable decoration body 2610 from the rear side and the front left And a front left drive mechanism 2630 attached to the rear side of the accessory body 2250 by moving the movable decorative body 2610 in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the accessory body 2250.

  The front left decorative body 2610 of the front left rendering unit 2600 includes a front left decorative body 2611 that is three-dimensionally formed in a substantially triangular shape in front view and has translucency, and a rear side of the front left decorative body 2611. The front upper decorative board 2612 having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon and the rear side of the front left decorative board 2612 is covered, and the front left decorative body 2611 is supported from the rear side to support the front left decorative body 2611. And a pair of guide pins 2614 extending rearward from the protruding portion 2613a of the decorative body base 2613. The decorative body base 2613 has a protruding portion 2613a protruding outward in a plate shape.

  The upper left decorative body 2611 of the upper left movable decorative body 2610 is formed in a substantially arc shape in which one side of the three sides formed in a triangular shape in front view bulges outward, and the remaining two sides are It is formed in a substantially arc shape recessed inward. The front left decorative body 2611 is arranged in a direction in which a substantially arc-shaped side bulging outward is in contact with the inner periphery (window portion 2201) of the accessory body 2250. The decorative body base 2613 has a front left decorative body 2611 attached to the front surface. The decorative body base 2613 protrudes outward from the vicinity of the center of the substantially arc-shaped side where the protruding portion 2613a bulges outward in the upper left decorative body 2611. The pair of guide pins 2614 are separated in a tangential direction with respect to the substantially arc-shaped side bulging outward in the front left decorative body 2611.

  The front left drive mechanism 2630 of the front left effect unit 2600 holds the slide rail 2631 having a predetermined length formed by a metal shaft, and the slide rail 2631 obliquely so that the right end when viewed from the front is on the upper side. A unit base 2632 having a guide slit 2632a that extends in a circular arc shape with the slide rail 2631 as a string penetrating in the front-rear direction and into which a pair of guide pins 2614 in the upper left movable decorative body 2610 is slidably inserted; An upper left drive motor 2633 which is attached to the lower side and the rear side of the unit base 2632 which supports the slide rail 2631 and whose rotating shaft extends forward through the unit base 2632; A spur gear-like pinion gear 2634 fixed to the rotating shaft, and the pinion gear 2 34, a rack gear 2635a that extends linearly in parallel with the slide rail 2631, extends in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the rack gear 2635a, and can cross the guide slit 2632a of the unit base 2632 in front view. A plate-like slider 2635 having a pair of long-slot drive slits 2635b into which a pair of guide pins 2614 in the movable decorative body 2610 are slidably inserted, and slidably supported by a slide rail 2631. I have.

  The upper left drive mechanism 2630 is attached to the unit base 2632 and rotates to a position detection sensor 2636 that detects the movement position of the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and a pair of guide pins 2614 in the upper left movable decorative body 2610. A slide bush 2637 that is slidably inserted into the drive slit 2635b of the slider 2635 and a pair of guide pins 2614 in the upper left movable decorative body 2610 on the rear side of the unit base 2632. Member 2638.

  Further, the upper left drive mechanism 2630 includes a top protective cover 2639 that extends rearward along the upper outer periphery of the guide slit 2632a and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2632, and an open rear end of the upper protective cover 2639. The lower protective cover 2640 that extends to the lower side of the lower end of the guide slit 2632a and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2632, is disposed between the lower protective cover 2640 and the unit base 2632, and has one end on the front left A strip-shaped flat cable (not shown) having flexibility is connected to the upper left decorative board 2612 of the movable decorative body 2610, and the other end of the flat cable is connected to the upper left decorative board 2612 and the upper upper board. A table attached to the upper surface of the upper protective cover 2639 by relaying the connection with the front right relay board 2742 of the right effect unit 2700. It is provided with a left relay substrate 2641,.

  The unit base 2632 of the upper left drive mechanism 2630 supports both ends of the slide rail 2631 in a state where the slide rail 2631 is inclined by about 52 degrees with respect to the horizontal direction. The slider 2635 has a pair of drive slits 2635b on the side opposite to the direction in which the gear teeth of the rack gear 2635a protrude. The slider 2635 includes a detection piece 2635c that protrudes outward and is detected by the position detection sensor 2636.

  In the normal state, the upper left effect unit 2600 of the present embodiment is in a state where the upper left movable decorative body 2610 is raised obliquely upward as shown in FIG. 158 (a). In this state, the upper guide pin 2614 of the pair of guide pins 2614 of the upper left movable decorative body 2610 is positioned at the upper end of the guide slit 2632a in the unit base 2632, and the pinion gear 2634 is slidable on the slide rail 2631. The supported slider 2635 meshes with the vicinity of the lower end of the rack gear 2635a.

  In the normal state, the front left effect unit 2600 is positioned so that the right side of the front left movable decoration body 2610 is in contact with the left side of the front middle movable decoration body 2510 of the front middle effect unit 2500. In addition, the left side of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 arranged on the rear side is covered (see FIG. 110 and the like).

  When the front left effect unit 2600 rotates the pinion gear 2634 counterclockwise when viewed from the front by the front left drive motor 2633 from a normal state, the rack 2635 meshed with the pinion gear 2634 causes the slider 2635 to slide. A pair of drive slits 2635b formed on the slider 2635 slides downward along the slide 2631. When the pair of drive slits 2635b of the slider 2635 slide downward, the pair of guide pins 2614 of the upper left movable decorative body 2610 slidably inserted into the pair of drive slits 2635b slides the slider 2635. The guide pin 2614 slides in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the slide rail 2631 along the drive slit 2635b and moves along the guide slit 2632a extending in the arc shape of the unit base 2632. . That is, the pair of guide pins 2614 move while being guided by the guide slit 2632a that is not parallel to the slide rail 2631 and extends in an arc shape, and the upper left movable decorative body 2610 together with the pair of guide pins 2614 The movement of the guide slit 2632a follows a circular arc shape extending.

  In this way, when the front left drive motor 2633 rotates the pinion gear 2634 in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front, the front left movable decorative body 2610 moves downward in an arc along the guide slit 2632 a of the unit base 2632. And the lower guide pin 2614 of the pair of guide pins 2614 in the upper left movable decorative body 2610 is moved to the lower end of the guide slit 2632a (see FIG. 158 (b)). In the state where the upper left movable decorative body 2610 is moved to the lower end, the upper left decorative body 2611 is located away from the upper movable inner decorative body 2510 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 to the left side, and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 is located. Is displayed in a good state from the player side (see FIG. 189).

  Further, the front left effect unit 2600 can appropriately light-emit the LED on the front left decorative substrate 2612 in the front left movable decorative body 2610, so that the front left decorative body 2611 is decorated with light emission.

  Next, the front right effect unit 2700 of the center accessory 2200 is arranged at a position on the right side of the front from the center of the upper part in the frame of the accessory main body 2250, and is attached to the rear side of the accessory main body 2250. The front right production unit 2700 has a three-dimensional decoration and is formed in a substantially triangular shape when viewed from the front, and supports the front right movable decoration body 2710 and the front right movable decoration body 2710 from the rear side and the front right And a front right drive mechanism 2730 attached to the rear side of the accessory body 2250 by moving the movable decorative body 2710 in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the accessory body 2250.

  The front right decorative body 2710 of the front right rendering unit 2700 includes a front right decorative body 2711 that is three-dimensionally formed in a substantially triangular shape in front view and has translucency, and a rear side of the front right decorative body 2711. The front upper decorative board 2712 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface and the front right decorative board 2712 is covered, and the front right decorative body 2711 is supported from the rear side to support the front right decorative body 2711. And a pair of guide pins 2714 extending rearward from the projecting portion 2713a of the decorative body base 2713. The decorative body base 2713 has a projecting portion 2713a projecting outward in a plate shape.

  The front right decorative body 2711 of the front right movable decorative body 2710 is formed in a substantially arc shape in which one side of the three sides formed in a triangular shape in front view bulges outward, and the remaining two sides are It is formed in a substantially arc shape recessed inward. The front right decorative body 2711 is arranged in a direction in which a substantially arc-shaped side bulging outward is in contact with the inner periphery (window portion 2201) of the accessory body 2250. The decorative body base 2713 has a front right decorative body 2711 attached to the front surface. The decorative body base 2713 protrudes outward from the vicinity of the center of the substantially arc-shaped side in which the protruding portion 2713a bulges outward in the upper right decorative body 2711. The pair of guide pins 2714 are separated in a tangential direction with respect to the substantially arc-shaped side bulging outward in the front right decorative body 2711.

  The front right drive mechanism 2730 of the front right production unit 2700 holds the slide rail 2731 having a predetermined length formed of a metal shaft and the slide rail 2731 obliquely so that the left end in front view is on the upper side. A unit base 2732 having a guide slit 2732a that extends in a circular arc shape with the slide rail 2731 as a string penetrating in the front-rear direction and into which a pair of guide pins 2714 in the upper right movable decorative body 2710 is slidably inserted; A front upper right drive motor 2733 that is attached to the lower side and rear side of the unit base 2732 that supports the slide rail 2731 and has a rotating shaft that extends forward through the unit base 2732, and a front right drive motor 2733 A spur gear-like pinion gear 2734 fixed to the rotation shaft, and the pinion gear 2 34, a rack gear 2735a linearly extending parallel to the slide rail 2731, extending in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the rack gear 2735a, and capable of intersecting with the guide slit 2732a of the unit base 2732 in front view. A plate-like slider 2735 having a pair of slotted drive slits 2735b into which a pair of guide pins 2714 in the movable decorative body 2710 are slidably inserted, and slidably supported by a slide rail 2731. I have.

  The upper right drive mechanism 2730 is attached to the unit base 2732 and rotates to a position detection sensor 2736 that detects the movement position of the upper right movable decorative body 2710 and a pair of guide pins 2714 in the upper right movable decorative body 2710. A slide bush 2737 that is slidably inserted into the drive slit 2735b of the slider 2735 and a pair of guide pins 2714 in the upper right movable decorative body 2710 on the rear side of the unit base 2732. And a member 2738.

  Further, the upper right drive mechanism 2730 includes a top protective cover 2739 that extends in a plate shape rearward along the upper outer periphery of the guide slit 2732a and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2732, and an open rear end of the upper protective cover 2739. The lower protective cover 2740 that extends to the lower side of the lower end of the guide slit 2732a and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2732, is disposed between the lower protective cover 2740 and the unit base 2732, and has one end on the front right A strip-shaped flat cable (not shown) having flexibility is connected to the upper right decorative substrate 2712 of the movable decorative body 2710, and the other end of the flat cable is connected to the upper right decorative substrate 2712 and the upper upper surface. A table attached to the upper surface of the upper protective cover 2739 by relaying the connection with the upper right relay board 2742 of the right effect unit 2700. Front right relay board 2741, front right relay board 2741 mounted on the rear side of the unit base 2732 and front right relay board 2641 and front left relay board 2641 of the front left production unit 3600 and the first drive board 3023 A board 2742 and a board cover 2743 that covers the rear side of the upper right relay board 2742 and is attached to the rear side of the unit base 2732 are provided.

  The unit base 2732 of the upper right drive mechanism 2730 supports both ends of the slide rail 2731 in a state where the slide rail 2731 is inclined by about 52 degrees with respect to the horizontal direction. The slider 2735 has a pair of drive slits 2735b on the side opposite to the direction in which the gear teeth of the rack gear 2735a protrude. The slider 2735 includes a detection piece 2735c that protrudes outward and is detected by the position detection sensor 2736.

  In the normal state, the front upper right effect unit 2700 of the present embodiment is in a state where the front upper right movable decorative body 2710 is raised obliquely upward as shown in FIG. In this state, the upper guide pin 2714 of the pair of guide pins 2714 of the upper right movable decorative body 2710 is positioned at the upper end of the guide slit 2732a in the unit base 2732, and the pinion gear 2734 is slidable on the slide rail 2731. The supported slider 2735 meshes with the vicinity of the lower end of the rack gear 2735a.

  In the normal state, the front right effect unit 2700 is positioned such that the left side of the front right movable ornament 2710 is in contact with the right side of the front middle movable ornament 2510 of the front middle effect unit 2500. In addition, the right side of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 disposed on the rear side is covered (see FIG. 110 and the like).

  When the front right rendering unit 2700 rotates the pinion gear 2734 in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front by the front right drive motor 2733 from the normal state, the rack 2735a meshed with the pinion gear 2734 causes the slider 2735 to move the slide rail 2731. The pair of drive slits 2735b formed on the slider 2735 also slides downward. Then, as the pair of drive slits 2735 b of the slider 2735 slide downward, the pair of guide pins 2714 of the upper right movable decorative body 2710 slidably inserted into the pair of drive slits 2735 b slide the slider 2735. The guide pin 2714 slides in a direction perpendicular to the extending direction of the slide rail 2731 along the drive slit 2735b and moves along the guide slit 2732a extending in the arc shape of the unit base 2732. . That is, the pair of guide pins 2714 moves while being guided by the guide slit 2732a that is not parallel to the slide rail 2731 and extends in an arc shape, and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 together with the pair of guide pins 2714 The movement of the guide slit 2732a follows a circular arc shape extending.

  In this manner, when the pinion gear 2734 is rotated counterclockwise by the front right drive motor 2733, the front right movable decorative body 2710 is lowered in an arc along the guide slit 2732a of the unit base 2732. And the lower guide pin 2714 of the pair of guide pins 2714 in the upper right movable decorative body 2710 is moved to the lower end of the guide slit 2732a (see FIG. 158 (b)). In a state where the upper right movable decorative body 2710 has moved to the lower end, the upper right decorative body 2711 is located to the right away from the upper middle movable decorative body 2510 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. Is displayed in a good state from the player side (see FIG. 189).

  The front right effect unit 2700 can appropriately light-emit the front right decorative body 2711 by causing the LEDs on the front right decorative board 2712 in the front right movable decorative body 2710 to emit light appropriately.

  Thus, according to the front left effect unit 2600 and the front right effect unit 2700 of the present embodiment, the slides of the rack gears 2635a and 2735a of the sliders 2635 and 2735 in the front left drive mechanism 2630 and the front right drive mechanism 2730 slide. Since both the rails 2631 and 2731 extend linearly, almost no force acts in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the slide rails 2631 and 2731, and between the slide rails 2631 and 2731 and the sliders 2635 and 2735. It can suppress that the frictional resistance which acts becomes high. Therefore, even if the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are moved along the guide slits 2632a and 2732a extending in an arc shape, the resistance related to the movement can be reduced. 2735 and slide rails 2631 and 2731 can be prevented from being worn, and the occurrence of a problem that the game is interrupted due to wear can be avoided, and the player's interest can be prevented from being lowered.

  In addition, since the slide rails 2631 and 2731 are formed of metal, resistance due to sliding of the sliders 2635 and 2735 can be reduced, and the rigidity of the slide rails 2631 and 2731 is increased, and the sliders 2635 and 2735 are rattled. Therefore, the engagement between the rack gears 2635a and 2735a of the sliders 2635 and 2735 and the pinion gears 2634 and 2734 can be easily maintained in an optimum state. Accordingly, the rack gears 2635a and 2735a and the pinion gears 2634 and 2734 can be meshed with each other in a favorable state, so that the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are jerky through the sliders 2635 and 2735. To prevent the player from delighting and entertaining by moving the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 surely and smoothly. it can.

  In addition, since the sliders 2635 and 2735 are each provided with a pair of elongated drive slits 2635b and 2735b through which the pair of guide pins 2614 and 2714 are inserted, both the guide pins 2614 and 2714 are connected to the unit bases 2632 and 2732, respectively. The guide slits 2632a and 2732a can be pushed by the drive slits 2635b and 2735b, respectively, and the guide pins 2614 and 2714 can be prevented from being inclined and can be guided to the guide slits 2632a and 2732a in a good state. Accordingly, since the pair of guide pins 2614 and 2714 can be smoothly guided to the guide slits 2632a and 2732a, the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be moved smoothly without a sense of incongruity. The upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be moved in a desired manner, and the effects of the movement of the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be exhibited. It can suppress that a player's interest falls.

[2-3F. Sub liquid crystal display]
Next, the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 in the center accessory 2200 will be described in detail mainly with reference to FIGS. 159 and 160. FIG. 159 is a perspective view of the sub liquid crystal display device as the center accessory as seen from the front. FIG. 160 is a rear perspective view of the sub liquid crystal display device as the center accessory. The sub liquid crystal display device 2800 of this embodiment is attached to the rear side across the front left effect unit 2600 and the front right effect unit 2700.

  The sub liquid crystal display device 2800 supports a display device body 2801 that is a liquid crystal display device that is arranged in the upper part of the center object 2200 and can display a predetermined effect image, and supports the outer periphery of the display device body 2801. A support base 2802 attached to the rear side of the effect unit 2600 and the front left effect unit 2700, and a sub liquid crystal left mounted on the left and right sides of the display device body 2801 on the rear side of the support base 2802 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface A decorative substrate 2803 and a sub liquid crystal right decorative substrate 2804; and a substrate cover 2805 that covers the rear sides of the sub liquid crystal left decorative substrate 2803 and the sub liquid crystal right decorative substrate 2804 and is attached to the rear surface of the support base 2802.

  The display device main body 2801 of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 has a full color liquid crystal screen of about 4 inches, and the display screen is supported horizontally by the support base 2802. The support base 2802 is provided with a portion having translucency, and the sub liquid crystal left decorative substrate 2803 and the sub liquid crystal right decorative substrate 2804 are respectively arranged on the rear side of the translucent portion, so that the light emitting decoration is provided. can do.

  The sub liquid crystal display device 2800 of this example is located at the front side of the upper unit base 2532 in the upper middle stage production unit 2500, and behind the unit bases 2632 and 2732 in the upper left stage production unit 2600 and the upper right stage production unit 2700. Mounted on. Therefore, the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 includes a front middle movable ornament 2510 of the front middle presentation unit 2500, a front left movable decoration 2610 of the front left presentation unit 2600, and a front right of the front right presentation unit 2700. The movable decorative body 2710 is located on the rear side.

[2-4. Overall configuration of the back unit]
Next, the back unit 3000 of the game board 4 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 161 to 165. 161 is a front view of the back unit, FIG. 162 is a perspective view of the back unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 163 is a perspective view of the back unit as seen from the back. In addition, FIG. 164 is an exploded perspective view of the main unit when the rear unit is disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. 165 is an exploded perspective view of the main unit and the rear unit when viewed from the rear.

  The back unit 3000 of the game board 4 in the present embodiment is attached to the rear side of the game panel 1200, the box-shaped back box 3010 having the main liquid crystal display device 1900 attached to the rear side and the front side being opened, and the back box 3010 Is attached to the front end of the game unit 1 to light up and decorate the inside of the game area 1100 from the rear side, and the first start port 2101, 2227, the general winning port 2103, the second starting port 2224, the second big winning port 2225, and the second A back front unit 3100 that guides the game ball received in the out port 2226 downward, and a back bottom movable decorative body that is attached to the lower center of the back box 3010 and moves up and down to the front side of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 according to the game state. An underside effect production unit 3200 having a unit 3250 and a game attached to the left side of the front box in the back box 3010 Depending on the state, a back left effect unit 3300 having a back left movable decoration body 3310 that can appear on the front side of the main liquid crystal display device 1900, and a game state attached to the back box 3010 on the rear side of the back left effect unit 3300 And a back-center effect unit 3400 including four movable decorative bodies 3410, 3420, 3430, and 3440 that can conceal the display screen of the main liquid crystal display device 1900.

  The rear unit 3000 is attached to the rear left side of the back box 3010 in the lower left view as viewed from the rear, and includes a general winning port sensor 3153, a gate sensor 2302, a first starting port sensor 3207, a second starting port sensor 2309, a first count sensor 2156, Panel relay board 3020 that relays the connection between second count sensor 2356, magnetic sensors 3118, 3154, starter solenoid 2306, first attacker solenoid 2154, and second attacker solenoid 2354 and main control board 4100 (see FIG. 194). And a panel relay board cover 3021 that covers the rear side of the panel relay board 3020 and is attached to the back box 3010.

  The back unit 3000 includes a box-shaped drive board box 3022 that is supported so as to be rotatable around an axis whose lower end extends in the left-right direction below the opening 3010b on the rear side of the back box 3010, and the drive board box 3022. The decorative boards 2112, 2157, 2260, 2261, 2262, 2263, 2264, 2265, 2415, 2455, 2492, 2514, and 2612 of the table unit 2000 are supported. , 2712, 2803, 2804 and the drive motor 2412, 2452, 2534, 2633, 2733, and the lower side of the position where the drive board box 3022 on the rear side of the back box 3010 is rotatably supported. Peripheral control unit attached to the first drive board 3023 140 and the decorative boards 3113, 3114, 3115, 3155, 3208, 3222, 3254, 3255, 3256, 3412, 3422, 3432, 3442 and drive motors 3202, 3262, 3272, 3282, 3322 of the back unit 3000. , 3453, 3454, and a driving board cover 3025 that covers the rear side of the second driving board 3024 and is attached to the back box 3010.

  Further, the back unit 3000 includes a lock member 3030 that is attached to the left side of the opening 3010b in a rear view on the back side of the back box 3010 and holds the main liquid crystal display device 1900 in a detachable manner.

  The back box 3010 of the back unit 3000 has a box shape with the front side opened and has an opening 3010b that penetrates the rear wall 3010a in a substantially rectangular shape in the front-rear direction and extends outward from the outer periphery of the front end and is fixed to the rear side of the game panel 1150. And a flange-shaped fixing portion 3010c. Although detailed description is omitted, the back box 3010 includes a front hole unit 3100, a back bottom effect unit 3200, a back left effect unit 3300, a back middle effect unit 3400, and mounting holes for attaching a board, a cover, and the like. Mounting bosses and the like are formed at appropriate positions.

  The back unit 3000 has a main liquid crystal display that is visible from the player side when the display screen of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 detachably attached to the rear side of the back box 3010 faces the front side from the opening 3010b of the back box 3010. The device 1900 can be held.

  The light emitting decoration unit 3110 in the front unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 will be described in detail later, but is located in the game area 1100 on the left side in the front view of the center accessory 2200 and on the rear side of the upper area, and appropriately emits the LED. Thus, the area can be decorated with light emission. Further, the ball guiding unit 3150 in the front unit 3100 of the back unit 3000 will be described in detail later, but the first start ports 2101 and 2227, the general winning port 2103, the second starting port 2224, the second big prize in the front unit 2000. The game balls received in the mouth 2225 and the second out mouth 2226 can be guided downward and discharged.

  In addition, the back side production unit 3200 of the back unit 3000, which will be described in detail later, is movable under the back so as to rise from the lower side of the display screen of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 to the front side of the display screen in front view according to the gaming state. A decorative body unit 3250 is provided. The under back movable decorative body unit 3250 includes three cylindrical rotating decorative bodies 3260, 3270, and 3280 that rotate around an axis extending in the left-right direction.

  Further, the back left effect unit 3300 of the back unit 3000 will be described in detail later. A movable decorative body 3310 is provided. The back left movable decorative body 3310 of the back left effect unit 3300 can slide into the center of the window 2201 after rotating into the window 2201.

  Further, the back middle production unit 3400 of the back unit 3000 will be described in detail later, but the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 move to the front of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 according to the gaming state. The back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are provided. The back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, In addition, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 can be made visible or invisible from the player side by the rear middle right rear movable decorative body 3440.

[2-5. Front unit]
Next, the back front unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 of the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 166 to 168. FIG. 166 (a) is a perspective view of the back unit of the back unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 166 (b) is a perspective view of the back unit as viewed from the back. FIG. 167 is an exploded perspective view of the front front unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 168 is an exploded perspective view of the rear front unit as seen from the rear.

  The front front unit 3100 in the back unit 3000 includes a light emitting decoration unit 3110 that emits light decoration on the left and upper areas of the center accessory 2200 in the game area 1100, and first start ports 2101 and 2227 in the front unit 2000. And a ball guiding unit 3150 for guiding and discharging the game balls received in the winning opening 2103, the second start opening 2224, the second large winning opening 2225, and the second out opening 2226 downward.

  The light emitting decoration unit 3110 of the back front unit 3100 is a plate-like left decorative lens member 3111 extending in the up-down direction and a translucent shape extending from the upper end of the left decorative lens member 3111 to the right in the front view. An upper decorative lens member 3112 having a light property, a back lower left decorative substrate 3113 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface thereof on the lower side of the left decorative lens member 3111, and a left upper side of the rear left lower decorative substrate 3113. A rear upper left decorative substrate 3114 disposed on the rear side of the decorative lens member 3111 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface, and a back surface disposed on the rear side of the upper decorative lens member 3112 and mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface. A decorative substrate 3115, a left substrate that covers the back side of the back left bottom decorative substrate 3113 and the back top left decorative substrate 3114 and is attached to the back side of the left decorative lens member 3111 A bar 3116, and a, a substrate cover 3117 on which is attached to the rear side of the upper decorative lens member 3112 covers the rear side of the back on the decorative substrate 3115.

  The light emitting decoration unit 3110 of the back front unit 3100 includes two magnetic detection sensors 3118 that are sandwiched between the left decoration lens member 3111 and the left substrate cover 3116. The two magnetic detection sensors 3118 include a pair of plate-shaped attachment pieces 3111 a extending rightward from the right side surface in front view near the center in the vertical direction of the left decorative lens member 3111, and the left decorative lens on the front surface of the left substrate cover 3116. The member 3111 is sandwiched between a pair of bottomed frame-shaped mounting portions 3116a corresponding to the pair of mounting pieces 3111a. These magnetic detection sensors 3118 are located on the rear side in the vicinity of the warp inlet 2203 in a state assembled to the game board 4, and can detect an illegal act using a magnet with respect to the warp inlet 2203.

  The ball guiding unit 3150 of the front front unit 3100 receives a game ball received in the three general winning ports 2103 of the attacker unit 2100 in the front unit 2000 and guides it backward, and a back left front guiding member 3151. A rear left rear guiding member 3152 that guides and releases the game ball, which is attached to the rear side and guided rearward by the rear left front guiding member 3151, is supported by the rear left rear guiding member 3152 and the rear left front guiding member 3151. A general winning port sensor 3153 capable of detecting the game balls received in the three general winning ports 2103 of the attacker unit 2100, a magnetic detection sensor 3154 attached to the front surface of the back left front guiding member 3151 and capable of detecting magnetism, A rear surface in which a plurality of LEDs are mounted on the front surface of the rear left rear guiding member 3152 It is provided with a left decorative substrate 3155,.

  In addition, the ball guiding unit 3150 of the front front unit 3100 is received in the second starting port 2224, the second big winning port 2225, the second out port 2226, and the general winning port 2227 of the center accessory 2200 in the front unit 2000. A plate-shaped rear right front guide member 3156 that receives the game ball and guides it backward, and a game ball attached to the rear side of the rear right front guide member 3156 and guided rearward by the rear right front guide member 3156 is guided downward and released. A back right rear guiding member 3157, a general winning port 3153 that is supported by the back right rear guiding member 3157 and the back right front guiding member 3156 and detects a game ball received in the general winning port 2227 of the center accessory 2200. I have.

  The back left front guide member 3151 and the back left back guide member 3152 of the ball guide unit 3150 join the game balls received in the three general winning ports 2103 of the attacker unit 2100 and discharge them downward from one place. The magnetic detection sensor 3154 is attached to a position on the right side of the front left front guide member 3151 from the center of the front view, and an illegal act using a magnet for the general winning port 2103, the first starting port 2101 and the first big winning port 2102. Can be detected.

  Further, the back right front guiding member 3156 and the back right rear guiding member 3157 of the ball guiding unit 3150 discharge the gaming ball received in the general winning opening 2227 of the center accessory 2200 downward from the vicinity of the left end of the bottom as viewed from the front. Further, the back right front guide member 3156 and the back right back guide member 3157 are received in the second start port 2224 of the center accessory 2200, and the discharge passage 2303c of the second start port unit 2300 and the receiving portion of the front right effect unit 2400. The game ball released from the ball guiding member 2461 of the front right effect unit 2400 via 2451d, the game ball received in the second out port 2226 of the center accessory 2200, and the second big prize opening 2225 of the center accessory 2200 The game balls received and discharged from the discharge port 2352b of the second attacker unit 2350 are joined together, and the game balls received in the general winning port 2227 are discharged downward near the right side of the discharge part in front view.

  The back front unit 3100 of the present embodiment appropriately emits the LEDs of the back left lower decorative board 3113, the back upper left decorative board 3114, the back upper decorative board 3115, and the back lower left decorative board 3155, so that the center in the game area 1100 is obtained. The upper and left areas of the accessory 2200 can be illuminated and decorated, and a translucent decorative sheet (not shown) attached to the transparent panel board 1210 in the gaming panel 1200 can be illuminated and decorated. .

[2-6. Bottom production unit]
Subsequently, the back bottom effect unit 3200 in the back unit 3000 of the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 169 to 176. FIG. 169 is a perspective view of the back unit effect unit of the back unit as viewed from the front, and FIG. 170 is a perspective view of the back unit of the back unit as viewed from the back. FIG. 171 is an exploded perspective view of the lower back effect unit as seen from the front after being disassembled for each main member, and FIG. FIG. Further, FIG. 173 is an exploded perspective view of the back bottom movable decorative body unit of the back bottom direction unit disassembled and viewed from the front, and FIG. FIG. Moreover, FIG. 175 is an explanatory view showing elevation of the backside movable decorative body unit in the backside direction production unit from the front, and FIG. 176 is an explanatory view showing elevation of the backside movable decoration body in the backside production unit from the right side. is there.

  The back bottom production unit 3200 of the back unit 3000 is attached to the approximate center in the left-right direction below the opening 3010b in the back box 3010. The lower back effect unit 3200 is a horizontally long plate-like back lower door member 3220 supported so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the left-right direction, and is arranged below the back lower door member 3220 and is arranged in accordance with the gaming state. And a lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 that moves up and down by rotating the lower door member 3220.

  A back base effect unit 3200 is mounted in the back box 3010 and supports a back bottom door member 3220 at the upper end so as to be rotatable, and supports a back base movable decorative body unit 3250 on the front surface so as to be movable up and down. A pair of back-bottom lift drive motors 3202 attached to the rear surface of the base 3201 and spaced apart in the left-right direction and having a rotation shaft protruding to the front side of the unit base 3201 and a pair of back-bottom lift drive motors 3202 are attached and rotated. Thus, a pair of link members 3203 for raising and lowering the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 and a position detection sensor 3204 attached to the unit base 3201 and capable of detecting the up and down position of the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 are provided. .

  The lower back effect unit 3200 is attached to the front surface of the unit base 3201 and surrounds the front side of the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250. A front cover 3205 having a back, a back ball guiding member 3206 that guides and discharges a game ball that is attached to the rear side of the front cover 3205 and passes through the passage port 3205a, and an attacker supported by the back bottom ball guiding member 3206. A first start port sensor 3207 that detects a game ball received in the first start port 2101 of the unit 2100, a back lower decorative substrate 3208 that is disposed on the front side of the front cover 3205 and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface; Covers the front surface of the lower decorative substrate 3208 and cooperates with the front cover 3205 to sandwich the lower lower decorative substrate 3208. A plate-shaped substrate cover 3209 having a gender, and a.

  Further, the back lower direction rendering unit 3200 is attached to the lower surface of the unit base 3201 and relays the connection between the back bottom movable decorative body relay board 3257 and the second drive board 3024 of the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250. A link presser 3211 that is attached to the front surface of the unit base 3201 and restricts the forward movement of the link member 3203; A sliding bush 3212 that is slidably inserted into the slit 3251a, a rotating bush 3213 that is rotatably inserted into the shaft portion 3223a of the back lower door member 3220, and a rotating bush in cooperation with the unit base 3201. Door shaft that supports 3213 and is attached to unit base 3201 And even 3214, and a door spring 3215 for urging the subplantar door member 3220 in the closing direction, a detectable magnetic detection sensor 3216 the magnetic mounted on the back under ball guide member 3206, the. The magnetic detection sensor 3216 is located substantially on the rear side of the first start port 2101 of the attacker unit 2100 and can detect an illegal act using a magnet for the first start port 2101.

  The unit base 3201 of the back lower direction production unit 3200 penetrates the left and right ends in the front-rear direction and extends in the vertical direction. A pair of guide slits 3201a. The unit base 3201 includes a pair of door support portions 3201b for movably supporting the back lower door member 3220 at the upper end. The unit base 3201 can rotatably support the back lower door member 3220 by a pair of door support portions 3201b, and supports the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 to be movable up and down by a pair of guide slits 3201a. can do.

  The link member 3203 is formed in a flat plate shape and extends forward from a position eccentric with respect to the rotating shaft of the back / bottom lift drive motor 3202 and slides in the lift slit 3251a of the lift base 3251 in the back / bottom movable decorative body unit 3250. A drive pin 3203a inserted through the bush 3212 and a detection piece 3203b that extends in a plate shape radially outward with respect to the rotation center and can be detected by a position detection sensor 3204 are provided. The back bottom decorative board 3208 is located behind the area 22200 below the stage 2210 of the center accessory 2200 in the front view game area 1100 by the front cover 3205, and appropriately emits LEDs to thereby emit light in the game area 1100. The area above the attacker unit 2100 can be decorated with light emission below the stage 2210.

  The back lower door member 3220 of the back lower direction production unit 3200 has a translucent back lower door decorative body 3221 having a horizontally long plate shape and three-dimensional decoration on the upper surface, and a lower back door decorative body 3221 below. A rear lower door decorative board 3222 having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon and a lower lower door base 3223 that covers the lower surface of the lower lower decorative board 3222 and is attached to the lower side of the lower lower door decorative body 3221. Yes. The back lower door base 3223 of the back lower door member 3220 is provided with a pair of shaft portions 3223a that protrude in the left and right directions away from each other at the rear end. The back lower door member 3220 is sandwiched between the door support portion 3201b of the unit base 3201 and the door shaft presser 3214 in a state where the rotation bush 3213 is inserted into the shaft portion 3223a of the back lower door base 3223. Thus, the unit base 3201 is rotatably supported. Moreover, the back lower door member 3220 can light-decorate the back lower door decoration body 3221 by appropriately causing the LEDs of the back lower door decoration substrate 3222 to emit light.

  The back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 of the back bottom effect unit 3200 penetrates the lower end in the front-rear direction and extends in the left-right direction, and a pair of drive pins 3203 a of the link member 3203 are slidably inserted through the slide bush 3212. The lift base 3251 having the lift slit 3251a and the lower and lower left and right ends of the lift base 3251 are attached to the lower left and right ends of the lift base 3251. The lift base 3251 is spaced apart in the vertical direction and protrudes rearwardly. And a guide member 3252 having a pair of sliding pins 3252a.

  The lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 includes a cylindrical back lower middle rotating decorative body 3260 that is supported rotatably around an axis extending in the left-right direction at the center of the left-right direction at the front upper portion of the lifting base 3251. A middle motor holder 3261 attached to the lower side of the front surface of the base 3251 for supporting the lower middle rotating decorative body 3260, and a lower back middle attached to the middle motor holder 3261 in a state in which the rotation shaft protrudes leftward when viewed from the front. Rotation drive motor 3262, drive gear 3263 that is fixed to the rotation shaft of back bottom middle rotation drive motor 3262 and rotates back bottom middle rotation decoration body 3260, and back bottom middle rotation decoration body 3260 attached to middle motor holder 3261 And a rotation detection sensor 3264 capable of detecting the rotation position of the rotation. The drive gear 3263 includes a columnar shaft portion 3263a fixed to the rotation shaft of the lower back middle rotational drive motor 3262, and a detection piece 3263b that extends outward from the shaft portion 3263a in a plate shape and is detected by the rotation detection sensor 3264. And.

  The bottom back movable decorative body unit 3250 is a cylindrical bottom bottom left supported on the front upper portion of the elevating base 3251 so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the left-right direction at a position on the left side of the back bottom middle rotational decorative body 3260. The rotating decoration body 3270, the left motor holder 3271 attached to the lower side of the front surface of the lifting base 3251 and supporting the lower left rotation decoration body 3270, and the rotating shaft of the left motor holder 3271 project leftward as viewed from the front. The back bottom left rotation drive motor 3272 attached to the state, the drive gear 3273 fixed to the rotation shaft of the back bottom left rotation drive motor 3272 and rotating the back bottom left rotation decoration body 3270, and the left motor holder 3271 are attached. A rotation detection sensor 3274 capable of detecting the rotation position of the back lower left rotation decoration 3270. The drive gear 3273 is a columnar shaft portion 3273a fixed to the rotation shaft of the back left rotation drive motor 3272, and a detection piece 3273b that extends outward from the shaft portion 3273a in a plate shape and is detected by the rotation detection sensor 3274. And.

  The lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is a cylindrical back lower right supported at the upper part of the front surface of the lifting base 3251 so as to be rotatable around an axis extending in the left-right direction at a position on the right side of the back lower middle rotating decorative body 3260. Rotating decorative body 3280, right motor holder 3281 mounted on the lower side of the front surface of lifting base 3251 and supporting the lower right rotating decorative body 3280, and the rotating shaft of right motor holder 3281 protrudes rightward when viewed from the front. A back-bottom right rotation drive motor 3282 attached to the state, a drive gear 3283 fixed to a rotation shaft of the back-bottom right rotation drive motor 3282 and rotating the back-bottom right rotation decoration body 3280, and a right motor holder 3281. And a rotation detection sensor 3284 that can detect the rotation position of the lower right rotation decorative body 3280. The drive gear 3283 has a columnar shaft portion 3283a fixed to the rotation shaft of the back right rotation drive motor 3282, and a detection piece 3283b that extends outward from the shaft portion 3283a in a plate shape and is detected by the rotation detection sensor 3284. And.

  The lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 includes a lower back middle rotating decorative body 3260, a lower back middle rotational driving motor 3261, a lower back left rotating decorative body 3270, a lower back left rotation driving motor 3272, a lower back right rotating decorative body 3280, and A rotating body cover 3253 that covers the front side of the lower right rotation drive motor 3282 and is attached to the lifting base 3251 is provided. The rotating body cover 3253 has a middle opening 3253a with the back lower middle rotating decorative body 3260 facing forward, a left opening 3253b with the lower left rotating decorative body 3270 facing forward, and the lower lower right rotating decorative body 3280 forward. And a right opening 3253c facing it.

  The lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is attached to the lower side of the middle opening 3253a on the rear side of the rotator cover 3253 and has a back lower middle decorative board 3254 mounted with a plurality of LEDs on the front surface, and the rear cover 3253. The back bottom left decorative board 3255 which is attached to the lower side of the left opening 3253b on the side and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface, and the lower side of the right opening 3253c on the rear side of the rotating body cover 3253 and the front face And a back bottom right decorative board 3256 on which the LED is mounted.

  The lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is attached to the rear side of the elevating base 3251, and includes drive motors 3261 a, 3271 a, 3281 a, rotation detection sensors 3264, 3274, 3284, decorative boards 3254, 3255, 3256 and a lower back relay board 3210. And a board cover 3258 that covers the rear side of the back-bottom movable decorative body relay board 3257 and is attached to the lift base 3251.

  The back bottom middle rotating decorative body 3260 of the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 is attached to a cylindrical and translucent middle rotating body 3260a having a predetermined decoration on the outer periphery and the left end of the middle rotating body 3260a as viewed from the front. A spur gear-like driven gear 3260b that meshes with the drive gear 3263, a transparent cylindrical shaft member 3260c that rotatably supports the driven gear 3260b and the intermediate rotating body 3260a, and is rotatably supported by the elevating base 3251; An intermediate rotating body decorative board (not shown) that is disposed in the shaft member 3260c and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface thereof.

  The back bottom left rotating decorative body 3270 of the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 is attached to the left rotating body 3270a having a cylindrical shape with a predetermined decoration on the outer periphery and the translucent left side and the left end of the left rotating body 3270a in front view. A spur gear-like driven gear 3270b that meshes with the drive gear 3273, a transparent cylindrical shaft member 3270c that rotatably supports the driven gear 3270b and the left rotating body 3270a and that is rotatably supported by the elevating base 3251; And a left rotating body decorative board (not shown) which is disposed in the shaft member 3270c and has a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface.

  The back bottom right rotation decoration body 3280 of the back bottom movable decoration body unit 3250 is attached to the right end of the right rotation body 3280a in a front view of the right rotation body 3280a having a cylindrical shape and a translucent shape with a predetermined decoration on the outer periphery. A spur gear-shaped driven gear 3280b that meshes with the drive gear 3283, a transparent cylindrical shaft member 3280c that rotatably supports the driven gear 3280b and the right rotating body 3280a, and is rotatably supported by the elevating base 3251; A right rotating body decorative board (not shown) disposed in the shaft member 3280c and having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface thereof.

  The lower back middle rotating decorative body 3260 in the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is formed to have a larger diameter and longer than the lower back left rotating decorative body 3270 and the lower back right rotating decorative body 3280. In addition, four different decorations are formed in the circumferential direction of the outer peripheral surface of the lower back middle rotating decorative body 3260, the lower back left rotating decorative body 3270, and the lower back right rotating decorative body 3280 in the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250. ing. The back bottom middle rotating decorative body 3260, the back bottom left rotating decorative body 3270, and the back bottom right rotating decorative body 3280 are a back bottom middle rotational driving motor 3262, a back bottom left rotating rotational driving motor 3272, and a back bottom right rotating rotational body Each can be independently rotated by a drive motor 3282. Further, the back bottom middle rotating decorative body 3260, the back bottom left rotating decorative body 3270, and the back bottom right rotating decorative body 3280 are provided with detection pieces 3263b, 3273b, 3283b of the drive gears 3263, 3273, 3283, respectively, for rotating them. By detecting by the rotation detection sensors 3264, 3274, 3284, their rotational positions can be detected.

  The under back movable decorative body unit 3250 appropriately displays the LED of each rotating body decorative board (not shown) disposed inside the back under middle rotating decorative body 3260, the back under left rotating decorative body 3270, and the back under right rotating decorative body 3280. By emitting light, each can be decorated with light emission. In addition, the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 appropriately emits the LEDs of the lower back middle decorative board 3254, the lower back left decorative board 3255, and the lower back right decorative board 3256, so that the middle opening 3253a in the rotating body cover 3253 is emitted. The lower side of the left opening 3253b and the right opening 3253c can be decorated with light emission.

  As shown in FIG. 175 (a) and FIG. 176 (a), the back lower direction production unit 3200 of this embodiment has a back and forth movable decorative body unit 3250 that moves up and down positioned at the lower end and a rotation. The moving back lower door member 3220 is located at a closed position that covers the upper end of the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250. In this state, the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 is hardly visible from the player side by the center accessory 2200 arranged on the front side and the back lower door member 3220 located on the upper side (FIG. 110 to FIG. (See FIG. 112 and the like).

  In the normal state, the back bottom rendering unit 3200 has the driving pins 3203a of the pair of link members 3203 that revolve with a predetermined radius at the bottom dead center. In this state, when the pair of lower back and forth drive motors 3202 are rotated in the opposite directions at the same speed, the drive pins 3203a of the link member 3203 revolve with a predetermined radius along with the rotation of the respective back and bottom lift drive motors 3202. To start. Since the drive pin 3203a of the link member 3203 is located at the bottom dead center in the normal state, the drive pin 3203a moves in the upward direction by starting the revolution by the lower back elevation drive motor 3202.

  The drive pin 3203a revolves in the ascending direction of the pair of link members 3203, so that the drive pin 3203a slides within the lift slit 3251a of the lift base 3251 in the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 via the slide bush 3212. At the same time, the lifting slit 3251a is pressed upward, and the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 supported by the guide slit 3201a of the unit base 3201 so as to be lifted and lowered is raised. When the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 is raised, the back bottom door member 3220 covering the top of the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 is pushed upward by the upper end of the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 and the door spring 3215 is attached. The lower back door member 3220 rotates against the force in a direction in which the front end rises around the shaft portion 3223a of the lower back door base 3223.

  When the drive pin 3203a of the pair of link members 3203 revolves to the top dead center, the drive of the back / bottom lift drive motor 3202 stops, the pair of drive pins 3203a stops at the top dead center position, and the back / bottom is movable. The rising of the decorative body unit 3250 stops (see FIGS. 175 (b) and 176 (b)). In a state in which the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 is positioned at the rising end, the back lower door member 3220 is rotated in a substantially upright state on the rear side of the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250. Further, the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 has the upper portion of the rotating body cover 3253 positioned above the stage 2210 (intrusion prevention member 2290) of the center accessory 2200 in a front view, and the middle opening of the rotating body cover 3253. The under-back middle rotating body 3260, the back-bottom left rotating body 3270, and the back-bottom right rotating body 3280 facing forward from the portion 3253a, the left opening 3253b, and the right opening 3253c are in an appearance state visible from the player side. (See FIG. 190).

  In the state where the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 is positioned at the rising end, the drive pins 3203a of the pair of link members 3203 are respectively located at the top dead center. The drive pin 3203a cannot revolve in any direction even if the load of the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is applied via the lifting slit 3251a of the base 3251, and the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is raised. Thus, it is possible to prevent a load from being applied to the lower back elevation drive motor 3202.

  When the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 is raised and stopped at the position of appearance, for example, the drive pin 3203a of the pair of link members 3203 is revolved further than the position of the top dead center, thereby raising and lowering the base 3251. It is good also as a state made to contact | abut to the edge part on the outer side of the left-right direction in the raising / lowering slit 3251a. In this state, when the load of the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 acts on the drive pin 3203a, each drive pin 3203a tries to revolve in the left and right direction outward direction, but the drive pin 3203a is driven by the outer end of the lifting slit 3251a. Is prevented from revolving outward in the left-right direction, so that the drive pin 3203a cannot revolve, thus preventing the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 from descending.

  In order to lower the backside movable decorative body unit 3250 from the raised appearance position, the pair of backside up / down drive motors 3202 are driven in the opposite directions to drive the drive pins 3203a of the pair of link members 3203, respectively. By revolving in the reverse direction, the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 can be returned to the normal state of the descending end. The back lower door member 3220 is urged by the door spring 3215 in the direction in which the upper end of the back lower door member 3220 rotates forward. It can be rotated and automatically returned to the normal state.

  The back lower direction production unit 3200 raises the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 so that the lower back movable decorative body unit 3250 can appear so that the player can visually recognize it. Can surprise the player and entertain the game. In addition, the back lower direction production unit 3250 has three back lower middle rotating decorative bodies 3260, a lower back left rotating decorative body 3270, and a lower back right rotating decorative body 3280 in a state where the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 appears. The combination of the decorations of the rotating decoration bodies 3260, 3270, and 3280 is stopped by rotating the four decorations applied to each of the rotating decoration bodies 3260, 3270, and 3280 to a predetermined combination. Can indicate to the player the arrival of a chance, etc., and can increase the player's expectation for the game, and can also prevent the entertainment from deteriorating by delighting the player. .

[2-7. Back left production unit]
Next, the back left effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 of this embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 177 to 181. FIG. 177 (a) is a perspective view of the back left rendering unit of the back unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 177 (b) is a perspective view of the back left rendering unit of the back unit viewed from the back. FIG. 178 is an exploded perspective view of the rear left effect unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 179 is an exploded perspective view of the rear left effect unit as seen from the rear. FIG. 180 is a front view schematically showing the drive mechanism of the back left effect unit. FIG. 181 is an explanatory diagram schematically showing the movement of the back left effect unit from the front.

  The back left effect unit 3300 of the back unit 3000 is attached to the left side of the opening 3010b in the back box 3010 when viewed from the front. The back left effect unit 3300 has a back left movable decorative body 3310 having a three-dimensional decoration formed on the front surface, and rotates the back left movable decorative body 3310 around an axis extending in the front-rear direction and linearly in a predetermined direction. The back left drive mechanism and 3320 which are moved and attached in the back box 3010 are provided.

  The back left movable decorative body 3310 of the back left rendering unit 3300 includes a back left decorative body 3311 having translucency in which a predetermined decoration according to the concept of the pachinko machine 1 is formed in a relief shape, and a back left decorative body 3311. A back left decorative body decorative board (not shown) arranged on the rear side and having a plurality of LEDs mounted thereon, and a board that covers the back side of the back left decorative body decorative board and is attached to the back side of the back left decorative body 3311 The cover 3312 is provided with a frame-like reflector (not shown) disposed between the back left decorative body 3311 and the back left decorative body decorative substrate. The back left movable decorative body 3310 can make the back left decorative body 3311 emit light by appropriately emitting light from the LED of the back left decorative body decorative substrate.

  The back left drive mechanism 3320 of the back left effect unit 3300 includes a unit base 3321 mounted in the back box 3010 and a back left drive motor 3322 mounted on the rear side of the unit base 3321 and having a rotation shaft protruding forward of the unit base 3321. A spur gear-like drive gear 3323 fixed to the rotating shaft of the back left drive motor 3322; a spur gear-like transmission gear 3324 that meshes with the drive gear 3323 and is rotatably supported by the unit base 3321; A spur gear-shaped operating gear 3325 that meshes with 3324 and is rotatably supported by the unit base 3321, and a plate-shaped rotating gear that is rotatably supported by the unit base 3321 coaxially with the operating gear 3325 and extends in a predetermined direction. The base 3326 and the rotation base 3326 can be slid in the longitudinal direction of the rotation base 3326. Urraca of León and Castile movable decorative body 3310 on the front of the one end is attached with the lifting, and a working member 3327 having a linear rack gear 3327a which is meshed with the working gear 3325 on the other side.

  The back left drive mechanism 3320 is disposed on the front side of the operation member 3327 and cooperates with the rotation base 3326 to support the operation member 3327 so as to be slidable and to be rotatably supported coaxially with the operation gear 3325. A moving base cover 3328, a unit cover 3329 disposed on the front side of the rotating base cover 3328 and attached to the front surface of the unit base 3321; By detecting the detection member 3330 having the detection piece 3330a that rotates with movement and the detection piece 3330a of the detection member 3330, the rotation position of the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be detected, and the front surface of the unit cover 3329 Rotation detection sensor 3331 attached to the front of the unit cover 3329 Re has Urahidari decorative body decoration board, a Urahidari relay board 3332 that relays the connection of the back left drive motor 3322, and a rotation detecting sensor 3331 and the second driving substrate 3024, the.

  The unit base 3321 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 is formed in a shallow box shape with the front and upper sides open, and a back left drive motor 3322 is attached to the rear right bottom of the front view. The unit base 3321 extends forward from the upper right part when viewed from the front, and includes an operating shaft 3321a that rotatably supports the operating gear 3325 and the operating member 3326, and a transmission gear 3324 that extends forward from the lower side of the operating shaft 3321a. A transmission shaft portion 3321b that can be supported, a rotation slit 3321c that extends in an arc shape around the operation shaft portion 3321a, and that penetrates in the front-rear direction, and is formed closer to the center of the operation shaft portion 3321a than the rotation slit 3321c. A groove-like working groove 3321d that has a portion extending in an arc along the moving slit 3321c and a portion extending linearly from the upper end of the portion extending in an arc shape to the upper right in a front view and recessed downward. ing.

  The operation shaft portion 3321a and the transmission shaft portion 3321b of the unit base 3321 have a length that extends forward through the operation gear 3325 and the transmission gear 3324. The rotation slit 3321a of the unit base 3321 extends so as to contact the bottom side and the left side of the unit base 3321, and the rotation pin 3326c of the rotation base 3326 is slidably inserted via the sliding bush 3333. The In addition, in the operation groove 3321d of the unit base 3321, an operation pin 3327b extending backward in the operation member 3327 is slidably inserted. The operation gear 3325 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 is formed to have a larger diameter than the drive gear 3323 and the transmission gear 3324.

  A rotation base 3326 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 has a flat plate-like main body 3326a extending in a predetermined direction, and penetrates in the front-rear direction at a position substantially laterally in the longitudinal direction of the main body 3326a. A shaft hole 3326b into which 3321a is rotatably inserted, and a rotation pin 3326c which protrudes rearward from the lower end of the main body 3326a and is slidably inserted into a rotation slit 3321c of the unit base 3321 through a sliding bush 3333. The operation pin 3327b and the guide pin 3327c extending in the longitudinal direction of the main body 3326a and penetrating in the front-rear direction and spaced apart from the longitudinal direction of the main body 3326a and extending backward in the operation member 3327 are slidably inserted. A pair of guide slits 3326d.

  The actuating member 3327 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 is formed in a band plate shape having substantially the same length as the rotation base 3326 and narrower than the rotation base 3326, and operates on the lower side surface (right side surface in front view). A rack gear 3327a that meshes with the gear 3325 is formed. Further, the operating member 3327 includes an operating pin 3327b extending from the lower end in the front-rear direction, a guide pin 3327c projecting in the front-rear direction shorter than the operating pin 3327b from the approximate center in the longitudinal direction, and an approximate center in the longitudinal direction. And an attachment piece 3327d for attaching the back left movable decorative body 3310 formed on the upper side.

  The operation pin 3327b extending rearward in the operation member 3327 slidably passes through the lower guide slit 3326d in the rotation base 3326 and is slidably inserted into the operation groove 3321d of the unit base 3321. . Further, the operation pin 3327b extending forward in the operation member 3327 slidably passes through the lower guide slit 3328d in the rotation base cover 3328 and is slidable in the operation groove 3329c of the unit cover 3329. Inserted. Further, the guide pin 3327c extending backward in the operation member 3327 is slidably inserted into the upper guide slit 3326d in the rotation base 3326. The guide pin 3327c extending forward in the operating member 3327 is slidably inserted into the upper guide slit 3328d in the rotation base cover 3328.

  The rotation base cover 3328 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 is formed in a shape substantially the same as the rotation base 3326 in a front view. The rotation base cover 3328 has a flat plate-like main body 3328a extending in the same direction as the rotation base 3326, and penetrates in the front-rear direction at a position substantially laterally in the longitudinal direction of the main body 3328a. A shaft hole 3328b into which the portion 3321a is rotatably inserted, an arc-shaped drive piece 3328c extending forward from the outer periphery of the shaft hole 3328b and centering on the shaft hole 3328b, and extending in the longitudinal direction of the main body 3328a and in the front-rear direction And a pair of guide slits 3328d into which a working pin 3327b and a guide pin 3327c are inserted so as to be slidable. Yes.

  The unit cover 3329 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 is formed in a shallow box shape with the rear and upper sides open, and the shape in front view is substantially the same as the unit base 3321. The unit cover 3329 penetrates in the front-rear direction in a circular arc shape on the outer periphery of the bearing portion 3329a supporting the distal ends of the operating shaft portion 3321a and the transmission shaft portion 3321b in the unit base 3321 and the bearing portion 3329a supporting the distal end of the operating shaft portion 3321a. An insertion port 3329b through which the drive piece 3327c of the rotation base cover 3328 is inserted, and an operation groove 3329c formed in a shape corresponding to the operation groove 3321d of the unit base 3321 and recessed forward from the rear surface are provided.

  The detection member 3330 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 includes a driven piece 3330b that protrudes to the opposite side of the detection piece 3330a and a counterclockwise direction of the driven piece 3330b and the detection piece 3330a in a front view. And a spring 3330c for biasing.

  In the back left rendering unit 3300 of the present embodiment, the operating member 3327 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 has the rotation base 3326 and the guide slits 3326 d and 3328 d of the rotation base cover 3328, and the rotation base 3326 and the rotation base cover 3328. While being able to slide in the long direction, it is possible to rotate together with the rotation base 3326 and the rotation base cover 3328 around the operation shaft portion 3321a of the unit base 3321.

  In the normal state, the back left effect unit 3300 has the back left movable decorative body 3310 positioned immediately above the back left drive mechanism 3320 as shown in FIG. In this state, the back left movable decorative body 3310 is located on the left outer side of the window 2201 in the center accessory 2200 in a front view, and is in an immersive position that cannot be seen from the player side. In the normal state, the back left effect unit 3300 is such that the operating member 3327 is substantially upright, the operating gear 3325 is engaged in the vicinity of the upper end portion of the rack gear 3327a of the operating member 3327, and the operating member 3327 is The operation pin 3327b is located at the lower end of the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c of the unit base 3321 and the unit cover 3329.

  Further, in a normal state, the driven piece 3330b of the detection member 3330 is in contact with the outer periphery of the arc-shaped driving piece 3328c in the rotation base cover 3328. In this state, the detection piece 3330a of the detection member 3330 is away from the rotation detection sensor 3331, and is in a non-detection state. Further, the detection member 3330 is biased in the counterclockwise direction by the spring 3330c.

  When the operating gear 3325 is rotated clockwise by the back left drive motor 3322 from this normal state, the operating member 3327 is rotated by the rack gear 3327a meshed with the operating gear 3325 and the rotating base 3326 and the rotating base cover. Although the operation pin 3327b at the lower end of the operation member 3327 is inserted into the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c of the rotation base 3321 and the rotation base cover 3329, it is attempted to slide in the direction (upward) in which the 3328 extends. It is impossible to deviate from the operating grooves 3321d and 3329c, and sliding is prevented upward. As a result, a force for rotating in the same direction as the operating gear 3325 is applied to the operating member 3327 by a force applied from the operating gear 3325. A rotation base 3326 and a rotation base cover 3328 that slidably support the operation member 3327 are supported so as to be concentric with the axis of the operation gear 3325 (the operation shaft portion 3321a of the unit base 3321). In addition, since the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c of the unit base 3321 and the unit cover 3329 into which the operation pin 3327b at the lower end of the operation member 3327 is inserted extend concentrically with the axis of the operation gear 3325 in an arc shape, the operation pin 3327b The operating member 3327 rotates in the clockwise direction so as to slide along arcuate portions in the operating grooves 3321d and 3329c (see FIG. 181 (a)).

  Then, the actuating member 3327 rotates in the clockwise direction until the actuating pin 3327d is positioned at the upper end of the arc-shaped portion in the actuating grooves 3321d and 3329c. In addition, when the operation member 3328 is rotated in the clockwise direction, the drive piece 3328c of the rotation base cover 3328 is also rotated in the clockwise direction, and the operation pin 3327d is an arcuate portion in the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c. , The contact between the drive piece 3328c of the rotation base cover 3328 and the driven piece 3330b of the detection member 3330 is released. Accordingly, the detection member 3330 is rotated counterclockwise by the biasing force of the spring 3330c, and the detection piece 3330a is detected by the rotation detection sensor 3331 (see FIG. 181 (a)). .

  When this actuating member 3327 rotates in the clockwise direction from the normal state, the back left movable decorative body 3310 attached to the upper front surface of the actuating member 3327 moves from right above the back left drive mechanism 3320 to the top right of the front view. It will rotate to the position. Therefore, the back left movable decorative body 3310 rotates into the window 2201 of the front view center accessory 2200 and is visible from the player side (see FIG. 191). As a result, the back left movable decorative body 3310 of the back left effect unit 3300 rotates from the immersion position on the left outside of the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200 to the first appearance position in the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200. Thus, the player can see from the player side, and the player can be surprised by the appearance of the back left movable decorative body 3310, and the player can be reminded of the arrival of the chance, and the player's expectation for the game A feeling can be raised and it can suppress that an interest falls.

  When the actuating member 3327 rotates in the clockwise direction and the actuating pin 3327d at the lower end thereof is positioned at the upper end of the arcuate portion of the actuating grooves 3321d and 3329c of the unit base 3321 and the unit cover 3329 (FIG. 181 (a)). ), The operation pin 3327d can no longer rotate in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front, and the rotation of the operation member 3327 (the rotation base 3326 and the rotation base cover 3328) is stopped. When the operating gear 3325 is further rotated in the clockwise direction by the back left drive motor 3322 from this state, the force to move the operating member 3327 to the right in the front view by the rack gear 3327a meshing with the operating gear 3325 is generated. Thus, the operating pin 3327d slides in the right direction of the front view in the linearly extending portions of the operating grooves 3321d and 3329c.

  By the way, the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c of the unit base 3321 and the unit cover 3329 are straight lines in the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c when the operation pin 3327d of the operation member 3327 is positioned at the upper end of the arcuate portion of the operation grooves 3321d and 3329c. The extending portion is formed to extend in a direction parallel to the extending direction of the operating member 3327 (the guide slits 3326d and 3328d of the rotation base 3326 and the rotation base cover 3328). Therefore, when the operating pin 3327d slides in the linear portion in the operating grooves 3321d and 3329c, the operating member 3327 slides to the left in the front view without rotating around the operating gear 3325. Then, the actuating member 3327 slides to the right until the actuating pin 3327d reaches the right end of the linear portion of the actuating grooves 3321d and 3329c when viewed from the front (see FIG. 181 (b)).

  By sliding the actuating member 3327 to the right in the front view, the back left movable decorative body 3310 attached to the upper front surface of the actuating member 3327 also moves to the right in the front view. It moves linearly to approximately the center position (second appearance position) (see FIG. 192). Accordingly, the back left movable decorative body 3310 of the back left effect unit 3300 can be positioned at the center of the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900. In order to return the back left movable decorative body 3310 to the normal state, the back left drive motor 3322 is rotated counterclockwise in the front view by operating the operating gear 3325, so that the back left movable decorative body 3310 is returned to the normal state. It can be returned to the position (immersion position).

  As described above, according to the back left effect unit 3300 of the present embodiment, the back left movable decorative body 3310 positioned at the immersive position that cannot be visually recognized from the player side in the normal state is used as the back left drive motor according to the game state. When the 3322 is driven, the center accessory 2200 appears to rotate from the immersive position outside the window 2201 to the first appearance position close to the inner periphery in the window 2201, so the back left movable decorative body 3310. It is possible to surprise the player by the appearance of the game, and to raise the sense of expectation for the game by reminding the player of the arrival of the opportunity. When the back left drive motor 3322 is further driven in accordance with the gaming state, the back left movable decorative body 3310 moves from the first appearance position where it approaches the inner periphery of the window 2201 to the center of the window 2201, that is, the main liquid crystal display device. Since it slides to the second appearance position in the center of 1900, the player can be further surprised, and it can be assumed that an advantageous gaming state in which a player such as a big hit game is advantageous will occur. Can enhance the interest of the person.

  Further, according to the back left effect unit 3300, the movable effect due to the appearance of the back left movable decorative body 3310 is performed in two ways, up to the first appearance position and up to the second appearance position, thereby increasing the variation of the movable effect. It is possible to present to the player a movable performance that is difficult to get tired of. Further, when the back left movable decorative body 3310 is moved to a position where it can be visually recognized from the player side, the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be illuminated and decorated by appropriately emitting the LED of the back left decorative body decorative board. In addition, the player can be entertained by the light emitting effect of the back left movable decorative body 3310 and the interest in the game can be prevented from being lowered.

  Furthermore, according to the back left effect unit 3300, the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be rotated in an arc shape or slid linearly by one back left drive motor 3322. There is no need to provide a motor, the back left drive mechanism 3320 of the back left rendering unit 3300 can be prevented from increasing in size, and the back left movable decorative body 3310 and other decorative bodies can be relatively enlarged. . Therefore, since it is possible to provide a relatively large backside movable decorative body 3310, the backside movable decorative body 3310 can be made conspicuous, and the impact when the backside movable decorative body 3310 appears can be increased. Can attract people's interests. Moreover, since it can suppress that the back back drive mechanism 3320 enlarges, the arrangement | positioning freedom degree of the back left effect unit 3300 can be raised, and the back left effect unit 3300 is provided in the back box 3010 reliably. Can do.

[2-8. Back middle production unit]
Next, the back middle production unit 3400 in the back unit 3000 of the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 182 to 187. FIG. 182 is a perspective view of the back middle production unit of the back unit viewed from the front, and FIG. 183 is a perspective view of the back middle production unit of the back unit viewed from the rear. Further, FIG. 184 is an exploded perspective view of the back middle effect unit as seen from the front, and FIG. 185 is an exploded perspective view of the rear middle effect unit as seen from the rear. Further, FIG. 186 is an explanatory view showing the movement of the back middle effect unit from the front, and FIG. 187 is an explanatory view showing the movement from the front by enlarging the drive mechanism of the back middle effect unit.

  The back middle production unit 3400 of the back unit 3000 is attached to the front surface of the rear wall 3010a in the back box 3010. The back middle production unit 3400 has a plate-like back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 extending in the vertical direction, and the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420. Plate-like back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 which are arranged on the side and extend in the vertical direction, back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, back middle left The rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are provided with a back middle drive mechanism 3450 for moving the rear movable decorative body 3440 in the left-right direction according to the gaming state.

  The back center left movable decorative body 3410 of the back center production unit 3400 is provided with a three-dimensional decoration on the front surface and has a translucent left front decorative body 3411 and a left front decorative body 3411 attached to the rear side of the front front decorative body 3411. A back middle left front decorative board 3412 on which a plurality of LEDs are mounted, a connecting member 3413 attached to an upper end of the left front decorative body 3411 and attached to a left front slider 3456 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450, and a lower end of the left front decorative body 3411. A lower slider 3414 supported by the rail member 3462 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 so as to be slidable only in the left-right direction. The lower slider 3414 protrudes downward from the left and right ends and is supported rotatably around an axis extending in the vertical direction. The lower slider 3414 is rotatably inserted into the front rail 3462a on the left side of the rail member 3462 when viewed from the front. A roller 3414a is provided. Note that the left front decorative body 3411 of the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 has a substantially triangular transparent portion 3411a extending from the right side to the left at the approximate center in the vertical direction.

  The back center right front movable decorative body 3420 of the back center production unit 3400 is provided with a three-dimensional decoration on the front surface and has a translucent right front decorative body 3421 and a rear side of the right front decorative body 3421 attached to the front surface. A back middle right front decorative board 3422 mounted with a plurality of LEDs, a connecting member 3423 attached to the upper end of the right front decorative body 3421 and attached to the right front slider 3457 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450, and attached to the lower end of the right front decorative body 3421. A lower slider 3424 supported by the rail member 3462 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 so as to be slidable only in the left-right direction. The lower slider 3424 protrudes downward at both left and right ends and is supported rotatably about an axis extending in the vertical direction. The lower slider 3424 is inserted into the front rail 3462a on the right side of the rail member 3462 so as to roll. A roller 3424a is provided. The front right decorative body 3421 of the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 has a substantially triangular transparent portion 3421a extending from the left side to the right at the approximate center in the vertical direction.

  The back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 of the back center production unit 3400 is attached to the rear side of the left rear decorative body 3431 and the left rear decorative body 3431 having a three-dimensional decoration on the front surface and translucency. A back middle left rear decoration board 3432 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface, a connecting member 3433 attached to the upper end of the left rear decoration body 3431 and attached to the left rear slider 3460 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450, and the left rear decoration A lower slider 3434 which is attached to the lower end of the body 3431 and supported by the rail member 3462 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 so as to be slidable only in the left-right direction, and a magnet (not shown) attached to the right end of the connecting member 3433 as viewed from the front. It is equipped with. The connecting member 3433 of the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 includes a contact portion 3433a projecting in a V shape in the right direction at the right end in a front view, and a detection piece 3433b projecting upward from the upper end. The lower slider 3434 protrudes downward from the left and right ends and is supported so as to be rotatable about an axis extending in the vertical direction, and is inserted into the rear rail 3462b on the left side of the rail member 3462 so as to be able to roll. The lower roller 3434a is provided. The left rear decorative body 3431 of the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 has a transparent portion 3431a that is continuous in the middle of the vertical direction to both the left and right ends, has an arc shape at the upper end, and a lower slope toward the right. doing.

  The back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 of the back middle production unit 3400 is attached to the rear side of the right rear decorative body 3441 and the right rear decorative body 3441 having a three-dimensional decoration on the front surface and translucency. A back middle right rear decoration board 3442 having a plurality of LEDs mounted on the front surface, a connecting member 3443 attached to the upper end of the right rear decoration body 3441 and attached to the right rear slider 3461 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450, and the right rear decoration A lower slider 3444 that is attached to the lower end of the body 3441 and is supported by the rail member 3462 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 so as to be slidable only in the left-right direction, and a magnet (not shown) attached to the left end of the connecting member 3443 in front view. It is equipped with. The connecting member 3443 of the back middle right rear decorative element 3440 has a contacted part 3443a which is recessed in a V shape corresponding to the contact part 3433a of the connecting member 3433 in the rear middle left rear decorative element 3430 at the left end when viewed from the front. , And a detection piece 3443b protruding upward from the upper end. In addition, the lower slider 3444 protrudes downward at both left and right ends and is supported rotatably about an axis extending in the vertical direction, and is inserted into the rear rail 3462b on the right side of the rail member 3462 so as to be able to roll. The lower roller 3444a is provided. Note that the right rear decorative body 3441 of the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 has a transparent portion 3441a that is continuous to the left and right ends in the middle in the vertical direction, has an arc shape at the upper end, and a lower slope toward the left. doing.

  The back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 of the back middle production unit 3400 are formed to have substantially the same size. The length in the vertical direction is longer than the length in the vertical direction of the opening 3010b in the back box 3010, and the length in the horizontal direction is about 1 / left of the length in the horizontal direction in the back box 3010. It is formed to a length of 6. The back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 of the back middle directing unit 3400 are each viewed in the left-right direction when viewed from the front. By arranging them, the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 can be hidden. In other words, the four back middle left front movable decorative bodies 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 have the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200. The rear side can be closed. Note that the left front decorative body 3411 and the right front decorative body 3421, and the left rear decorative body 3431 and the right rear decorative body 3441 are formed with substantially bilaterally symmetrical decorations.

  A back middle drive mechanism 3450 of the back middle production unit 3400 is mounted on the upper side of the opening 3010b in the back box 3010 and is a shallow box-shaped unit base 3451 opened frontward, and attached to the front side of the unit base 3451. And a shallow box-shaped base cover 3452 whose rear side is open, and a back center left mounted in the space between the base cover 3452 and the unit base 3451 and spaced apart in the left-right direction on the rear side of the unit base 3451 The drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454, the spur gear-like drive gear 3455 fixed to the rotation shafts of the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454, respectively, and the drive gear 3455 meshed from below. Unit base 3451 and base cover 345 having rack gears 3456a and 3457a. The left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457, to which the connecting member 3413 of the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and the connecting member 3423 of the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 are respectively attached to the front side and slidably supported in the left and right directions, A spur gear-shaped transmission gear 3458 rotatably supported on the rear side of the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457, a fixed rack gear 3458 that meshes with the transmission gear 3458 from above and is attached to the front surface of the unit base 3451, respectively. Rack gears 3460a and 3461a meshing with the gear 3458 from below are supported by the unit base 3451 and the base cover 3452 so as to be slidable in the left-right direction, and on the front side, the connecting member 3433 and the back of the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 Middle right rear movable decoration Connecting member 3443 of the 3440 is equipped with respectively a left rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461 is attached, a.

  The back middle drive mechanism 3450 of the back middle production unit 3400 is attached to the lower side of the opening 3010b in the back box 3010, and the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, and the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430. , And a rail member 3462 for supporting the lower rollers 3414a, 3424a, 3434a, 3444a of the sliders 3414, 3424, 3434, 3444 in the rear right rear movable decorative body 3440 so as to be able to roll in the left-right direction, and the front surface of the unit base 3451. The open position detection sensor 3463 that detects the detection pieces 3433b and 3443b of the respective connecting members 3433 and 3443 when the back middle left rear movable decoration body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decoration body 3440 are positioned away from each other in the left-right direction. And attached to the front of the unit base 3451. Detecting piece 3433b of the decorative body 3430 and the connecting member 3433,3443 each when the position behind the right hind movable decorative body 3440 are in contact with each other, and a closed position detection sensor 3464 for detecting the 3443B, the.

  The back middle drive mechanism 3450 of the back middle production unit 3400 includes a pair of plate-like board attachment members 3465 attached to the vicinity of both left and right ends of the front face of the base cover 3451 and a back middle attached to the front faces of the pair of board attachment members 3465. A left relay board 3466 and a back middle right relay board 3467. The back center left relay board 3466 relays the connection between the back center left front decoration board 3412, the back center left rear decoration board 3432, and the back center left drive motor 3453 and the second drive board 3024. The back middle right relay board 3467 relays the connection between the back middle right front decoration board 3422, the back middle right rear relay board 3442, and the back right drive motor 3454 and the second drive board 3024.

  The unit base 3451 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 is provided with a back middle left drive motor 3453 and a back middle right drive motor 3454 near the upper end. The unit base 3451 has a pair of lower slits 3451a that extend from the left and right ends to the vicinity of the center near the lower end and penetrate in the front-rear direction, and support the left rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461 slidably in the left and right directions, respectively. A pair of upper slits 3451b that extend from the vicinity of both left and right ends above the lower slit 3451a to the center side shorter than the lower slit 3451a and extend in the front-rear direction and support the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457 so as to be slidable in the left-right direction; It has. Further, the base cover 3452 of the middle back drive mechanism 3450 has a lower slit 3451a and an upper slit 3451b penetrating in the front-rear direction with the same length at positions corresponding to the lower slit 3451a and the upper slit 3451b in the front view unit base 3451, respectively. I have.

  The left front slider 3456 of the middle back drive mechanism 3450 is formed in a plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a rack gear 3456a that meshes with the drive gear 3455 is formed at the upper end. Further, the left front slider 3456 includes a shaft portion 3456b that extends rearward from the center in the left-right direction when viewed from the front and supports the transmission gear 3458 so as to be rotatable (see FIG. 185). The left front slider 3456 is inserted into the upper slits 3451b and 3352b of the unit base 3451 and the base cover 3452 so as to be rotatable with respect to the shaft pin protruding from the left and right ends of the lower end and the shaft pin. And a roller to be provided. The left front slider 3456 is attached to the rear side of the connecting member 3413 of the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 through the upper slit 3451b of the base cover 3452.

  The front right slider 3457 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 is formed in a plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a rack gear 3457a meshing with the drive gear 3455 is formed at the upper end. Further, the right front slider 3457 includes a shaft portion 3457b that extends backward from the center in the left-right direction in the front view to the left and supports the transmission gear 3458 so as to be rotatable (see FIG. 185). The right front slider 3457 is inserted into the upper slits 3451b and 3352b of the unit base 3451 and the base cover 3451 so as to be rotatable with respect to the shaft pins protruding from the left and right ends of the lower end and the shaft pins. And a roller to be provided. The right front slider 3457 is attached to the rear side of the connecting member 3423 of the back center right front movable decorative body 3420 through the upper slit 3451b of the base cover 3451.

  The rear left slider 3460 of the middle back drive mechanism 3450 is formed in a plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a rack gear 3460a that meshes with the transmission gear 3458 is formed at the upper end. The left rear slider 3460 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the shaft pins protruding from the left and right ends and the shaft pins, and is capable of rolling into the lower slits 3451a and 3451a of the unit base 3451 and the base cover 3452. And a roller to be inserted. The left rear slider 3460 is attached to the front side of the connecting member 3433 of the back left and right movable decorative body 3430 through the lower slit 3451a of the unit base 3451.

  The right rear slider 3461 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 is formed in a plate shape extending in the left-right direction, and a rack gear 3461a that meshes with the transmission gear 3458 is formed at the upper end. Further, the right rear slider 3461 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the shaft pins protruding from the left and right ends and the shaft pins, and is capable of rolling into the lower slits 3451a and 3451a of the unit base 3451 and the base cover 3452. And a roller to be inserted. The right rear slider 3461 is attached to the front side of the connecting member 3443 of the back middle right rear decorative body 3440 through the lower slit 3451a of the unit base 3451.

  The rail member 3462 of the back middle drive mechanism 3450 is formed to have substantially the same length in the left-right direction as the unit base 3451 and the base cover 3452. The rail member 3462 includes a grooved front rail 3462a that extends from the left and right ends toward the center and is spaced apart from each other, and an upper side that is open, and a rail-shaped front rail 3462a that is disposed on the rear side of the front rail 3462a. And an open groove-shaped rear rail 3462b. The lower rollers 3414a and 3424a of the lower sliders 3414 and 3424 in the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 are inserted into the front rail 3462a of the rail member 3462 so as to roll. Further, lower rollers 3434a and 3444a of lower sliders 3434 and 3444 in the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are inserted into the rear rail 3462b of the rail member 3462 so as to roll.

  As shown in FIG. 182 and the like, the back middle production unit 3400 of the present embodiment normally has the back middle left front decorative ornament 3410 and the back middle left rear decorative ornament 3430 overlapped with each other in the front-rear direction. The back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are positioned at the right end in a state where they overlap each other in the front-rear direction. In this state, the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 are located on the left outer side of the window 2201 in the center accessory 2200 when viewed from the front, and the back center right front movable decorative body 3420 and the back The middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 is located on the right outer side in front view of the window 2201 and is invisible to the player (see FIG. 110 and the like). Therefore, in the normal state, the window portion of the center accessory 2200 is provided by the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440. 2201 is not closed, and the main liquid crystal display device 1900 arranged on the rear side can be seen well from the player side. In other words, the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are positioned in the open position.

  In this normal state, as shown in FIG. 187 (a), the rack gear 3456a of the left front slider 3456 meshes with the drive gear 3455 fixed to the rotating shaft of the back center left drive motor 3453 in the vicinity of the right end in front view. ing. Further, with respect to the transmission gear 3458 rotatably supported by the left front slider 3456, the corresponding fixed rack gear 3259 is meshed near the left end in the front view, and the rack gear 3460a of the left rear slider 3460 is near the right end in the front view. Meshed. On the other hand, the rack gear 3457a of the right front slider 3457 meshes with the drive gear 3455 fixed to the rotating shaft of the back middle right drive motor 3454 in the vicinity of the left end in front view. Further, with respect to the transmission gear 3458 rotatably supported by the right front slider 3457, the corresponding fixed rack gear 3259 is meshed near the right end in the front view, and the rack gear 3461a of the right rear slider 3461 is near the left end in the front view. Meshed.

  In this normal state, when the drive gear 3455 is rotated counterclockwise when viewed from the front by the back center left drive motor 3453, the left front slider 3456 is slid rightward when viewed from the front by the rack gear 3456a engaged with the drive gear 3455. The transmission gear 3458 attached to the left front slider 3456 and the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 also slide to the right. Since this transmission gear 3458 meshes with a fixed rack gear 3459 fixed to the unit base 3451, when the transmission gear 3458 moves to the right, the shaft portion 3456b of the left front slider 3456 rolls so that the fixed rack gear 3458 rolls. It will rotate in the counterclockwise direction when viewed from the front. When the transmission gear 3458 rotatably supported by the left front slider 3456 rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, the left rear slider 3460 is moved right by the rack gear 3460a meshed with the lower side of the transmission gear 3458. The rear middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 attached to the left rear slider 3460 also slides to the right.

  At this time, the movement amount of the center of the transmission gear 3458 (left front slider 3456) and the movement amount due to the rotation of the transmission gear 3458 are added to the left rear slider 3460. Move with double the moving amount (moving speed). In other words, by driving the back center left drive motor 3453, the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 moves at a speed twice that of the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, and also moves a double distance. When the detection piece 3433b of the connecting member 3433 in the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 is detected by the closed position detection sensor 3464, the driving of the back center left drive motor 3453 is stopped, and the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 The back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 stops at the closed position.

  In this closed position, the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 moves twice as fast as the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 as described above. The rear middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 protrudes to the right side as viewed from the front, and the right end of the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and the left end of the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 are substantially aligned in the front-rear direction. The right end of the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 is in a state of being positioned at the approximate center of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 (the window portion 2201 of the center accessory 2200). Accordingly, the left half of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 can be concealed by the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430.

  On the other hand, when the drive gear 3455 is rotated in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front by the back middle right drive motor 3454 in the normal state, the right front slider 3457 is slid to the left when viewed from the front by the rack gear 3457a engaged with the drive gear 3455. The transmission gear 3458 attached to the right front slider 3457 and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 also slide to the left. Since this transmission gear 3458 meshes with a fixed rack gear 3459 fixed to the unit base 3451, when the transmission gear 3458 moves to the left, the shaft portion 3457b of the right front slider 3457 rolls so that the fixed rack gear 3458 rolls. It rotates in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front. When the transmission gear 3458 rotatably supported by the right front slider 3457 rotates in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front, the right rear slider 3461 is moved left by the rack gear 3461a engaged with the lower side of the transmission gear 3458. The rear middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 attached to the right rear slider 3461 is also slid leftward.

  At this time, the movement amount of the center of the transmission gear 3458 (right front slider 3457) and the movement amount due to the rotation of the transmission gear 3458 are added to the right rear slider 3461. Move with double the moving amount (moving speed). That is, by driving the back center right drive motor 3454, the back center right rear movable decorative body 3440 moves at a speed twice that of the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and also moves a double distance. When the detection piece 3443b of the connecting member 3443 in the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 is detected by the closed position detection sensor 3464, the driving of the back middle right drive motor 3454 is stopped, and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and The back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 stops at the closed position.

  In this closed position, the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 moves twice as fast as the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 at a speed twice that of the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420. The back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 protrudes to the left side of the front view, and the left end of the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and the right end of the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are substantially aligned in the front-rear direction. The left end of the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 is in a state of being positioned at the approximate center of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 (the window portion 2201 of the center accessory 2200). Accordingly, the right half of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 can be hidden by the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440.

  As described above, the back half left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 can conceal the left half of the main liquid crystal display device 1900, and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and the back middle right rear decorative body 3430. Since the right half of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 can be concealed by the movable decorative body 3440, the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, by driving the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454 simultaneously. The front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 can be hidden by the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440. In the state where the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is concealed by the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440. The transparent portions 3411a, 3421a, 3431a, 3441a are adjacent to each other to form a diamond-shaped pentagonal transparent portion, and the main liquid crystal display device on the rear side is formed through these transparent portions 3411a, 3421a, 3431a, 3441a. A part of 1900 can be visually recognized.

  The back middle production unit 3400 of the present embodiment closes the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440. , The contact portion 3433a of the connecting member 3433 in the back middle left rear decorative ornament 3430 and the contacted portion 3443a of the connection member 3443 in the back middle right rear decorative ornament 3440 contact each other. Since the abutting portion 3433a and the abutted portion 3443a are in contact with each other at an angle formed in a V shape, the force at the time of abutting can be diffused in the vertical direction, and the impact at the time of abutting And the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be prevented from bouncing back and creating a gap between them. .

  The back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are respectively provided with magnets at the right end and the left end when viewed from the front. It is possible to suppress the gap between the middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 from being opened.

  Further, the back middle production unit 3400 applies driving force from the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454 to the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the rear middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 as a drive gear 3455. The rack gears 3456a and 3457a of the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457 and the transmission gear 3458 supported by the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457 are transmitted to the rack gears 3460a and 3461a of the left rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461. Therefore, errors are accumulated due to dimensional tolerances, etc., and the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back center right rear are driven with respect to the back center left drive motor 3453 and the back center right drive motor 3454. The movable decorative body 3440 can be given backlash. Therefore, even if the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are brought into contact with each other at a relatively high speed, the impact of the contact can be mitigated by the backlash. It is possible to prevent the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 from bouncing back and creating a gap between them due to the reaction force.

  In addition, the back middle production unit 3400 appropriately emits the LEDs of the back middle left front decorative board 3412, the back middle right front decorative board 3422, the back middle left rear decorative board 3432, and the back middle right rear decorative board 3442, so that The left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be illuminated.

[2-9. Main liquid crystal display]
Next, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 in the game board 4 of this embodiment will be described. The main liquid crystal display device 1900 is detachably attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010 in the back unit 3000, and can display a predetermined effect image according to the gaming state. As shown in FIG. 114, FIG. 115, and the like, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 includes a fixed piece 1902 that protrudes outward from the left and right sides, and is attached to the rear side of the back box 3010 via the fixed piece 1902. be able to.

  Specifically, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is inserted from the rear side into a recess formed on the rear side of the rear wall 3010a in the back box 3010, and has two fixings protruding from the right side in front view. After the piece 1902 is inserted into the liquid crystal fixing part of the back box 3010, the fixing piece 1902 protruding from the right side in front view is fixed by the lock member 3030 supported on the rear surface of the back box 3010 to be attached to the back box 3010. Can do.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 115 and the like, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 includes a peripheral control board box 1910 containing a peripheral control unit 4140, a liquid crystal control unit 4150 (see FIG. 194), and the like on the rear side, and a peripheral control board box. And a volume 1912 extending rearward from the lower part of 1910. By rotating the volume 1912 in an appropriate direction, the volume output from each speaker 130, 222, 262 provided in the door frame 5, the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3, and the like can be adjusted.

  Further, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 includes an inverter board 1920 (see FIG. 194) for driving a cold cathode tube mounted on the rear side and serving as a liquid crystal backlight, and a board bar 1922 covering the rear side of the inverter board 1920. And.

[3. Various substrates]
Next, a control board that performs various controls of the pachinko machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 194 is a block diagram schematically showing the control configuration of the pachinko machine. As shown in the figure, the control configuration of the pachinko machine 1 is composed of a group of main boards 4000 and a group of peripheral control boards 4010, and various controls are shared by these two groups. The group of main boards 4000 includes a main control board 4100 that controls game operations (game progress) and a payout control board 4110 that controls payout of game balls and the like. The peripheral control board 4010 includes a peripheral control unit 4140 that controls various effects during the game based on commands from the main control board 4100, and a main liquid crystal display device 1900 based on commands from the peripheral control unit 4140. A liquid crystal control unit 4150 for controlling the display of the effect image.

[3-1. Main control board]
As shown in FIG. 194, the main control board 4100 for controlling the progress of the game is a main control MPU 4100a which is a microprocessor with a built-in ROM for storing various processing programs and various commands, a RAM for temporarily storing data, and the like. A main control I / O port 4100b as an input / output device (I / O device), a main control input circuit 4100h to which detection signals from various detection switches are input, and a main control solenoid for driving various solenoids A drive circuit 4100g and a RAM clear switch 4100c for completely erasing information stored in a RAM 4100e built in the main control MPU 4100a are provided. In addition to the built-in ROM 4100d and RAM 4100e, the main control MPU 4100a incorporates a watchdog timer for monitoring its operation (system), a function for preventing fraud, and the like.

  The main control MPU 4100a of the main control board 4100 includes a first start port sensor 3207 that detects a game ball received in the first start port 2101 and a second start port sensor that detects a game ball received in the second start port 2224. 2309 and a detection signal from a general winning port sensor 3153 for detecting a game ball received in the general winning ports 2103 and 2227 are input via the main control I / O port 4100b, or a gate sensor 2302 and a general winning port, respectively. Detection signals from the sensor 3153, the first count sensor 2156, the second count sensor 2356, and the magnetic detection sensors 3216, 3118, 3154 are transmitted to the panel relay board 3020 attached to the game board 4, and the main control I / O port 4100 b. It is supposed to be entered through.

  Based on these detection signals, the main control MPU 4100a outputs a control signal from the main control I / O port 4100b to the main control solenoid drive circuit 4100g. A drive signal is output to the attacker solenoid 2154 and the second attacker solenoid 2354, and the first special symbol display is performed via the main control I / O port 4100b, the panel relay board 3020, the function display board 1191, and the normal symbol display board 1191a. 1185, second special symbol display 1186, first special symbol storage display 1184, second special symbol storage display 1187, normal symbol display 1189, normal symbol storage display 1188, game status display 1183, round display A drive signal is output to the device 1190.

  In this embodiment, the first start port sensor 3207, the second start port sensor 2309, the gate sensor 2302, the first count sensor 2156, and the second count sensor 2356 are non-contact type electromagnetic proximity switches. On the other hand, the general winning opening sensor 3153 uses a contact type ON / OFF operation type mechanical switch. This is because game balls frequently enter the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2224 and frequently pass through the gate portion 2223, so the first start port sensor 3207, the second start port sensor 2309, and The detection of game balls by the gate sensor 2302 also frequently occurs. Therefore, proximity switches with high durability and long life are used for the first start port sensor 3207, the second start port sensor 2309, and the gate sensor 2302. In addition, when a big hit gaming state that is advantageous to the player occurs, the first big winning opening 2102 and the second big winning opening 2225 are opened and the game balls frequently enter, so the first count sensor 2156 and the second Detection of game balls by the count sensor 2356 also frequently occurs. For this reason, proximity switches having high durability and long life are also used for the first count sensor 2156 and the second count sensor 2356. On the other hand, detection by the general winning opening sensor 3153 does not occur frequently at the general winning openings 2103 and 2227 where game balls do not enter frequently. For this reason, the general winning opening sensor 3153 uses a mechanical switch having a shorter life than the proximity switch.

  Further, the main control MPU 4100a transmits various information related to the game (game information) and various commands related to payout to the payout control board 4110, and receives various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 4110. Or Further, the main control MPU 4100a transmits various commands related to the control of game effects and various commands related to the state of the pachinko machine 1 to the peripheral control unit 4140 of the peripheral control board 4010 described later via the main control I / O port 4100b. (The boards between the main control board 4100 and the peripheral control unit 4140 are electrically connected by a harness (not shown)). The main control MPU 4100a, which will be described in detail later, receives various commands relating to the state of the pachinko machine 1 from the payout control board 4110, and shapes these various commands and transmits them to the peripheral control unit 4140.

  The main control board 4100 is supplied with various voltages from a power supply board 851 as described in detail later. The power supply board 851 for supplying various voltages to the main control board 4100 is an electric double layer capacitor (hereinafter simply referred to as “capacitor”) as a backup power supply for supplying power to the main control board 4100 for a predetermined time even when the power is shut off. It is described.) With this capacitor, the main control MPU 4100a can store various types of information in the RAM 4100e during the power-off process even when the power is shut off. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM 4100e when the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board 4100 is operated when the power is turned on. The operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch 4100c is also output to the payout control board 4110.

  The main control board 4100 is provided with a power failure monitoring circuit. This power failure monitoring circuit monitors the drop of various voltages supplied from the power supply board 851 and outputs a power failure warning signal as a power failure warning voltage when those voltages are equal to or lower than the power failure warning voltage. In addition to being input to the main control MPU 4100a via the main control I / O port 4100b, the power failure notice signal is also transmitted to the payout control board 4110 and the like via a harness (not shown).

[3-2. Dispensing control board]
As shown in FIG. 194, the payout control board 4110 for controlling the payout of game balls and the like performs a discharge control by a payout control unit 4111 for performing various controls relating to payout, a launch solenoid 654, and a ball feed by a ball feed solenoid 585. A launch control unit 4120 that performs control, an error LED display 4130 that displays the state of the pachinko machine 1, an error cancel switch 860a for canceling an error displayed on the error LED display 4130, and a prize ball tank 720 , A tank rail 731, and a ball removal switch 860 b for discharging the game balls in the prize ball device 740 to the outside of the pachinko machine 1 and starting the ball removal operation.

[3-2A. Dispensing control unit]
As shown in FIG. 194, a payout control unit 4111 that performs various controls relating to payout on the payout control board 4110 is a microprocessor that includes a ROM that stores various processing programs and various commands, a RAM that temporarily stores data, and the like. A payout control MPU 4111a, a payout control I / O port 4111b as an I / O device, an external WDT 4111c (external watchdog timer) for monitoring whether the payout control MPU 4111a is operating normally, and a prize A payout motor drive circuit 4111d for outputting a drive signal to the payout motor 744 of the ball device 740, and a payout control input circuit 4111e to which detection signals from various detection switches relating to payout are input. In addition to the built-in ROM and RAM, the payout control MPU 4111a incorporates functions and the like to prevent fraud.

  The payout control MPU 4111a of the payout control unit 4111 receives various information (game information) related to the game from the main control board 4100 and various commands related to payout in a serial manner via the payout control I / O port 4111b. In addition to the operation signal (detection signal) of the RAM clear switch 4100c from 4100 being input via the payout control I / O port 4111b, the detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 550 is input, or the ball break switch 750 Detection signals from the counting sensor 751 and the rotation angle sensor 752 are input via the prize ball relay board 754.

  A ball break switch 750 for detecting the presence or absence of a game ball in the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740, and a game ball flowing down in the prize ball passage 741c formed in the base unit 741 are detected. The detection signal from the counting sensor 751 is first input to the payout control input circuit 4111e via the prize ball relay board 754 of the prize ball device 740, and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b. . The detection signal from the rotation angle sensor 752 for detecting the detection slit 749a formed on the rotation detection board 749 of the prize ball device 740 is first sent via the sensor board 753 of the prize ball device 740 and the prize ball relay board 754. It is input to the payout control input circuit 4111e and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

  The detection signals from the door frame opening switch 618 for detecting the opening of the door frame 5 with respect to the main body frame 3 and the main body frame opening switch 619 for detecting the opening of the main body frame 3 with respect to the outer frame 2 are first supplied as a payout control input circuit. 4111e and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

  The detection signal from the full tank detection sensor 550 for detecting whether or not the storage space 546 of the foul cover unit 540 is full of the stored game balls is first sent to the handle device relay board 192 and the main side relay terminal. It is input to the payout control input circuit 4111e via the plate 880 and input to the payout control MPU 4111a via the payout control I / O port 4111b.

  The payout control MPU 4111a outputs a drive signal for driving the payout motor 744 to the payout motor 744 via the payout control I / O 4111b and the prize ball relay board 754, and indicates the state of the pachinko machine 1 as an error LED indicator. A signal for display on 4130 is output to the error LED display 4130 via the payout control I / O port 4111b, and a command for indicating the state of the pachinko machine 1 is output via the payout control I / O port 4111b. The number of game balls actually paid out is transmitted to the main control board 4100 in a serial manner, or the number of game balls actually paid out is output to the external terminal board 784 via the payout control I / O port 4111b. The external terminal board 784 is electrically connected to a hall computer installed on the game hall side. This hall computer monitors the player's game by grasping the number of game balls paid out by the pachinko machine 1, game information of the pachinko machine 1, and the like.

  The error LED display 4130 is a segment display, and displays the state of the pachinko machine 1 by displaying alphanumeric characters and graphics. The contents displayed and notified by the error LED display 4130 include the following. For example, when the figure “-” is displayed, it is notified that it is “normal”, and when the numeral “0” is displayed, it indicates that it is “connection abnormality” (specifically, with the main control board 4100). Notification that there is an abnormality in the electrical connection between the payout control board 4110 and the board, and when the number “1” is displayed, it is “out of ball” (specifically, out of ball) Based on the detection signal from the switch 750, a notification is made that there is no game ball in the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740, and when the number “2” is displayed, (Specifically, on the basis of the detection signal from the rotation angle sensor 752, the payout rotating body 748 at the entrance of the distribution space 741b communicating with the supply passage 741a formed in the base unit 741 of the prize ball device 740. When When the number “3” is displayed (specifically, it is a “counting switch error”) (specifically, the game ball is meshed with the vicinity of its entrance and the payout rotating body 748 is difficult to rotate). Based on the detection signal from the counting sensor 751, a notification is made that the counting sensor 751 is malfunctioning. When the number “5” is displayed, a “retry error” (specifically, a payout) That the number of operation retries has reached a preset upper limit value), and when the number “6” is displayed, it indicates that the operation is “full” (specifically, from the full-tank detection sensor 550). Based on the detection signal, it notifies the fact that the storage space 546 of the foul cover unit 540 is full with the stored game balls), and when the number “7” is displayed, it indicates that “CR is not connected” (payout) control That the electrical connection is cut off at any point from the plate 4110 to the CR unit), and when the number “9” is displayed, it is “in stock” (specifically, still That the number of game balls that have not been paid out has reached a predetermined number).

  The ball lending request signal for the game ball from the ball lending switch 365a and the return request signal for the prepaid card from the return switch 365b are first sent via the frequency display board 365, the main relay terminal board 880, and the CR unit connection terminal board 874. Are input to the CR unit. The CR unit transmits a signal designating the number of game balls to be lent according to the ball lending request signal to the payout control board 4110 via the CR unit connection terminal board 874 in a serial manner, and this signal is the payout control I / O port. 4111b and input to the payout control MPU 4111a. In addition, the CR unit updates the remaining degree of the prepaid card inserted according to the number of rented game balls, and displays a signal for displaying the remaining degree on the remaining number indicator 365c. 874, the main relay terminal plate 880, and the frequency display plate 365, and this signal is input to the remaining frequency indicator 365c.

[3-2B. Launch control unit]
As shown in FIG. 194, the launch control unit 4120 that performs launch control by the launch solenoid 654 and ball feed control by the ball feed solenoid 585 is a launch control input circuit to which detection signals from various detection switches related to launch are input. 4120a, an oscillation circuit 4120b that outputs a clock signal at regular time intervals, a firing timing control circuit 4120c that outputs a firing reference pulse for launching a game ball toward the game area 1100 based on the clock signal, and this A firing solenoid driving circuit 4120d that outputs a driving signal to the firing solenoid 654 based on the firing reference pulse, and a ball feeding solenoid driving circuit 4120e that outputs a driving signal to the ball feeding solenoid 585 based on the firing reference pulse are provided. . Based on the clock signal from the oscillation circuit 4120b, the firing timing control circuit 4120c generates a firing reference pulse so that 100 gaming balls are launched toward the gaming area 1100 per minute and outputs the firing reference pulse to the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d. At the same time, a ball feed reference pulse obtained by multiplying the firing reference pulse by a predetermined number is generated and output to the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e.

  A touch sensor 516 that detects whether or not a palm or finger is touching the front 506 of the rotating handle body, and a firing stop switch 518 that detects whether or not the game ball is forcibly stopped by the player's will. The detection signal is first input to the launch control input circuit 4120a via the handle device relay board 192 and the main relay terminal plate 880, and then input to the launch timing control circuit 4120c. When the CR unit and the CR unit connection terminal plate 874 are electrically connected, the CR connection signal is input to the launch control input circuit 4120a and is input to the launch timing control circuit 4120c. The signal from the rotational position detection sensor 512 that electrically adjusts the strength of launching the game ball toward the game area 1100 in accordance with the rotational position of the front of the rotational handle body 506 is the handle device relay board 192 and the main relay terminal. The signal is input to the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d through the plate 880.

  This firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d emits a drive current for launching a game ball toward the game area 1100 with a launch strength that matches the rotational position of the front 506 of the rotary handle based on a signal from the rotational position detection sensor 512. When the reference pulse is input, it is output to the firing solenoid 654. On the other hand, the ball feeding solenoid drive circuit 4120e generates a constant current to the ball feeding solenoid 585 via the main side relay terminal plate 880 and the handle device relay board 192 when the ball feeding reference pulse is input. When the ball feeding member 584 of the ball feeding unit 580 receives one game ball stored in the upper plate 301 by the output and the input of the ball feeding reference pulse is completed, the constant current is obtained. Is stopped, the game ball received by the ball feeding member 584 is sent to the ball hitting device 650 side. Thus, the drive current output from the firing solenoid drive circuit 4120d to the launch solenoid 654 is variably controlled, whereas the drive current output from the ball feed solenoid drive circuit 4120e to the ball feed solenoid 585 is constant. It is controlled.

  The power supply board 851 for supplying various voltages to the payout control board 4110 includes a capacitor as a backup power supply for supplying power to the payout control board 4110 for a predetermined time even when the power is shut off. With this capacitor, the payout control MPU 4111a can store various types of information in the RAM of the payout control board 4110 even when the power is turned off. The stored various information is completely erased (cleared) from the RAM of the payout control board 4110 when the RAM clear switch 4100c of the main control board 4100 is operated when the power is turned on.

[3-3. Peripheral control board]
As shown in FIG. 194, the peripheral control board 4010 includes a peripheral control unit 4140 that performs effect control based on a command from the main control board 4100, and a main liquid crystal display device 1900 based on control data from the peripheral control unit 4140. And a liquid crystal control unit 4150 that performs drawing control of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800.

[3-3A. Peripheral control unit]
As shown in FIG. 194, the peripheral control unit 4140 for effect control on the peripheral control board 4010 performs a peripheral control MPU 4140a as a microprocessor, a peripheral control ROM 4140b for storing various processing programs and various commands, and a high-quality sound performance. A sound source IC 4140c to be performed and a sound ROM 4140d in which sound information such as music and sound effects referred to by the sound source IC 4140c are stored.

  The peripheral control MPU 4140a incorporates a plurality of parallel I / O ports, serial I / O ports, and the like. When various commands are received from the main control board 4100, each peripheral board of the game board 4 is received based on these various commands. The game board side light emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal or a gradation lighting signal to the provided color LED or the like is transmitted to the lamp driving board 3021 from the serial I / O port for the lamp driving board, or the gaming board Motor mounted on the rear surface of the back box 3010 from the serial I / O port for the game board decoration drive board for the game board side drive data for outputting drive signals to the drive motor for operating the various effect units provided in 4 To transmit to the drive board 3023 or to output a drive signal to an electric drive source such as a dial drive motor 414 provided on the door frame 5 Door-side drive composed of door-side drive data and door-side emission data for outputting a lighting signal, a blinking signal, or a gradation lighting signal to a color LED or the like provided on each decorative board of the door frame 5 The light emission data is transmitted from the serial I / O port for the frame decoration drive board to the door frame base board 194 via the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 and the peripheral relay terminal board 882, or the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display. In addition to transmitting control data (display command) indicating a screen to be displayed on the device 2800 from the serial I / O port for the liquid crystal control unit to the liquid crystal control unit 4150, a control signal (for extracting sound information from the sound ROM 4140d) Sound command) to the sound source IC 4140c.

  Detection signals from various original position detection sensors for detecting the original positions of the various effect units provided on the game board 4 are transmitted to the first drive board 3023 and the second drive board 3024 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010. Via the peripheral control MPU 4140a. The detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b that detect the rotation of the dial operation unit 401 of the operation unit 400 provided in the door frame 5 and the pressure detection sensor 432c that detects the operation of the pressing operation unit 405 are door frame base substrates. 194, the peripheral side relay terminal board 882, and the peripheral panel relay terminal board 872 are input to the peripheral control MPU 4140a.

  In addition, the peripheral control MPU 4140a receives a signal (operation signal) indicating that the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is operating normally from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, and monitors the operation of the liquid crystal control unit 4150 based on the operation signal. doing.

  The sound source IC 4140c extracts sound information from the sound ROM 4140d based on control data (sound commands) from the peripheral control MPU 4140a, and is provided in the main body frame 3 via the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872 and the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882. Control is performed so that music, sound effects, and the like according to various performances flow from the speaker 821, and provided to the door frame 5 via the peripheral panel relay terminal plate 872, the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882, and the door frame base substrate 194. Control is performed so that music, sound effects, and the like according to various effects flow from the speakers 130, 222, 262, and the speaker 821 provided in the main body frame 3. Note that the volume can be adjusted by rotating the volume 1912 mounted on the peripheral control board 4010 and projecting rearward from the peripheral control board box 1910.

  In addition to the built-in WDT (watchdog timer) built in the peripheral control MPU 4140a, the peripheral control unit 4140 also includes an external WDT (watchdog timer) (not shown). The peripheral control MPU 4140a includes the built-in WDT and the external WDT. In combination with WDT, it is diagnosed whether its own system is running away.

  The display command output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a to the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is performed by a serial input / output port. In this embodiment, the bit rate (size of data that can be transmitted per unit time) is 19.2 km (k ) BPS (bits per second, hereinafter referred to as “bps”) is set. On the other hand, initial data, door frame side lighting / flashing command, game board side lighting / flashing command, movable body driving command, which are output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a to the lamp driving board 3021 and the motor driving board 3023 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010. This is performed by a plurality of serial input / output ports different from the display command. In this embodiment, 250 kbps is set as the bit rate.

  The first drive board 3023 and the second drive board 3024 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010 send a lighting signal or a blinking signal via the peripheral side relay terminal plate 882 based on the received door frame side lighting blinking command. A lighting signal or flashing based on the game board side lighting flashing command that is output to the LEDs of the decorative boards 214, 216, 254, 256, 288, 290, 322, 430, 432, etc. provided in the door frame 5 A signal is output to the LED of each decorative board provided in the game board 4.

  Further, the first drive board 3023 and the second drive board 3024 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010 send a drive signal to the door frame 5 via the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 based on the received drive command of the movable body. Output to the dial drive motor 414 provided in the game board 4 or each drive motor provided in the game board 4.

  Further, the peripheral control MPU 4140a receives a signal (operation signal) indicating that the liquid crystal control unit 4150 is operating normally from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, or in the operation unit 400 provided in the plate unit 300 in the door frame 5. Detection signals from the rotation detection sensors 432a and 432b that detect the rotation operation of the dial operation unit 401 and the press detection sensor 432c that detects the operation of the press operation unit 405 in the operation unit 400 are the peripheral relay terminal plate 882 and the back box. It is input via a first drive board 3023 or a second drive board 3024 attached to the rear surface of 3010.

  The sound source IC 4140c extracts sound information from the sound ROM 4140d based on the sound command output from the peripheral control MPU 4140a, and the lamp drive board 3021, the motor drive board 3023 and the like attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010 and the peripheral side relay terminal board. The speaker of the main body frame 3 from the side speaker 130 and the upper speakers 222 and 262 of the door frame 5 via 882 or the first driving board 3023 and the second driving board 3024 attached to the rear surface of the back box 3010. From 821, control is performed so that music, sound effects, etc. according to various effects flow. In this example, as described above, the side speakers arranged on the left and right sides of the lower side of the gaming window 101, the upper speakers 222 and 262 arranged on the upper side of the gaming window 101, and the lower part of the main body frame 3 are provided. By sending an acoustic signal as sound information (for example, a 2ch stereo signal, a 4ch stereo signal, a 2.1ch surround signal added with a lower speaker 391, which will be described later, or a 4.1ch surround signal, etc.) to the low-frequency speaker 821. In addition, it is possible to present a sound effect (sound production) with a sense of reality more than before.

[3-4. LCD controller]
Next, as shown in FIG. 194, a liquid crystal control unit 4150 that performs drawing control of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 on the peripheral control board 4010 includes a liquid crystal control MPU 4150a as a microprocessor, various processing programs, A liquid crystal control ROM 4150b for storing various commands and various data, a VDP (abbreviation for video display processor) 4150c for controlling the display of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, and the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display. A character ROM 4150d for storing various data of the screen displayed on the device 2800 and a character RAM 4150e to which various data stored in the character ROM 4150d are transferred and copied are provided.

  The liquid crystal control MPU 4150a includes a parallel I / O port, a serial I / O port, and the like, and controls the VDP 4150c based on control data (display command) from the peripheral control unit 4140 to control the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the like. Drawing control of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 is performed. If the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a is operating normally, it outputs an operation signal to that effect to the peripheral control unit 4140. Further, the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a receives an in-execution signal, which will be described later, from the VDP 4150c, and performs interrupt processing when the output of the in-execution signal is stopped every 16 ms.

  The liquid crystal control ROM 4150b includes schedule data corresponding to control data (display commands) from the peripheral control board 4010, in addition to various programs for generating a screen to be drawn on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. A plurality of non-resident area transfer schedule data corresponding to control data (display command) are stored. The schedule data is configured by arranging screen data that defines the configuration of the screen in time series, and the order of screens to be drawn on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 is defined. The non-resident area transfer schedule data is constituted by arranging non-resident area transfer data that defines the order when transferring various data stored in the character ROM 4150d to the non-resident area of the character RAM 4150e. This non-resident area transfer data prescribes the order in which various data are transferred from the character ROM 4150d to the non-resident area of the character RAM 4150e in advance for the screen data drawn on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 as the schedule data progresses. Has been.

  The liquid crystal control MPU 4150a extracts the top screen data of the schedule data corresponding to the control data (display command) from the peripheral control board 4010 from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and outputs it to the VDP 4150c. Extracted from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b and output to the VDP 4150c. As described above, the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a extracts screen data arranged in time series in the schedule data one by one from the liquid crystal control ROM 4150b one by one from the head screen data, and outputs it to the VDP 4150c.

  When the screen data output from the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a is input, the VDP 4150c extracts sprite data from the character RAM 4150e based on the input screen data and displays it on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. Drawing data is generated, and the generated drawing data is output to the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. Further, when the VDP 4150c does not accept the screen data from the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a, the VDP 4150c outputs a running signal indicating that fact to the liquid crystal control MPU 4150a. The VDP 4150c employs a line buffer method. In this “line buffer system”, drawing data for one line for drawing the horizontal direction of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 is held in a line buffer, and drawing for one line held in this line buffer is performed. In this method, data is output to the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800.

  The character ROM 4150d stores a very large amount of sprite data and has a large capacity. When the capacity of the character ROM 4150d increases, that is, when the number of sprites drawn on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 or the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 increases, the access speed of the character ROM 4150d cannot be ignored, and the main liquid crystal display device 1900 or the sub liquid crystal display device. This will affect the drawing speed of 2800. Therefore, in this embodiment, the sprite data stored in the character ROM 4150d is transferred and copied to the character RAM 4150e having a high access speed, and the sprite data is extracted from the character RAM 4150e. The sprite data is base data that is data before the sprite is expanded into the bitmap format, and is stored in the character ROM 4150d in a compressed state.

  Here, “sprite” will be described. “Sprite” is an image displayed as a unit on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. For example, when various persons are displayed on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, data for drawing each person is called “sprite”. As a result, when a plurality of persons are displayed on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, a plurality of sprites are used. In addition to a person, a house, a mountain, a road, and the like constituting the background are also sprites, and the entire background can be a single sprite. These sprites are set in a vertical relationship (hereinafter referred to as “sprite superposition sequence”) when the sprites are arranged on the screen or when the sprites overlap with each other, and are set in the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device. Rendered in 2800.

  Note that the sprite is configured by bonding a plurality of rectangular regions of 64 pixels vertically and horizontally. Data for drawing this rectangular area is called a “character”. In the case of a small sprite, it can be expressed using one character, and in the case of a relatively large sprite such as a person, for example, it is expressed using a total of six characters arranged in 2 × 3 horizontal, for example. be able to. In the case of a larger sprite such as the background, it can be expressed using a larger number of characters. Thus, the number and arrangement of characters can be arbitrarily designated for each sprite.

  The main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 are sequentially scanned from the left to the right when viewed from the front, main scanning for setting a display state for each pixel in one direction along the pixel, and crossing the one direction. It is driven by sub-scanning in which main scanning is repeatedly performed in such a direction. When the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 receive drawing data for one line output from the liquid crystal control unit 4150, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 are viewed from the front of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. As seen from the left to the right, each pixel is output to one line of pixels. When the output for one line is completed, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 shift to the line immediately below as sub-scanning. Similarly, when drawing data for the next line is input, Based on the drawing data of the minute, the main scanning is sequentially outputted from the left to the right when viewed from the front of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, respectively, to the pixels for one line.

[4. Game contents]
The game content in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described mainly with reference to FIG. FIG. 195 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of the main control board. First, a functional configuration related to game effect control on the main control board 4100 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Note that a functional configuration relating to payout of game balls will be omitted. In the main control board 4100 of this example, various game controls, performance controls, and the like are realized by executing a predetermined program stored in advance in a ROM (not shown) by the main control MPU 4100a.

  When a game ball detection signal is input from the gate sensor 2302 to the main control board 4100, a normal random number generating means 4200 for generating a predetermined normal random number which is a lottery result for the normal symbol, and the generated normal random number are determined in advance. ROM 4100d of main control board 4100 for normal symbol hold storage means 4202 for temporarily storing according to the above conditions, and for normal symbol variation patterns corresponding to normal random numbers stored and executed by normal symbol hold storage means 4202 Normal symbol variation pattern selecting means 4204 for selecting from a predetermined normal symbol variation pattern table stored in the normal symbol display control means for variably displaying the normal symbol of the normal symbol display 1189 based on the selected normal symbol variation pattern 4206 and the normal symbol display control means 4206 to display on the normal symbol display 1189. If the normal random number (normal lottery result) is “normal hit”, the start opening / closing control means 4208 for driving the start opening solenoid 2306 to rotate the door member 2305 in the opening direction and the normal symbol holding storage means 4202 And a normal symbol memory number display control means 4210 for displaying the number of normal symbol random numbers stored in a reserved manner on the normal symbol memory display 1188 as a memory number.

  The normal symbol hold storage means 4202 described above generates a predetermined number (for example, four) of normal random numbers generated by the detection signal of the game ball from the gate sensor 2302 while the normal symbol display control means 4206 displays the fluctuation of the normal symbol. ) And the execution of the stored normal random number is suspended until normal symbols can be displayed in a variable manner. In the present embodiment, the normal symbol variation time is set to 0.1 seconds to 1.0 seconds.

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a predetermined first lottery result for the first special symbol based on the detection signal detected by the first start port sensor 3207 by the start winning to the first start port 2101. A first special random number generating means 4212 for generating a special random number; a first special symbol holding storage means 4214 for temporarily storing the first special random number generated in the first special random number generating means 4212 according to a predetermined condition; A predetermined special symbol variation display pattern stored in advance in the ROM 4100d of the main control board 4100 as a first special symbol variation pattern corresponding to the first special random number stored and executed by the first special symbol storage unit 4214 First special symbol variation pattern selection means 4216 selected from the table and first special symbol variation pattern selection means 4216 selected by the first special symbol variation pattern selection means 4216 First special symbol display control means 4218 for variably displaying the first special symbol of the first special symbol display 1185 based on the symbol fluctuation pattern, and the first special random number stored in the first special symbol hold storage means 4214 First special symbol memory number display control means 4220 for displaying the number as a memory number on the first special symbol memory display 1184 is provided.

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a predetermined second lottery result for the second special symbol based on the detection signal detected by the second start port sensor 2309 by the start winning to the second start port 2224. A second special random number generating means 4222 for generating a special random number; a second special symbol holding storage means 4224 for temporarily storing the second special random number generated in the second special random number generating means 4222 according to a predetermined condition; A predetermined special symbol variation display pattern stored in advance in the ROM 4100d of the main control board 4100 as a second special symbol variation pattern corresponding to the second special random number executed after being stored in the second special symbol storage unit 4224 Second special symbol variation pattern selection means 4226 selected from the table, and second special symbol variation pattern selection means 4226 selected by the second special symbol variation pattern selection means 4226 Second special symbol display control means 4228 for variably displaying the second special symbol of the second special symbol indicator 1186 based on the fluctuation pattern, and the number of the second special random numbers stored in the second special symbol hold storage means 4224. The second special symbol memory number display control means 4230 is displayed on the second special symbol memory display 1187 as the memory number.

  These first special symbol hold storage means 4214 and second special symbol hold storage means 4224 are such that the first special symbol display control means 4218 and the second special symbol display control means 4228 are variably displayed in the first and second special symbols. When a special symbol cannot be newly displayed in a variable manner, a first special random number and a second special random number triggered by detection signals from the first start port sensor 3207 and the second start port sensor 2309 are set to predetermined numbers (for example, 4), and the execution of the stored first special random number and second special random number is suspended until the special symbol can be changed.

  The main control board 4100 receives the first special random number and the second special random number held by the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214 and the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224 as the first start port 2101 and the second start point. Priority holding digest means 4231 for executing (digesting) the second special random number in preference to the start winning timing to the mouth 2224 is provided. The special lottery result hold related to the second start port 2224 is preferentially executed (digested).

  The main control board 4100 also includes a first special random number (first special lottery result) and a second special random number (second special random number) stored in the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214 and the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224. Based on a special lottery result), an advantageous gaming state generating means 4232 for generating an advantageous gaming state in which the player is advantageous, and based on an instruction from the advantageous gaming state generating means 4232, the first grand prize opening 2102 and the second grand prize winning A prize opening opening / closing control means 4234 for controlling the driving of the first attacker solenoid 2154 and the second attacker solenoid 2354 so as to open and close the first opening / closing member 2151 and the second opening / closing member 2353 for closing the opening 2225. I have.

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a first special random number or a second special random number (first special symbol variation pattern or second special symbol variation pattern) in which an advantageous gaming state is generated by the advantageous gaming state generation means 4232, A fluctuation pattern table changing means 4236 for changing the first special symbol fluctuation pattern table and the second special symbol fluctuation pattern table is further provided. The variation pattern table changing means 4236 changes, for example, to a variation pattern table (for example, a high probability variation pattern table) in which a variation pattern in which an advantageous gaming state occurs is selected with a higher probability than a normal variation pattern table ( So-called probability variation), changing to a variation pattern table with a shorter variation time of the first special symbol and the second special symbol than the normal variation pattern table (for example, a time shortening variation pattern table) (so-called time reduction), It is possible to change to a variation pattern table (for example, a probability variation time variation pattern table) having a high probability that an advantageous gaming state will occur than usual and a variation time of a special symbol is short (so-called probability variation / short time variation).

  Further, the main control board 4100 has a normal symbol variation pattern, a first symbol variation pattern, a second symbol variation pattern, and a first special symbol memory according to the normal random number, the first special random number, and the second special random number. Based on the second special symbol memory or the like, a command generation unit 4238 that generates a command for predetermined control such as an effect command, and a command transmission unit 4240 that transmits the command generated by the command generation unit 4238 to the peripheral control unit 4140. And.

  In the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment, the game ball stored in the upper plate 301 of the plate unit 300 is moved to the game panel 1150 when the player rotates the handle device 500 arranged at the lower right of the door frame 5. The game area 1100 is placed in front of the game area 1100, and a game with a game ball is started. The game ball that has been driven into the upper part of the game area 1100 flows down in the game area 1100 on the left or right side of the center accessory 2200 depending on the strength of the game. It should be noted that the game ball driving strength can be adjusted by the amount of rotation of the handle device 500, and the game ball can be driven harder as it is rotated in the clockwise direction. In the game area 1100, a plurality of obstacle nails are planted on the front surface of the game panel 1200 (panel plate 1210) in a predetermined gauge arrangement at appropriate positions, and the game ball abuts against the obstacle nails. The flow velocity of the game ball is suppressed, and various movements are given to the game ball so that the movement can be enjoyed.

  When the game ball that has been driven into the upper portion of the center accessory 2200 enters the left side of the center accessory 2200 from the highest position in the peripheral wall portion 2202 of the center accessory 2200, it flows down the left side of the center accessory 2200. Then, when the game ball that has flowed down to the left side of the center accessory 2200 enters the warp inlet 2203 that opens to the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 2202 of the center accessory 2200, the game ball is supplied from the warp outlet 2204 to the stage 2210.

  In this stage 2210, it is supplied from the warp outlet 2204 to the left end of the stage 2210, and after rolling the stage 2210 in the left-right direction, from one of the three guide portions 2211 to the front and above the first start port 2101 in the attacker unit 2100. Is released into the game area 1100. When a game ball is released into the game area 1100 from the central guide portion 2211 in the stage 2210, it is accepted to the first start port 2101 with a high probability. When a game ball is received by the first start port 2101 and detected by the first start port sensor 3207, a predetermined number (for example, three) of game balls from the prize ball device 740 via the main control board 4100 or the like. Is dispensed to the upper plate 301.

  Note that when the game ball released from the stage 2210 into the game area 1100 flows down to the left or right of the first start port 2101 without winning the first start port 2101, the attacker unit 2100 disposed downstream is used. There is a possibility of winning a prize at the general prize opening 2103 or the general prize opening 2227 of the center accessory 2200. When a game ball is won at the general prize opening 2103 or 2227 and is detected by the general prize opening sensor 3153, this is detected. Based on the signal, the main control board 4100 transmits a predetermined payout command to the payout control board 4110, and the payout control board 4110 controls the payout motor 744 of the prize ball device 740 in accordance with the payout command to give a predetermined number. (For example, 10) game balls are paid out to the upper plate 301.

  Further, when the game ball released from the stage 2210 into the game area 1100 does not win the first start port 2101 and flows down to the left or right of the first start port 2101, the first big win is won by the big hit game or the like. When the mouth 2102 is in the open state, it is possible to win the first big prize opening 2102 with a high probability.

  By the way, when the game ball that has flowed down to the left side of the center object 2200 does not enter the warp entrance 2203, it flows down the left side of the center object 2200, and the lower side of the center object 2200 by the guide shelf 2115 of the attacker unit 2100. There is a possibility that the player will be drawn to the center side of the game area 1100 and win the general winning port 2103, the first starting port 2101, etc. of the attacker unit 2100 arranged below the center accessory 2200.

  On the other hand, when the game ball that is driven into the upper portion of the center accessory 2200 in the game area 1100 enters the right side of the highest portion of the peripheral wall portion 2202 of the center accessory 2200, And through the narrow gap between the game area 1100 and the inner periphery of the game area 1100, the right game path 2221 enters the right game path 2221 from the right game path entrance 2220 that opens near the stopper 1114 of the front component member 1110 A on the outer periphery of the game area 1100.

  The game ball that has entered the right game path 2221 is discharged directly above the gate portion 2223 disposed in the gate space 2221b by the entry path 2221a. The game ball released immediately above the gate portion 2223 enters the gate portion 2223 with a very high probability, and after being detected by the gate sensor 2302, passes through the front side of the second start port 2224 and exits the right game passage. 2222 is released into the gaming area 1100 above the second grand prize winning opening 2225.

  At this time, when a game ball is detected by the gate sensor 2302, an ordinary random number as an ordinary lottery result is generated by the ordinary random number generation means 4200 on the main control board 4100 based on the detection signal. Based on this normal random number, the normal symbol of the normal symbol display 1189 in the function display unit 1180 is displayed in a variable manner (for example, the normal symbol display 1189 composed of two red and green LEDs alternately emits light) for a predetermined time ( For example, a normal symbol based on a normal random number (normal lottery result) extracted after the elapse of 0.1 second to 1 second) is stopped (one of the two LEDs on the normal symbol display 1189 emits light). Is done. In the present embodiment, the same variable display is also performed on the normal symbol display 1189 of the normal symbol display board 1191a provided in the vicinity of the gate portion 2223 in the center accessory 2200. The normal symbol fluctuation display is performed based on the normal symbol fluctuation pattern selected from the predetermined normal symbol fluctuation pattern selection table by the normal symbol fluctuation pattern selection means 4204.

  Specifically, if the selected random number is a “normal hit” random number, the normal symbol indicating the winning is stopped and displayed (the normal symbol display 1189 emits green light), and the selected normal random number is a “normal lose” random number. In the case of, stop display is performed with a normal symbol suggesting a loss (the normal symbol indicator 1189 emits red light). When the normal symbol indicating “normal hit” is stopped and displayed, the door member 2305 that closes the second start port 2224 is rotated in the opening direction for a predetermined time (for example, between 0.3 seconds and 3 seconds). Thus, a game ball can be won at the second start port 2224.

  In the present embodiment, the variation time of the normal symbol is extremely short compared to the conventional pachinko machine. Therefore, the door member 2305 moves to the start-port solenoid 2306 at the timing of whether or not the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2223 and has drawn “normal hit” reaches the front side of the door member 2305 that closes the second start-port 2224. And the second starting port 2224 can be received, and when “normal hit” is selected, the second starting port 2224 is received with a very high probability.

  Then, after passing through the gate portion 2223 and drawing a “normal hit” and receiving a game ball into the second start port 2224, it is detected by the second start port sensor 2309 and based on the detection signal of the second start port sensor 2309. The main control board 4100 transmits a predetermined payout command to the payout control board 4110, and the payout control board 4110 controls the payout motor 744 of the prize ball device 740 in accordance with the payout command, thereby having one game ball, It is paid out to the upper plate 301.

  Therefore, in the present embodiment, when a game ball performs a driving operation (so-called right-handed) that passes the right side of the center accessory 2200, the game passes through the gate portion 2223 with a very high probability and also passes through the gate portion 2223. If the ball is drawn “normal hit”, it will be accepted to the second start opening 2224 with a very high probability, so even a beginner or a player unfamiliar with the game can easily enter the second start opening 2224 and enjoy the player. You can do it.

  By the way, in the pachinko machine 1, as described above, the player can easily win a game ball to the second starting port 2224 by making a right strike. When the amount of game balls to be paid out increases, the burden on the game hall where the pachinko machine 1 is installed increases, and there is a risk of hesitation in installing the pachinko machine 1. However, in this pachinko machine 1, since the number of game balls to be paid out by winning a game ball to the second starting port 2224 is one, the game is performed by lottery of a special lottery result by winning to the second starting port 2224. It is possible to reduce the burden on the game hall side while enhancing the interest of the player, and to install the pachinko machine 1 without any problem.

  Further, in this embodiment, when the normal symbol display 1189 displays the fluctuation of the normal symbol and the gate sensor 2302 detects the passing of the game ball, the normal symbol of the fluctuation is stopped and generated / extracted first. Until the result of the ordinary random number is determined, the ordinary random number (including the ordinary symbol variation pattern) extracted based on the detection signal from the gate sensor 2302 is temporarily stored in the ordinary symbol holding storage means 4202 and displayed. Is stored, and the number of stored ordinary random numbers (also referred to as the number of stored) is displayed on the normal symbol storage display 1188. The normal symbol memory display 1188 is composed of four LEDs, and the number of memories can be suggested by the number of LEDs to be lit. In this example, up to four can be stored and displayed. When the number of memories exceeds 4, the ordinary random number extracted based on the detection signal of the gate sensor 2302 is discarded.

  On the other hand, when the game ball passes through the gate portion 2223 and “normal lose” is drawn, the door member 2305 that closes the second start port 2224 maintains the state where the second start port 2224 is closed. Therefore, the game ball that has passed through the gate portion 2223 flows down the front surface of the door member 2305 that closes the second start port 2224, and passes through the bypass passage 2221c and the discharge passage 2221d from the lower right in the gate space 2221b to the right game passage. The game is discharged from the exit 2222 into the game area 1100 above the second big prize opening 2225. Note that the game ball released from the right game passage exit 2222 into the game area 1100 flows down onto the second opening / closing member 2353 of the second attacker unit 2350, so that the second big prize opening 2225 is opened by the big hit game or the like. At the time of winning, the second big prize opening 2225 is won with a high probability. Therefore, in the case of a big hit game or the like in which the second big prize opening 2225 can be received, the game ball can be easily awarded to the second big prize opening 2225 by making a right hit.

  By the way, in the main control board 4100 of the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, a game ball wins the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2224 and is detected by the first start port sensor 3207 and the second start port sensor 2309. Then, at the first start port 2101, the first special random number generator 4212 generates and extracts a predetermined first special random number. At the second start port 2224, the second special random number generator 4222 generates a predetermined second special random number. Are generated and extracted, respectively. Then, based on the extracted special random number, the special symbol displayed on the corresponding first special symbol display 1185 or second special symbol display 1186 of the function display unit 1180 is started, and then the special symbol is displayed. The special symbol corresponding to the random number is stopped and displayed as a special lottery result.

  When the special symbol is stopped and displayed in the first special symbol indicator 1185 or the second special symbol indicator 1186 in a manner suggesting “big hit”, the first opening / closing member 2151 or the second attacker unit 2350 of the attacker unit 2100 is displayed. A special advantageous gaming state (for example, a big hit game) in which the second opening / closing member 2353 is opened / closed in a predetermined pattern is generated, and during this time, the game ball is awarded to the first big winning opening 2102 or the second big winning opening 2225. As a result, more game balls can be obtained. When one game ball wins the first grand prize opening 2102 or the second big prize opening 2225, a predetermined number (for example, 13) of game balls are paid out to the upper plate 301 from the prize ball device 740.

  Further, when the special symbol is stopped and displayed in the first special symbol indicator 1185 or the second special symbol indicator 1186 in a manner suggesting “small hit”, the first opening / closing member 2151 or the second second member of the attacker unit 2100 is displayed. A special advantageous gaming state (for example, a small hit game) in which the second opening / closing member 2353 of the attacker unit 2350 is opened / closed in a predetermined pattern occurs, and the game is played to the first big prize opening 2102 or the second big prize opening 2225 during that time. You can get more game balls by winning the balls.

  It should be noted that the first special symbol indicator 1185 and the second special symbol indicator are also displayed at the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2224 in the same manner as the normal symbol variation display due to the passage of the game ball to the gate portion 2223. In 1186, when the special symbol is variably displayed, or when the special symbol such as the big hit game as the special advantageous gaming state cannot be variably displayed, the game ball is awarded to the first starting port 2101 or the second starting port 2224. When detected by the first start port sensor 3207 or the second start port sensor 2309, the detection signal from the first start port sensor 3207 or the second start port sensor 2309 is displayed until the special symbol change display becomes possible. The first special random number and the second special random number extracted based on the first special symbol hold storage means 4214 and the second special symbol hold storage means 4224 are stored and the display is held. Has become earthenware pots, the number of the stored special random number, and displays the first special symbol memory indicator 1184 or the second special symbol memory indicator 1187.

  The first special symbol memory display 1184 and the second special symbol memory indicator 1187 are each composed of two LEDs, so that the number of memories is suggested by the combination of the light emission state of each LED that is turned off / on / flashing. In this example, up to four each can be stored and displayed. If the number of memories exceeds 4, the extracted special random number is discarded. The second special random number stored (held) in the second special symbol hold storage unit 4224 by the priority hold digesting unit 4231 has priority over the first special random number stored in the first special symbol hold storage unit 4214. Are executed (digested). That is, the lottery result hold related to the second start port 2224 is executed (digested) with priority over the lottery result hold related to the first start port 2101.

  Further, the main control board 4100 selects the first special random number or the second special random number extracted based on the detection of the first start port sensor 3207 or the second start port sensor 2309 as the first special symbol variation pattern selection. By comparing with a predetermined random number determination table (also referred to as a special symbol variation pattern table) determined in advance by the means 4216 or the second special symbol variation pattern selection unit 4226, the special random number is “lost”, “small hit” The “big hit” is determined, and it is also determined whether the “big hit” is “2R big hit” or “15R big hit”. In addition, the random number determination table also determines “short hit per probability change”, “per hit per probability change”, “per hit short”, “short hit per probability change”, and the like.

  Then, the first special random number and the second special random number (the special lottery result) extracted (lottery) with the start winning of the game balls to the first start port 2101 and the second start port 2224 as an opportunity are “small hits”. In this case, the main control board 4100 causes the advantageous game state generating means 4232 to connect the first opening / closing member 2151 of the attacker unit 2100 and the second opening / closing member 2353 of the second attacker unit 2350 for a predetermined short period of time (for example, 0.2 second to An open / close pattern that closes as an open state for a period of 0.6 seconds is repeated a plurality of times (for example, twice).

  On the other hand, if the extracted first special random number or second special random number is a “big hit”, the main control board 4100 causes the advantageous game state generating means 4232 to use the first opening / closing member 2151 or the second attacker unit 2350 of the attacker unit 2100. After the second opening / closing member 2353 is opened, a predetermined time (for example, about 30 seconds) elapses, or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls have entered the first grand prize opening 2102 and the second big prize opening. An opening / closing pattern (one opening / closing pattern is referred to as one round) that closes the first opening / closing member 2151 or the second opening / closing member 2353 when one of the winning conditions is satisfied in 2225 is a predetermined number of times (a predetermined number of rounds). Repeat. For example, the “2R big hit” is repeated for two rounds, and the “15R big hit” is repeated for 15 rounds to generate an advantageous gaming state advantageous to the player. Note that, after the end of the predetermined number of rounds, for “big hit”, the random number determination table may be replaced with a high-probability time / shortness table or the like by the variation pattern table changing unit 4236 according to the extracted special random number.

  By the way, any of the game balls thrown into the game area 1100 is one of the general prize opening 2103, 2227, the first start opening 2101, the second start opening 2224, the first big prize opening 2102, and the second big prize opening 2225. If the game is not won, the game area 1100 is provided at the lower center in the left-right direction and discharged from the out port 1232 to the lower rear side of the game board 4. In addition, the game that is won regardless of whether the game ball wins any of the general winning ports 2103, 2227, the first starting port 2101, the second starting port 2224, the first major winning port 2102, and the second major winning port 2225. The ball is discharged to the lower rear side of the game board 4 without being returned into the game area 1100.

  Note that the special symbol change display on the first special symbol display 1185 and the second special symbol display 1186 is directly controlled by the main control board 4100 (see FIG. 195). The variation display of symbols on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 and the like is controlled by the peripheral control unit 4140 and the liquid crystal control unit 4150 based on a command related to the lottery result transmitted from the main control board 4100 to the peripheral control unit 4140. As a result, the change display of the symbols on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 or the like that the player particularly pays attention to is controlled by the peripheral control unit 4140 or the like, so that the lottery result transmitted from the main control board 4100 or For one command, a plurality of symbol variation patterns can be prepared in advance to increase the symbol variation patterns in the main liquid crystal display device 1900 or the like. Also, the “big hit game effect image” displayed during the “hit” game is controlled by the peripheral control unit 4140 and the like, and various patterns of effect images are prepared in advance. Thereby, the display pattern of the effect image displayed without increasing the calculation processing load on the main control board 4100 can be increased, and the pachinko machine 1 that makes the player more entertaining and less likely to get bored can be obtained. It has become.

  In addition to the control of the effect image, the peripheral control unit 4140 appropriately drives the drive motors, the decorative board, and the like provided in the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000 based on the command related to the lottery result, and the movable effect. And a light emitting effect can be performed, and a player can be entertained by a movable effect and a light emitting effect.

[4-1. Example of production]
Subsequently, the movable production using the production units 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 3200, 3300, 3400 provided in the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000 in the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment is mainly illustrated. 100 and FIGS. 188 to 193. FIG. 188 is a front view showing a state where the front right movable decorative body unit of the front right effect unit has moved to the appearance position. FIG. 189 is a front view showing a state in which the sub liquid crystal display device is visible from the player side. FIG. 190 is a front view showing a state in which the back bottom movable decorative body of the back bottom effect unit is raised. Further, FIG. 191 is a front view showing a state where the back left movable decorative body of the back left effect unit has been moved to the first appearance position, and FIG. 192 shows the back left movable decorative body of the back left effect unit as the second appearance position. It is a front view which shows the state moved to. FIG. 193 is a front view showing a state in which the main liquid crystal display device is concealed from the player side by the back middle effect unit.

  First, in the normal state, as shown in FIG. 110, the front right effect unit 2400 in the center accessory 2200 of the front unit 2000 is such that the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 is suspended from the upper rotation shaft 2413c. Thus, the front right rotating decorative body 2411 is in contact with the inner periphery of the window 2201. In the front effect unit 2500 of the center accessory 2200, the movable decorative body 2510 in the front surface is rotated to the front side and the front side faces the player side, and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 on the rear side. The display screen is hidden in the center. In the front left effect unit 2600 and the front right effect unit 2700 of the center accessory 2200, the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are located on the upper end side close to each other, The left and right sides of the display screen of the rear sub liquid crystal display device 2800 are concealed. That is, the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 is not visible from the player side by the upper movable ornament 2510, the upper left movable ornament 2610, and the upper right movable ornament 2710.

  Further, in the normal state, the back lower direction production unit 3200 of the back unit 3000 has the back lower movable decorative body unit 3250 positioned below the stage 2210 of the center accessory 2200 and the upper side covered by the back lower door member 3220. It is in the state. As a result, the back lower movable decorative unit 3250 is invisible from the player side, and the upper side of the back lower door member 3220 forms the lower side of the display screen of the main liquid crystal display device 1900. Yes. Further, in the back left effect unit 3300 of the back unit 3000, the back left movable decorative body 3310 is located on the left outer side of the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200, and is not visible from the player side.

  Further, in the back middle production unit 3400 of the back unit 3000, the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 are located on the left outside of the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200, and the back center The right front movable decorative body 3420 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are located on the right outside of the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200. As a result, the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back center right front movable decorative body 3420, the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back center right rear movable decorative body 3440 become invisible from the player side. Yes. That is, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 on the rear side is in a state where it can be viewed well from the player side.

  In this normal state, when a game ball that has been thrown into the game area 1100 is received by the first start port 2101 or the second start port 2224 and a predetermined special lottery result is drawn, for example, FIG. When performing a movable effect using the front right effect unit 2400 of the center accessory 2200 as in 188, if the front right rotation drive motor 2452 of the front right effect unit 2400 is rotated in the clockwise direction, the upper end rotation is performed. The front right movable decorative body unit 2410 rotates in the clockwise direction around the moving shaft 2413c, and the lower front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 are the windows 2201 (main liquid crystal display device 1900). Move to the center of the. As a result, a part of the effect image displayed on the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is blocked by the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410. The movement of the right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be noticed and noticed. Further, the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 can be made conspicuous by rotating the front right rotational decorative body 2411 by the front right rotational driving motor 2412 of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410. Furthermore, when the LED of the front right movable decorative body decorative substrate 2415 is caused to emit light while the front right rotated decorative body 2411 is rotated, the light from the LED is blocked or not blocked by the star-shaped front right rotated decorative body 2411. Therefore, the player's interest can be strongly attracted, and the expectation for the game can be enhanced to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 189, when performing an effect using the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 of the center accessory 2200, the upper middle drive motor 2534 of the upper middle effect unit 2500 is driven to move the upper middle movable decorative body 2510. And the upper left driving motor 2633 and the upper right driving motor 2733 of the upper left rendering unit 2600 and the upper right rendering unit 2700 are driven in opposite directions, respectively, to move the upper left movable decorative body. 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are moved in an arc shape in a direction away from each other. Thereby, the display screen of the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 arranged on the rear side can be visually recognized from the player side, and the player can be entertained by the predetermined effect image displayed on the sub liquid crystal display device 2800. Since the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 cannot be visually recognized in a normal state, the upper middle movable decorative body 2510, the upper left movable decorative body 2610, and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 move and become visible. Thus, it can be recognized that extremely useful information is displayed to the player, attention can be paid to the effect image displayed on the sub liquid crystal display device 2800, and the sub liquid crystal display device 2800 can be noticed. It is possible to increase the expectation for the game by the effect image displayed on the screen, and to suppress the player's interest from decreasing.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 190, when performing a movable effect using the lower back effect unit 3200 of the back unit 3000, the pair of lower back lifting drive motors 3202 in the back lower effect unit 3200 are driven in directions opposite to each other. The lower movable decorative body unit 3250 is raised. As a result, the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 opens the back bottom door member 3220 and moves from the lower side of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 to the lower front side so that it can be viewed from the player side. The player can be surprised by the appearance of the unit 3250, and the player can be focused on the backside movable decorative body unit 3250. In the state where the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 is raised and appeared, the back bottom middle rotational drive motor 3262, the back bottom left rotational drive motor 3272, and the back bottom right rotational drive motor 3282 of the back bottom movable decorative body unit 3250 are moved. By driving, the lower back middle rotary ornament 3260, the lower back left rotary ornament 3270, and the lower back right rotary ornament 3280 are rotated. By rotating these three back-bottom middle rotating ornaments 3260, back-bottom left rotating ornament 3270 and back-bottom right rotating ornament 3280, it makes the player think that something has been drawn. In addition, it is possible to increase a sense of expectation for stopping each of the back bottom middle rotating decorative body 3260, the back bottom left rotating decorative body 3270, and the back bottom right rotating decorative body 3280. Then, the back bottom middle rotating decorative body 3260, the back bottom left rotating decorative body 3270, and the back bottom right rotating decorative body 3280 are stopped so that the four decorations provided on the outer periphery thereof are in a predetermined combination. Accordingly, the combination of the decorations of the rotating decorative bodies 3260, 3270, and 3280 can indicate the arrival of a chance to the player, so that the player can have a higher expectation for the game, and the player It is possible to suppress the interest from deteriorating.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 191 and 192, when performing a movable effect using the back left effect unit 3300 of the back unit 3000, the back left drive motor 3322 of the back left effect unit 3300 is driven to move the back left movable decorative body 3310. Is rotated from the left outer side of the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200 to the front side (first appearance position) of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 within the window 2201 (see FIG. 191). As a result, the back left movable decorative body 3310 that is invisible from the player side appears on the left side of the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900, so that the player can be surprised and the player's interest is left behind. The movable decorative body 3310 can be attracted. In addition, the appearance of the back left movable decorative body 3310 can make the player think that there is something good, and increase the player's expectation for the game and reduce the interest. Can be suppressed.

  When the back left drive motor 3322 is further driven after the back left movable decoration body 3310 is caused to appear by rotating the back left movable decoration body 3310 by the back left drive motor 3322, the back left movable decoration body 3310 is now driven. Moves linearly toward the center of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 (see FIG. 192). Accordingly, the back left movable decorative body 3310 that appears by rotating further moves toward the center of the main liquid crystal display device 1900, so that the special lottery result that is drawn by the player is “big hit”. It can be convinced, and a player's expectation can be raised and it can suppress that interest falls.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 194, when performing a movable effect using the back middle production unit 3400 of the back unit 3000, the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454 of the back middle production unit 3400 are in opposite directions. The back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 are moved rightward, and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are moved leftward. The back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are brought into contact with each other. Accordingly, the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is concealed by the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back center right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440. Can surprise the player. Further, when the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is concealed by the back middle production unit 3400, the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410, the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right The transparent portion 3411a, 3421a, 3431a, 3441a of the rear movable decorative body 3440 can make the player enjoy the effect image of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 through the diamond-shaped transparent portion.

  As described above, the pachinko machine 1 according to the present embodiment includes the production units 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 3200, 3300, 3400 and the main liquid crystal provided in the front unit 2000 and the back unit 3000 of the game board 4. Since various effects can be presented to the player using the display device 1900 and the sub liquid crystal display device 2900, it is possible to make the player hard to get bored and to suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

[5. Relationship between this embodiment and the present invention]
The back left movable decorative body 3310 of the back left effect unit 3300 in the back unit 3000 of this embodiment is a decorative body of the present invention, and the operation groove of the unit base 3321 of the back left drive mechanism 3320 in the back left effect unit 3300 of this embodiment. 3321d corresponds to the guiding portion of the present invention, the back left driving motor 3322 of the present embodiment corresponds to the driving motor of the present invention, and the operating pin 3327b of the operating member 3327 corresponds to the guided portion of the present invention. Yes.

[6. Characteristic effects of this embodiment]
Thus, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the back of the back left drive mechanism 3320 in the back left effect unit 3300 of the back unit 3000 according to the gaming state that is changed by driving a game ball into the game area 1100. When the operating gear 3325 is rotated to one side (clockwise in the front view) by the left driving motor 3322, the rack gear 3327a meshed with the operating gear 3325 can be slid in the extending direction of the operating member 3327 by the rotation base 3326. A force that slides the lower end side of the operating member 3327 in the direction approaching the operating gear 3325 is applied to the operating member 3327 that is supported and rotatably supported around the operating gear 3325. The operation member 3327 is supported by a rotation base 3326 so as to be rotatable about the operation gear 3325. At the end point (upper end) of the operation groove 3321d, the rack gear 3327a rotates in the clockwise direction with respect to the operation gear 3325. Since the meshing is performed on the near side, a force that rotates in the clockwise direction around the operating gear 3325 acts on the operating member 3327 from the operating gear 3325 via the rack gear 3327a. Then, by these forces, the operating pin 3327b provided on the lower end side of the operating member 3327 is guided in an arc shape by a portion extending in an arc shape from the starting point (lower end) of the operating groove 3321d, and then linearly extended to the end point. It is guided to the end point in a straight line by the portion extending to, and after the actuating member 3327 rotates, it slides linearly, and the back left movable decorative body 3310 attached to the upper end side of the actuating member 3327 rotates. It moves to slide later. As described above, since the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be moved in a circular arc shape by the single back left drive motor 3322 and then slid linearly, the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be moved. The player can be entertained by the movement, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in interest in the game.

  Further, since the back left movable decorative body 3310 that slides after rotating is driven by one back left drive motor 3322, the back left drive mechanism 3320 that moves the back left movable decorative body is prevented from being enlarged. It is possible to increase the degree of freedom of arrangement of the back left movable decoration body 3310 and to arrange the back left movable decoration body 3310 at an effective position in the game area 1100 to differentiate from other pachinko machines. it can. Moreover, since the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be moved in a complex manner by one back left drive motor 3322, an increase in the load applied to the control of the back left drive motor 3310 can be suppressed, and other controls can be performed. It is possible to avoid affecting (for example, display of a movable effect, a light emission effect, and an effect image). Therefore, since the desired effect can be surely performed, the desired effect can be surely enjoyed by the player, and the player's interest can be prevented from being lowered.

  Furthermore, as described above, since the back left drive mechanism 3320 for moving the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be prevented from increasing in size, the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be relatively enlarged. The player's interest can be strongly attracted by the large back-side movable decorative body 3310 that moves in a complex manner, and the movement of the back-left movable decorative body 3310 can be enjoyed to prevent the interest from deteriorating.

  In addition, since the operation member 3327 is slidably supported in the extending direction by the rotation base 3326 that rotates about the operation gear 3325, both rotation and slide of the operation member 3327 are stabilized. Can do. Therefore, the back left movable decorative body 3310 can be reliably moved through the operating member 3327 in accordance with the shape in which the operating groove 3321d extends, and the above-described operational effects can be realized with certainty.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back center right front movable decorative body 3420, the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back center right in the back middle production unit 3400 of the back unit 3000. According to the game state changed by driving the game ball into the game area 1100 in a state where the rear movable decorative bodies 3440 are separated from each other and positioned on the outer side in the left-right direction with respect to the window part 2201 of the front view center accessory 2200. The back center left front movable decorative body 3410, the back center right front movable decorative body 3420, the back center left rear movable decorative body 3430, and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are thereby moved by the back center left drive motor 3453 and the back center right drive motor 3454. When the drive gear 3455 is rotated in different directions so as to slide in the directions approaching each other, the left and right drive gears 3455 are respectively meshed. The left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457 having the rack gears 3456a and 3457a slide in a direction approaching each other, and the back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back center right front movable movable attached to the left and right left front sliders 3456 and right front slider 3457, respectively. The decorative body 3420 also slides toward each other. When the pair of left front slider 3453 and right front slider 3454 slide in a direction approaching each other, the transmission gear 3458 rotatably supported by each left front slider 3456 and right front slider 3457 slides together with the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457. . The transmission gear 3458 pivotally supported by the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457 meshes with a fixed rack gear 3458 fixed to the unit base 3451. Therefore, when the center of the transmission gear 3458 moves, the transmission gear 3458 rotates according to the fixed rack gear 3458. . On the other hand, the transmission gear 3458 is engaged with the rack gears 3460a and 3461a of the left rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461, which are slidably supported by the unit base 3451. The rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461 slide at a speed twice that of the left front slider 3456 and the right front slider 3457 so as to approach each other, and the rear middle left rear movable attached to the left rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461, respectively. The main body liquid crystal display device 1900 slides in the direction in which the decorative body 3430 and the back middle right movable decorative body 3440 approach each other at a speed twice that of the pair of back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and back middle right front movable decorative body 3420. Abut on the front of the. The pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 in contact with each other receives a plurality of gears from a drive gear 3455 that is directly rotated by the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454. And the left and right front sliders 3456 and 3457, the left front slider 3457, the left rear slider 3460 and the right rear slider 3461 are slidably supported. Since the movement of the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be formed with respect to the driving of the 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454, the back middle left rear movable by the backlash. The impact of the contact (collision) between the decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be reduced.Accordingly, even if the pair of back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are brought into contact with each other, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body are caused by the contact reaction force. It is possible to prevent the body 3440 from returning to create a gap between the back middle left rear movable ornament 3430 and the back middle right rear movable ornament 3440, improving the appearance and reducing the interest of the player. Can be suppressed.

  The pair of back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back center right rear movable decorative body 3440 slides at a double speed relative to the pair of back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and back center right front movable decorative body 3420. A pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 come into contact with each other on the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 to make a pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body. Since the front surface of the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is covered with the 3440, the pair of back center left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back center right front movable decorative body 3420, the main liquid crystal display device 1900 is closed at a faster speed than before, and the game is performed. A strong impact can be given to the player, the player can be surprised, and the pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are fast. It is possible to impart a sense of sharp against the movable effect like by moving, interest entertained player by improving the tempo of the effect can be suppressed.

  By the way, in a conventional pachinko machine as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-172679, a sliding gear is slid by engaging a driving gear (pinion gear) fixed to a rotating shaft of a driving motor with a rack gear on the sliding decorative body side. Therefore, in order to make the slide speed of the movable decorative body double, the drive motor has to be rotated at a double speed, and the load on the drive motor becomes high, and problems are likely to occur. There is a problem. In contrast, in the present embodiment, the back center left drive motor 3453 and the back center right drive motor 3454 do not rotate at a double speed, but the back center left and right rear sliders 3460 and right rear slider 3461 are used. Since the rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be slid at twice the speed, the load applied to the rear middle left drive motor 3453 and the rear middle right drive motor 3454 is reduced. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems due to overload.

  The pair of back center left drive motor 3453 and back center right drive motor 3454 stops driving after a predetermined time has elapsed since the pair of back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 abut. Even after the pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 come into contact with each other, the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454 contact each other. Since it is driven in the direction of contact, the reaction force at the time of contact can be resisted by the driving force of the back middle left drive motor 3453 and the back middle right drive motor 3454. Therefore, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 brought into contact with each other are returned, and a gap is formed between the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440. Thus, the pachinko machine 1 that reliably prevents the appearance from deteriorating and reliably exhibits the above-described effects can be obtained.

  Further, the pair of back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back center right rear movable decorative body 3440 slides in the left-right direction and abuts against each other with the contact portion 3433a and the contacted portion 3443a obliquely with respect to the vertical direction. Since it has an extended part, when the diagonally extended parts abut each other, the force due to the contact can be distributed in the normal direction of the diagonally extended part, and the back left and right rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 reduce the reaction force in the left-right direction to return, and the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are prevented from returning and separating. can do. Also, the contact portion 3433a and the contacted portion 3443a of the pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are provided with symmetrically extending portions in the vertical direction. Therefore, the force due to contact can be equally distributed vertically, and the back center left rear movable decoration body 3430 when the pair of back center left rear movable decoration body 3430 and back center right rear movable decoration body 3440 contact each other. And the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be prevented from moving in the vertical direction. Accordingly, when the pair of back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 come into contact with each other, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are separated from each other, Since it can be prevented from moving up and down, the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 can be prevented from making an unnatural movement and the appearance can be improved. It is possible to prevent the entertainment from deteriorating by making the player enjoy the movable effects by the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430, the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440, and the like.

  The pair of back center left rear movable decorative body 3430 and back center right rear movable decorative body 3440 are in contact with each other, and the back middle left rear movable decorative body 3430 and the back middle right rear movable decorative body 3440 are laterally outward in front view. Since the back middle left front movable decorative body 3410 and the back middle right front movable decorative body 3420 can be in contact with each other, the main liquid crystal display that can be visually recognized through the window 2201 of the center accessory 2200 according to the gaming state. Since the device 1900 can be shown or hidden to the player, it can be suggested to the player that a chance has arrived, etc., and the player's expectation for the game will be raised and the interest will be reduced. can do.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the main body unit 2450 in the front right effect unit 2400 of the center accessory 2200 of the front unit 2000 according to the gaming state changed by driving a game ball into the gaming area 1100. When the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453 is revolved at a predetermined radius by the front right rotation drive motor 2452 supported by the unit base 2451, the rotation of the front right movable decorative body unit 2410 in which the revolved drive pin 2453c is inserted. The base 2413 slides in the drive slit 2413e formed in the main body 2413a and presses the rotation base 2413 through the drive slit 2413e, so that the rotation base 2413 rotates about the upper rotation shaft 2413c. . As the rotation base 2413 rotates, the front right rotation decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decoration body 2414 attached to the front surface of the main body 2413a of the rotation base 2413 are centered on the rotation shaft 2413c. Rotate to draw a large arc. At this time, the rotation base 2413 that supports the front right rotating decorative body 2411, the front right fixed decorative body 2414, and the like includes the upper end of the extended portion 2413b that extends upward from the main body portion 2413a, the extended portion 2413b, and the main body. A holding slit 2413d formed between the portion 2413a and a driving slit 2413e formed in the lower main body portion 2413a away from the rotating shaft 2413c are supported by the unit base 2451, respectively, and rotated right and left. Since the decorative body 2411, the front right fixed decorative body 2414, etc. can rotate smoothly without wobbling, the movement (rotation) of the front right rotated decorative body 2411, the front right fixed decorative body 2414, etc. makes the player feel uncomfortable. Can be avoided, entertaining the movement of the front right rotating decorative body 2411, the front right fixed decorative body 2414, etc. It is possible to suppress.

  In addition, by driving the front right rotation drive motor 2412 according to the gaming state, the front right rotation decoration body 2411 arranged on the front side of the front right fixed decoration body 2414 can be rotated, and thus the movement (rotation) The front right rotation decoration body 2411 that rotates and rotates can attract the player's interest strongly, and the player can enjoy the movement of the front right rotation decoration body 2411. At this time, the rotating base 2413 that supports the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 has an upper rotating shaft 2413c at the bearing portion 2451a of the unit base 2451, and an intermediate holding slit 2413d at the unit base. Further, a driving slit 2413e formed in the lower main body 2413a is supported on the unit base 2451 via the link member 2453, respectively, on the holding pin 2451b of 2451. Even if the body 2411 is rotated, the rotation base 2413 can be prevented from shaking together with the front right rotation decorative body 2411. Therefore, since the front right rotating decorative body 2411 can be rotated without shaking, the player can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable with respect to the rotation of the front right rotating decorative body 2411. The movement of the right rotating decorative body 2411 can be enjoyed to prevent the interest in the game from decreasing.

  In addition, the rotation base 2413 is pressed by the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453 that revolves in the drive slit 2413e formed in the lower main body 2413a that is separated from the upper end that is rotatably supported. Compared with the case where the rotation shaft 2413c is directly rotated, the load acting on the front right rotation drive motor 2452 can be reduced, and the occurrence of problems can be reduced. Further, since the load applied to the front right rotation drive motor 2452 can be reduced, the drive pin 2453c that presses the drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413 can be revolved relatively quickly, and the rotation base The rotation speed of 2413 (the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414) can be made faster than the conventional one. Therefore, the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can move quickly, so that a strong impact can be given to the player, and the player's attention is paid to the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414. And the player can enjoy the movements of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 to prevent the entertainment from deteriorating.

  Further, as described above, the rotation base 2413 that supports the front right rotation decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 includes the upper rotation shaft 2413c, the intermediate holding slit 2413d, and the lower main body portion 2413a. The front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can be enlarged without any problem even if the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 are enlarged. The body 2414 can be supported. Accordingly, since the large front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can be provided, the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can be made conspicuous from the player and the conspicuous large size. The front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can smoothly turn to give a strong impact to the player, and the movement of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 Can be entertained. In addition, the movement of the large front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 may make the player think that there is something good and increase the expectation of the game. It is possible to suppress a decrease in the interest of the player.

  Further, the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453 is slidably inserted into the drive slit 2413e extending in the vertical direction in the main body 2413a of the rotation base 2413, and the rotation base 2413 is driven through the drive slit 2413e. Therefore, by rotating the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453, the rotation base 2413 can be largely pressed in the left-right direction as much as possible through the drive slit 2413e. The rotation angle range of the right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414) can be increased as much as possible. Accordingly, since the rotation base 2413 (the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and the front right fixation decoration body 2414) can be largely rotated, the movement of the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and the front right fixation decoration body 2414 due to the rotation is caused. It is possible to make the player stand out, and to make the player pay attention to the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 and to enjoy the movement of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414. Further, since the drive pin 2453c of the link member 2453 is slidably inserted into the drive slit 2413e of the rotation base 2413, rattling between the drive slit 2413e and the drive pin 2453c can be reduced. The right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can be rotated more smoothly, and the above-described effects can be reliably achieved.

  Further, since the front right fixed decorative body 2414 having a large diameter is arranged on the rear side of the rotating front right rotating decorative body 2411, in the state where the rotation of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 is stopped, Thus, the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can be seen as an integral decoration. Therefore, when the front right rotation decoration body 2411 is rotated by the front right rotation drive motor 2412, the player notices that the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and the front right rotation decoration body 2414 are separated for the first time. The player can be surprised, the player can be noticed to the front right rotation decoration body 2411, and the movement of the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and the like can be enjoyed to prevent the interest from deteriorating. .

  Further, when the LED of the front right movable decorative body decoration board 2415 arranged on the rear side of the front right fixed decoration body 2414 is caused to emit light according to the gaming state, the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and the front right fixed body arranged on the front side. The decoration body 2414 can be decorated with light emission, and the front right rotation decoration body 2411 and the front right fixed decoration body 2414 can be made conspicuous by the light emission decoration. Further, when the front right rotating decorative body 2411 is rotated with the LEDs of the front right movable decorative body 2415 emitting light, the portion of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 irradiated with light changes. The amount of transmission of light that passes through the right rotating decorative body 2411 changes, and light emission decoration can be performed with blinking light. Therefore, not only the movement of the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 but also the light emitting decoration (light emitting effect) can be enjoyed by the player, and the player's interest in the game is suppressed from being lowered. Can do.

  Further, as described above, the rotation base 2413 that supports the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 includes the upper rotation shaft 2413c, the intermediate holding slit 2413d, and the lower body portion. Since the unit base 2451 is supported by the drive slit 2413e formed in 2413a, even if the load applied to the rotation base 2413 is increased by causing the rotation base 2413 to support the front right movable decorative body decorative substrate 2415. The rotating base 2413 (the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414) can be smoothly rotated without being fluttered. Therefore, the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right rotating decorative body 2411 and the front right fixed decorative body 2414 can be provided on the rotation base 2413 without any problem. The right fixed decorative body 2414 can be surely decorated with light emission.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 1 of the present embodiment, the center attached to the panel plate 1210 of the gaming panel 1200 that divides the gaming area 1100 according to the gaming state changed by driving the gaming ball into the gaming area 1100. When the pinion gears 2634 and 2734 rotatably supported by the unit bases 2632 and 2732 of the front left effect unit 2600 and the front right effect unit 2700 in the accessory 2200 are rotated, a rack gear 2635a meshed with the pinion gears 2634 and 2734, Sliders 2635 and 2735 provided with 2735a are slid by slide rails 2631 and 2731, and a pair of drive slits 2635b and 2735b as a pair of contact portions formed in a long hole shape together with the sliders 2635 and 2735 slide. At this time, since both the rack gears 2635a and 2735a and the slide rails 2631 and 2731 extend linearly, almost no force acts in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the slide rails 2631 and 2731. It is possible to suppress an increase in the frictional resistance acting between 2731 and the sliders 2635 and 2735. Then, by sliding the pair of drive slits 2635b and 2735b, the pair of guide pins 2614 and 2714 that are inserted and contacted with the pair of drive slits 2653b and 2735b are pushed in the sliding direction of the sliders 2635 and 2735, respectively. The guide pins 2614 and 2714 slide with respect to the drive slits 2635b and 2735b and move along the guide slits 2632a and 2732a extending in an arc shape with the slide rails 2631 and 2731 as strings. That is, the pair of guide pins 2614 and 2714 move while being guided by the guide slits 2632a and 2732a extending in an arc shape that is not parallel to the slide rails 2631 and 2731. The upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 fixed to the front end move in accordance with the extended shape of the guide slits 2632a and 2732a. Therefore, even if the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are moved along the guide slits 2632a and 2732a extending in an arc shape, the resistance related to the movement can be reduced. 2735 and slide rails 2631 and 2731 can be prevented from being worn, and the occurrence of a problem that the game is interrupted due to wear can be avoided, and the player's interest can be prevented from being lowered.

  Further, as described above, since the sliders 2635 and 2735 and the slide rails 2631 and 2731 can be prevented from being worn, powder of members constituting the slider or the like is generated by wear as in the conventional pachinko machine. Thus, the game area 1100 can be prevented from getting dirty. Therefore, it is possible to distribute the game balls in a good state in the game area 1100, and to prevent the player from enjoying the movement of the game balls and reducing the interest.

  Furthermore, as described above, the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be moved in an arc along the guide slits 2632a and 2732a. Therefore, as in the case of a conventional pachinko machine such as a patent document (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-212197), even if the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are moved in an arc shape, the above-described cases are described. In this way, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of problems, so that the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be moved in an arc shape in a good state, and the player is entertained. It is possible to prevent the interest from deteriorating, to increase the durability of the pachinko machine 1 and to differentiate it from other pachinko machines.

  Moreover, since the slide rails 2631 and 2731 are made of metal, the resistance due to the sliding of the sliders 2635 and 2735 can be reduced, and the pachinko machine 1 that reliably exhibits the above-described effects can be obtained. Further, the rigidity of the slide rails 2631 and 2731 is increased, and the sliders 2635 and 2735 can be slidably supported without rattling. It can be easily maintained in an optimal state. Accordingly, the rack gears 2635a and 2735a and the pinion gears 2634 and 2734 can be meshed with each other in a favorable state, so that the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 are jerky through the sliders 2635 and 2735. To prevent the player from delighting and entertaining by moving the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 surely and smoothly. it can.

  Furthermore, since a pair of long-slot drive slits 2635b and 2735b inserted into the pair of guide pins 2614 and 2714 are provided, both guide pins 2614 and 2714 are driven at positions close to the guide slits 2632a and 2732a, respectively. It can be pushed by the slits 2635b and 2735b, and the guide pins 2614 and 2714 can be prevented from being inclined and guided to the guide slits 2632a and 2732a in a good state. Accordingly, since the pair of guide pins 2614 and 2714 can be smoothly guided to the guide slits 2632a and 2732a, the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be moved smoothly without a sense of incongruity. The upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be moved in a desired manner, and the effects of the movement of the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be exhibited. It can suppress that a player's interest falls.

  Further, a unit provided with guide slits 2632a and 2732a on a gaming panel 1200 that divides the gaming area 1100 and supporting pinion gears 2634 and 2734 and slide rails 2631 and 2731 via an accessory body 2250 of the center accessory 2200. Since the bases 2632 and 2732 are attached, the upper left movable decorative body 2610 and the upper right movable decorative body 2710 can be movably supported at predetermined positions in the game area 1100, and the above-described effects can be obtained. The pachinko machine 1 can be realized with certainty.

  The present invention has been described with reference to preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to these embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention as described below. And design changes are possible.

  That is, in the above embodiment, the game machine applied to the pachinko machine 1 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is applied to a pachislot machine or a game machine that is a fusion of a pachinko machine and a pachislot machine. Even in this case, the same effects as described above can be obtained.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Pachinko machine 2 Outer frame 3 Main body frame 4 Game board 5 Door frame 1100 Game area 1110A Front structural member 1200 Game panel 1210 Panel board 1215 Opening part 1220 Panel holder 1900 Main liquid crystal display device 2000 Table unit 2200 Center part 2201 Window part 3000 Back unit 3010 Back box 3300 Back left production unit 3310 Back left movable decorative body (decorative body)
3320 Back left drive mechanism 3321 Unit base 3321a Actuating shaft portion 3321b Transmission shaft portion 3321c Rotating slit 3321d Actuating groove (guidance portion)
3322 Back left drive motor (drive motor)
3323 Drive gear 3324 Transmission gear 3325 Actuation gear 3326 Rotation base 3326a Main body 3326b Shaft hole 3326c Rotation pin 3326d Guide slit 3327 Actuation member 3327a Rack gear 3327b Actuation pin (guided portion)
3327c Guide pin 3327d Mounting piece

JP 2012-81030 A

Claims (1)

A game area in which a game medium is driven by a player's operation;
A plate-like game panel that partitions the rear end of the game area;
A unit base supported by the gaming panel;
A drive motor attached to the unit base and having a rotating shaft that rotates in accordance with a gaming state that changes when a gaming medium is driven into the gaming area;
A spur gear-like operating gear that is rotated by the drive motor and whose rotation axis faces the front-rear direction;
As it rotates from the predetermined starting point to one side around the operating gear, the distance from the center of the operating gear does not go away without extending away from the starting point to the end point closer to the operating gear and supported by the unit base A guided portion,
A guided portion guided along the guiding portion, a rod-shaped main body portion provided with the guided portion on one end side, and formed near the end of the guiding portion with respect to the operating gear formed on the side surface of the main body portion An actuating member having a rack gear meshing on the side, slidable in the extending direction of the main body by the unit base, and rotatable about the actuating gear;
A gaming machine comprising: a decorative body attached to the other end of the main body of the operating member and having a predetermined decoration formed thereon.